v»EPA
United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
     Summary of Biological
     Assessment Programs and
     Biocriteria Development for
     States, Tribes, Territories, and
     Interstate Commissions:
     Streams and Wadeable Rivers

-------
                                                                           EPA-822-R-02-048
                                                                              December 2002
                       Office of Environmental Information & Office of Water
                             U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                    Washington, DC 20460
Notice

This document has been reviewed and approved in accordance with U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency policy.  Mention of trade names, products, or services does not convey and should not be
interpreted as conveying, official USEPA approval, endorsement, or recommendation for use.
        Appropriate Citation:

        USEPA. 2002. Summary of Biological Assessment Programs and Biocriteria
        Development for States, Tribes, Territories, and Interstate Commissions: Streams and
        Wadeable Rivers. EPA-822-R-02-048. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office
        of Environmental Information and Office of Water, Washington, D.C.
Cover photo by Wayne Davis, USEPA.  This document can be downloaded from EPA's website for
Biological Indicators of Watershed Health:

                                http://www.epa.gov/bioindicators/

-------
Foreword
We are pleased to release the 2002 Summary of Biological Assessment Programs and Biocriteria
Development for States, Tribes, Territories, and Interstate Commissions: Streams and Wadeable
Rivers.  This summary, a joint project by the Office of Water and the Office of Environmental Information,
provides an abundance of technical and programmatic information which illustrates the  progress States,
Tribes, Territories and Interstate Commissions are making in the utilization of biological assessments and
criteria in their water programs.

Biological assessments and criteria are crucial tools for measuring the health of water bodies and for
protecting aquatic life. Biological assessments evaluate the condition of a water body using surveys and
other direct measurements of aquatic life—aquatic vegetation and algae, fish, insects, crayfish,
salamanders, frogs, worms, snails, mussels, etc.  Biological criteria are numeric or narrative targets that
can be set to define the desired biological condition of a water body and can even be adopted  into State
and Tribal water quality standards.  In combination with other available water quality tools, such as
chemical pollutant criteria, the use of biological assessments and criteria give States, Tribes and Interstate
Commissions better tools than ever before for restoring and maintaining the quality of our Nation's water
bodies.

The progress made by the States, Tribes and Interstate  Commissions as reported in this Summary is
impressive.  Since our previous assessments in 1995 and 1989, significant progress has been made by
virtually every State and an increasing number of Tribes and Interstate Commissions. Biological
assessments and criteria are in the mainstream of water management programs throughout the Country.
More States than ever before are using biological criteria in their water quality programs as definitive
standards.

We encourage you to take time to review this Summary  to appreciate the progress that  is being made.
The information in the report is valuable to assess the progress of one program relative to other programs
across the country.  In addition, it may  be possible to learn of new and different ways to employ biological
assessments and criteria by better understanding what others have done. This Summary is another
example of the value  of public access to information and data.  EPA firmly believes that analysis of and
access to such information is the key to better environmental decision making. And lastly, since every
State, Tribe and Interstate Commission reported in the Summary helped assemble the information, we
thank you for your help and  participation.
         if
                        I)
Seolrov Qwtfus. 'Jirodftor
Ott I;M rj( Sconce pnd Technology
                                                         Elaine Stanley Director        _;
                                                         Office of Information Analysis and Access
Foreword
                                          December 2002

-------
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
           December 2002

-------
Acknowledgments
Development and production of this document, Summary of Biological Assessment Programs and
Biocriteria Development for States, Tribes, Territories, and Interstate Commissions: Streams and
Wadeable Rivers, was coordinated by USEPA's Office of Environmental Information in partnership with
the Agency's Biocriteria Team, comprised of members from the Office of Water (Office of Science &
Technology, Office of Wetlands, Oceans, and Watersheds) and the Office of Environmental Information.
The goal of the project was to obtain the current status of biological assessment programs and biocriteria
development for streams and wadeable rivers.

The project team for this document was comprised of members from the USEPA offices listed above as
well as members from the Midwest Biodiversity Institute (MBI); the Technology, Planning, and
Management Corporation (TPMC); and Tetra Tech, Inc. (Tt).  This work was completed under USEPA
Contract No. 50-CMAA-900065 to Technology Planning and Management Corporation (TPMC).

The project team extends its most sincere appreciation to all of the State, Tribal, Territorial, and Interstate
Basin Commission biological monitoring staffs for their willingness to complete surveys, participate in
follow-up interviews, and review numerous interim drafts. Also, we would like to recognize the numerous
personnel at EPA headquarters and Regional offices for their time in developing the initial survey and
reviewing various drafts. We are particularly grateful to members of EPA's Biocriteria Team, as well as
the EPA Regional Biocriteria Coordinators and Regional Indian Program Coordinators, who provided
guidance on document structure and the process for gathering information. We also acknowledge the
efforts of Brandon Peebles, an EPA intern with the Office of Water's Office  of Science and Technology. In
addition, the following Tetra Tech staff were essential in the progress and completion of this document:
Catherine Cresswell, Brenda Decker, and Kristen Pavlik.

Most of all, we would like to recognize the spirit of collaboration evident throughout the development of this
project.
Project team:
Elizabeth Jackson
Wayne Davis
Treda Smith
William Swietlik
James Campbell
Michael Barbour
Abby Markowitz
Margo Andrews
Maggie Craig
Chris Yoder
USEPA Office of Environmental Information; Environmental Analysis Division
USEPA Office of Environmental Information; Environmental Analysis Division
USEPA Office of Water; Office of Science and Technology
USEPA Office of Water; Office of Science and Technology
Technology, Planning, and Management Corporation
Tetra Tech, Inc.
Tetra Tech, Inc.
Tetra Tech, Inc.
Tetra Tech, Inc.
Midwest Biodiversity Institute, Inc.
Acknowledgments
                                         December 2002

-------
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
           December 2002

-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS

           FOREWORD	i
           ACKNOWLEDGMENTS	iii
           TABLE OF CONTENTS 	 v
           LIST OF TABLES AND FIGURES  	vi

Chapter 1.   INTRODUCTION  	  1-1
              1.1 Bioassessment and Biocriteria in Water Resource Assessment and
                 Management	  1-1
              1.2 Introduction to the Process	  1-5

Chapter 2.   SUMMARY OF FINDINGS	  2-1
              2.1 Summary of Current Biological Assessment Programs 	2-1
              2.2 Bioassessment Program Success from 1989, to 1995, to 2001	2-3

Chapter 3.   PROGRAM SUMMARIES	  3-1
              States  	  3-1
              Territories 	  3-205
              Tribes  	  3-215
              Interstate Basin Commissions  	3-231

Chapter 4.   RELEVANT EXCERPTS FROM WATER QUALITY STANDARDS AND
           BIOCRITERIA LANGUAGE  	  4-1
              States  	4-1
              Territories 	4-72
              Tribes  	4-76
              Interstate Basin Commissions  	4-80

Chapter 5.   LIST OF ACRONYMS AND DEFINITION OF TERMS	  5-1
              5.1 Acronyms 	  5-1
              5.2 Definition of Terms 	  5-2

Chapter 6.   LITERATURE CITED AND ADDITIONAL RESOURCES	  6-1
              6.1 Literature Cited	6-1
              6.2 Additional Resources 	6-2

Appendix A.  BIOASSESSMENT PROGRAMS FOR  STREAMS AND WADEABLE RIVERS
           (2001) 	 A-1
Appendix B.  EPA CONTACTS 	  B-1
Appendix C.  ORIGINAL CHECKLIST TEMPLATE 	 C-1
Appendix D.  PROGRAM SUMMARY TEMPLATE 	 D-1
Table of Contents
                                December 2002

-------
LIST OF TABLES AND FIGURES


TABLES

Table 1       National summary of bioassessment programs for streams and wadeable rivers
             in 2001  	  2-2

Table 2       National summary of bioassessment programs for streams and wadeable rivers
             in 1989, 1995, 2001, and the interim change 	  2-4


FIGURES

Figure 1      Use of bioassessments to assess water quality
             Figure 1a. Percent of total stream/river miles assessed in each State using
             bioassessments  	  2-6
             Figure 1b. Use of bioassessment to determine aquatic life use (ALU) for
             305(b) reporting  	  2-6

Figure 2      Biocriteria development
             Figure 2a. Narrative biocriteria development 	  2-7
             Figure 2b. Narrative biocriteria in WQS with quantitative implementation
             procedures  	  2-7
             Figure 2c. Numeric biocriteria development	  2-8

Figure 3      Assemblages assessed
             Figure 3a. Fish 	  2-9
             Figure 3b. Benthic macroinvertebrates	  2-9
             Figure 3c. Periphyton  	 2-10
             Figure 3d. Number of assemblages assessed  	 2-10

Figure 4      Use of ecoregional reference conditions	 2-11

Figure 5      Development of biological multimetric indices  	 2-11
Table of Contents
                                     December 2002

-------
1.      INTRODUCTION


1.1  Bioassessment and Biocriteria in Water Resource Assessment and Management

The Historical Context

During the last half of the 20th century, the terms "environmental protection" and "natural resource
management" underwent a profound evolution both conceptually and as applied to decision-making. Two
landmark pieces of legislation, the 1948 Federal Water Pollution Control Act (WPCA) and its 1972
amendments contained in the Clean Water Act (CWA), stand out as milestones in this process. Until
1948, water quality management decisions were based primarily on society's economic and public health
priorities (Davis 1995). The passage of the 1948 WPCA marked the first time that the propagation offish
and other aquatic life was articulated as a stand-alone objective of water resource protection. It was a
significant turning point because federal law recognized the importance of protecting waterbodies and
aquatic life for their own intrinsic value, not just for their value to human society.

The 1972 Federal Water Pollution Control Act (the Clean Water Act) set far-reaching ideals for restoring
the  health of our Nation's waters, as outlined in Section 101 (a)  Declaration of Goals and Policy:

       The objective of this Act is to restore and maintain the chemical, physical, and  biological
       integrity of the Nation's waters. In order to achieve this objective it is hereby declared
       that, consistent with the provisions of this Act -

               1)      it is the national goal that the discharge of pollutants into the navigable waters be
                      eliminated by 1985;
               2)      it is the national goal that wherever attainable, an interim goal  of water quality
                      which provides for the protection and propagation offish, shellfish and wildlife and
                      provides for the recreation in and on the water be achieved by July 1, 1983...

Why Bioassessment?

Aquatic life  (fish, insects, plants, shellfish, frogs, salamanders, etc.) integrate the cumulative effects of
both point source and nonpoint source (NPS) pollution's multiple stressors. Biological assessments, or
bioassessments, consisting of surveys and other direct measures of aquatic life, are the most effective
way to measure the aggregate impact of these stressors on waterbodies.  Bioassessments are an
extremely useful tool to evaluate the biological integrity of a waterbody, commonly defined as

       "the ability to support and maintain a balanced, integrated, and adaptive community with a
       biological diversity, composition, and functional organization comparable to those of
       natural aquatic ecosystems in the region" (Frey 1977, Karr and Dudley 1981, and Karr et
       al. 1986).

Because biological communities are affected by all of the  environmental factors to which they are exposed
overtime, bioassessments provide information on perturbations not always revealed by water chemistry
measurements or toxicity tests. Thus, they are crucial for determining not only biological health but the
overall health, or ecological integrity, of a waterbody.

In the mid-1980s, a national workgroup of EPA regional and state agency  biologists was convened to
provide oversight in the development of technical guidance for biological assessment.  The result of the
workgroup was the 1989 publication of EPA's Rapid Bioassessment Protocols (RBPs)  (USEPA 1989).
The RBPs provide a technical framework for  using biological assemblage data as a direct indicator of
ecological health.  The RBPs synthesized existing methods for  monitoring fish and benthic
macroinvertebrates in streams and wadeable rivers, and presented some innovative ways to assess the
biological and physical aspects of streams. The RBP methods  were designed to be cost effective,
reliable, efficient, applicable nationwide, and  easily understood  by various stakeholders (USEPA 1999).  In
addition, the 1990 publication of Biological Criteria: National Program Guidance for Surface Waters

Introduction                                  December 2002                                       1-1

-------
provided states with an organized approach for addressing their responsibilities as outlined in the CWA
(USEPA 1990).  In 1992, EPA issued procedures for initiating narrative biological criteria that explained
how states and tribes could adopt narrative biocriteria in their water quality standards (USEPA 1992).

Since the 1989 RBPs were published, the use of bioassessments in water resource programs has
continued to grow. In 1996, EPA published a guidance document for the development of biocriteria for
streams and small rivers (USEPA 1996a). In 1998, EPA produced bioassessment technical guidance for
lakes and reservoirs (USEPA 1998a), followed by similar guidance for estuarine and coastal marine
waters in 2000 (USEPA 2000) and a series of guidance modules for biological assessments and index
development for wetlands in March 2002 (USEPA 2002).  The increased  use of bioassessment in water
monitoring programs nationwide led to the 1999 revision of the original RBPs for streams and wadeable
rivers (USEPA 1999).  Guidance for large rivers and coral reefs is currently under development.

Over the last 50 years, the science of environmental protection has come a long way both in theory and in
practice. As a society, the United States has come to understand that protecting aquatic life is a critical
resource management goal in its own right. We have adopted ecological integrity as a barometer of
waterbody health. Resource management agencies at the local, state, tribal, and national levels have
recognized the importance of biological assessments in the evaluation of water quality and ecological
integrity. This evolution has brought us closer to realizing the CWA's goal of restoring and  maintaining the
physical, chemical, and biological integrity of the Nation's waters.

Current Legal Authority

The CWA and its amendments through 1987  provide the legal authority for the use of biological
assessments and criteria in state and tribal water quality programs primarily under the provisions of
sections 303 and 304.  Under Section 303(c), states are required to have water quality standards that
consist of designated uses, criteria to protect those uses, and an antidegradation policy.  Also under
section 303(c), states are required to review their standards every three years and revise them as needed
to achieve the purposes of the Act, including the ecological integrity objective.

Section 303(c)(2)(B), enacted in 1987, requires states to adopt numeric criteria for toxic pollutants for
which EPA has published 304(a)(1) criteria if such pollutants interfere with,  or may be expected to interfere
with, attainment of designated uses.  The section further requires that, where numeric 304(a) criteria are
not available, states adopt criteria based on biological assessment and monitoring methods consistent
with information published  by EPA under 304(a)(8).

Section 304(a)(8) directs EPA to develop and publish information on methods for establishing and
measuring water quality criteria for toxic pollutants on bases other than pollutant-by-pollutant. This
includes biological monitoring and assessment methods that evaluate:

       the effects of pollutants on aquatic community components ("...plankton,  fish, shellfish,
       wildlife, plant life...") and community attributes ("...biological community diversity,
        productivity, and stability...");

       factors necessary "...to restore and maintain the chemical, physical, and  biological
       integrity of all navigable waters..." for "...the protection offish, shellfish, and wildlife for
       classes and categories of receiving waters..."

       appropriate "...methods for establishing and measuring water quality criteria for toxic
        pollutants on other bases than pollutant-by-pollutant criteria, including biological
        monitoring and assessment methods."

The Uses of Bioassessment and Biocriteria in the Clean Water Act

Biocriteria, derived from bioassessment  data, are narrative descriptions and numeric values that describe
the desired condition for the aquatic life inhabiting waters with a designated aquatic life use. Biocriteria
are an effective tool for addressing water quality  problems by providing regulatory mechanisms to assess


Introduction                                   December 2002                                        1-2

-------
and help protect the biological resources at risk from chemical, physical, or biological impacts.  These
narrative and/or numeric biocriteria may be formally adopted into water quality standards along with an
antidegradation policy intended to protect waters from further deterioration.

As required in the Clean Water Act, states, tribes, and territories report on the quality of their waters
through a biennial report referred to as the "305(b) report". USEPA compiles and analyzes this
information in the National Water Quality Inventory Report to Congress, the primary vehicle for reporting
water quality conditions throughout the United States.  To assess water quality, states and other
jurisdictions compare their monitoring results to the water quality standards they have set for their waters.

Bioassessments help states, tribes, and other entities develop expectations for acceptable biological
conditions through a technical process of establishing aquatic life goals, referred to as aquatic life uses
(ALUs). Designated uses to support aquatic life can cover a broad range of biological conditions; not only
do they protect  intact communities in a waterbody, but they also can establish restoration goals for
compromised ecosystems.  Using several types, or tiers, of ALUs allows the allocation of limited resources
to waterbodies in proportion to their need for protection.

Although the 305(b) report includes information on the nationwide status of aquatic life use attainment
(i.e., state water quality standards), the results reported do not consistently present the information
necessary to determine the ecological/biological condition of the Nation's water resources. As currently
reported in 305(b) water quality assessments, aquatic life use attainment may be determined solely by
chemical parameters and in comparison to chemical water quality criteria. However,  since attainment of
chemical water  quality standards alone may not ensure a healthy biological condition, most states are
working to integrate a greater amount of  biological information in their aquatic life use attainment
determinations  (Yoder and Rankin 1995).

Under Section 303(d) of the CWA, a second reporting  mechanism requires states, tribes, and territories to
provide lists of all impaired waters. These lists are then used to prioritize restoration  activities through the
development  of Total Maximum Daily Loads (TMDLs). TMDLs are calculations of the amount of a
pollutant that  a waterbody can receive and still meet water quality standards. Bioassessments  and
biocriteria play a critical role in enabling states, tribes, and territories to develop and implement protection
and management strategies needed to fulfill these, and other, requirements of the Clean Water Act,
including:

        >       determining impacts from nonpoint sources [i.e., Section 304(f) "(1) guidelines for
               identifying and evaluating the nature and extent of nonpoint sources  of pollutants, and (2)
               processes, procedures, and methods to control pollution..."];

        >       developing lists of waters unable to support "balanced population(s)  of shellfish, fish and
               wildlife..." [(304(1)];

        >       conducting assessments of lake trophic status and trends, [Sec. 314];

        >       listings of waters that cannot attain designated uses without nonpoint source controls,
               [Sec. 319];

        >       developing management plans and conducting monitoring in estuaries of national
               significance [Sec. 320];

        >       determining the impacts  and efficacy of NPDES permit controls [Section 402];

        >       issuing permits for ocean discharges and monitoring ecological effects [Sec. 403(c) and
               301(h)(3)];and,

        >       determining acceptable sites for disposal of dredge and fill material [Sec. 404].


The 2001 Bioassessment Summary

During 1994-1995, EPA prepared an inventory of state bioassessment programs for streams and
wadeable rivers, Summary of State Biological Assessment Programs for Streams and Rivers (USEPA


Introduction                                 December 2002                                         1-3

-------
1996b). The purpose of the document was to determine how many states, and in what fashion, were
using biological assessments and criteria in water management programs. EPA used the information from
that report to evaluate state bioassessment/biocriteria capabilities and their needs for technical support.

During the second half of the 1990s as additional methods, guidance, and information on the use of
biological assessments and criteria were issued by EPA, the Office of Water made it a national priority for
state and tribal water quality standards programs to adopt biocriteria to better protect aquatic life in all
waters where biological assessments methods were available (USEPA 1998b).  In 1999, EPA's Office of
Water declared the following goals and objectives for the biocriteria program:

        >       All states/tribes will use bioassessments/biocriteria to evaluate the health of aquatic  life in
               all waterbodies.

        >       Bioassessment data will be used by all states/tribes to better define aquatic life uses.

        >       Numeric biocriteria will be adopted in all state/tribal water quality standards to protect
               aquatic life uses.

        >       Biocriteria/bioassessments will be used in ongoing regulatory programs.

        >       Biocriteria/bioassessments will be used to assess the effectiveness of water quality
               management efforts.

        >       Bioassessment data and biocriteria will  be used to better communicate the health of the
               Nation's waters.


In the late 1990s, momentum to develop and adopt biocriteria grew,  and  pressures increased from the
Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Program to have well-established biocriteria in water quality standards
to support listings of impaired waterbodies. The Office of Water and the  Office of Environmental
Information determined it would be valuable to re-assess the progress states were making in developing
and adopting biological assessments and criteria into their water quality management programs.  In 2001,
Geoffrey Grubbs, Director of the  Office of Water, Office of Science and Technology, stated that the key
goal of the biocriteria program should be to accelerate the adoption of biocriteria in state and tribal water
quality standards programs to better support regulatory programs. Therefore, in late 2001, the Office of
Environmental Information  and the Office of Water initiated this effort to update the 1994-95 survey
information. This project was also supported by the Office of Wetlands, Oceans, and Watersheds and
was coordinated through USEPA Regional Offices.

The goal of the 2001 update was to compile a comprehensive re-assessment of state use of
bioassessments and biocriteria for protecting streams and wadeable rivers. The update also illustrates
changes and improvements in bioassessment capabilities over the past six years, and serves  as an
important measure of program advancement and EPA's bioassessment technical transfer efforts. This
documentation will enable USEPA to better focus its water quality standards and criteria development and
implementation strategy for the next several years, target new program priorities, and assess the  present
technical support needs of states, tribes, territories, and  interstate commissions. EPA will also use this
documentation to prepare a summary report card of national progress in  adopting biocriteria into water
quality standards.

As you will see from this report, the use of biological  assessment and criteria for managing the Nation's
waterbodies has progressed significantly in the past six years and is equipping states, tribes, territories,
interstate commissions, and EPA with a more effective set of monitoring  and standards tools for
determining and protecting the health of the Nation's waters.

1.2 Introduction to the Process

This project was coordinated by EPA's Office of Environmental Information in partnership with the
Agency's Biocriteria Team, composed of members from the Office of Water (Office of Science &
Technology, Office of Wetlands,  Oceans, and Watersheds) and the Office of Environmental Information.
The goal of the project was to obtain the current status of biological assessment programs and biocriteria


Introduction                                  December 2002                                        1-4

-------
development for streams and wadeable rivers. The project team also coordinated with EPA Regional
Biocriteria Coordinators and Regional Indian Program Coordinators.  Because identical information would
be solicited from all 50 states, the District of Columbia,  US territories, selected tribes, and selected
interstate commissions, this project was covered under the Water Quality Standards Program Information
Collection Request (ICR No. 0988.07) in compliance with the 1995 Paperwork Reduction Act.

In June 2001, the  project team developed a "checklist" of 57 questions covering six different categories
(Appendix C contains a blank copy of the checklist):

               contact information (including points of contact for biological programs for other waterbody
               types - nonwadeable rivers, lakes, reservoirs, estuaries/near coastal marine, and
               wetlands)

               programmatic elements

               ALL) decision making process

               field and lab methods

               data analysis and interpretation

               information management

Throughout the autumn of 2001, email "packets" were distributed to over 75 points of contact in states,
tribes, territories, and interstate commissions (provided by EPA Regional offices).  These packets
consisted of an introductory memo, the checklist, and relevant excerpts from each entity's water quality
standards (where  applicable). Recipients were asked to complete the checklist and review the standards
excerpts for completeness  and accuracy. As completed checklists were returned, members of the project
team followed-up  by phone and email with each entity to clarify, verify, and document information and to
fill in gaps where necessary.  Contacts from a total of 65 entities responded and provided the information
included in this document.

As was done for the 1996 document, the project team created a template "program summary" used to
translate and display the information gathered from each entity. The  summary  pages for each responding
entity consist of a  narrative program description, documentation and further information, as well as a three
page fact sheet. Program summaries for all 65 entities are found in Chapter 3 (there are only 64 actual
program summaries because Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands are combined into one).  The
information in the  program  summaries was organized into several sections as shown below (Appendix D
contains a blank program summary coded with the corresponding sections of the original checklist):


Contact Information

Program Description

Documentation and Further Information

Programmatic elements
               Uses of bioassessment within overall water quality program
               Applicable monitoring designs

Stream Miles
               Total miles
               Total perennial miles
               Total miles  assessed for biology
               «•       fully supporting for 305(b)
               «•       partially/non-supporting for 305(b)
               •>       listed for 303(d)
               «•       number of sites sampled
               «•       number of miles assessed per site


Introduction                                  December 2002                                        1-5

-------
Aquatic Life Use (ALL!) Designations and Decision Making
                ALU designation basis
                ALU designations in water quality standards
                Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
                Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
                Uses of bioassessment data in integrated assessments with other environmental data
                (e.g., toxicity testing and chemical specific criteria)
                Uses of bioassessment/ biocriteria in making management decisions regarding restoration of
                aquatic  resources to a designated ALU

Reference Site/Condition Development
                Number of reference sites
                Reference site determinations
                Reference site criteria
                Characterization of reference sites within a  regional context
                Stream  stratification within regional reference conditions
                Additional information

Field and Lab Methods
                Assemblages assessed (no. of samples/year, level of rigor)
                Benthos (sampling gear, habitat selection, subsample size, taxonomy)
                Fish (sampling gear, habitat selection, sample processing, subsample, taxonomy)
                Periphyton (sampling gear, habitat selection, sample processing, taxonomy)
                Habitat  assessments
                Quality assurance program elements

Data Analysis and Interpretation
                Data analysis tools and methods
                Multimetric thresholds
                «•       transforming metrics into unitless scores
                «•       defining impairment in a multimetric index
                Multivariate thresholds
                «•       defining impairment in a multivariate index
                Evaluation of performance characteristics
                Biological data
                «•       Storage
                «•       Retrieval and analysis

In addition, selected relevant excerpts from state, tribal, territorial and interstate commission water quality
standards excerpts were compiled into a separate chapter for inclusion in the document (see Chapter 4:
Relevant Excerpts from Water Quality Standards and Biocriteria Language).

In April 2002, a preliminary draft of the document containing the Definition of Terms and Acronyms,
Program Summaries, Water Quality Standards and Biocriteria Language, Literature Cited, and List of
Contacts was distributed to the full Biocriteria Team for  an editorial and technical review. Individual
program summaries and water quality excerpts were distributed to the relevant EPA Regional contacts
and the point of contact for each responding entity for review and comment. During the summer of 2002,
the project team compiled,  organized, and incorporated the feedback received from all reviewers.

This document, Summary of Biological Assessment Programs and Biocriteria Development for States,
Tribes, Territories, and Interstate Commissions: Streams and Wadeable  Rivers, represents this project's
final  product. The document's value lies not only in the  wealth of information it contains but also in the
lessons learned from the process.  In the near future, EPA hopes to initiate similar projects to assess the
status of bioassessment and biocriteria programs for lakes, reservoirs, estuaries, and wetlands.  The
effectiveness and efficiency of those efforts will be enhanced by the development of this reference
document.
Introduction                                   December 2002                                          1-6

-------
                           THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Introduction                                December 2002                                     1-7

-------
2.     SUMMARY OF FINDINGS
2.1 Summary of Current Biological Assessment Programs and Biocriteria Development

This  report summarizes the national breadth of biological monitoring and assessment in stream and
wadeable river management programs based on 2001 program information (Table 1).  Since this summary
pertains to more than just "states," the term "entity" is used to refer to the combination of states, tribes,
territories, and interstate commissions.  Survey responses were received from 65 entities (50 states,
District of Columbia, four territories, six tribes, and four interstate commissions - see Appendix A for a
complete list).

Although ranging across a wide spectrum - from initial pilot studies to comprehensive assessment - 57 of
the 65 entities have bioassessment programs for streams and wadeable rivers, and two (Puerto Rico and
the Nez Perce Tribe) have programs under development.  Nearly 440,000 river and stream miles
nationwide are assessed using biological data (see Figure 1a for state-by-state percentages).  More
importantly, as shown in Table 1, 40 entities use bioassessment to help determine aquatic life use support
(ALUS) for their 305(b) reporting (Figure 1b), and six states (AK, CA, HI, MT, NV, OK) are developing
processes for using biological data to interpret ALL).  Thirteen entities, including seven states (AZ, AR,
CO,  DE, LA, SD, UT) either don't have comprehensive statewide bioassessment programs in place, or
they  don't yet use bioassessment  data to determine the condition of their waters.

A total of 29 entities  have incorporated narrative biocriteria into their WQS (Figure 2a). The 11 entities
(AZ,  CO, HI, IL, IN, IA, MD, MT, NV, WA,  Pyramid Lake Paiute Tribe)  in a developmental phase of
adopting narrative biocriteria into their WQS are at various stages in this process. While some may have
already developed biocriteria and  are working on promulgating the statements into their WQS, others are
awaiting state or federal approval, or are in the earlier stages of developing  narrative biocriteria to be
submitted for review. Although 20 entities do not have narrative biocriteria in their WQS, several of these
have incorporated general aquatic life statements. The following five entities - ICPRB, SRBC, Nez Perce
Tribe, Oneida Nation of Wisconsin and Passamaquoddy Tribe - Pleasant Point Reservation -do not have
federally approved WQS and are not currently working toward that end. Therefore, these entities are not
included in any biocriteria counts.1

Of the 29 entities with narrative biocriteria incorporated into their WQS, 22 have also developed
quantitative implementation procedures or translators, and eight are working to develop them (Figure 2b).
These procedures can be found in various documents including WQS, SOPs, 305(b) guidelines, and other
agency documents.  While numeric procedures are not numeric biocriteria per se, they do provide a
quantitative basis for assessing attainment of specific designated  aquatic life uses and are an important
step  in biocriteria development.
       1 While the Oneida Nation does not have federally approved water quality standards, the Tribe is currently
using bioassessments to implement their water quality program under tribal law.  Inclusion of narrative and numeric
biocriteria into the Tribe's WQS is under development.

Summary of Findings                           December 2002                                        2-1

-------
 Table 1. National summary of bioassessment programs for streams and wadeable rivers in 2001
PROGRAMMATIC ELEMENT
NUMBER OF ENTITIES
In-place
Under
development
None
Use of Bioassessments
Water resource management
Interpret aquatic life use attainment
Narrative biocriteria in WQS
Narrative biocriteria in WQS with quantitative
implementation procedures or translators
Numeric biocriteria in WQS
57
40
29
22
4
2
6
11
8
11
6
13
20
30
45
Assemblage Used
Fish
Benthic macroinvertebrates
Algae (periphyton, diatoms)
More than one assemblage
41
56
20
45
0
1
5
5
16
0
32
7
Reference Conditions
Ecoregional
Site-specific
State-wide or basin-specific
42
19
7
2
1
1
12
37
46
Analysis
Biological metrics
Multivariate
54
22
1
2
1
32
Assessment
Multi metric index
Habitat assessment
41
57
3
0
12
0
Not
applicable

0
62
53
54
54

84
85
85
85

95
86
116

97
98

98
83
          DRBC and ICPRB are not regulatory authorities. Nez Perce Tribe, Oneida Nation of Wisconsin, Passamaquoddy Tribe -
Pleasant Point Reservation, and Pyramid Lake Paiute Tribe do not have federally approved WQS.

         3 ICPRB, SRBC, Nez Perce Tribe, Oneida Nation of Wisconsin and Passamaquoddy Tribe - Pleasant Point Reservation
do not have federally approved WQS and are not currently working toward that end.

         4 The following entities do not use biological assessment methods as a means to assess stream and river water quality:
American Samoa (AS), Puerto Rico (PR), U.S. Virgin Islands (USVI), Confederated Tribes of the Colville Reservation, Nez Perce
Tribe, Passamaquoddy Tribe - Pleasant Point Reservation, and Seminole Tribe of Florida. The Commonwealth of Northern Mariana
Islands (CNMI) has a bioassessment program for marine systems only; bioassessment for freshwater is not applicable.

         5 Virginia did not provide complete reference condition information. American Samoa, CNMI, Puerto Rico, U.S. Virgin
Islands, Confederated Tribes of the Colville Reservation, Nez Perce Tribe, Passamaquoddy Tribe - Pleasant Point Reservation, and
Seminole Tribe of Florida do not have bioassessment programs.

         6 AS, CNMI, PR, USVI, Confederated Tribes of the Colville Reservation, Nez Perce Tribe, Passamaquoddy Tribe -
Pleasant Point Reservation, and Seminole Tribe of Florida do not have bioassessment programs.

         7 Pyramid Lake  Paiute Tribe has not yet analyzed or evaluated their biological data.  AS,  CNMI, PR, USVI, Confederated
Tribes of the Colville Reservation, Nez Perce Tribe, Passamaquoddy Tribe - Pleasant Point Reservation, and Seminole Tribe of
Florida do not have bioassessment programs.
Summary of Findings
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                              2-2

-------
Four entities (FL, OH, OK, DRBC) have numeric biocriteria incorporated into their WQS (Figure 2c).8 And
of the 11  entities for which numeric biocriteria is categorized  as "under development," Maine and Wyoming
have developed and incorporated numeric biocriteria into other program documents, such as SOPs and
monitoring guidance manuals, and have been using the numeric limits to maintain designated uses.

The three major groups of biological organisms or assemblages monitored as part of comprehensive
biological assessment programs are fish, benthic macro!nvertebrates, and algae (periphyton).
Macroinvertebrates are  the most common indicator assemblage used by state water quality agencies and
are a part of all but Hawaii's bioassessment program, where it is currently under development (Figure 3a).
The second most common assemblage monitored is fish, followed by periphyton (Figures 3b and 3c).
Forty-five entities monitor for at least two assemblages, and  another five (AK, HI, NV, UT, WY) currently
use one,  but are developing the capability of using a second  (Figure 3d).

One of the key elements in bioassessment programs is the establishment of reference conditions to help
discern human impacts  from natural variation. The two types of reference conditions currently used in
biological surveys are regional and site-specific. The Ecoregion Concept, a common regionalization
approach, recognizes geographic patterns of similarity  among  ecosystems and the subsequent distribution
of biological communities grouped on the basis of environmental variables such as climate, soil type,
physiography, and vegetation.  Forty-two entities have  adopted this method of stream stratification/
characterization in developing reference conditions (Figure 4).  Site-specific reference conditions typically
consist of condition measurements taken upstream of a point source discharge or from a "paired"
watershed.  However, their usefulness is limited since they have only site-specific value (USEPA  1999).
Only nine entities primarily use this approach to determine reference conditions.

Biological metrics and multivariate analysis are two types of data analysis tools/methods used to reduce a
wealth of raw data into workable indicators of biological condition. Nearly all of the entities with
bioassessment programs have developed biological metrics. In addition, just under half use multivariate
analysis (techniques that look at the pattern of relationships among several variables simultaneously, such
as principal components analysis (PCA) and non-metric multidimensional scaling (NMS)).  Of the 54
entities that select and calculate biological metrics, 41 aggregate these metrics into a multimetric index
(such as  fish or macroinvertebrate I Bis) to assess biological  condition and water quality, and to
discriminate  between impaired and unimpaired conditions (Figure 5). Finally, all entities with
bioassessment programs also assess the physical habitat quality at their sample sites, usually employing
visual based methods (such as QHEI and RBPs)  in combination with other measurements.

2.2 Bioassessment Program Success from 1989 to  2001

In 1989, when developing the Rapid Bioassessment Protocols  for Use in Streams and Rivers, USEPA
summarized the bioassessment and biomonitoring capabilities  in state regulatory programs (USEPA
1989). While the 1989 summary did not determine the  actual use of the bioassessment data for all states,
it did provide an estimate based upon past knowledge of state  programs and on the documentation
gathered during its development.

The Summary of State Biological Assessment Programs for  Streams and Rivers, based on 1995 data,
compiled a more comprehensive assessment of state uses of bioassessments and biocriteria in water
management programs  (USEPA 1996).  The document serves as the baseline for determining changes
and improvements in bioassessment capabilities over the past  six years. Table 2 presents a summary of
the 1989 and 1995 results alongside the 2001 data from Table  1. The incremental change (from 1989 to
       8 Florida has made substantial progress in developing new multimetric indices for streams (Stream Condition
Index and BioRecon), lakes (Lake Condition Index), and wetlands for eventual inclusion in the Florida
Administrative Code. When the new indices are adopted as water quality standards, the role of Shannon-Weaver
diversity as a numeric standard will be re-evaluated.
         Macroinvertebrate biocriteria were developed for DRBC's Special Protection Waters rules issued in 1990,
but the criteria were later found to be based upon inconsistent and non-representative methods and have not been
used as envisioned during development of the Commission's antidegradation policies. Program redesign
recommendations were recently made to improve effectiveness and applicability of the criteria.

Summary of Findings                           December 2002                                        2-3

-------
1995, and 1995 to 2001) appears in parentheses, and an additional column indicates the net change from
1989 to 2001.  For the purposes of comparison, Table 2 only contains program information from the
original 52 entities surveyed in 1989 and 1996 (50 states, the District of Columbia, and ORSANCO).
Refer to Table 1, Chapter 3, and Appendix A for programmatic information on the additional entities
surveyed for this document.

There has been extensive progress in the development and use of biological assessments and criteria as
revealed by virtually all measures of the survey as shown in Table 2. All 52 entities contained in this table
have incorporated bioassessment in their water resource  management programs.  This is up over 30%
from a count of 37 in 1989. Although the number of states that used bioassessments to determine aquatic
life use attainment in 1989 is unknown, these numbers did increase noticeably from 1995 to 2001.  And
despite the fact that the number of entities with numeric biocriteria in their WQS has only increased by two
over the past 12 years, 18 entities have developed and implemented quantitative procedures or translators
for use in their water quality management programs (Figure 2b), and sixteen are in the process  of
developing narrative and/or numeric biocriteria for their standards.

Since 1989, the number of entities sampling at least one of the three major assemblages has steadily
grown. Almost every entity surveyed in 1995 now conducts benthic macroinvertebrate assessments
(Figure 3a). Even periphyton sampling, which declined from 1989 to 1995, rose sharply from 1995 to
2001.  Studies have found that assessing only one assemblage can only achieve roughly 80 to 85%
effectiveness at identifying  aquatic life use attainment or nonattainment. Thus, since 1995, USEPA has
recommended the use of multiple assemblages, especially in larger streams (USEPA 1996). The number
of entities using more than  one  assemblage in 2001 reached 41  (an increase of 15 in just five years); and
20 of these 41  entities sample for at least three, and even four, assemblages, such as phytoplankton,
macrophytes and zooplankton (Figure 3d).

One of the major advancements since 1989, and especially since 1995, has  been the increased use of
regional reference conditions as a basis for making comparisons and detecting use impairment. Only four
states were actively using ecoregional reference conditions in 1989, and still only 15 in 1995.  However, by
2001, 39 entities characterized  reference conditions using a composite or aggregation of least or minimally
impaired sites within distinct ecoregions (Figure 4). And conversely, 11 fewer entities used a site-specific
approach alone to determine reference conditions.

The number of entities using biological metrics for data analysis increased by eight in 2001, in step with a
sharp increase of 39 between 1989 and 1995. Today, all but two of the surveyed entities contained in
Table 2 have developed biological metrics.

Finally, for the 2001 survey, we narrowed the definition of what constitutes narrative biocriteria in WQS to
exclude general aquatic life statements.  We adhered to the definition  of narrative biocriteria as "narrative
expressions that describe biological integrity of aquatic communities inhabiting waters of a given
classification or designated aquatic life use."  We  also required entities to clarify how the criteria were
operationally defined in their WQS. This examination yielded a count  of 28 entities with narrative
biocriteria in their WQS, one entity less than was reported in 1995. However, had we used the 1995
definition of narrative biocriteria, these 28 entities would grow to 40, resulting in an increase of 11  between
1995 and 2001.

Refer to Appendix A for a summary of pertinent information for each entity surveyed. This information is
captured in greater detail and clarity in the individual program summaries found in  Chapter 3.
Summary of Findings                           December 2002                                        2-4

-------
    0)
    O)

    CO
   .c
    o

    E
   •c
    0)
   -I—'
    c

    a>
    CD

   o
   o
   CM
   en
   (3)
   (3)
   CO
   (3)
    0)

   •
    CD
    0)
   T3
    CD



   T3

    CD
    CD
    0)
    O)
    o
    0)
    CD
    o
   In
    CD


    E
   (N

   _CD










^
0
r
~
c
at
"
U)
^
1-
1-
z
u.
O
a
Ul
m
3
Z















a)
c
o
z










'c
i)

0
a>
Q
•D
3








i)
U
_re
c





O)
•ffi =
c re
u
o
CM

in
en
en
^

en
CO
en


CO

s

(—
M—
o
-C
0
CO


o
M—
T3
CD
(0
3
CD
CD
>
^*
CO
• —
'•^
CM
in
CD
E
CO
(0
H
LU
O
0
o
OM
O

i
O)
T —

o
8
C\l
O)
CO
0)
^~
E
o
 "o
!§ 1
? o
ro
^ c
•^ oj
>~ -^
il
o o
•" ra
0) -
m O
Q.L1-
(0
•S E

-------
                                                         Unknown
|_J >50%             |	|  10-25%        	
B 26 - 50%          Q  < 10%
*The use of various monitoring designs, i.e. targeted vs. probabilistic, influences the derivation of these numbers.
Figure 1a. Percent of total stream/river miles assessed in each state using bioassessments
                                    Confederated Tribes of
                                    the Colville Reservation
                                                                ORSANCO
                                                                                  American Samoa
                                                                                  CNMI
                                                                                  Puerto Rico
                                                                                  U.S. Virgin Islands
           |	|  Bioassessment used for ALU
           |	|  Implementation under development
           |  |  Bioassessment not used for ALU
           Figure 1 b. Use of bioassessment to determine aquatic life use (ALU) for 305(b) reporting
        Figure 1.  Use of bioassessments to assess water quality
Summary of Findings
                                               December 2002
                                                                                                         2-6

-------
           Pyramid_
           Lake
           Paiute
           Tribe
Confederated Tribes of
the Colville Reservation
                                          ORSANCO
                                                                                       American Samoa

                                                                                       CNMI

                                                                                       Puerto Rico

                                                                                       U.S. Virgin Islands
           |	|   Narrative biocriteria adopted into WQS

           |	|   Narrative biocriteria under development

           |	|   No narrative biocriteria

           Figure 2a. Narrative biocriteria development
           Pyramid
           Lake
           Paiute
           Tribe
                                          ORSANCO
Confederated Tribes of
the Colville Reservation
                                                                                       American Samoa

                                                                                       CNMI

                                                                                       Puerto Rico

                                                                                       U.S. Virgin Islands
           |	|   Narrative biocriteria in WQS with quantitative implementation procedures or translators

           |   |   Quantitative implementation procedures (for narrative biocriteria in WQS) are under development

           |	|   No quantitative implementation procedures (for narrative biocriteria in WQS)

           Figure 2b. Narrative biocriteria in WQS with quantitative implementation procedures
Figure 2. Biocriteria development

Summary of Findings
            December 2002
                                                                          2-7

-------
          Pyramid
          Lake
          Paiute
          Tribe
Confederated Tribes of
the Colville Reservation
                                                                                    American Samoa

                                                                                    CNMI

                                                                                    Puerto Rico

                                                                                    U.S. Virgin Islands
           |	|  Numeric biocriteria adopted into WQS

           |	|  Numeric biocriteria under development

           |	|  No numeric biocriteria

           Figure 2c. Numeric biocriteria development
Figure 2 (cont). Biocriteria development
Summary of Findings
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                            2-8

-------
          Pyramid
          Lake
          Paiute
          Tribe
Oneida Nation
of Wisconsin
ORSANCO
           |	|  Benthic macroinvertebrate assessment in place

           |  |  Benthic macroinvertebrate assessment under development

           I|  None

           Figure 3a. Benthic macroinvertebrates
          Pyramid
          Lake
          Paiute
          Tribe
Oneida Nation
of Wisconsin
ORSANCO
           |	|  Fish assessment in place

           |	|  None


           Figure 3b. Fish
        Figure 3. Assemblages assessed
Summary of Findings
                                                December 2002
                                                                                                          2-9

-------
          Pyramid
          Lake
          Paiute
          Tribe
          |	|  Periphyton assessment in place

          |   |  Periphyton assessment under development

          I|  None

          Figure 3c. Periphyton
          Pyramid
          Lake |
          Paiute
          Tribe
          |	|  Only one assemblage assessed

          |	|  Two assemblages assessed
          |  Three or more assemblages assessed

          Figure 3d. Number of assemblages assessed
Figure 3 (cont). Assemblages assessed
Summary of Findings
                                              December 2002
                                                                                                    2-10

-------
          Pyramid
          Lake
          Paiute
          Tribe
ORSANCO
                Ecoregional reference conditions

                Ecoregional reference conditions under development

                None (or not applicable for New York, Utah, Virginia)
Figure 4. Use of ecoregional reference conditions
                                                          Oneida Nation
                                                          of Wisconsin
ORSANCO
                Biological multimetric indices

                Biological multimetric indices under development
                None
        Figure 5. Development of biological multimetric indices
Summary of Findings
                                                December 2002
                                                                                                          2-11

-------
                           THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Summary of Findings                         December 2002                                    2-12

-------
3.   PROGRAM SUMMARIES

-------
                           THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Program Summaries                        December 2002

-------
  ALABAMA
  Contact Information

  Fred Leslie, Chief-Aquatic Assessment Unit
  Alabama Department of Environmental Management (ADEM)
  P.O. Box 301463 • Montgomery, AL 36130-1463
  Phone 334/260-2752 • Fax 224/272-8131
  email: fal@adem.state.al.us
  ADEM Water Quality homepage:
  http://www.adem.state.al.usAA/aterDivAA/ater%20Quality%20lnfoAA/QMainlnfo.htm
  Program Description

  In the last five years the Alabama Department of Environmental Management (ADEM) has assessed more than 1,100 river and
  stream locations as a part of six major long-term riverine-focused monitoring programs:
      Nonpoint Source Assessment Program
      Source Assessment Program
      Ecoregion Reference Assessment Program
      Upland Alamap Monitoring and Assessment Program
      Clean Water Act §303(d) Support Assessment/Monitoring Program
      Fixed Ambient Trend Monitoring Program

  The Field Operations Division's (FOD) benthic macroinvertebrate assessment program is an integral part of the Department's
  biological monitoring effort.  A Multihabitat Bioassessment Protocol is currently utilized to sample wadeable and nonwadeable
  streams. All methods utilized are documented in the Department's Standard Operating Procedures and Quality Control
  Assurance Manual, Volume II (ADEM 1999).

  The Department has developed assessment criteria based on a ten-year ecoregional reference database. These assessments
  are then used to determine the Aquatic Life Use Designations. These comparisons have aided the Department in evaluating the
  "best attainable biotic community" within an ecoregion.  The Department uses macroinvertebrates and a multi-habitat fish
  community assessment to evaluate water quality. Periphyton bioassessment methods are currently being tested as a more
  direct assessment of nutrient enrichment.

  Biological integrity and water quality are directly affected by physical habitat. In addition, the assessment of habitat quality is an
  important step in documenting the adverse impacts of nonpoint source pollution.  The Department utilizes the Habitat
  Assessment Matrices developed by EPA (USEPA 1989) and Barbour and Stribling (1994) in conjunction with physical
  characteristics and water quality parameters to evaluate and document the habitat quality of each wadeable bioassessment
  sampling site. More intensive assessment of geomorphological survey methods are currently being implemented (in 2002) to
  evaluate sedimentation impacts.

  Through contracts and cooperative efforts, other agencies have contributed valuable information, time, data, and other resources
  to the surface and ground water management program.  These contributions have included sampling and analysis efforts; flow
  information; data contribution and management; and CIS development.  The Alabama Water Watch (AWW) Program and
  Association routinely provides quality citizen volunteer monitoring data to ADEM.  With so much water to manage and
  diminishing program funds, the "Alabama Water Watchers" play a key role in identifying waters that need immediate or long-term
  attention.


  Documentation and  Further Information

  2000 Water Quality Report to Congress,  305(b) Report:
  http://www.adem.state.al.usAA/aterDivAA/ater%20Qualitv%20lnfo/305bAA/Q305bReport.htm

  1996, 1998 and 2000 303(d) lists, listing and delisting criteria, and maps of listed waters:
  http://www.adem.state.al.usAA/aterDivAA/ater%20Qualitv%20lnfo/303dAA/Q303d.htm

  ADEM.  1999. Standard Operating Procedures and Quality Control Assurance Manual Volume II - Freshwater
  Macroinvertebrate Biological Assessment. Field Operations Division ADEM, Montgomery, Alabama.

  O'Neil, P.E., and T.E. Shepard.  1998. Standard operating procedure manual for sampling freshwater fish communities and
  application of the index of biotic integrity for assessing biological condition off/owing, wadeable streams in Alabama. ADEM
  Contract No. AGY7042. Geological Survey of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, Alabama.

  Barbour, M.T., and J.B. Stribling. 1994. A technique for assessing stream habitat structure. Pages 156-178 in Conference
  proceedings, Riparian ecosystems in the humid U.S.: Functions, values, and management.  National Association of
  Conservation Districts, Washington, D.C. March 15-18, 1993, Atlanta, Georgia.
ALABAMA: Program Summary                       December 2002                                               3-1

-------
  ALABAMA
  Contact Information
  Fred Leslie, Chief-Aquatic Assessment Unit
  Alabama Department of Environmental Management (ADEM)
  P.O. Box 301463 • Montgomery, AL 36130-1463
  Phone 334/260-2752 • Fax 224/272-8131
  email: fal@adem.state.al.us
  Programmatic Elements
  Uses of bioassessment
  within overall water quality
  program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (special
projects and specific river basins or watersheds)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations) (special
projects and comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin (special projects and specific river basins or
watersheds)
other:
  Stream Miles
  Total miles                                       77,274
  Total perennial miles                                  47,077
  Total miles assessed for biology*             7,103.5
      fully supporting for 305(b)                          5,124.4
      partially/non-supporting for 305(b)                   1,979.1
      listed for 303(d)                                  1,979.1
      number of sites sampled (on an annual basis)            200
      number of miles assessed per site                        -
                                  7,103.5 Miles Assessed for Biology
                                         "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                         "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
The above miles are the total river and stream miles assessed for biological and other (chemical, physical, etc.) effects.  Strictly
biological miles are as follows: 2,992.1 monitored miles and 5,524 evaluated miles were determined as "fully supporting" for 305(b)
using bioassessment data.  These miles do not include fish tissue monitoring data from streams and rivers.
ALABAMA: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                             3-2

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU)  Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Fishery Based Uses

Three designations: Outstanding Alabama Water, Fish & Wildlife,
Limited Warmwater Fishery
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
none - A narrative scale of condition is used to support criteria
decisions. Draft guidelines,  based upon ecoregional reference
conditions, are used in the evaluation of aquatic macroinvertebrate
community assessments.
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental
 data (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
  Reference Site/Condition Development
 Number of reference sites
                             48 total
Reference site
determinations
Reference site criteria
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Additional information


/


site-specific
paired watersheds
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment
other:
Local Soil and Water Conservation District (SWCD) estimates of
landuse, animal densities, and sedimentation rates, etc. and
departmental databases are used to identify potentially
least-impaired sub-watersheds.

/



/





/

/
historical conditions
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other:
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
elevation
stream type
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
other:
reference sites linked to ALU
reference sites/condition referenced in water quality
standards
some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
conditions
ALABAMA: Program Summary
                                              December 2002
                                                                                                       3-3

-------
Field and Lab Methods
Assemblages assessed
                                    benthos (100-500 samples/year; multiple seasons, multiple sites - broad coverage for
                                    watershed level)
                                    fish (<100 samples/year; multiple seasons, multiple sites - broad coverage for watershed
                                    level)
                                    periphyton (currently being tested for assessment of nutrient enrichment)
                                    other:  phytoplankton (100-500 samples/year; multiple seasons, multiple sites - broad
                                    coverage for watershed level)
  Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                              wash bucket, dipnet and kick net (1 meter); 500-600 micron mesh
                              multihabitat
                              100 per habitat
                              family and genus
  Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
                              backpack electrofisher and seine; 3/16" mesh
                              pool/glide and riffle/run (cobble)
                              biomass - batch
                              none
                              species
  Habitat assessments
                              visual based; performed both with, and independent of, bioassessments
  Quality assurance program
  elements
                              standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings and training for
                              biologists, sorting and taxonomic proficiency checks, specimen archival
  Data Analysis and Interpretation
  Data analysis tools and
  methods
                                  summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                  parametric ANOVAs
                                  multivariate analysis
                                  biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index and return single metrics)
                                  disturbance gradients
                                  other:
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
                              95th percentile of reference population

                              The 2000 305(b) report states that sampling results equal to or less than fair/moderately
                              impaired for the macroinvertebrate index and chemical/physical field data indicate an
                              impairment ("excellent, good, fair, poor, very poor" or "unimpaired, slightly impaired,
                              moderately impaired, severely impaired") and will be considered non-support and placed on
                              the 303(d) list.
Evaluation of performance
characteristics
/
/
/
/
/
repeat sampling (sampling - multiple crews same site/same day)
precision (sampling, assessment and identification)
sensitivity (sampling and assessment; standard level of identification)
bias (identification - 10% peer review)
accuracy (identification - 10% peer Quality Assurance; lab pick - 100% recheck;
- 10% returned to lab for re-check)
field pick
Biological data*
Storage Aquatic macroinvertebrate data from 1990 to present are stored in a PACE mainframe
      Retrieval and analysis
                              database.  ADEM has very recently developed an MS Access Fish IBI database and will begin
                              data entry of this information as time allows.  Historical macroinvertebrate data are stored in
                              paper files.  Fish IBI data are mostly in spreadsheets, but will eventually be included in the
                              Access data base.
                              Both databases mentioned above include automated metric calculation.  The
                              macroinvertebrate database also allows some comparison of taxa lists between stations.
'Additional resources are necessary to develop an in-house biological database module in Oracle that would be compatible with the
Oracle Surface Water Quality Database currently under development. The current aquatic macroinvertebrate dataset and the fish
community data would be migrated into this database module. STORET will not be used as the primary biological data storage and
retrieval system.
ALABAMA: Program Summary
                                                   December 2002
                                                                                                                 3-4

-------
 ALASKA
 Contact Information

 Kent Patrick-Riley, Section Leader - NPS Protection and Impairment
 Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation (ADEC)
 555 Cordova Street • Anchorage, AK 99501
 Phone 907/269-7554 • Fax 907/269-7508
 email: kent patrick-riley@envircon.state.ak.us
 ADEC Division of Air and Water Quality homepage:
 http://www.state.ak.us/local/akpages/ENV.CONSERV/dawq/dec dawq.htm
 Program Description

 The State of Alaska is in the early stages of using bioassessments in water quality management. The lead agency
 funding bioassessment work is the Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation (ADEC); with the bulk of the
 development work done by the University of Alaska (UAA) Environment and Natural Resources Institute (ENRI).
 To date, bioassessments have not been used for biocriteria.  Key accomplishments of Alaska's program include:

     method development and testing, resulting in the Alaska Stream Condition Index
     successful interagency involvement and supplemental funding
     extensive outreach and educational opportunities
     development of regional reference conditions for the Cook Inlet Ecoregion
     stream type differences incorporated into the framework for assessment
     index development incorporating multiple community attributes
     water quality assessments for Cook Inlet Ecoregion
     database development compatible with STORET for the water quality information
     relationship between degradation and habitat quality
     nutrient enrichment issues
     impervious surface areas influences to water quality
 Documentation and Further Information

 Alaska's bioassessment program is being developed in conjunction with UAA-ENRI. For consistency and to avoid
 duplicate information, refer questions on protocols and reference sites to them.  Their web site is:
 http://www.uaa.alaska.edu/enri/bmap

 Alaska Stream Condition Index: Biological Index Development for Cook Inlet, Summary 1997 - 2001, August 2001:
 http://www.uaa.alaska.edu/enri/bmap/pdfs/AK  SCI 2001.pdf

 Quality Assurance Project Plan, Alaska Biological Monitoring and Assessment Program, February 2002:
 http://www.uaa.alaska.edu/enri/bmap/pdfs/ENRI  QAPP  2-02.pdf
ALASKA: Program Summary                      December 2002                                         3-5

-------
 ALASKA
  Contact Information
  Kent Patrick-Riley, Section Leader - NPS Protection and Impairment
  Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation (ADEC)
  555 Cordova Street • Anchorage, AK 99501
  Phone 907/269-7554 • Fax 907/269-7508
  email: kent  patrick-riley@envircon.state.ak.us
  Programmatic Elements
  Uses of bioassessment
  within overall water quality
  program
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose)
(comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction, special projects
and specific river basins or watersheds)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin
other:
  Stream Miles
  Total miles                                      >3 million
  (determined using National Hydrography Database)
  Total perennial miles                                   unknown
  Total watersheds assessed for biology              150
     watersheds fully supporting for 305(b)                     140
     watersheds partially/non-supporting for 305(b)               10
     watersheds listed for 303(d)                              10
     number of sites sampled                                300
     number of miles assessed per site*                        10
                                   150 Watersheds Assessed for Biology
                                    3  "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                    ^  "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
*Forthe purposes of decision making, a 100 meter reach represents approximately 10 stream miles.
ALASKA: Program Summary
                                                December 2002
                                                                                                           3-6

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis
 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Class system (A,B,C)-Every AK stream is designated for ALL uses
(including drinking water) unless specifically exempted.

One designation in A: 3) aquaculture; One designation in C: 1)
growth and propagation offish, shellfish, other aquatic life, and
wildlife
Narrative Biocriteria in WQS none
Numeric Biocriteria in WQS none
Uses of bioassessment data
in integrated assessments
with other environmental
data (e.g., toxicity testing and
chemical specific criteria)
/


/
/
assessment of aquatic resources
cause and effect determinations
permitted discharges
monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)
watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
Alaska is just beginning to use bioassessment information to help
with assessment/monitoring and in management decisions.
  Reference Site/Condition Development
 Number of reference sites
                            43 total
Reference site
determinations
Reference site criteria
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Additional information
/


/

site-specific
paired watersheds
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment
other:
no channelization; no upstream impoundments; no known point-
source discharges; DO > 5 ppm; urban land use <15% in catchment;
mining or logging in <15% of catchment; forest or natural land use
>50% in catchment; riparian buffer width >18m




/
/

/



/


historical conditions
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other: minimally disturbed*
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
elevation
stream type
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
other:
reference sites linked to ALU
reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards
some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
conditions
'Alaska's reference sites are considered "minimally" disturbed; variation in results is due to natural and environmental influences.
ALASKA: Program Summary
                                              December 2002
                                                                                                      3-7

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed
                               UD
      benthos (100 to 500 samples/year, single and multiple seasons, multiple sites
      - broad coverage)
      fish
      periphyton
      other:
  Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
d-frame; 200 - 400 micron mesh
multihabitat
300-count target
genus level
  Habitat assessments
visual based, hydrogeomorphology; performed with bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan (in progress), periodic
meetings and training for biologists, sorting and taxonomic proficiency checks,
specimen archival
  Data Analysis and Interpretation
  Data analysis tools and
  methods
    summary tables, illustrative graphs
    parametric ANOVAs
    multivariate analysis
    biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
    disturbance gradients
    other:
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
95th percentile of all sites

first quartile from the 95th percentile
  Evaluation of performance
  characteristics
    repeat sampling
    precision (sampling replicates)
    sensitivity
    bias
    accuracy
  Biological data
      Storage                   EDAS
      Retrieval and analysis       EDAS
ALASKA: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                             3-8

-------
 ARIZONA
  Contact Information

  Patti Spindler, Aquatic Ecologist
  Arizona Department of Environmental Quality (ADEQ)
  1110 West Washington St. 5415A-1 • Phoenix, AZ 85007
  Phone 602/771-4543  • Fax 602/771-4528
  email: phs@ev.state.az.us
  ADEQ Water Quality Division homepage: http://www.adeq.state.az.us/environ/water/index.html



  Program  Description

  The Biocriteria Program at the Arizona Department of Environmental Quality (ADEQ) has been sampling benthic
  macroinvertebrates since 1992.  Data has been collected for biocriteria standards development and 305(b) assessment
  purposes for the past  ten years.  ADEQ has only one dedicated biocriteria staff person, however six other water quality
  monitoring staff assist in biological data collection during the spring as part of the ambient watershed monitoring program.
  ADEQ does not yet have  narrative or numeric biocriteria.  However,  sampling methods and Indexes of Biological Integrity have
  been developed with the assistance of USEPA and contractor support. The cold and warm water Indexes of Biological Integrity
  will be used to  support two designated uses, Aquatic and Wildlife (cold water fishery) (A&Wc) and Aquatic and Wildlife (warm
  water fishery) (A&Ww), which are currently listed in Arizona's surface water quality standards. ADEQ plans to develop a
  narrative biocriterion for the next triennial review of standards and these indexes will serve as the implementation guidance for
  such a standard.  ADEQ has also developed an approach to using bioassessments plus habitat assessments to implement the
  narrative bottom deposit standard, which will be proposed during a separate rulemaking on implementation guidance documents
  for all narrative standards during 2002.
  In the water quality standards rules that are currently under review by USEPA, ADEQ has updated definitions for A&Wc and
  A&Ww based upon "macroinvertebrate regions" identified in Spindler 2001. The 5000' elevation contour marks the threshold for
  a change in community type from warm to cold, as determined by statistical analysis of empirically derived statewide biological
  data. These macroinvertebrate regions will be used instead of ecoregions for predicting community types in Arizona. Addition of
  the elevation range in the A&Wc and A&Ww standards definitions allows Arizona to use the elevation model to better predict the
  correct A&W use type. Revisions to the  "list of surface waters and designated uses" have correspondingly been made in the
  2001 standards rule.

  ADEQ does not have  a biocriteria standard and has subsequently been unable to assess biological integrity in Arizona's 305(b)
  report or 303(d) list. As a result of a lawsuit, ADEQ is preparing an "impaired  waters rule" this year which will specifically outline
  assessment and listing procedures. Rules for conducting bioassessments will also have to be developed as part of this impaired
  waters rule, in addition to the surface water quality standard before bioassessments can be fully implemented in our assessment
  and listing process in  Arizona. ADEQ is also partnering with the US  Forest Service and Bureau of Land Management to
  standardize macroinvertebrate sample collection and analysis methods in order to share data on this important ecosystem
  indicator.
  Future program directions include refining narrative bottom deposit standard implementation guidance for rule development,
  developing narrative biocriterion, starting a diatom bioassessment pilot project, refining reference condition, and developing
  bioassessments for intermittent streams and large rivers.



  Documentation  and  Further Information

  Status of Water Quality In Arizona - Clean Water Act Section 305(b) Report: June 2000:
  http://www.adeq.state.az.us/environ/water/assess/305/index.html

  Draft Status of Water Quality in Arizona - 2002, Arizona's Integrated 305(b) Assessment and 303(d) Listing Report:
  http://www.adeq.state.az.us/environ/water/assess/hsa.htmltfdraft

  WQD Biocriteria Program information: http://www.adeq.state.az.us/environ/water/assess/monit.html

  ADEQ. 2001. DRAFT Quality Assurance Program Plan for the Biocriteria Program. ADEQ, Phoenix, AZ.

  Spindler, P.M. 2001. DRAFT Narrative bottom deposit standard implementation guidelines for Arizona. ADEQ, Phoenix,  AZ.

  Spindler, P.M.,  1996.  Using ecoregions for explaining macroinvertebrate community distribution among reference sites in
  Arizona, 1992.  ADEQ OFR-95-7, Phoenix, AZ.

  Other accomplishments include macroinvertebrate community distribution among reference sites in AZ (2001), development of
  Arizona EDAS  biological database (2001), development and testing  of a biological index for coldwater streams of AZ (2000),
  development and testing of a  biological index for warmwater streams of AZ (1998), and Macroinvertebrate Photocatalog  on CD
  (1998).


ARIZONA: Program Summary                        December 2002                                                3-9

-------
 ARIZONA
  Contact Information
  Patti Spindler, Aquatic Ecologist
  Arizona Department of Environmental Quality (ADEQ)
  1110 West Washington St. 5415A-1  • Phoenix, AZ 85007
  Phone 602/771-4543 • Fax 602/771-4528
  email: phs@ev.state.az.us
  Programmatic Elements
  Uses of bioassessment
  within overall water quality
  program
UD
                               UD
                               UD
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
      targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (special
      projects, specific river basins or watersheds)
      fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
      (comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
      probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
      probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
      rotating basin (specific river basins or watersheds)
      other:
  Stream Miles
  Total miles
  Total perennial miles
  Total miles assessed for biology*
      fully supporting for 305(b)*
      partially/non-supporting for 305(b)*
      listed for 303(d)*
      number of sites sampled
      number of miles assessed per site
                    127,505
                       4,980
                           0
                         n/a
                         n/a
                         n/a
                         324
                  site specific
'Arizona does not have formal biocriteria and will not be using bioassessments in the 2002 305(b) or 303(d) reports. However, a
proposal to use bioassessment plus habitat assessment as the implementation procedure for the narrative bottom deposit standard
will be considered during a rulemaking (2002-03), which is separate from the just completed triennial review of standards. The next
305(b) report may include bioassessments in support of the narrative bottom deposit standard, if this implementation procedure is
approved.
ARIZONA: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                            3-10

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Warm water vs. Cold Water

Aquatic and Wildlife (A&W) cold, A&W warm, A&W-effluent dependent water,
A&W-ephemeral (AZ has acute and chronic categories for each except ephemeral in
which only acute applies.)
  Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
under development - ADEQ has developed a cold water and warm water Index of
Biological Integrity to support these two designated uses, which are currently listed in
the surface water quality standards. However ADEQ does not yet have established
biocriteria. These indexes will become the implementation guidance for proposed
biocriteria in the next triennial review of standards.
Numeric Biocriteria in WQS none
Uses of bioassessment data
in integrated assessments
with other environmental
data (e.g., toxicity testing and
chemical specific criteria)
UD
UD
UD
/

assessment of aquatic resources
cause and effect determinations
permitted discharges
monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)
watershed based management
  Uses of bioassessment/
  biocriteria in making
  management decisions
  regarding restoration of
  aquatic resources to a
  designated ALU
  Reference Site/Condition Development
  Number of reference sites
                               89 total
  Reference site
  determinations
    site-specific

    paired watersheds

    regional (aggregate of sites)

    professional judgment

    other:
  Reference site criteria
For initial site selection, the following guidelines were used in the early 1990s: a site
must be accessible (within a 2-hour walk or 3-4 miles from nearest 4-wheel drive road),
> 0.5 km downstream of road crossings, no known discharges upstream, no major
impoundments upstream, no channel alterations at the site, and be only minimally
impacted by land use activities and nonpoint sources. All of the following criteria must
be attained in the field assessment of potential sites for a site to be accepted as
reference:  site should be truly perennial (indicators: fish, univoltine insects, riparian
indicators), site should be free of local land use impacts, site should be free of channel
alterations, no violations of pH or dissolved oxygen water quality standards, and habitat
assessment index score > 14 using ADEQ's 2001
5-parameter habitat index.
 Characterization of
 reference sites within a
 regional context
    historical conditions

    least disturbed sites

    gradient response

    professional judgment

    other: minimally disturbed
 Stream stratification within
 regional reference
 conditions
    ecoregions (or some aggregate)

    elevation

    stream type

    multivariate grouping

    jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)

    other:
 Additional information
    reference sites linked to ALU

    reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards

    some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced conditions
ARIZONA: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                             3-11

-------
  Field and Lab  Methods
 Assemblages assessed
                                  benthos (<100 samples/year, single season, multiple sites- watershed level)
                                  fish
                                  periphyton (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - watershed level)
                                  other:
  Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                              d-frame net; 500 micron mesh
                              riffle/run (cobble)
                              500 - 600 count target
                              combination level; EPT taxa are identified to genus or species
  Periphyton
      sampling gear

      habitat selection
      sample processing
      taxonomy
                              natural substrate: brushing/scraping device (razor, toothbrush, etc.)
                              artificial substrate: microslides or other suitable substratum
                              riffle/run (cobble); artificial substrate
                              taxonomic identification
                              diatoms only; identified at species level
  Habitat assessments
                              visual based, quantitative measurements, hydrogeomorphology; performed with
                              bioassessments
  Quality assurance program
  elements
                              standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings, training for
                              biologists, sorting and taxonomic proficiency checks, and specimen archival
  Data Analysis and Interpretation
                                    summary tables, illustrative graphs
Data analysis tools and
methods
                                    parametric ANOVAs
                                    multivariate analysis
                                    biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
                                    disturbance gradients
                                    other:
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
                              95th percentile of reference population

                              25th percentile of reference population
  Evaluation of performance
  characteristics*
                                  repeat sampling (duplicate samples collected for 10% of sites
                                  annually)
                                  precision
                                  sensitivity (standard level of identification used by lab)
                                  bias (ADEQ uses a standard mesh size, the lab locates small
                                  organisms,  using a 6-12x dissecting microscope and a Caton
                                  tray to randomly obtain fractions of the total sample)
                                  accuracy (any questionable identifications are sent to nationally
                                  recognized taxonomic experts for confirmation and a voucher
                                  specimen collection is maintained)
  Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
                              AZ-EDAS
                              Systat, EDAS
'Though multiple performance characteristics are evaluated, ADEQ has not incorporated this information into a QA/QC document.
ARIZONA: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                               3-12

-------
 ARKANSAS
 Contact Information

 William Keith, Water Quality Planning Branch Manager
 Jim Wise, Program Manager
 Chris Davidson, Water Quality Specialist
 Arkansas Department of Environmental Quality (ADEQ)
 P.O. Box 8913  • Little  Rock, AR  72219-8913
 Phone 501/682-0656 • Fax 501/682-0910
 email: Keith@adeq.state.ar.us, Wise@adeq.state.ar.us and Davidson@adeq.state.ar.us
 ADEQ Water Division homepage: http://www.adeq.state.ar.us/water/
  Program Description

  As part of the Water Division of the Arkansas Department of Environmental Quality (ADEQ), the Water Quality
  Planning Branch has seven biologists/ecologists and two geologists on staff. This branch deals with a variety of
  issues related to water quality monitoring, standards development, and groundwater and wasteload allocations.
  The Branch is responsible for conducting water quality surveys, assessing the State's water quality for surface and
  ground water, and 305(b) reporting.  The Branch is also responsible for the development of water quality and
  biological criteria for water quality use attainability  analysis and for water quality standards development. In
  addition, the Branch is responsible for developing  TMDLs (303d) for those waters not meeting water quality
  standards.  Finally, the Branch is responsible for the biomonitoring aspect of the NPDES program.
  Biological and habitat monitoring are currently restricted to special project needs associated with synoptic
  watershed surveys or for the development of additional data to support the establishment of biological criteria.
  For the 2000 305(b) report, portions of 106 stream segments from 17 planning segments were assessed for
  aquatic life use support using biological communities. These stream segments were either located above or  below
  a point source discharge, or were part of intensive water quality surveys.  Survey objectives were to determine the
  impacts of the discharge, evaluate the  biological community in ecoregional reference streams,  determine use
  attainment in  previously listed water bodies of concern or those waters not currently meeting all designated uses.
  Macroinvertebrates were collected and evaluated  following EPA's Rapid Bioassessment Protocols (USEPA 1989).
  Habitat considerations were used in the evaluation of the macroinvertebrate communities through percent
  comparability evaluation techniques at all sites.  An upstream-downstream comparison of the communities, and a
  comparison of the community to a least disturbed  reference stream were also used to make the assessments.  Fish
  communities were analyzed following EPA's Technical Support Manual: Waterbody Surveys and Assessments for
  Conducting Use Attainability Analysis (USEPA 1983).  Direct comparisons were made with ecoregional fish
  community data outlined in the Department's Physical, Chemical, and Biological Characteristics of Least-Disturbed
  Reference Streams in Arkansas' Ecoregions, 1987. In addition,  an upstream-downstream comparison of the
  communities was made and compared to a least-disturbed reference stream.
  Documentation and Further Information

  Water Quality Inventory Report 2000, 305(b) Report:
  http://www.adeq.st.ate.ar.us/water/pdfs/documents/305(b)  2000.pdf

  2002 Proposed 303(d) List: http://www.adeq.state.ar.us/water/pdfs/documents/303(d) list proposed 020426.pdf

  1998 Arkansas 303(d) List: http://www.adeq.state.ar.us/water/303drprt.htm

  Water Quality Standards for Surface Waters, effective Feb. 1998, amended January 2001:
  http://www.adeq.state.ar.us/reqs/files/req02 final 010917.pdf

  Physical, Chemical, and Biological Characteristics of Least-Disturbed Reference Streams in Arkansas' Ecoregions,
  Volume 1: Data Compilation, and Volume 2: Data Analysis. ADEQ Water Division. 1987.

  Water Quality Planning Branch, list of publications:  http://www.adeq.state.ar.us/water/pdfs/documents/publist.pdf
ARKANSAS: Program Summary                    December 2002                                          3-13

-------
 ARKANSAS
  Contact Information
  William Keith, Water Quality Planning Branch Manager
  Jim Wise, Program Manager
  Chris Davidson, Water Quality Specialist
  Arkansas Department of Environmental Quality (ADEQ)
  P.O. Box 8913  • Little Rock, AR  72219-8913
  Phone 501/682-0656 • Fax 501/682-0910
  email: Keith@adeq.state.ar.us, Wise@adeq.state.ar.us and Davidson@adeq.state.ar.us
  Programmatic Elements
  Uses of bioassessment
  within overall water quality
  program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (special
projects and specific river basins or watersheds)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin
other:
  Stream Miles
  Total miles                                           87,617
  (determined using RF3 and the National Hydrography Database)
  Total perennial miles                                      28,408
  Total miles assessed for biology*                      245
                                                 stream segments
      fully supporting for 305(b)                                 n/a
      partially/non-supporting for 305(b)                          n/a
      listed for 303(d)                                         n/a
      number of sites sampled (on an annual basis)               -450
      number of miles assessed per site
'Currently, biological monitoring occurs as either 1) part of intensive watershed survey where water quality problems have been
previously identified; 2) part of a site specific survey, wasteload allocation; and 3) most recently as part of expanding ecoregion
reference stream data. Biological data are not used to list any 303(d) waters.
ARKANSAS: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                            3-14

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis
 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Single Aquatic Life Use, Fishery Based Uses and Warm Water vs.
Cold Water

Two designations: Ecologically sensitive waterbodies protecting
endangered, threatened, and endemic aquatic species.  Fisheries
are divided into Trout, Lakes and Reservoirs, and Streams (further
subdivided by ecoregion).
  Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
  Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
Procedures used to support narrative biocriteria are currently found
in the project specific QAPP. Additional methods and SOPs are
being developed.  NOTE: The development of criteria and standards
is ongoing.
  Uses of bioassessment data
  in integrated assessments
  with other environmental
  data (e.g., toxicity testing and
  chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
  Uses of bioassessment/
  biocriteria in making
  management decisions
  regarding restoration of
  aquatic resources to a
  designated ALU
Currently, baseline data has been collected from numerous locations
prior to BMP implementation and NPDES limit changes. Follow-up
monitoring has occurred at some locations below point sources.  No
follow-up monitoring has occurred at nonpoint source locations.
  Reference Site/Condition Development
  Number of reference sites
                              75 total
  Reference site
  determinations
    site-specific

    paired watersheds

    regional (aggregate of sites)

    professional judgment

    other: upstream/downstream
  Reference site criteria
Water quality and habitat is typical of background ecoregion
conditions. Watershed is somewhat undisturbed.
 Characterization of
 reference sites within a
 regional context
    historical conditions

    least disturbed sites

    gradient response

    professional judgment

    other:
 Stream stratification within
 regional reference
 conditions
    ecoregions (or some aggregate)

    elevation

    stream type

    multivariate grouping

    jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)

    other: watershed size, habitat, water quality
 Additional information
    reference sites linked to ALU

    reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards
    (found in ADPC&E 1987 - WQ87-06-01 & 02)

    some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
    conditions
ARKANSAS: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                            3-15

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed
                                  benthos (100-500 samples/year, single season, multiple sites - watershed
                                  level and broad coverage; multiple seasons, multiple sites)
                                  fish (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - watershed level and
                                  broad coverage)
                                  periphyton
                                  other:
  Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                              D-frame; 200-400 micron mesh
                              riffle/run (cobble), multihabitat and woody debris
                              100 count
                              combination - family, genus and species
  Fish
      sampling gear

      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
                              backpack and boat electrofisher, pram unit (tote barge) and seine; 3/16" and 1/4"
                              mesh
                              pool/glide, riffle/run (cobble), and multihabitat
                              anomalies
                              whole samples are sorted and identified to species
                              species and life stage
  Habitat assessments
  Quality assurance program
  elements
                             visual based with limited quantitative measurements and hydrogeomorphology,
                             pebble counts, flows and canopy cover; performed with bioassessments
                             quality assurance plan, periodic meetings and training for biologists, sorting and
                             taxonomic proficiency checks, specimen archival, and standard operating
                             procedures (in development stage)
Data Analysis and Interpretation
                                  summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                  parametric ANOVAs
                                  multivariate analysis
  Data analysis tools and
  methods
                                    biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index and return
                                    single metrics - use endpoint for each single metric)
                                    disturbance gradients
                                    other:
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
                             As a percent of either the reference site or based on ecoregion data
                             dependent upon standard deviation units
                             As a percent of either the reference site or based on ecoregion data
                             dependent upon standard deviation units
  Multivariate thresholds
      defining impairment in
      a multivariate index
                             As a percent of either the reference site or based on ecoregion data
                             dependant upon standard deviation units
  Evaluation of performance
  characteristics
  Not currently evaluated
                                  repeat sampling
                                  precision
                                  sensitivity
                                  bias
                                  accuracy
  Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
                              Microsoft databases
                              none
ARKANSAS: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                               3-16

-------
 CALIFORNIA
 Contact Information

 Del Rasmussen, TMDL Section
 California State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB)
 1001 I Street, P.O. Box 944213 • Sacramento, CA 95812
 Phone 916/341-5545 • Fax 916/341-5550
 email: rasmd@dwq.swrcb.ca.gov
 website: http://www.swrcb.ca.gov/quality.html

 Jim Harrington, State Water Quality Biologist
 California Department of Fish and Game (CA DFG)
 2005 Nimbus Road • Rancho Cordova, CA 95670
 Phone 916/358-2862 • Fax 916/985-4301
 email: iharring@ospr.dfg.ca.gov
 California Aquatic Bioassessment Workgroup homepage: http://www.dfg.ca.gov/cabw/cabwhome.html
  Program Description

  Historically, the use of bioassessment data in California water regulations and decision-making has not been a high priority.
  California's tremendous range of ecological diversity and its equally complex history of land and water use have confounded
  progress towards implementation of a state-wide bioassessment program. The recent organization of California's Surface Water
  Ambient Monitoring Program (SWAMP) is providing the impetus to implement a better organized and standardized biological
  assessment and monitoring program throughout the state.  Current concerns over hydroaugmentation and use attainability
  analyses of targeted waterbodies will foster a greater dependence upon bioassessment information in making informed decisions
  regarding the protection and restoration of California's streams.

  Nine regional boards are essentially independent regulatory entities within the California State Water Resources Control Board
  (SWRCB). Not all regional boards are at the same level of development regarding bioassessment. One of the first management
  actions advancing bioassessment in CA was in 1993 when the Lahontan Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB 6)
  required the use of EPA's Rapid Bioassessment Protocols in a fish hatchery permit. Since that time, the use of bioassessment in
  water resource decision-making has steadily increased. Presently, bioassessment is used by several RWQCBs for a variety of
  purposes, including to:  assess the impacts of human activities on the biological integrity of streams and rivers; evaluate the
  effectiveness of restoration efforts, BMP implementation, and permit conditions; develop narrative and numeric biocriteria;
  establish reference conditions; provide baseline data on the benthic macroinvertebrate community in regional streams; determine
  the biological health of  streams relative to land use in specific watersheds; help identify aquatic life stressors and associated
  development of ecological indicators in  agriculturally dominated and effluent dominated waterbodies;  and as an additional tool to
  NPDES and stormwater permitting to supplement the chemical and toxicological information obtained to address chemical
  standards.

  The California Department of Fish and Game's (CA DFG) Water Pollution Control Laboratory and its Aquatic Biological
  Assessment Laboratory (ABAL) perform macroinvertebrate sampling and identification,  fish surveys, physical/habitat surveys,
  toxicity testing, sedimentation studies, and tissue and water chemistry. Since 1992, the ABAL has conducted projects covering
  many different applications of biological monitoring throughout California. These projects have demonstrated bioassessment and
  promoted the effectiveness of bioassessment in the State.

  In 1993, ABAL distributed a set of standard protocols for assessing biological and physical conditions of wadeable streams. The
  California Stream Bioassessment Procedures (CSBP) are regional adaptations of the national USEPA Rapid Bioassessment
  Protocols. The DFG, in cooperation with the SWRCB and  USEPA Region 9, also established the California Aquatic
  Bioassessment Workgroup (CABW) to provide input and guidance for the development of a state-wide bioassessment program.
  The Workgroup was formed in 1994 to coordinate scientific and policy-making efforts towards implementing aquatic
  bioassessment in California. Members of the CABW consist of biologists from universities, consulting firms, industry, and
  representatives of state and federal agencies responsible for assessing, monitoring and protecting the biological integrity of
  surface waters. Through its  Steering Committee and annual meetings,  CABW participants develop objectives and strategies for
  implementing aquatic bioassessment in California.


  Documentation and  Further  Information

  State Water Resources Control Board. October 2000. 2000 California 305(b) Report on Water Quality. Sacramento, CA:
  SWRCB.

  Status of Aquatic Bioassessment in California and the Development of a State-wide Bioassessment Program, prepared by the
  California Department of Fish and Game Aquatic Biological Assessment Laboratory: http://www.dfg.ca.gov/cabw/status.html

  California Stream Bioassessment Procedure (CSBP): http://www.dfg.ca.gov/cabw/protocols.html
CALIFORNIA: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                              3-17

-------
 CALIFORNIA
 Contact Information
 Del Rasmussen, TMDL Section
 California State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB)
 1001 I Street, P.O. Box 944213 • Sacramento, CA 95812
 Phone 916/341-5545 • Fax 916/341-5550
 email: rasmd@dwq.swrcb.ca.gov
 Jim Harrington, State Water Quality Biologist
 California Department of Fish and Game (CA DFG)
 2005 Nimbus Road  • Rancho Cordova, CA 95670
 Phone 916/358-2862 • Fax 916/985-4301
 email: iharring@ospr.dfg.ca.gov
                                                                      \J
  Programmatic Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (specific river
basins or watersheds)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations) (specific
river basins or watersheds)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area (specific river
basins or watersheds)
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide (specific river basins or
watersheds)
rotating basin (comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
other:
 Stream Miles
 Total miles
 Total perennial miles
 Total miles assessed for biology*
     fully supporting for 305(b)
     partially/non-supporting for 305(b)
     listed for 303(d)
     number of sites sampled
     number of miles assessed per site
               211,513
                  64,438
              unknown
                unknown
                unknown
                unknown
                unknown
                unknown
    *Due to a comprehensive, statewide overhaul of California's database system, SWRCB was unable to break out numbers for
stream miles assessed using biology.
CALIFORNIA: Program Summary
                                                December 2002
                                                                                                         3-18

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Fishery Based Uses, Warm Water vs. Cold Water

Regional Water Quality Boards have a Basin Planning function.
Therefore, water quality standards are regionally specific for
establishing functional uses, criteria, and implementation plans.
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
Regional water quality standards contain generic statements for the
overarching protection of biological communities with an emphasis
on, but not limited to, fisheries. Procedures to support narrative
biocriteria are regionally specific.
                             none
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental
 data (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
Limited to select studies where biological data are used for
management decisions regarding urban development.
 Reference Site/Condition Development
 Number of reference sites
                             ~ 200 - 300 total
Reference site
determinations
Reference site criteria
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Additional information



/
'
site-specific
paired watersheds
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment

other: CA DFG is in the process of developing a more
quantitative method of selecting reference sites on a regional
basis using CIS land use analyses and quantitative physical
habitat measures.
under development

/



/




/

/
/
historical conditions
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other:
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
elevation
stream type
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
other: stream order
reference sites linked to ALU
reference sites/condition referenced in
(varies by region)
water quality standards
some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
conditions
CALIFORNIA: Program Summary
                                               December 2002
                                                                                                        3-19

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed
    benthos (>500 samples/year; varying levels of rigor)
    fish
    periphyton
    other:
 Benthos
      sampling gear

      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
D-frame; 200 - 400 micron mesh (Sierra Nevada Aquatic Research Laboratory),
500 - 600 micron mesh (California Stream Bioassessment Procedure)
riffle/run (cobble)
300 - 500 count (Sierra Nevada Aquatic Research Laboratory), 300 count (CSBP)
lowest possible, usually genus or species
 Habitat assessments
visual based; performed with bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
standard operating procedures, sorting and taxonomic proficiency checks
  Data Analysis and Interpretation
 Data analysis tools and
 methods
    summary tables, illustrative graphs
    parametric ANOVAs
    multivariate analysis
    biological metrics (return single metrics- use endpoint for each
    single metric)
    disturbance gradients
    other:
 Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
bar graph distribution function
 Multivariate thresholds
      defining impairment in
      a multivariate index
under development
Evaluation of performance
characteristics

/



repeat sampling
precision
sensitivity
bias
accuracy
Biological data
Storage Central Coast Ambient Monitoring
Program (CCAMP) regional
      Retrieval and analysis
                              database
                              CalEDAS
CALIFORNIA: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                           3-20

-------
 COLORADO
 Contact Information

 Robert McConnell, Monitoring Unit Manager
 Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment (CDPHE)
 4300 Cherry Creek Drive South • Denver, CO 80246
 Phone 303/692-3578 • Fax 303/782-0390
 email: robert.mcconnell@state.co.us
 CDPHE Water Quality Control Division website: http://www.cdphe.state.co.us/wq/wqhom.asp -
 Program Description

 The Monitoring Unit of the Water Quality Control Division, Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment
 (CDPHE), is responsible for designing studies and collecting chemical, physical, and biological data from a
 statewide network of sampling stations. Personnel from the Assessment Unit of the Water Quality Control Division
 evaluate this information, along with data from other agencies.  Using a watershed-specific approach, the seven
 major watersheds within the State of Colorado are assessed sequentially as part of the triennial review of water
 quality standards and classifications. In addition, specific waterbodies are assessed as part of targeted synoptic
 studies, site-specific studies, and as required for evaluating waterbodies listed on the State of Colorado's 303(d)
 list.

 Most biological assessments are performed to evaluate aquatic life use classifications and to support standards
 development.  Biological assessments have occasionally  been used to determine attainment of aquatic life uses or
 attainment of provisional sediment standards.  However, chemical information from surface water samples is
 primarily used  to assess use support determinations as reported in the State of Colorado's biennial Status of
 Water Quality report.  Biologists in the Monitoring Unit are actively developing biocriteria to more effectively utilize
 biological information as part of the State of Colorado's water quality standards program.  Initially, biocriteria will be
 developed for benthic macroinvertebrates.  Over the last four years, biologists in the Monitoring Unit have collected
 benthic macroinvertebrate samples from approximately 300 potential reference/least impaired sites from all
 dominant ecoregions within the State of Colorado. This data is currently being evaluated. Combined with
 information on  physical habitat and water chemistry, this benthic macroinvertebrate data will be used to develop
 provisional region-specific biocriteria. Once developed, these provisional biocriteria will be evaluated using new
 benthic macroinvertebrate information, and further refined as needed.  It is anticipated that benthic
 macroinvertebrate biocriteria will be used as an assessment tool to support the water quality standards and
 classification programs within the State of Colorado.  Biocriteria based on fishery information may be developed in
 the future.
 Documentation and Further Information

 Colorado's 2002 305(b) report and 1998 303(d) list: http://www.cdphe.state.co.us/op/wqcc/wqresdoc.html

 Draft 2001 Unified Assessment Methodology, Guidance on Data Requirements and Data Interpretation Methods
 Used in Stream Standards and Classification Proceedings, July 1993:
 http://www.cdphe.state.co.us/wq/Assessment/assessment practices and  methods.htm

 Water Quality in Colorado 2000: http://www.cdphe.state.co.us/wq/waterqualitybooklet.pdf
COLORADO: Program Summary                    December 2002                                          3-21

-------
 COLORADO
 Contact Information
 Robert McConnell, Monitoring Unit Manager
 Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment (CDPHE)
 4300 Cherry Creek Drive South • Denver, CO 80246
 Phone 303/692-3578 • Fax 303/782-0390
 email: robert.mcconnell@state.co.us
  Programmatic  Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
                               UD
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other: determine  attainment of narrative sediment (clean) standard
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (comprehensive
use throughout jurisdiction, specific river basins or watersheds, and
special projects)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations) (specific river
basins or watersheds)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin (comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
other:
 Stream Miles
 Total miles
 (determined using RF3)
 Total perennial miles
 Total miles assessed for biology*
     fully supporting for 305(b)
     partially/non-supporting for 305(b)
     listed for 303(d)
     number of sites sampled (on an annual basis)
     number of miles assessed per site
                    107,403

                      31,415
                         n/a
                         n/a
                         n/a
                        85.1
                    -70-100
'Colorado does not use bioassessment in 305(b) assessments with some exceptions. Since Colorado's water quality standards are
chemically oriented, the majority of use support determinations are based on chemical data. Bioassessments are conducted as part
of the Triennial Standards Review process for Colorado's seven major watersheds; a few are used in the determination of aquatic
life use and sediment standards attainment. The majority of CDPHE's work in the field is spent conducting bioassessments in
preparation for the review process. During the review process, the Water Quality Control Commission uses biological data to
determine the appropriate aquatic life use classification for 636 stream segments.  Once classifications are set, all further water
quality monitoring and assessment is chemical.
COLORADO: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                            3-22

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU)  Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
                              Class System, Warm Water vs. Cold Water

                              Three classifications: Class 1 Cold Water Aquatic Life, Class 1 Warm Water Aquatic
                              Life, Class 2 Cold and Warm Water Aquatic Life
  Narrative Biocriteria in WQS    under development*

  Numeric Biocriteria in WQS     none*
  Uses of bioassessment data
  in integrated assessments
  with other environmental
  data (e.g., toxicity testing and
  chemical specific criteria)
                                   assessment of aquatic resources

                                   cause and effect determinations

                                   permitted discharges

                                   monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

                                   watershed based management
                               Bioassessment endpoints are used as targets in the attainment of the sediment
                               standard (e.g. TMDL development).
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria uses in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU

*ALU classifications are defined in Colorado's water quality standards but are not considered to be formal narrative biocriteria in the CO
regulatory process.  Colorado is presently developing biocriteria through a stakeholder workgroup process.
  Reference Site/Condition  Development*
  Number of reference sites
                              300 total potential reference/least impaired sites
Reference site
determinations
Reference site criteria
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Additional information
/


/

site-specific
paired watersheds
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment
other:
The condition of candidate sites is verified through field evaluation using a "checklist"
of stream attributes that include, but are not limited to, measures of riparian condition,
Rosgen channel type, land use, basin characteristics, physical habitat, substrate,
chemistry, geology, vegetation, and climate.
/
/

/
/
UD

/



n/a
n/a
n/a
historical conditions
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other: minimally disturbed***
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
elevation
stream type
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
other:
reference sites linked to ALU
reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards
some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced conditions
"Reference condition is used on a limited basis in Colorado. Currently, it is used as a key component in determining sediment
deposition impacts to aquatic life and has been used in the first stages of biocriteria development, to locate sampling sites, as part of
various EMAP studies underway in CO, and in the development of regional nutrient criteria. The reference condition approach is not
developed enough to be an established part of biological assessments or the standards setting process in Colorado. Most, if not all,
assessments are conducted on a case-by-case or site-specific basis, and although CO does attempt to characterize the "expected
condition" for a particular waterbody, it is not treated as a formal reference condition.

***Sediment guidance suggests 3 tiers for reference conditions like those described in the 1996 EPA technical guidance for
biological criteria:  1) minimally disturbed, 2) best available (least disturbed), and 3) none acceptable ("hypothetical explanation").
These can be considered individually and in combination.
COLORADO: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                            3-23

-------
  Field and Lab Methods*
  Assemblages assessed
                               UD
                                    benthos (100 - 500 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - watershed level)
                                    fish (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - not at watershed level)
                                    periphyton (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - watershed level)
                                    other:
  Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                              Surber, dipnet; 500 - 600 micron mesh
                              riffle/run (cobble) or most productive habitat if riffle/run is not available
                              300 count
                              lowest possible level with positive identification
  Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
                              backpack electrofisher
                              multihabitat
                              length measurement
                              none
                              species
  Periphyton
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      taxonomy
                              natural substrate: brushing/scraping device (razor, toothbrush, etc), collect by hand
                              riffle/run (cobble)
                              chlorophyll a/ phaeophytin, taxonomic identification
                              all algae, species level
  Habitat assessments
                              visual based, hydrogeomorphology, pebble counts; performed with bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
                              standard operating procedures, periodic meetings and training for biologists, specimen
                              archival
'Field and lab methods reported are those used by the Monitoring Unit of the CDPHE Water Quality Control Division and are patterned
after the EPA RBP approach.  They do not apply to any of the other agencies collecting biological data in Colorado.
  Data analysis tools and
  methods
Data Analysis and Interpretation
                                  summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                  parametric ANOVAs
                                  multivariate analysis
                                  biological metrics (return single metrics)
                                  disturbance gradients
                                  other:
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
                              impairment thresholds determined on case-by-case basis as part of
                              site-specific analyses
                              Colorado is currently exploring possible metrics and indices through a
                              workgroup process.
  Evaluation of performance
  characteristics
                                  repeat sampling
                                  precision (replicate samples collected at 10% of sites)
                                  sensitivity
                                  bias
                                  accuracy
  Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
                              Currently moving all biological and habitat data into EDAS
                              EDAS, Excel, Minitab
COLORADO: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                               3-24

-------
 CONNECTICUT
 Contact Information

 Ernest Pizzuto, Jr., Supervising Environmental Analyst
 Guy Hoffman, Environmental Biologist
 Connecticut Department of Environmental Protection (CT DEP)
 79 Elm Street • Hartford, CT 06106-5127
 Phone 860/424-3715 • Fax 860/424-4055
 email: ernest.pizzuto@po.state.ct.us
 CT DEP Bureau of Water Management website: http://dep.state.ct.us/wtr/index.htm


 Program Description

 The  Connecticut Ambient Biological Monitoring Program characterizes water quality by evaluating the biological integrity of
 resident communities of aquatic organisms. This information is used as the primary indicator to meet reporting requirements for
 assessment of aquatic life use support and impairment under Sections 305(b) and 303(d) of the Clean Water Act. There are
 currently about 3.5 full time employees dedicated to biological assessment of rivers.  Biological monitoring has been conducted
 by the CT DEP Bureau of Water Management since the early 1970s and has focused primarily on the benthic invertebrate
 community of wadeable stream segments. Narrative criteria for benthic invertebrates were incorporated into the CT water quality
 standards in 1987. Assessments are based on community structure characteristics using techniques intended to minimize the
 influence of variables such as habitat, seasonality and sampling method. Since 1989, methodology has followed a modified
 version of the USEPA Rapid Bioassessment Protocol (RBP) III (USEPA 1989).

  A total of 302 sites on 153 rivers have been monitored to date (February 2002). Pursuant to the five-year rotating basin
 monitoring strategy that began in  1996, benthic invertebrate monitoring was conducted at approximately 50 sites each year for
 the five-year period ending in 2000. Since biological monitoring integrates environmental conditions over an extended time
 period, each site was sampled only once, primarily during the fall. Spring sampling is conducted on a limited basis for special
 studies or to supplement fall sampling. Sampling site selection is based on a targeted approach that considers sub-basin size,
 location of wastewater discharges, land use, and resource value. In addition to the rotating basin schedule, approximately ten
 regional reference sites located across the State are sampled annually, as well as a limited number of sites to support special
 projects.

 The  Bureau of Water Management recognizes the  need to obtain a broader perspective of biological integrity by incorporation of
 fish community assessment data  into the biological monitoring process. This has been accomplished to a limited degree by a
 cooperative working relationship with the CT DEP Division of Inland Fisheries.  Fish sampling information obtained by fisheries
 biologists for purposes consistent with the fisheries management program has been utilized in the form of best professional
 judgment assessments which CT DEP considers to be generally equivalent to USEPA RBP IV (USEPA 1989). Funds obtained
 through an EPA 104(b)(3) grant have supported part of a Fisheries Division staff position since 1999.  This effort has provided for
 approximately 24 fish community  surveys, roughly equivalent in effort to annual RBP V assessment. This  project is intended to
 support development offish community structure metrics that will provide a more quantitative approach to the assessment
 process.

 The  CT DEP also  promotes and directs a monitoring program for volunteers from which usable assessment information is
 obtained.  The details of this program, A Tiered Approach to Citizen-Based Monitoring of Wadeable Streams and Rivers, can be
 obtained from the  CT DEP Bureau of Water Management or viewed online at http://dep.state.ct.us/wtr/volunmon/tierapp.pdf

 Section 305(b) of the CWA requires that states provide a description of the water quality of all navigable waters within their
 boundaries. Even with program improvements resulting from the rotating basin approach and incorporation of volunteer data, a
 complete census of State waters is not possible based on this focused approach to monitoring. To accomplish the goal of
 comprehensive monitoring, CT DEP is currently utilizing funds and technical assistance from USEPA to conduct a pilot statewide
 probabilistic monitoring program during 2002-2003. This project will sample the benthic invertebrate, fish,  and periphyton
 communities at approximately 60 randomly selected sites. Through probabilistic monitoring, this statistically valid sample of
 wadeable  streams in Connecticut will provide an estimate of conditions of all wadeable streams in the State.  During this two-
 year period, the rotating basin approach will be suspended.  However, limited focused monitoring will continue for reference
 sites, special projects, intensive surveys and to support TMDL development.



 Documentation  and  Further  Information

 DRAFT 2002 List of Connecticut Waterbodies Not Meeting Water Quality Standards, 303(d) list, May 2002:
 http://dep.state.ct.us/wtr/wq/implist.pdf

 Draft Consolidated Assessment and Listing Methodology for 305(b) and 303(d) Reporting, April 2002:
 http://dep.state.ct.us/wtr/wq/method.pdf
  Quality Assurance Project Plan for Ambient Biological Monitoring,
  Planning and Standards Division, CT06106.
March 1996. CT DEP Bureau of Water Management,
  Beauchene, M. 2002. Quality Assurance Project Plan, Ambient Biological Monitoring - Fish Community Structure. CT DEP
  Bureau of Water Management.

  Ambient Monitoring Strategy for Rivers and Streams, Rotating Basin Approach. CT DEP 1999.
CONNECTICUT: Program Summary                   December 2002                                              3-25

-------
 CONNECTICUT
 Contact Information
 Ernest Pizzuto, Jr., Supervising Environmental Analyst
 Guy Hoffman, Environmental Biologist
 Connecticut Department of Environmental Protection (CT DEP)
 79 Elm Street • Hartford, CT 06106-5127
 Phone 860/424-3715 • Fax 860/424-4055
 email: ernest.pizzuto@po.state.ct.us
  Programmatic  Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (special
projects, specific river basins and watersheds, and
comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations) (special
projects, specific river basins and watersheds, and
comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide (comprehensive use
throughout jurisdiction beginning in 2002 and 2003)
rotating basin (comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
other:
 Stream Miles
 Total miles
 (State based determinations)
 Total perennial miles
 Total miles assessed for biology
      fully supporting for 305(b)
      partially/non-supporting for 305(b)
      listed for 303(d)*
      number of sites sampled*
      number of miles assessed per site*
                  5,830

                   5,484
                    961
                     764
                     195
                     n/a
                     311
              site specific
                                  961 Miles Assessed for Biology
"fully supporting" for 305(b)
"partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
*The existing 303(d) doesn't use mileage, although it contains a subset of partially/non-supporting stream miles listed in the 305(b).
These numbers will be the same in the next report. Of the 311 sites sampled, 221 were sampled by the state, 30 by contractors and
60 by volunteers.  The number of miles assessed per site is site specific and varies according to land use, geomorphology, etc.
CONNECTICUT: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                            3-26

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and  Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Class System (A,B,C)

"Fish and Wildlife Habitat" is the only ALU designation, but narrative
criteria are provided for "benthic invertebrates which inhabit lotic
waters" for classifications AA, A, and B while more general descriptive
narrative is provided for C and D.
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
Procedures used to support narrative biocriteria located in SOPs for
ambient biological monitoring
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental
 data (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
Bioassessment/biocriteria have been used in specific cases to
determine if formerly impaired waters are meeting ALU.
 Reference Site/Condition Development
 Number of reference sites
                             12 total
Reference site
determinations
Reference site criteria
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Additional information
/



/
site-specific
paired watersheds
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment
other: within major drainage basin
Least impacted by human influence. Size: ± one stream order or one
order of magnitude in drainage area with similar gradient.

/








/


7
historical conditions
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other:
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
elevation
stream type
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
other: major drainage basin, gradient
reference sites linked to ALU
reference sites/condition referenced in
water quality standards
some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
conditions
CONNECTICUT: Program Summary
                                               December 2002
                                                                                                       3-27

-------
Field and Lab Methods
Assemblages assessed
                                    benthos (<100 samples/year, single season, multiple sites- watershed level;
                                    multiple seasons, multiple sites - broad coverage for watershed level)
                                    fish (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - broad coverage)
                                    periphyton  (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - broad coverage)

                                    other: phytoplankton and macrophytes (<100 sample/year; single season, multiple
                                    sites - not at watershed level)
 Benthos
      sampling gear

      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                              Rectangular kick net, 1.5 ft. wide, 800-900 micron mesh. Surber and multiple plate
                              samplers used prior to 1989.  Rock baskets used for special projects.
                              richest habitat, riffle/run (cobble)
                              200 count
                              benthic identification is primarily to species
 Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
                              backpack electrofisher, pram unit (tote barge)
                              multihabitat
                              length measurement, anomalies
                              none
                              species
 Periphyton
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing

      taxonomy
                              natural substrate: brushing/scraping device (razor, toothbrush, etc.)
                              riffle/run (cobble)
                              chlorophyll a/ phaeophytin; biomass; taxonomic identification; semi-quantitative field-
                              based rapid periphyton survey
                              all algae, species level if possible
 Habitat assessments
                              visual based; performed with bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
                              standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings and training
                              for biologists, sorting and taxonomic proficiency checks, specimen archival
  Data Analysis and Interpretation
 Data analysis tools and
 methods
                                  summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                  parametric ANOVAs
                                  multivariate analysis
                                  biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
                                  disturbance gradients
                                  other:
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
                              Use scoring criteria table from 1989 Rapid Bioassessment Protocol (RBP) guidance
                              (Figure 6.3-4).  CT DEP recognizes the need to refine scoring criteria and impairment
                              thresholds.
                              Use biological condition table from 1989 RBP guidance (Figure 6.3-4):  >54% of
                              reference score = non-impaired for purposes of 305(b)/303(d)
Evaluation of performance
characteristics
/




repeat sampling
precision
sensitivity
bias
accuracy
(duplicate samples at reference sites)
Biological data
Storage Initial sample data is entered into an Excel spreadsheet then transferred to MS Access.
      Retrieval and analysis
                              Currently working on migration from MS Access to STORET.
                              Spreadsheet used for metric calculation. Formerly used SAS.  Currently shopping for
                              less expensive statistical package.
CONNECTICUT: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                               3-28

-------
 DELAWARE
 Contact Information

 Ellen Dickey, Environmental Scientist
 Delaware Department of Natural Resources and Environmental Control (DNREC)
 89 Kings Highway • Dover, DE 19901
 Phone 302/739-4771
 email: ellen.dickey@state.de. us
 DNREC Surface Water Quality Management homepage:
 http://www.dnrec.state.de.us/dnrec2000/Divisions/Water/WaterQualitvAA/QM.htm
 Program Description

 Water quality and biological data for Delaware's surface waters are collected under Delaware's Ambient Surface
 Water Quality Monitoring Program and Biological Monitoring Program within the Delaware Department of Natural
 Resources and Environmental Control (DNREC). Several active citizen monitoring programs have also been
 developed throughout Delaware that augment the data collected by DNREC. The purpose of the Ambient Surface
 Water Quality Monitoring Program is to collect data on the chemical,  physical, and biological characteristics of
 Delaware's surface waters. The information collected under this program is used to:

     Describe general water quality conditions in the State;
     Identify long-term trends in water quality;
     Determine the suitability  of Delaware's waters for water supply, recreation, fish and aquatic life, and other
     uses;
     Monitor achievement of water quality standards;
     Identify and prioritize high quality and degraded waters;
     Support Total Maximum  Daily Load Program; and
     Evaluate the overall success of Delaware's water quality management efforts.
 DNREC recognizes the need to use its personnel and financial resources efficiently and effectively. To that end,
 surface water quality monitoring is conducted in a manner that focuses available resources on the Whole Basin
 Management concept. This program calls for the Department, in partnership with other governmental entities,
 private interests,  and  all stakeholders, to focus its resources on specific watersheds and basins (groups of
 watersheds) within specific time frames.  The Whole Basin Management Program in Delaware  operates on a  5-
 year rotating basis. In addition to the planning and preliminary assessment steps, Whole Basin Management will
 include intensive basin monitoring, comprehensive analyses, management option evaluations,  and resource
 protection strategy development. Public participation and  ongoing implementation activities will occur throughout
 the Whole Basin  Management process. This new approach enables  DNREC to comprehensively monitor and
 assess the condition of the State's environment with due consideration to all facets of the ecosystem.

 Biological assessment monitoring is one of five major components of Delaware's Surface Water Quality Monitoring
 Program.  The biological monitoring program is a major tool used by the Department to assess the conditions of
 surface waters. It includes the assessment of indigenous  biological communities and physical habitats of streams,
 ponds, estuaries and  wetlands. The goal of the program is to establish  numeric biological criteria in State water
 quality standards to complement both existing chemical criteria and other assessments focused on fish tissue
 monitoring and bioassay testing.  Standard methods have been developed and tested for assessing the biological
 community and habitat quality of nontidal streams, and draft numeric criteria are under development. Efforts over
 the next few years will focus on the development of methods for assessing estuaries and  ponds and for assessing
 the quality and quantity of wetlands.


 Documentation and  Further Information

 State of Delaware 2000  Watershed Assessment 305(b) Report and 1998303(d) List:
 http://www.dnrec.state.de.us/water2000/SectionsAA/atershed/TMDL/305and303.htm
 DE Surface Water Quality Standards: http://www.dnrec.state.de.us/water/wqs1999.pdf
 State of Delaware Fiscal Year 2000 Surface Water Quality Monitoring Plan:
 http://www.dnrec.state.de.us/dnrec2000/LibraryAA/ater/swmonpro.pdf
 Division of Water Resources 2000 Annual Report: http://www.dnrec.state.de.us/water2000/Public/2000AnnualReport/index.htm


DELAWARE: Program Summary                    December 2002                                          3-29

-------
 DELAWARE
 Contact Information
 Ellen Dickey, Environmental Scientist
 Delaware Department of Natural Resources and Environmental Control (DNREC)
 89 Kings Highway • Dover, DE 19901
 Phone 302/739-4771
 email: ellen.dickey@state.de.us
  Programmatic  Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
                              /
                              /
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (special
projects only)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations) (specific
riverbasins or watersheds)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin
other: probabilistic by specific county fused comprehensively
throughout state)
 Stream Miles
 Total miles
 (determined using RF3)
 Total perennial miles
 Total miles assessed for biology*
     fully supporting for 305(b)*
     partially/non-supporting for 305(b)*
     listed for 303(d)*
     number of sites sampled (1991 - 2001)*
     number of miles assessed per site
                  2,506

                   1,778
                  2,506
                     741
                   1,765
                   1,173
                     195
                                 2,506 Miles Assessed for Biology
                                       "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                       "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
*AII of DE's streams were assessed for the 2000 305(b) Report.  These numbers represent the miles assessed for aquatic life
support using a combination of physical, chemical, and biological data.
"These sampling stations were EMAP based. Of the 195 total sites sampled, 49 sites have not yet been assessed.  Of the 146
sites assessed, 27 are fully  supporting and 119 are partially/non-supporting.
DELAWARE: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                            3-30

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Single Aquatic Life Use and Warm Water vs. Cold Water

Two designations: 1) Fish, Aquatic Life, and Wildlife; 2) Cold Water
Fish
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
none - Procedures used to support general aquatic life statements in
WQS are those developed by the Mid Atlantic Coastal Streams
(MACS) Workgroup.
Numeric Biocriteria in WQS Draft numeric criteria are under development.
Uses of bioassessment data
in integrated assessments
with other environmental
data (e.g., toxicity testing and
chemical specific criteria)
/




assessment of aquatic resources
cause and effect determinations
permitted discharges
monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)
watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
Some streams have been placed on the State's 303(d) list for poor
biology/habitat.
 Reference Site/Condition Development
 Number of reference sites
                            13 total
Reference site
determinations
Reference site criteria
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Additional information


/
/

site-specific
paired watersheds
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment
other:
Least impacted, land use, habitat score >1 10 out of 140, no point
source discharge, no known direct discharge from animal feedlots or
urban runoff, professional judgment.

/



/







7
historical conditions
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other:
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
elevation
stream type
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
other:
reference sites linked to ALU
reference sites/condition referenced in water quality
standards
some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
conditions
DELAWARE: Program Summary
                                            December 2002
                                                                                                  3-31

-------
Field and  Lab  Methods
Assemblages assessed
                                   benthos (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - broad coverage)
                                   fish
                                   periphyton
                                   other:
 Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection

      subsample size
      taxonomy
                             D-frame and kick net (1 meter); 500-600 micron mesh
                             riffle/run (cobble) in Piedmont ecoregion, and multihabitat in Coastal Plain
                             ecoregion
                             200 count
                             genus
 Habitat assessments
                             visual based; performed with bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
                             standard operating procedures, periodic meetings and training for biologists,
                             sorting proficiency checks, specimen archival, and a QAPP for biological work is
                             under development
 Data analysis tools and
 methods
Data Analysis and Interpretation
                                 summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                 parametric ANOVAs
                                 multivariate analysis
                                 biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
                                 disturbance gradients
                                 other:
 Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics into
      unitless scores
      defining impairment in a
      multimetric index
                             95th percentile of all sites

                             < 67% of reference is impaired to some degree
 Evaluation of performance
 characteristics
                                  repeat sampling (replicate samples are collected at every 10
                                  sites by the same team, at the same reach or an adjacent
                                  reach)
                                  precision
                                  sensitivity
                                  bias
                                  accuracy
 Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
                             MS Access and Excel
                             Excel
DELAWARE: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                            3-32

-------
 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
 Contact Information

 Nicoline Shulterbrandt, Water Quality Division
 Department of Health (DC DOH)
 51 N Street, NE, 5th Floor" Washington, DC 20002
 Phone 202/535-2194 • Fax 202/535-1363
 email: nicoline.shulterbrandt@dc.gov
 DOH Water Quality Division homepage:
 http://dchealth.dc.gov/services/administration offices/environmental/services2/water division/index. shtm
 Program Description

 The mission of DC's Department of Health (DC DOH), Environmental Health Administration, Water Quality Division
 is to restore and protect the surface and ground waters of the District of Columbia. The program, established under
 the authorities of the DC Water Pollution Control Act and the federal Clean Water Act (CWA), has three principal
 components:

      Water Quality Control
      The Water Quality Control  component fulfills the function of policy planning as well as regulatory control. In
      addition, it conducts special studies on pollutant fate and transport to identify probable sources and impacts,
      river/stream sediment and  water column quality not covered by ambient monitoring, wet weather nonpoint
      source runoff quantity and  quality, and discharge-related facility inspections. It also tracks permit violations.

      Water Quality Monitoring
      Water Quality Monitoring functions encompass waterbody assessment; collection of ambient water quality
      data; periodic fish tissue analysis for parameters of concern such  as PCS, chlordane, and DDT; periodic
      submerged aquatic vegetation survey; and bioassessment of wetlands and river fringes.

      Environmental Laboratory
      The Environmental Laboratory is charged with the analysis of samples for a variety of chemical  parameters.
 Documentation and Further Information

 District of Columbia 2000 305(b) Report, Executive Summary:
 http://dchealth.dc.gov/services/administration  offices/environmental/services2/water division/pdf/00-305bexsumm.
 shtm

 District of Columbia Water Quality Standards'.
 http://dchealth.dc.qov/services/administration  offices/environmental/services2/water division/pdf/WaterQualitySta
 ndards.shtm

 District of Columbia Water Quality Monitoring Regulations (Chapter 19 of DC Municipal Regulations):
 http://dchealth.dc.qov/services/administration  offices/environmental/services2/water division/pdf/WaterQualityMon
 itorinq.shtm
DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA: Program Summary         December 2002                                         3-33

-------
 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
 Contact Information
 Nicoline Shulterbrandt, Water Quality Division
 Department of Health (DC DOH)
 51 N Street, NE, 5th Floor" Washington, DC 20002
 Phone 202/535-2194 • Fax 202/535-1363
 email: nicoline.shulterbrandt@dc.gov
 Programmatic Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (special
projects only)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
(comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin
other:
 Stream  Miles
 Total miles
 (determined using state based GIS coverage)
 Total perennial miles
 Total miles assessed for biology
     fully supporting for 305(b)
     partially/non-supporting for 305(b)
     listed for 303(d)
     number of sites sampled
     number of miles assessed per site
                     39


                     39
                      0
                     39
                unknown
                unknown
                unknown
                                  39 Miles Assessed for Biology
"fully supporting" for 305(b)
"partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA: Program Summary
                                               December 2002
                                                                                                        3-34

-------
 Aquatic Life  Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Single Aquatic Life Use

One designation: Protection and propagation offish, shellfish and
wildlife
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
Formal/informal numeric procedures are used to support narrative
biocriteria
Numeric Biocriteria in WQS none
Uses of bioassessment data
in integrated assessments
with other environmental
data (e.g., toxicity testing and
chemical specific criteria)





assessment of aquatic resources
cause and effect determinations
permitted discharges
monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)
watershed based management
Uses of bioassessment/ unknown
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
 Reference Site/Condition Development
 Number of reference sites
                           2 total
Reference site
determinations
Reference site criteria
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Information not provided
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Additional information



/

site-specific
paired watershed
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment
other:
DC DOH does not have reference site criteria. All streams in DC are
contaminated. DC DOH compares streams to reference streams in
Prince Georges and Montgomery Counties in Maryland.









/



7
historical conditions
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other:
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
elevation
stream type
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
other:
reference sites linked to ALU

reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards
some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
conditions
DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA: Program Summary
                                           December 2002
                                                                                               3-35

-------
 Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed
                                 benthos (<100 samples/year, single observation, limited sampling)
                                 fish (<100 samples/year; single observation, limited sampling)
                                 periphyton
                                 other: phytoplankton and zooplankton (<100 samples/year; single
                                 observation, limited sampling)
 Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                             D-frame, kick net (1 meter); mesh size information not provided
                             riffle/run (cobble)
                             100 count
                             family
 Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
                             backpack electrofisher
                             pool/glide, riffle/run (cobble)
                             length measurement, biomass- individual
                             none
                             species
 Habitat assessments
                             hydrogeomorphology; performed with bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
                             standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings and
                             training for biologists
 Data analysis tools and
 methods
Data Analysis and Interpretation
                                 summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                 parametric ANOVAs
                                 multivariate analysis
                                 biological metrics
                                 disturbance gradients
                                 other:
 Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
                             Information not provided

                             Information not provided
Multivariate thresholds
defining impairment in Information not provided
a multivariate index
Evaluation of performance
characteristics
Information not provided





repeat sampling
precision
sensitivity
bias
accuracy
 Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
                             paper files only
                             data retrieved from paper files
DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                            3-36

-------
 FLORIDA
 Contact Information

 Russel Frydenborg, Environmental Administrator
 Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP)
 2600 Blair Stone Road • Tallahassee, FL 32399-2400
 Phone 850/921-9821 • Fax 850/922-4614
 email: russel.frydenborg@dep.state.fi.us
 FDEP Bioassessment homepage: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/bioassess/index.htm
 Program Description

 Biological sampling has been one component of the Florida Department of Environmental Protection's (FDEP)
 overall monitoring strategy since the early 1970s.  The Bioassessment Program, in its current manifestation, has
 been in existence since 1992, in response to the need for tools that would detect and characterize the nature and
 extent of nonpoint source pollution (sensuthe 319 program).  The primary goal of FDEP's bioassessment activities
 are to determine the biological health, or degree of impairment, in the State's surface waters. The biological
 assessment results are heavily utilized by a number of FDEP programs for making informed environmental
 decisions:
     Total Maximum Daily Load (303(d))  program - determining the impairment status of waterbodies for potential
     inclusion on the 303(d) list
     The  National  Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) program - determining effectiveness of
     discharge permit limits
     Nonpoint Source Program - targeting areas with nonpoint source problems and determining the effectiveness
     of Best Management Practices
     Rotating Basin Assessment program - overall  assessment of all  human activities in a watershed
     Mine Reclamation program - determining the success of mitigation efforts
     FDEP's Division of Waste Management - ensuring that clean up efforts are sufficient to protect aquatic life
     adjacent to waste clean up sites (e.g.,  RCRA).

 Biological data are used in Florida's 305(b) report as one of the key pieces of Aquatic Life Use Support (ALUS)
 information for determining if a waterbody meets its designated use.  Bioassessment data are also used for
 establishing the impairment status of a waterbody for 303(d) listing purposes.

 After recalibration of bioassessment metrics and indices (currently underway), it is anticipated that Florida's water
 quality standards (Rule 62.302 Florida Administrative Code) will be revised accordingly.  Although the primary
 target community for the bioassessment  program is currently benthic macroinvertebrates, Florida is also working
 on potential assessment methods that use algal and vascular plant assemblages. While multimetric biological
 indices are currently complete for  streams, rivers, and lakes, it is anticipated that ongoing index development for
 wetlands and estuaries will be finalized over the next several years.

 The most important recent accomplishment of the Bioassessment Program has been the inclusion of the Stream
 Condition Index, the BioRecon,  and Lake Condition Index as impairment indicator tools in Florida's Impaired
 Waters Rule (IWR), Rule 62-303,  FAC.  The IWR is a new  administrative code that provides detailed specifications
 for how surface waters are determined to be impaired for Section 303(d) listing. Future challenges include
 incorporating the bioassessment tools into  a Statewide probabilistic survey design, as well as continuing to meet
 the increasing demands for biological tools and  data.
 Documentation  and Further Information

 2000 Florida Water Quality Assessment 305(b) Report', http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/305b/index.htm

 Numerous technical reports are available online at http://www.dep.state.fl.us/labs/reports/index.htm
 and http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/bioassess/pubs.htm

 For an online collection of FDEP standard operating procedures, go to: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/labs/qa/sops.htm

 Surface Water Quality Classifications: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/surfacewater/index.htm


FLORIDA: Program Summary                       December 2002                                           3-37

-------
 FLORIDA
 Contact Information
 Russel Frydenborg, Environmental Administrator
 Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP)
 2600 Blair Stone Road • Tallahassee, FL 32399-2400
 Phone 850/921-9821 • Fax 850/922-4614
 email: russel.frydenborg@dep.state.fi.us
 Programmatic  Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other: biocriteria development
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose)
(comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin (5-year rotation, comprehensive use throughout
jurisdiction)
other:
 Stream Miles
 Total miles                                       51,858
 (determined using waterbody identification- segment of stream,
 generally 5 mile increments)
 Total perennial miles                                  22,993
 Total miles assessed for biology                 4,795
     fully supporting for 305(b)                           4,365
     partially/non-supporting for 305(b)                     430
     listed for 303(d)                                    430
     number of sites sampled (over 2 years)                 959
     number of miles assessed per site                        5
                                 4,795 Miles Assessed for Biology
                                        "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                        "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
FLORIDA: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                            3-38

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU)  Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
                               Single aquatic life use

                               One designation: propagation of a healthy, well balanced fish and
                               wildlife community
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
                               Procedures used to support narrative biocriteria located in FDEP's
                               Standard Operating Procedures

                               Numeric biocriteria located in Rule 62-302 Florida Administrative
                               Code - "Shannon-Weaver diversity shall not be reduced more than
                               25% of background conditions" *
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental
 data (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
                                   assessment of aquatic resources

                                   cause and effect determinations

                                   permitted discharges

                                   monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

                                   watershed based management
                              TMDLs, restoration/mitigation studies, BMP effectiveness studies,
                              discharge permit renewal
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU

'Florida has made substantial progress in developing new multimetric indices for streams (Stream Condition Index and BioRecon),
lakes (Lake Condition Index), and wetlands for eventual inclusion in the Florida Administrative Code. When the new indices are
adopted as water quality standards, the role of Shannon-Weaver diversity as a numeric standard will be re-evaluated.
 Reference Site/Condition  Development
 Number of reference sites
                               150 total
 Reference site
 determinations
 Reference site criteria
 Characterization of
 reference sites within a
 regional context
 Stream stratification within
 regional reference
 conditions
 Additional information
                                   site-specific

                                   paired watersheds

                                   regional (aggregate of sites)

                                   professional judgment

                                   other:
                               least impaired by human activities in a region, optimal habitat, benign
                               land use in watershed, uncontaminated water quality, undisturbed
                               hydrology
                                   historical conditions

                                   least disturbed sites

                                   gradient response (for recalibration of existing indexes)

                                   professional judgment

                                   other:
                                   ecoregions (or some aggregate)

                                   elevation

                                   stream type

                                   multivariate grouping

                                   jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)

                                   other:
                                   reference sites linked to ALU

                                   reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards

                                   some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
                                   conditions
FLORIDA: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                            3-39

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed
                                  benthos (100-500 samples/year, single season, multiple sites - watershed
                                  level)
                                  fish
                                  periphyton (100-500 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - not at
                                  watershed level)
                                  other: phytoplankton, macrophytes (100-500 samples/year; single
                                  observation, limited sampling)
 Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                              d-frame, dipnet (500-600 micron mesh), multiplate (Hester-Dendys)
                              multihabitat (snags, roots, leaf packs, aquatic vegetation)
                              100-count target
                              species level (where possible)
 Periphyton
      sampling gear

      habitat selection
      sample processing
      taxonomy
                              natural substrate: brushing/scraping device (razor, toothbrush, etc.), collect by
                              hand artificial substrate: periphytometer, microslides or other suitable substratum
                              multihabitat
                              chlorophyll a/phaeophytin, taxonomic identification
                              all algae, species level (diatoms to variety level)
 Habitat assessments
                              visual based; performed with bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
                              standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings and
                              training for biologists, sorting and taxonomic proficiency checks, specimen
                              archival, habitat assessment tests, sampling field audits, sampling variability
                              studies, performance testing program for bioassessment
 Data analysis tools and
 methods
Data Analysis and Interpretation
                                  summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                  parametric ANOVAs
                                  multivariate analysis
                                  biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
                                  disturbance gradients
                                  other:
 Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
                              25th percentile of reference population

                              quadrasection of best score
 Evaluation of performance
 characteristics
                               /
                                  repeat sampling (same team, same reach; different teams in
                                  same reach)
                                  precision (coefficient of variation)
                                  sensitivity
                                  bias
                                  accuracy (species accumulation)
 Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
                              custom Oracle-based program, "S-BIO"
                              custom Oracle-based program, "S-BIO"
FLORIDA: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                               3-40

-------
 GEORGIA
 Contact Information

 Kathy Methier, Ambient Monitoring Unit Manager
 Georgia Department of Natural Resources (GA DNR)
 4220 International Parkway, Suite 101 • Atlanta, GA 30354
 Phone 404/675-6236 • Fax 404/675-6244
 email: kathy methier@dnr.state.ga.us
 GA DNR Environmental Protection Division: http://www.dnr.state.ga.us/dnr/environ/
 Program Description

 The Georgia Department of Natural Resources (GA DNR) Environmental Protection Division (EPD) monitoring
 program integrates physical, chemical, and biological monitoring to provide information for water quality, use
 attainment assessments, and basin planning. EPD monitors the surface waters of the state to collect baseline and
 trend data, document existing conditions, study impacts of specific discharges, determine improvements resulting
 from upgraded water pollution control plants, support enforcement actions, establish wasteload allocations for new
 and existing facilities, verify water pollution control plant compliance, document water use impairment and reasons
 for problems causing less than full support of designated water uses, and develop TMDLs.  Intensive surveys;
 lake, coastal,  biological, fish tissue, toxic substance, and trend monitoring; and facility compliance sampling are the
 major monitoring tools used by EPD.
 Long-term, trend, and ambient monitoring of streams at strategic locations throughout Georgia, was initiated by
 EPD during the late 1960s. This work was and continues to be accomplished to a large extent through cooperative
 agreements with federal, state, and local agencies who collect samples from groups of stations at specific, fixed
 locations throughout the year.
 In 1995, EPD adopted and implemented significant changes to the strategy for trend monitoring in Georgia. The
 changes were implemented to support the River Basin Management Planning program. The number of fixed
 stations statewide was reduced in order to focus resources for sampling and analysis in a particular group of
 basins in any  one year in accordance with the basin planning schedule. This approach provides the framework for
 identifying, assessing, and prioritizing water resource issues, developing implementation strategies, and providing
 opportunities for targeted, cooperative actions to reduce pollution, enhance aquatic habitat, and provide a
 dependable water supply.
 The Watershed Planning and Monitoring Section of the EPD Water Protection Branch performs the following tasks:
     Conducts monitoring of Georgia streams, rivers, lakes and estuaries for use  with wasteload allocations and to
     determine compliance with water quality standards;
     Develops River Basin Management Plans for  river basins in Georgia;
     Conducts water quality modeling for wasteload allocations, water use classifications, and water quality
     standards in Georgia; and
     Collects samples of facility discharges for laboratory testing of samples.
 Currently, reference site selection and biocriteria development are being carried out under contract with Columbus
 State University.  The project is in Phase III with projected completion in 2003.  The final phase, Phase IV, is
 projected to be completed in 2004.
 Documentation and Further Information

 Georgia's 2000 305(b) Report, Water Quality in Georgia, 1998-1999; the Final Georgia 2000 305(b)/303(d) List
 Documents, including Summary of Changes from the 2000 to 2002 305(b)/303(d) List, can be found under
 Georgia's Environment, Water Quality in the Table of Contents at the following site:
 http://www.dnr.state.qa.us/dnr/environ/

 2000. DRAFT Standard Operating Procedures for Freshwater Macroinvertebrate Biological Assessment.  Georgia
 Department of Natural Resources, Water Protection  Branch, Atlanta, GA.
GEORGIA: Program Summary                      December 2002                                          3-41

-------
 GEORGIA
 Contact Information
 Kathy Methier, Ambient Monitoring Unit Manager
 Georgia Department of Natural Resources (GA DNR)
 4220 International Parkway, Suite 101  • Atlanta, GA 30354
 Phone 404/675-6236 • Fax 404/675-6244
 email: kathy methier@dnr.state.ga.us
  Programmatic Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose)
(specific river basins or watersheds)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations) (specific
river basins or watersheds, and comprehensive use throughout
jurisdiction)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin (comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
other:
 Stream Miles
 Total miles
 (determined using state based coverage)
 Total perennial miles
 Total miles assessed for biology*
      fully supporting for 305(b)
      partially/non-supporting for 305(b)
      listed for 303(d)
      number of sites sampled (in 2000)
      number of miles assessed per site
                 70,150

                   44,056
                   1,416
                     477
                     939

                     153
                   varies
                                  1,416 Miles Assessed for Biology
"fully supporting" for 305(b)
"partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
*ln 2000, 72 stations were sampled and a total of 477 miles were assessed as fully supporting for 305(b) (6.6 miles
assessed/station); 75 stations were sampled and a total of 799 miles were assessed as partially supporting (10.7 miles
assessed/station); 6 stations were sampled and  140 miles were assessed as not supporting (23.3 miles assessed/station). This
results in a total of 153 stations and 1,416 stream miles assessed in 2000 (9.25 miles assessed/station). The stream miles listed
above are not divided into those monitored for biology versus chemistry because 305(b) reporting requirements use both types of
data.  The sampling length per site varies and the length of stream represented by each sample is determined by the surrounding
hydrography.
GEORGIA: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                             3-42

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and  Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Fishery Based Uses

Three designations: Coastal fishing; fishing, propagation offish,
shellfish, game, and other aquatic life; primary and secondary trout
waters
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
Procedures used to support narrative biocriteria are located in the
Environmental Protection Division's SOPs for macroinvertebrates
and DNR/Wildlife Resources Division's IBI protocols for fish
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental
 data (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
Fish IBI and macroinvertebrate assessments were conducted to
evaluate approximately 80 previously 303(d)-listed sites in the last
two years. While some sites were removed from the list others,
found to be impaired due to (clean) sediment deposition, remained
on the list.
  Reference Site/Condition Development
 Number of reference sites
                               Reference site selection is under development.
 Reference site
 determinations
    site-specific

    paired watersheds

    regional (aggregate of sites)

    professional judgment

    other:
 Reference site criteria
Columbus State University is using several criteria for selecting
reference sites, including minimum overall habitat score, managed
land, urban land, minimum forested riparian zone width, forested
riparian zone in catchment, silviculture activity, and point source
discharges.  Reference sites would be defined as least-disturbed
according to these criteria.
 Characterization of
 reference sites within a
 regional context
    historical conditions

    least disturbed sites

    gradient response

    professional judgment

    other:
 Stream stratification within
 regional reference
 conditions
    ecoregions (or some aggregate)

    elevation

    stream type

    multivariate grouping

    jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)

    other:
 Additional information
    reference sites linked to ALU

    reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards

    some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
    conditions
GEORGIA: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                             3-43

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed
      benthos (100-500 samples/year; single season, multiple sites -
      watershed level)
      fish (100-500 samples/year; single season, multiple sites -
      watershed level)
      periphyton
      other:
 Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
collect by hand and D-frame; 500-600 micron mesh
multihabitat
200 count
genus
 Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
seine, backpack electrofisher, pram unit (tote barge); 3/16" and 1/4" mesh
Sample all habitats within a sample reach that is 35X the mean stream width.
Habitat assessments are broken out between riffle/run and glide/pool based
on the ecoregion in which the sample is located.
sample processing
subsample
taxonomy
Habitat assessments
biomass - batch, anomalies
none
species
visual based and zig-zag pebble count;

performed with bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings
and training for biologists, sorting and taxonomic proficiency checks
  Data Analysis and Interpretation
 Data analysis tools and
 methods
                               UD
      summary tables, illustrative graphs
      parametric ANOVAs
      multivariate analysis
      biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
      disturbance gradients
      other:
 Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
under development

under development
 Multivariate thresholds
      defining impairment in
      a multivariate index
under development
Evaluation of performance
characteristics
Not currently evaluated





repeat sampling
precision
sensitivity
bias
accuracy
Biological data
Storage EDAS and Excel
Retrieval and analysis EDAS
GEORGIA: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                            3-44

-------
 HAWAPI
 Contact Information

 Katina Henderson, Water Quality Management Planner
 Hawaii State Department of Health (HIDOH)
 919 Ala Moana Boulevard, Room 312 • Honolulu, HI 96814
 Phone 808/587-4337 • Fax 808/587-4370
 email: khenderson@eha.health.state.hi.us
 HIDOH Environmental Planning Office homepage: http://www.hawaii.gov/health/eh/epo
 Program Description

 The primary objective of the Hawai'i State Department of Health (HIDOH) Bioassessment Program is to augment
 the commonly used physical and chemical water quality assessments performed (during ambient monitoring, use
 attainability studies, and other investigations) for classification, evaluation and regulation of water bodies.  The
 program primarily utilizes the Hawai'i Stream Bioassessment Protocol (HSBP) 3.01 developed by Mike Kido and
 the Hawai'i Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) Visual Assessment protocol for characterization of
 streams.  HIDOH currently uses these protocols in conjunction with water quality data to establish TMDLs in the
 State of Hawai'i.  In the future the HSBP and the Hawai'i  NRCS protocol will be used in conjunction with physical
 and chemical water quality data to classify streams and determine exceedances of narrative criteria.

 The HSBP includes both  habitat and biotic metrics. The general approach of the HSBP is to compare measures of
 community characteristics and habitat of a study stream to a minimally impacted ecoregional reference condition.
 An Index of Biotic Integrity, currently focused on fish, composes the biotic portion of the protocol.  Much of the
 basis for evaluation is the presence or absence of native taxa and the introduction of non-native species.  Low
 abundance or low diversity of native fauna suggests diminished biological integrity. The habitat portion of the
 HSBP includes standard  habitat metrics, including bank stability, embeddedness, canopy cover and presence of
 fine and coarse organic material. The State of Hawai'i will soon be working with USGS to census the
 macroinvertebrate community in Hawai'i and develop metrics for the Hawai'i Bioassessment Program, which will
 add a component to measure  pollution tolerance.  The macroinvertebrate community in Hawai'i is quite different
 from that of the mainland United States; therefore, the metric may be quite unlike that of any other state.

 As a preliminary evaluation of sites and to compliment the HSBP  habitat component, the Hawai'i NRCS Visual
 Assessment protocol is applied. This is a modified version of the national NRCS visual assessment protocol.

 The State Water Quality Management Planner, along with a Stream Bioassessment Intern, primarily perform these
 assessments. Additionally, other scientists from HIDOH,  scientists from other local, state and federal agencies,
 local university students and professors, and skilled community members volunteer their time to help perform
 these protocols. The time demand of each task is dependent upon the number of aquatic organisms in the
 stream, the size of the stream, and other local conditions.  HIDOH currently sponsors training courses in the
 protocols to those with a scientific background on a limited basis.
 Documentation and Further Information

 excerpts from Hawai'i 2000 305(b) Report: http://www.hawaii.qov/health/eh/cwb/2000-305b/index.html

 Proposed 2001 revisions to Hawai'i Water Quality Standards, January 2002 Indicators of Environmental Quality
 Report: http://www.hawaii.qov/health/eh/epo/wqrev.htm

 Hawai'i Stream Bioassessment Protocol, Michael Kido, Version 3.01, January 2001:
 http://www.state.hi.us/doh/eh/epo/kawa.pdf
HAWAI'I: Program Summary                       December 2002                                         3-45

-------
 HAWAPI
  Contact Information
  Katina Henderson, Water Quality Management Planner
  Hawaii State Department of Health (HIDOH)
  919 Ala Moana Boulevard, Room 312 • Honolulu, HI 96814
  Phone 808/587-4337 • Fax 808/587-4370
  email: khenderson@eha.health.state.hi.us
  Programmatic Elements
  Uses of bioassessment
  within overall water quality
  program
                               UD
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (special
projects only)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin (specific river basins or watersheds)
other:
  Stream Miles
  Total miles
  (determined using state based coverage)
  Total perennial miles
  Total miles assessed for biology
      fully supporting for 305(b)
      partially/non-supporting for 305(b)
      listed for 303(d)
      number of sites sampled (on an annual basis)
      number of miles assessed per site*
                   249

                   249
                    15
                      5
                     10
                     10
                     17
                                   15 Miles Assessed for Biology
                                       "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                       "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
"Less than 1 mile assessed per site was determined by dividing the 15 total miles assessed for biology by the 17 sites sampled,
which equals roughly .88 miles.
HAWAI'I: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                            3-46

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Class System (A,B,C)

Two designations: 1) Protection of native breeding stock, and 2)
Support and propagation of aquatic life
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS

 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
under development

under development - Hawai'i is currently proposing to add numeric
biocriteria to WQS
Uses of bioassessment data
in integrated assessments
with other environmental
data (e.g., toxicity testing and
chemical specific criteria)
/



/
assessment of aquatic resources
cause and effect determinations
permitted discharges
monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)
watershed based management
Uses of bioassessment/ none
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
 Reference Site/Condition Development
 Number of reference sites
                           3 total
Reference site
determinations
Reference site criteria
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Additional information


/


site-specific
paired watersheds
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment
other:
Minimally impacted and most pristine. Always scores near 100%
when using the Hawai'i Stream Bioassessment Protocol no matter
when and where sampled.

/



7







7
historical conditions
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other:
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
one ecoregion)
elevation
stream type
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
other:
reference sites linked to ALU
(the entire State of Hawaii is

reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards
some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
conditions
HAWAI'I: Program Summary
                                           December 2002
                                                                                                3-47

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed
                               UD
                 benthos (Hawaii will soon be working with USGS to census the
                 macroinvertebrate community in Hawaii and develop metrics)
                 fish (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - watershed level)
                 periphyton
                 other:
  Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
           backback electrofisher and snorkel
           multihabitat
           length measurement and biomass - individual
           selected species
           species
  Habitat assessments
           visual based, habitat availability, substrate embeddedness, Fine and Coarse
           Particulate Organic Matter (FPOM/CPOM) characterization, velocity-depth
           combinations, channel flow status, channel alteration, bank stability, riparian
           vegetative zone width, riparian understory coverage, and percent native riparian
           plant coverage; performed with bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
           standard operating procedures, periodic meetings and training for biologists, and
           taxonomic proficiency checks
  Data Analysis and Interpretation
  Data analysis tools and
  methods
               summary tables, illustrative graphs
               parametric ANOVAs
               multivariate analysis
               biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
               disturbance gradients
               other:
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
           under development

           under development*
  Evaluation of performance
  characteristics
  Not currently evaluated
               repeat sampling
               precision
               sensitivity
               bias
               accuracy
  Biological data
      Storage                   Excel
      Retrieval and analysis      Statistica
The following are the proposed impairment thresholds:

                    Class 1a (mainly undeveloped, "unimpaired")
                                               Class 2a (mainly developed, "unimpaired")
  Habitat
  Biotic integrity
greater than or equal to 75% of reference condition    between 50% and 75% of reference condition
greater than or equal to 70% of reference condition    between 30% and 70% of reference condition
HAWAI'I: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                             3-48

-------
 IDAHO
 Contact Information

 Cynthia Grafe, Water Quality Assessment Program Coordinator
 State of Idaho Department of Environmental Quality (IDEQ)
 1410 North Hilton • Boise, ID  83706
 Phone 208/373-0163 • Fax 208/373-0576
 email: cgrafe@deq.state.id.us
 IDEQ Water Quality homepage: http://www2.state.id.us/deg/water/water1.htm
  Program Description

  The Idaho surface water program uses biological information extensively to determine use support and impairment. In 1993, the
  Idaho Department of Environmental Quality (IDEQ) implemented a rapid bioassessment program aimed at integrating biological
  and chemical monitoring with physical habitat assessment as a way of characterizing water quality and stream integrity. This
  program, know as the Beneficial Use  Reconnaissance Program (BURP), closely follows concepts and methods described in the
  Rapid Bioassessment Protocols for Use in Streams and Rivers (USEPA 1999).  The main purpose of BURP is to provide
  consistency in monitoring, collecting data, and reporting.  Specifically, biological along with physical, chemical, and landscape
  data are used to address the following objectives:

     Determine the degree of beneficial use support of the water body
     Determine the degree of biological integrity using biological information or other measures
     Compile descriptive information about the water body and data used in the assessment.

  IDEQ  has formal monitoring and assessment  methods in place for large rivers and small streams. Methods for lakes and
  reservoirs are in development. For  rivers and  streams, there are a total of 8 multimetric indices for benthic macroinvertebrates,
  periphyton, fish, habitat, and physicochemical measures. Indices are integrated into attaining or non-attaining use support
  determinations. The integration uses a weight-of-evidence approach combined with individual minimum benchmarks for each
  assemblage  and numeric criteria exceedances.

  IDEQ  has several plans to improve the current monitoring and assessment program. A draft statewide monitoring strategy will be
  introduced in July 2002. Future plans include incorporating a probabilistic monitoring design for screening purposes as well as
  adding methods for other water body types (e.g.,  wetlands, intermittent streams, springs, etc.). Implementation of these plans is
  dependent on agency priorities and available  resources.


  Documentation and  Further  Information

  Idaho's 1998 303(d) List: http://www2.state.id.us/deq/water/1998  303d/303dlist.pdf

  Grafe,  C.S.etal. 2002. Water body assessment guidance, 2nd edition. Idaho Department of Environmental Quality. Boise, Idaho.
  113pp. http://www2.state.id.us/deq/water/surface water/wbag/WBAG2001 .htm

  Grafe,  C.S. (editor) April 2002. Idaho small stream ecological assessment framework: an integrated approach.  Idaho
  Department of Environmental Quality. Boise, Idaho. 304 pp.
  http://www2.state.id.us/deq/water/surface water/wbag/WBAG AssessmentFramework.htm

  Grafe,  C.S. (editor). April 2002. Idaho river ecological assessment framework: an integrated approach.  Idaho Department of
  Environmental Quality. Boise, Idaho. 222 pp.
  http://www2.state.id.us/deq/water/surface water/wbag/WBAG AssessmentFramework.htm

  Beneficial Use Reconnaissance Program (BURP) 2001 Annual Work Plan for Wadeable (Small) Streams, 2001:
  http://www2.state.id.us/deq/water/surface water/2001  BURP annual work  plan wadeable streams.pdf

  BURP Quality Assurance Plan for Field Data Sheets on  Wadeable (Small) Streams, 2001:
  http://www2.state.id.us/deq/water/surface water/BURP  QualityAssurancePlan.pdf

  7999 BURP  Workplan for Wadeable Streams (Methods Manual):
  http://www2.state.id.us/deq/water/surface water/99 BURP WORKPLAN.pdf

  Streams: 1999 Post-Field Evaluation Summary Report (BURP), 2001:
  http://www2.state.id.us/deq/water/surface water/BURP  streams  Field  Report  99.pdf

  Public  Involvement and Response to Comment Summary:
  http://www2.state.id.us/deq/water/surface water/wbag/WBAG2001 .htm
IDAHO: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                             3-49

-------
 IDAHO
 Contact Information
 Cynthia Grafe, Water Quality Assessment Program Coordinator
 State of Idaho Department of Environmental Quality (DEQ)
 1410 North Hilton • Boise, ID 83706
 Phone  208/373-0163 • Fax 208/373-0576
 email: cgrafe@deq.state.id.us
 Programmatic  Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (special
projects, specific river basins or watersheds, and
comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations) (special
projects only)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin
other:
 Stream Miles
 Total miles
 (determined using the National Hydrography Database)
 Total perennial miles
 Total miles assessed for biology
     fully supporting for 305(b)
     partially/non-supporting for 305(b)
     listed for 303(d)
     number of sites sampled
     number of miles assessed per site
                 96,200

                  49,500
                 16,742
                   8,434
                   8,312
                   8,312
                   4,500
                    -3.5
                                  16,742 Miles Assessed for Biology
"fully supporting" for 305(b)
"partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
IDAHO: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                            3-50

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU)  Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Warm Water vs. Cold Water

Sub-categories are cold water, seasonal cold water, warm water, modified
(UAA required), and salmonid spawning.
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
IDEQ's "Waterbody Assessment Guidance" and supporting technical
reports are used to interpret and implement WQS, including ALU
assessment. Although the term "biocriteria" is not used, functional
elements are included in the WQS and in implementing ALU designation
and support status guidance.  Please see:
http://www2.state.id.us/adm/adminrules/rules/IDAPA58/58INDEX.HTM

none
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental
 data (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
Used as restoration criteria in CERCLA cleanup monitoring effectiveness
plans/consent decrees; bioassessment is required prior to removing 303(d)
listed waters

Most TMDLs have ALUS biomonitoring as part of implementation; one
recent example is the North Fork of the Coeur d'Alene River.
 Reference Site/Condition  Development
 Number of reference sites
                              200 total
 Reference site
 determinations
    site-specific

    paired watersheds

    regional (aggregate of sites)

    professional judgment

    other:
 Reference site criteria
Reference site criteria based on nearby road condition, riparian vegetation
complexity, channel morphology and complexity, habitat structure
complexity, evidence of chemical stressors, substrate heterogeneity, and
evidence of point and nonpoint sources. Also, land satellite images are
reviewed for evidence of disturbance in the watershed (see IDAPA
58.01.02.003.85).
 Characterization of
 reference sites within a
 regional context
    historical conditions

    least disturbed sites

    gradient response

    professional judgment

    other: mostly least disturbed sites, but also minimally disturbed sites in
    some bioregions
 Stream stratification within
 regional reference
 conditions
    ecoregions (or some aggregate)

    elevation

    stream type

    multivariate grouping

    jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)

    other: bioregions based on groupings of ecoregions. Some of the
    indices classify by elevation and stream type.
 Additional information
    reference sites linked to ALU

    reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards

    some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced conditions
IDAHO: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                            3-51

-------
  Field and  Lab  Methods
 Assemblages assessed
                                  benthos (100-500 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - broad coverage)
                                  fish (100-500 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - broad coverage)
                                  periphyton (100-500 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - broad coverage)
                                  other:
  Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                              Surber, Hess, Slack (0.5 meter, in rivers only); 500-600 micron mesh
                              richest habitat
                              500 count
                              species
  Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
                              backpack electrofisher
                              multihabitat
                              length measurement, biomass - individual, biomass - batch and anomalies
                              none; full sample work-up
                              species (count and keep voucher specimens for species that are not identified in the field)
  Periphyton
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      taxonomy
                              natural substrate: brushing/scraping device (razor, toothbrush, etc.)
                              selected near macroinvertebrate sample
                              taxonomic identification
                              species level
  Habitat assessments
  Quality assurance program
  elements
                              visual based, canopy closure (densiometer), Wolman pebble count, pool complexity (width,
                              depth), stream width/depth, large woody debris; performed with bioassessments
                              standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings and training for
                              biologists, sorting and taxonomic proficiency checks, specimen archival
  Data Analysis and Interpretation*
                                    summary tables, illustrative graphs
Data analysis tools and
methods
                                    parametric ANOVAs
                                    multivariate analysis
                                    biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
                                    disturbance gradients
                                    other:
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
                              Varies by index - a combination of 95th percentile of reference and cumulative distribution
                              function used to scale metrics scores is most frequently used.
                              25th percentile of reference population**
  Evaluation of performance
  characteristics
                                  repeat sampling
                                  precision (variability study of reference conditions)
                                  sensitivity
                                  bias
                                  accuracy
  Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
                              MS Access, changing to Oracle/Visual Basic indexed to NHD
                              Custom interface (Biological Assessment Tool) developed to calculate metrics, indices, and
                              physical and biological summary statistics. Systat is also used.
'Formal methods have been developed for non-wadeable rivers and wadeable streams.  Lentic methods are under development. A
total of eight multimetric indices for bugs, diatoms, fish, habitat, and physicochemical measures have been developed or adapted for
rivers and streams. Indices are integrated into attaining or non-attaining use support determinations.
"Idaho uses a measure of CONDITION, which aggregates 3 different indices - Habitat, Benthos and Fish. Each index is compared
to the median of reference condition and is given a score of 1, 2 or 3. All three scores are then combined (averaged).  If > or = 2,
then fully supporting; if <2, then not supporting.
IDAHO: Program Summary
                                                   December 2002
                                                                                                                3-52

-------
 ILLINOIS
 Contact Information

 Gregg Good, Manager - Surface Water Section
 Illinois Environmental Protection Agency (IEPA)
 1021 North Grand Avenue East • Springfield, Illinois 62794-9276
 Phone 217/782-3362 • Fax 217/785-1225
 email: gregg.good@epa.state.il.us
 IEPA Bureau of Water homepage: http://www.epa.state.il.us/water/
 Program Description

 Illinois EPA (IEPA) conducts intensive river basin surveys on a five-year rotational basis in cooperation with the
 Illinois Department of Natural Resources (IDNR). These surveys are a major source of information for annual
 305(b) assessments. Illinois has 33 major river basins within its borders. Stations sampled by IEPA and IDNR are
 selected on the basis of where intensive data are currently lacking or historical data need updating. Water
 chemistry and  biological (fish and  macroinvertebrate) data along with qualitative and quantitative instream habitat
 information, including stream discharge, are collected to characterize stream segments within the basin, identify
 water quality conditions, and evaluate aquatic life use impairment. Fish tissue contaminant and sediment chemistry
 sampling are also conducted to screen for the accumulation of toxic substances.

 Illinois' "biological expectations" are based on a regional reference site approach that enables within-region
 comparisons between the aquatic community at  any stream site and the reference expectation. The regional
 reference site approach is a key component of biocriteria.  The approach ensures reasonably attainable biological
 goals that recognize and account for the unique  combination of regional land form, land use, and physical habitat
 characteristics, which influence the distribution offish, macroinvertebrates and other aquatic organisms. Illinois is
 currently developing this framework, which includes refinement of existing biological assessment tools and, where
 needed, development of new state-of-the-art monitoring approaches.

 Illinois EPA is working with IDNR,  USEPA, members  of the agricultural, industrial, academic and regulated
 communities, as well as outside contractors, and other interested parties to develop biological criteria for streams
 and rivers. This approach to biocriteria will enable I EPA to better assess the ecological/environmental quality of
 Illinois rivers and streams and should allow the Agency to continue to update and refine the stream use
 designations contained in Illinois' water quality standards.
 Documentation and Further Information

 Illinois Water Quality Report 2002 (CWA Section 305(b) Report), July 2002, IEPA, Bureau of Water:
 http://www.epa.state.il.us/water/water-qualitv/report-2002/305b-2002.pdf

 2001 305(b) Summary Report (1999 data), Rivers and Streams:
 http://www.epa.state.il.us/water/water-qualitv/report-2001/report-2001.pdf
 Condition of Illinois Water Resources - menu of Illinois 305(b) Reports and Assessments, including maps and
 graphs: http://www.epa.state.il.us/water/water-quality/index.html

 Illinois Targeted Watershed Approach: http://www.epa.state.il.us/water/tarqeted-watershed/index.html

 IEPA Bureau of Water, Surface Water Quality Monitoring and Assessment Programs homepage:
 http://www.epa.state.il.us/water/surface-water/index.html

 IEPA Bureau of Water, River and Stream Monitoring Program homepage, with links to biocriteria development and
 other relevant information: http://www.epa.state.il.us/water/surface-water/river-stream-mon.html

 Hite, R.L. and B.A. Bertrand. 1989. Biological Stream Characterization (BSC): A Biological Assessment of Illinois
 Stream Quality, Special Report No. 13 of the Illinois State Water Plan Task Force. Illinois Environmental Protection
 Agency.
ILLINOIS: Program Summary
                                              December 2002
                                                                                                     3-53

-------
 ILLINOIS
 Contact Information
 Gregg Good, Manager - Surface Water Section
 Illinois Environmental Protection Agency (IEPA)
 1021  North Grand Avenue East • Springfield, Illinois 62794-9276
 Phone 217/782-3362 • Fax 217/785-1225
 email: gregg.good@epa.state.il.us
  Programmatic Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
                               UD
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (special
projects and specific river basins or watersheds)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
(comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin (comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
other:
 Stream Miles
 Total miles
 (determined using RF3 and existing maps)
 Total perennial miles
 Total miles assessed for biology
      fully supporting for 305(b)
      partially/non-supporting for 305(b)
      listed for 303(d)*
      number of sites sampled
      number of miles assessed per site**
                86,021

                 30,246
                15,304
                  9,498
                  5,806

                    115
             site specific
                                 15,304 Miles Assessed for Biology
           5,806 miles I  r
"fully supporting" for 305(b)
"partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
'Total miles listed for 303(d) is a subset of the miles partially/non-supporting for 305(b) and will be determined in the next update.
**10 miles for wadeable sites and 25 miles for non-wadeable sites with some site-specific detailing following the 1997 305(b)
guidance.
ILLINOIS: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                             3-54

-------
 Aquatic Life  Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Single Aquatic Life Use

Secondary contact and indigenous aquatic life use waters (IL Title 35,
Subtitle C, Chapter I, Part 303.204)
  Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
  Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
under development - IEPA has written guidelines and thresholds for
fish and invertebrate indices that are not part of the WQS, but are in the
305(b) guidelines (see flowchart). These numeric biological measures
are used as decision criteria to determine attainment of ALU.
  Uses of bioassessment data
  in integrated assessments
  with other environmental
  data (e.g., toxicity testing and
  chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
  Uses of bioassessment/
  biocriteria in making
  management decisions
  regarding restoration of
  aquatic resources to a
  designated ALU
Data have been used to make permitting and nonpoint source BMP
decisions. Illinois DNR's Biological Stream Characterization (BSC)
program is used to determine antidegradation tiers and to influence
IDNR natural heritage area designations.
  Reference Site/Condition Development*
  Number of reference sites
                              120 total
Reference site
determinations*
Reference site criteria
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Additional information
/



/
site-specific
paired watersheds
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment
other: watershed measures of physical and chemical disturbance
Illinois EPA is in the process of formally defining reference criteria.*
/
/

/

/

/
/
/



/
historical conditions
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other:
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
elevation
stream type
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
other:
reference sites linked to ALU
reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards
some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
conditions
*IEPA currently does not use "reference conditions" for making use-support decisions.  Reference conditions were not explicitly
defined or used for the present stream IBIs. A not-yet completed reevaluation of Illinois IBIs used reference conditions to develop
the new indices.  IEPA uses a general concept of least impacted reference condition where there are no data available; no further
quantitative development has been done.
ILLINOIS: Program Summary
                                                December 2002
                                                                                                          3-55

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed
     benthos (100-500 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - not at
     watershed level)
     fish (100-500 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - not at watershed
     level)
     periphyton
     other:
 Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
collect by hand, dipnet; 500-600 micron mesh
richest habitat, rifle/run (cobble), multihabitat and woody debris
300 count and entire sample
combination - order, family, genus and species
 Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
backpack and boat electrofishers, and seine; 1/4" and 3/8" mesh
pool/glide, riffle/run (cobble) and multihabitat
length measurement, biomass - individual and batch
none
species
 Habitat assessments
visual based and quantitative measurements; performed with bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings and
training for biologists, sorting and taxonomic proficiency checks
  Data Analysis and Interpretation
 Data analysis tools and
 methods
     summary tables, illustrative graphs
     parametric ANOVAs
     multivariate analysis
     biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
     disturbance gradients
     other: nonparametric statistical tests
 Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
Metric values representing least-disturbed conditions statewide are
stratified by region; within-region regression of each metric vs.
environmental covariate, e.g., stream size and slope, defines
benchmark for defining metric-scoring ranges.
Thresholds are based on the possible index scoring range divided
into discrete categories and are not driven by reference sites.
 Evaluation of performance
 characteristics
 Not currently evaluated
     repeat sampling
     precision
     sensitivity
     bias
     accuracy
 Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
IEPA database and spreadsheets
SAS, Systat, database, spreadsheet, statistical-analysis and
statistical-graphics applications, including MS Access, FoxPro,
Excel, QuattroPro, Minitab, and Sigma Plot
ILLINOIS: Program Summary
                                                   December 2002
                                                                                                               3-56

-------
 INDIANA
 Contact Information

 C. Lee Bridges, Chief- Biological Studies Section
 Indiana Department of Environmental Management (IDEM)
 P.O. Box 6015 • Indianapolis, IN 46206-6015
 Phone 317/308-3183 • Fax 317/308-3219
 email: lbridges@dem.state.in.us
 IDEM Office of Water Quality homepage: http://www.IN.gov/idem/water/
 Program Description

 The Biological Studies Section (BSS) of IDEM's Office of Water Quality conducts studies offish and
 macroinvertebrate communities, as well as stream habitats. These data are used to help develop biological
 criteria to which all other streams can be compared in order to identify impaired streams or watersheds. BSS also
 conducts fish tissue and sediment sampling to monitor sources of toxic and bioconcentrating substances too low to
 be detected in other environmental media. Fish tissue data serve as the  basis for fish consumption advisories
 issued to protect the health of people who consume fish caught in Indiana waters. Fish tissue data are also useful
 for wildlife health risk assessments for fish-eating birds and mammals, and for providing the information needed to
 develop models for assessing changes in the quality of Indiana ecosystems.

 The BSS is responsible for determining the biological integrity of aquatic communities of Indiana streams and
 lakes. This is accomplished through a variety of field and laboratory studies that involve several different forms of
 aquatic life. These data are used to determine compliance with the existing narrative biological criteria in Indiana's
 current water quality standards, to determine the use attainability, and to make correlations to physical and/or
 chemical impairments which may exist.

 The BSS participates in the review of requests for site-specific water quality criteria for waters influenced by
 NPDES discharges. In the course of its various monitoring  and assessment field activities, the staff finds point and
 nonpoint source-related problems, which are then referred to the appropriate IDEM programs. The Section also
 cooperates in the monitoring and assessment of the Ohio River in conjunction with the Ohio River Valley Water
 Sanitation Commission (ORSANCO), and other state and federal agencies.

 Lake and reservoir assessments prior to 1989 were conducted by the State and have since been contracted to
 Indiana University, School of Public and Environmental Affairs.  From 1990 through 1995, the State in conjunction
 with USEPA - Region 5, conducted a statewide ecoregion-based fish community study. Indiana  has historically
 collected macroinvertebrate community  samples at a network of fixed stations.  In addition the State has been
 conducting macroinvertebrate community assessments at wadeable stream sites since 1990. Since 1996 the
 biological assessments for fish and invertebrate community assessments have  been conducted using probabilistic
 sampling on a rotational watershed basis as per  Indiana's Surface Water Quality Monitoring Strategy.  In 2000 the
 State participated in a study to determine if fish and macroinvertebrate indices could be developed for lakes and
 reservoirs.  Conclusions are still pending.
 Documentation and Further Information

 Indiana 2001 - 2005 Surface Water Quality Monitoring Strategy:
 http://www.in.qov/idem/water/assessbr/016surfwaterqualmonstrat.pdf

 Indiana 303(d) List of Impaired Waterbodies, information and links:
 http://www.in.qov/idem/water/planbr/wqs/303d.html

 Indiana Water Quality 305(b) Report, general information: http://www.IN.qov/idem/water/planbr/wqs/qualitv.html

 Indiana Water Quality Standards', http://www.state.in.us/leqislative/iac/title327.html

 IDEM Office of Water Quality's Assessment Branch - Biological Studies Section homepage, with numerous links to
 relevant fact sheets and reports: http://www.in.qov/idem/water/assessbr/biostud/index.html
INDIANA: Program Summary
                                              December 2002
                                                                                                     3-57

-------
 INDIANA
 Contact Information
 C. Lee Bridges, Chief- Biological Studies Section
 Indiana Department of Environmental Management (IDEM)
 P.O. Box 6015 • Indianapolis, IN 46206-6015
 Phone 317/308-3183 • Fax 317/308-3219
 email: lbridges@dem.state.in.us
 Programmatic  Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
                              UD
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (specific river
basins or watersheds and comprehensive use throughout
jurisdiction)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations) (specific
river basins or watersheds and comprehensive use throughout
jurisdiction)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area (specific river
basins or watersheds and comprehensive use throughout
jurisdiction)
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide (specific river basins or
watersheds and comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
rotating basin (specific river basins or watersheds and
comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
other:
 Stream Miles
 Total miles                                          35,673
 (determined using RF3 and the National Hydrography Database)
 Total perennial miles                                     21,094
 Total miles assessed for biology                  35,430
     fully supporting for 305(b)                             23,000
     partially/non-supporting for 305(b)                      12,430
     listed for 303(d)                                   unknown
     number of sites sampled (on an annual basis)             < 200
     number of miles assessed per site                  site specific
                                  35,430 Miles Assessed for Biology
                                    EO  "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                    Q  "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
INDIANA: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                            3-58

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Warm Water vs. Cold Water

Two designations: Well balanced warmwater aquatic community and Cold water
put-and-take trout waters
  Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
  Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
under development - The narrative biocriteria in Indiana have only been proposed
and are not formal. They are loosely defined by 327 IAC 2-1-3(a)(2), 327 IAC-2-
1 -9 (49); and for the Great Lakes waters 327 IAC  2-1.5-5(a)(2) and (3), and 327
IAC 2-1.5-2 (92).  IDEM uses informal numeric procedures to support narrative
biocriteria (see http://www.in.gov/IDEM/water/planbr/wqs/quality.html).
  Uses of bioassessment data
  in integrated assessments
  with other environmental
  data (e.g., toxicity testing and
  chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
  Uses of bioassessment/
  biocriteria in making
  management decisions
  regarding restoration of
  aquatic resources to a
  designated ALU
Biological assessment data are used for 305(b)/303(d) purposes and was used
for the FY 2000 Unified Watershed Assessment (updated 2001), which was used
for the Watershed Restoration Action Strategies.
  Reference Site/Condition Development*
  Number of reference sites
                               unknown
  Reference site
  determinations
  Reference site criteria
 Characterization of
 reference sites within a
 regional context
 Stream stratification within
 regional reference
 conditions
 Additional information
    site-specific

    paired watersheds

    regional (aggregate of sites)

    professional judgment

    other:
Deviation from central tendencies on multimetric indices and the qualitative
habitat evaluation index (QHEI) is also taken into consideration when evaluating
impairment. Field chemistry is measured and probabilistic sites are sampled for
broad chemical analysis.
    historical conditions**

    least disturbed sites

    gradient response

    professional judgment

    other: IBI is calibrated on drainage area for headwater streams, wadeable
    rivers, large rivers and great rivers
    ecoregions (or some aggregate)

    elevation

    stream type

    multivariate grouping

    jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)

    other: 8 digit USGS Hydrologic Unit Codes
    reference sites linked to ALU (in a statistical sense)

    reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards

    some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced conditions
    (it is understood that all sites have a human-induced condition)
*IDEM uses a non-typical process for developing reference condition: reference condition is represented by a percentage of the total
population of the sites sampled. The number of reference sites in Indiana is not available at this time.

"Reference condition is defined by a historical cross-section of sample sites representing the full gradient of ecological conditions
as they existed during statewide or ecoregion specific investigation.
INDIANA: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                              3-59

-------
Field and Lab Methods
Assemblages assessed
                                    benthos (<100 samples/year, single season, multiple sites - broad coverage)
                                    fish (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - broad coverage)
                                    periphyton (<100 samples/year; solely through a pilot contract with USGS)
                                    other: phytoplankton and zooplankton (<100 samples/year; single
                                    observation, limited sampling)
 Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                              multiplate, dipnet, and kick net (1 meter); 243-600 micron mesh
                              riffle/run (cobble) and artificial substrate in the absence of riffle/run
                              100 count and proportional/volume
                              family
 Fish
      sampling gear

      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
                              backpack, boat, longline and pram unit (tote barge) electrofishers; and 1/8" mesh
                              seine
                              multihabitat
                              enumeration, length measurement, biomass - batch, and anomalies
                              none
                              species
 Habitat assessments
                              visual based; performed with bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
                              standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings and
                              training for biologists, sorting and taxonomic proficiency checks, specimen archival
  Data Analysis  and Interpretation
 Data analysis tools and
 methods
                                  summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                  parametric ANOVAs
                                  multivariate analysis
                                  biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
                                  disturbance gradients
                                  other:
 Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
                              cumulative distribution function
                              cumulative distribution function and use various break points for
                              impairments
 Multivariate thresholds
      defining impairment in
      a multivariate index
                              significant departure from mean of reference population
 Evaluation of performance
 characteristics
                                  repeat sampling (watersheds are sampled on 5 yr rotational
                                  basis)
                                  precision (Standard Error, 95% Confidence Interval and
                                  Relative Percent Difference)
                                  sensitivity
                                  bias
                                  accuracy (10% field duplicates, 10% laboratory duplicates)
 Biological data
      Storage

      Retrieval and analysis
                              Assessment Information Management System (AIMS), MS Access
                              based utility, and some historical data still in paper files
                              Statistica and MINITAB for cluster analysis of large matrices
INDIANA: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                               3-60

-------
 IOWA
 Contact Information

 Tom Wilton, Water Quality Specialist
 Iowa Department of Natural Resources (IDNR)
 502 East 9th Street • Des Moines, IA 50319-0034
 Phone 515/281-8867 • Fax 515/281-8895
 email: tom.wilton@dnr.state.ia.us
 IDNR Water Quality Bureau: http://www.state.ia.us/dnr/organiza/epd/wtrq/wtrqbur.htm
 Program Description

 Since 1994, the Iowa Department of Natural Resources (IDNR) and the University Hygienic Laboratory (UHL) have
 conducted a biological assessment program for Iowa's wadeable streams and rivers. So far, biological sampling
 has been conducted at 289 stream locations throughout the state.  Biological data are collected for a variety of
 purposes including: ambient monitoring, problem investigation, evaluation of point source and nonpoint source
 pollution control measures, and TMDL development. The IDNR uses bioassessment information to assess the
 status of stream aquatic life designated uses for the Section 305(b) report and the Section 303(d) list of impaired
 waters.

 Benthic macroinvertebrates and fish serve as indicators of stream biological integrity.  Standardized sampling
 procedures are used to collect species composition and proportional abundance data from which a suite of
 biological metrics is calculated. Individual metric values are aggregated to obtain scores for the Benthic
 Macroinvertebrate Index of Biotic Integrity (BMIBI) and the Fish Index of Biotic Integrity (FIBI).  Biological
 impairment thresholds are based on the statistical distribution of biotic index scores obtained from  stream
 reference site sampling. Currently, the IDNR has identified 96 reference sites that represent least  disturbed
 stream conditions in Iowa's ten ecological regions.

 Until 2002,  a targeted approach was used to select sampling locations for Iowa's stream biological assessment
 program. From 1994 through 1998, the program emphasized candidate reference site and test (impacted) site
 sampling, which provided data for evaluating and calibrating biological data metrics.  From 1999-2001, the
 emphasis shifted toward site-specific problem investigation and follow-up.  Beginning in 2002, IDNR and UHL are
 initiating a probabilistic survey that will provide an unbiased, statistically powerful assessment of Iowa's perennial
 streams and rivers. The survey design calls for sampling 56 randomly-selected sites per year through 2005.
 During this  period, IDNR and UHL also plan to resample the existing network of reference streams at a rate of 20-
 25 sites per year.

 The IDNR is working toward incorporating narrative and numeric stream biocriteria in Iowa's water quality
 standards.  The bioassessment framework that is currently used for 305(b) assessments can potentially serve as a
 foundation for biocriteria. The 2002-2005 probabilistic survey will provide useful data from non-wadeable streams
 and rivers for biocriteria development. Biocriteria development for  Iowa's lakes, reservoirs, and wetlands has not
 been initiated.
 Documentation  and Further Information

 Water Quality in Iowa During 1998 and 1999 (Iowa's 2000 Section 305(b) report):
 http://www.state.ia.us/dnr/orqaniza/epd/wtrq/305bOO/index.htm

 Final Approved Iowa 1998 303(d) List http://www.state.ia.us/dnr/orqaniza/epd/wtresrce/files/303dlist.pdf

 Iowa's STORET Database (ambient water quality program dataset): http://wqm.iqsb.uiowa.edu/storet/
IOWA: Program Summary                          December 2002                                          3-61

-------
  IOWA
 Contact Information
 Tom Wilton, Water Quality Specialist
 Iowa Department of Natural Resources (IDNR)
 502 East 9th Street • Des Moines, IA 50319-0034
 Phone 515/281-8867 • Fax 515/281-8895
 email: tom.wilton@dnr.state.ia.us
  Programmatic Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
                               UD
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs*
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (special
projects, specific river basins or watersheds, comprehensive
use throughout jurisdiction)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations) (specific
river basins or watersheds)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide (comprehensive use
throughout jurisdiction)
rotating basin
other:
*ln 2002, IDNR will initiate a REMAP probabilistic survey of perennial streams and rivers.
 Stream Miles
 Total miles
 (State based determination)
 Total perennial miles
 Total miles assessed for biology*
      fully supporting for 305(b)
      partially/non-supporting for 305(b)
      listed for 303(d)
      number of sites sampled
      number of miles assessed per site
                 71,665

                  26,630
                  2,018
                   1,418
                     600
                     n/a
                     149
                0.1 -0.22
                                  2,018 Miles Assessed for Biology
       1,418 miles
           r /  600 miles
       " J~-4f 1^,
"fully supporting" for 305 (b)
"partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
'Stream miles reported are based on Iowa's 2000 305(b) assessment. A 303(d) list was not prepared in 2000.
IOWA: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                             3-62

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Class System (A, B, C), Warm Water vs. Cold Water

Four designations: B(LR) - limited resource warmwater
streams/rivers; B(WW) - significant resource warmwater
streams/rivers; B(CW) - coldwater streams; B(LW) - lakes and
wetlands
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
under development (Iowa's water quality standards include language
associated with ALUs but it was not intended to be formal narrative
biocriteria.  IA is moving toward incorporating narrative biocriteria
into the State's water quality standards.)

none (IA uses thresholds to report data in 305(b) report, but not
formal numeric biocriteria.)
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental
 data (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
303(d) listing, to address point source impacts, and to support TMDL
development
 Reference Site/Condition Development
 Number of reference sites
                             96 total
Reference site
determinations
Reference site criteria
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Additional information


/
/

site-specific
paired watersheds
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment
other:
Regionally representative and least disturbed by human
consider impact of livestock waste, wastewater, channel
riparian land use, and quality of instream habitat

/



/







7
activities,
alterations,
historical conditions
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other:
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
elevation
stream type
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
other:
reference sites linked to ALU

reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards
some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
conditions
IOWA: Program Summary
                                               December 2002
                                                                                                        3-63

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed
    benthos (100 - 500 samples per year, single season, multiple
    sites - broad coverage)
    fish (<100 samples per year; single season, multiple sites -
    broad coverage)
    periphyton
    other:
 Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
Surber, Hess, multiplate, collect by hand; 500 - 600 micron mesh
riffle/run (cobble), multihabitat, artificial substrate
100 count, entire sample
combination - order, family, genus, species
 Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
backpack electrofisher, pram unit (tote barge); 3/16" mesh
multihabitat
anomalies, species abundance
none
species
 Habitat assessments
visual based, quantitative measurements; performed with
bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
standard operating procedures, periodic meetings/training for
biologists, taxonomic proficiency checks, specimen archival
  Data Analysis and Interpretation
 Data analysis tools and
 methods
    summary tables, illustrative graphs
    parametric ANOVAs
    multivariate analysis (for data exploration only)
    biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
    disturbance gradients
    other:
 Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
linear interpolation between optimum (95%) reference population
level and the minimum level
25th percentile of reference population
Evaluation of performance
characteristics
/
/
/


repeat sampling
precision
sensitivity
bias
accuracy
Biological data
Storage EDAS (benthic macroinvertebrate data) and MS Access (fish,
      Retrieval and analysis
physical habitat, and water chemistry data)
STATISTIX (Analytical Software) and Excel
IOWA: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                              3-64

-------
 KANSAS
 Contact Information

 Steve Cringan, Environmental Scientist III
 Kansas Department of Health and Environment (KDHE)
 1000 SW Jackson Street, Suite 430 • Topeka, KS 66612-1367
 Phone 785/296-5571 • Fax 785/291-3266
 email: scringan@kdhe.state.ks.us
 KDHE Bureau of Environmental Filed Services homepage:
 http://www.kdhe.state.ks.us/befs/index.html

 Kristen Hase, Stream Monitoring Program Coordinator
 Kansas Department of Wildlife and Parks (KDWP)
 512 SE 25th Avenue • Pratt, KS 67124
 Phone 620/672-0710 • Fax 620/672-2972
 email:  KristenM@wp.state.ks.us
 website: http://www.kdwp.state.ks.us
  Program Description

  Kansas has maintained a stream biological monitoring program since 1972. Since 1980, the program has remained primarily
  unchanged.  Program data are evaluated and incorporated in five year increments into the 305(b) report and 303(d) list. Data is
  used to determine aquatic life use support status in combination with chemical water quality data. Further details may be found in
  the program  Quality Management Plan (see documentation below).

  Contemporary Program Objectives
  The stream biological monitoring program endeavors to provide scientifically defensible information on the quality of flowing
  waters in Kansas through the analysis of aquatic macroinvertebrate  communities. This information is intended for use in:

      (1)  complying with the water quality monitoring and reporting  requirements of 40 CFR 130.4 and sections 106(e)(1),
          303(d) and 305(b) of the federal Clean Water Act;

      (2)  evaluating waterbody compliance with the Kansas surface water quality standards (K.A.R.  28-16-28b et seq.)',

      (3)  identifying point and nonpoint sources of pollution contributing most significantly to water use impairments in streams;

      (4)  documenting spatial and temporal trends in surface water quality resulting from changes in land use patterns, resource
          management practices, pollutant loadings, and climatological conditions;

      (5)  developing scientifically defensible environmental standards, wastewater treatment plan permits, and
          waterbody/watershed pollution control plans; and

      (6)  evaluating the efficacy of pollution control efforts and waterbody remediation/restoration initiatives implemented by the
          department and other agencies and organizations.

  The Kansas  Department of Health and Environment's (KDHE) Bureau of Environmental Field Services is  responsible for
  macroinvertebrate data collection and analysis.  The Bureau also analyzes fish community data that are collected by the Kansas
  Department of Wildlife and Parks (KDWP). KDHE is currently working with the Central Plains Center for BioAssessment (CPCB)
  at the University of Kansas, to develop both a systematic approach to the identification of reference sites and a regionally
  standardized approach to habitat assessment.


  Documentation  and Further Information

  Division of Environment Quality Management Plan Part III: Stream Biological Monitoring Program Quality  Assurance
  Management Plan, December 2000: http://www.kdhe.state.ks.us/environment/qmp 2000/download/SBMP QAMP.pdf
 2002 Kansas Water Quality Assessment (305(b) report), April 2002:
 http://www.kdhe.state.ks.us/befs/305b 2002/ks305b2002f.pdf

 Guidance Document for Use Attainability Analyses, December 2001: http://www.kdhe.state.ks.us/befs/uaas/UAAGuidance.pdf

 Draft 2002 303(d) Methodology and List: http://www.kdhe.state.ks.us/tmdl/303d.htm

 Kansas State Water Quality Standards: http://www.kdhe.state.ks.us/water/index.html
KANSAS: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                             3-65

-------
 KANSAS
 Contact Information

 Steve Cringan, Environmental Scientist III
 Kansas Department of Health and Environment (KDHE)
 1000 SW Jackson Street, Suite 430 • Topeka, KS 66612-1367
 Phone 785/296-5571 • Fax 785/291-3266
 email: scringan@kdhe.state.ks.us
 Kristen Hase, Stream Monitoring Program Coordinator
 Kansas Department of Wildlife and Parks (KDWP)
 512 SE 25th Avenue • Pratt, KS 67124
 Phone 620/672-0710 • Fax 620/672-2972
 email:  KristenM@wp.state.ks.us
  Programmatic Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
problem identification (screening)

nonpoint source assessments

monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs

ALU determinations/ambient monitoring

promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria

support of antidegradation

evaluation of discharge permit conditions

TMDL assessment and monitoring

other: trend analysis
 Applicable monitoring
 designs*
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (comprehensive use throughout
jurisdiction)

fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations) (comprehensive use throughout
jurisdiction)

probabilistic by stream order/catchment area

probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide (comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)

rotating basin (comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)

other: rotational sites, statewide (comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
*KDWP uses a combination of probabilistic design, rotating basin, and fixed sites; KDHE relies primarily on a targeted design,
including fixed and rotational sites statewide.
 Stream Miles

 Total miles
 (determined using RF3)
 Total perennial miles

 Total miles assessed for biology*

     fully supporting for 305(b)

     partially/non-supporting for 305(b)

     listed for 303(d)

     number of sites sampled

     number of miles assessed per site
                              134,338

                                23,731

                               23,731

                                    n/a

                                    n/a

                                    n/a

        178 targeted over 22 years (KDHE);
     several hundred probabalistic (KDWP)

                            site specific
'Because KDWP uses a probabilistic sampling design, it can be said that all 23,731  perennial stream miles in Kansas are being
assessed for biology. KDHE is working with KDWP to incorporate the latter agency's findings into Kansas' 305(b) reports and
303(d) lists. Kansas' 2002 305(b) report is based on four years of ambient stream chemistry data (1998-2001) and only acute
aquatic life use support application.
KANSAS: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                             3-66

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Class System (A,B,C)

Three designations: special aquatic life use, expected aquatic life use, restricted
aquatic life use
  Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
  Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
Procedures used to support narrative biocriteria are located in the most recent
305(b) reports

none (Numeric biocriteria have not been adopted into the state standards, but are
nevertheless used for diagnostic purposes and in 305(b) assessments.)
  Uses of bioassessment data
  in integrated assessments
  with other environmental
  data (e.g., toxicity testing and
  chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
  Uses of bioassessment/
  biocriteria in making
  management decisions
  regarding restoration of
  aquatic resources to a
  designated ALU
Various point source upgrades and TMDL-related applications
  Reference Site/Condition Development
  Number of reference sites
                               44 total
  Reference site
  determinations*
    site-specific

    paired watersheds

    regional (aggregate of sites)

    professional judgment

    other:
  Reference site criteria
To date, sites have been selected on the basis of land cover and land use, known
hydrological properties and channel characteristics, general absence of confined
animal feeding operations, point sources and urban areas, and favorable water
quality attributes (low levels of total suspended solids, biochemical oxygen demand,
fecal coliform bacteria, total phosphorus, inorganic nitrogen, herbicides, and other
contaminants). Rare taxa and historically occurring key species are mainly used for
validation purposes.

Reference sites, by definition, should also be minimally impacted by anthropogenic
phenomena and approach the presettlement condition in terms of hydrology, water
quality, available biological habitat, surrounding landscape and watershed attributes,
and historically documented plant and animal communities.
 Characterization of
 reference sites within a
 regional context
    historical conditions

    least disturbed sites

    gradient response

    professional judgment

    other:
 Stream stratification within
 regional reference
 conditions
    ecoregions (or some aggregate)

    elevation

    stream type

    multivariate grouping

    jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)

    other: stream size
 Additional information
    reference sites linked to ALU

    reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards

    some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced conditions
'Currently working with the Central Plains Center for BioAssessment (CPCB) at the University of Kansas to develop a more
systematic approach to the identification of reference sites.
KANSAS: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                              3-67

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed
                                  benthos (100 - 500 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - broad coverage;
                                  multiple seasons, select sites)
                                  fish (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - broad coverage by KDWP only)
                                  periphyton (100 - 500 samples/year; multiple seasons, multiple sites - broad coverage
                                  for watershed level)*
                                  other: phytoplankton
  Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                              collect by hand, D-frame; 500 - 600 micron mesh
                              richest habitat, riffle/run, multihabitat, woody debris, random sampling by KDWP only
                              entire sample, 100 count minimum
                              genus/species where practical
  Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
                              seine, backpack electrofisher, pram unit (tote barge); 1/8" and 3/16" mesh
                              multihabitat
                              length measurement, biomass - batch
                              batch (generally do not subsample)
                              species
  Periphyton*
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      taxonomy
                              natural substrate: suction device, bar clamp sample; artificial substrate: periphytometer
                              wadeable area within stream segment that is designated based on other sampled biota
                              chlorophyll a/phaeophytin, taxonomic identification (limited use)
                              diatoms only
  Habitat assessments
                              visual based (KDHE), quantitative measurements (KDWP); performed with bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
                              standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings/training for
                              biologists, sorting and taxonomic proficiency checks, specimen archival, replicate sampling,
                              field audits, and staff certification program
'Periphyton sampling is a new venture for the Kansas Biological Survey and the Central Plains Center for BioAssessment. Whole
stream respiration as well as net and gross production via the DO diel cycle method are also determined. Software has been built to
support these calculations using large continuous data sets of several weeks to months.
  Data analysis tools and
  methods
Data Analysis and Interpretation
                                  summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                  parametric ANOVAs
                                  multivariate analysis
                                  biological metrics (return single metrics)
                                  disturbance gradients
                                  other: regressions, correlations, trends, and other statistical applications
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
                              cumulative distribution function

                              Kansas returns single metrics but is exploring various indices.
  Evaluation of performance
  characteristics
  Refer to Quality Management
  Plan forSOPs and further
  information.
                                  repeat sampling
                                  precision
                                  sensitivity
                                  bias
                                  accuracy
  Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
                              Lotus Notes, Excel
                              Minitab, spreadsheet graphics, ArcView, ArcGIS, GARP (pending)
KANSAS: Program Summary
                                                   December 2002
                                                                                                               3-68

-------
 KENTUCKY
 Contact Information

 Terry P. Anderson, Manager - Water Quality Branch
 Kentucky Division of Water
 14 Reilly Road • Frankfort, KY 40601
 Phone 502/564-3410 • Fax 502-564-0111
 email: terryp.anderson@mail.state.ky.us
 KY Division of Water homepage: http://water.nr.state.ky.us/dow/dwhome.htm
 Program Description

 A 100 point scale multi-metric index is under development in order to give equal weight to the three assemblages
 collected (fish, macroinvertebrates and algae).  KY Division of Water is also working in conjunction with
 USEPA/Cincinnati to develop beatable water collection methods for the larger rivers as a first phase of biocriteria
 and assessment methods for larger rivers. There is a long term goal of establishing response relationships
 between biological indicators and nutrients in wadeable and beatable waters in order to investigate the feasibility of
 establishing nutrient criteria in these waters.

 The Division of Water has shifted to a watershed approach in assessing stream miles. At this time about two fifths
 of the stream  miles assessed have been entered in the data base, and data from another two fifths are being
 inputted. The  first round of watershed sampling (the last fifth) will be completed in summer 2002.  Somewhere
 between 30,000 to 40,000 actual miles will have been assessed by the time this project is completed.

 Probabilistic sampling is also being conducted in all major watersheds. When this is completed, KY Division of
 Water will be able to estimate the number of stream miles meeting and not meeting designated uses. KY Division
 of Water was  able to carry out this expansion thanks to valuable partnerships with Universities and the Kentucky
 Department of Fish and Wldlife Resources. These data are used to assess use support for Kentucky's 305(b)
 Report and for listing streams on the 303(d) list.  Biological data can override chemical data if they are
 contradictory. There is a strong belief that the biological data collected and the collection methods used  paint a
 truer picture of use attainment than chemical data.

 Another important application of increased biological knowledge of waters in Kentucky has been the development
 of biological endpoints for successful stream restoration projects undertaken as a result of environmental damage
 incidents.
 Documentation and Further Information

 2000 Kentucky Report to Congress on Water Quality, 305(b) report:
 http://water.nr.state.ky.us/wq/305b/2000/2000 305b.htm

 1998 303(d) List of Waters for Kentucky, June 1998: http://water.nr.state.ky.us/303d/

 1998-1999 Monitoring Strategy: Kentucky River Basin Management Unit, March 2000:
 http://www.uky.edu/WaterResources/Watershed/KRB AR/PDF Files/Monitoring%20Report.PDF

 For a list and links to more references and documents, conduct a search on the Kentucky Natural Resources and
 Environmental Protection Cabinet (NREPC) publication site:
 http://www.kyenvironment.org/nrepc/publications/publications.asp

 Kentucky Watershed Management Framework

 Other documents include Reference Reach Reports on Algae, Fish and Macroinvertebrates; Division of Water
 SOP manuals; Consultant reports; USFWS surveys; Kentucky State Nature Preserve Commission surveys;
 Kentucky Department of Fish and Wldlife Resources surveys; Federal  Register notices on Federal T&E listings.
KENTUCKY: Program Summary                    December 2002                                         3-69

-------
 KENTUCKY
  Contact Information
  Terry P. Anderson, Manager - Water Quality Branch
  Kentucky Division of Water
  14 Reilly Road • Frankfort, KY 40601
  Phone 502/564-3410 • Fax 502-564-0111
  email: terryp.anderson@mail.state.ky.us
  Programmatic Elements
  Uses of bioassessment
  within overall water quality
  program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose)
(special projects only, specific river basins or watersheds, and
comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
(comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide (specific river basins or
watersheds)
rotating basin (specific river basins or watersheds)
other:
  Stream Miles
  Total miles
  (determined using the National Hydrography Database)
  Total perennial miles
  Total miles assessed for biology*
      fully supporting for 305(b)
      partially/non-supporting for 305(b)
      listed for 303(d)
      number of sites sampled
      number of miles assessed per site
                 89,431

                  34,334
                -30,000
                 -20,000
                 -10,000
                   7,500
                   1,750
                                  30,000 Miles Assessed for Biology
    •..-^.   v-
,-\-  20,000 miles [• •• :/'
                                     [7]  "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                     O  "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
'Kentucky has shifted to a basin approach in assessing stream miles. At this time about 2/5ths of the stream miles assessed have
been entered in the database, which translates to 10,200 actual miles assessed. There is also data from another 2/5ths that is
presently being inputted into the database. The first round of watershed sampling (the last 1/5th) will be completed this summer.
30,000 to 40,000 actual miles will have been assessed upon completion. Probabilistic sampling is also being conducted in all major
watersheds. The number of stream miles meeting and not meeting designated uses can be estimated when this is completed.
KENTUCKY: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                             3-70

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Warm water vs. Cold water

Two designations - Warm water and Cold water
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
Numeric procedures used to support narrative biocriteria referenced
in KAR 5:030, and in Division publications and SOP manuals.
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental
 data (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
Bioassessments have been used to delist streams from the 303(d)
list.
  Reference Site/Condition  Development
 Number of reference sites
                             140 total
Reference site
determinations
Reference site criteria
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Additional information


/


site-specific
paired watersheds
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment
other:
Minimally impacted from point and nonpoint pollution, natural habitat
with high forest density relative to other land uses. Other criteria
listed in KY's reference reach report on fish communities. Also
depends on ecoregion: habitat score - conductivity (region specific) -
nutrients (in some cases).*

/


/
/


/



/
/
historical conditions
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other: minimally impacted*
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
elevation
stream type
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
other:
reference sites linked to ALU
reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards
(found in 401 KAR 5:030 Section 1(1)(b)4)
some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
conditions
*KY tries to use minimally impacted reference sites whenever possible, but least disturbed sites are used to set targeted conditions
when there are no minimally impacted sites in a subecoregion.
KENTUCKY: Program Summary
                                              December 2002
                                                                                                      3-71

-------
Field and Lab Methods
Assemblages assessed
                                    benthos (<100 samples/year, single season, multiple sites - broad coverage)
                                    fish (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - broad coverage)
                                    periphyton (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - broad
                                    coverage)
                                    other:
 Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                              D-frame, dipnet, kick net (1 meter), collect by hand; >800 micron mesh
                              multihabitat
                              entire sample
                              combination - family, genus, species
 Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      taxonomy
                              seine, backback electrofisher, boat electrofisher, pram unit (tote barge), gill nets,
                              trammel nets; 3/16" mesh
habitat selection
sample processing
subsample
taxonomy
Periphyton
sampling gear
multihabitat
none
none
species
natural substrate:

suction device, brushing/scraping device (razor, toothbrush,
                              etc.), collect by hand; artificial substrate: periphytometer (in non-wadeable
                              waters)
                              multihabitat
                              taxonomic identification
                              species
 Habitat assessments
                              visual based; performed with bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
                              standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings and
                              training for biologists, sorting and taxonomic proficiency checks, specimen archival
 Data analysis tools and
 methods
Data Analysis and Interpretation
                                  summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                  parametric ANOVAs
                                  multivariate analysis
                                  biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
                                  disturbance gradients
                                  other:
 Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
                              95th percentile of all sites-standard based on a 100 unit scale

                              25th percentile of reference population (100 point scale multi-metric
                              index is under development)
 Evaluation of performance
 characteristics
                                  repeat sampling (annual variability)
                                  precision (repeatability)
                                  sensitivity (Box-Whisker distributions)
                                  bias
                                  accuracy (% test sites - nonreference, impaired - validation)
 Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
                              EDAS
                              SAS, Systat, EDAS, Excel, MVSP (Multi-Variate Statistical Package),
                              Statigraphics
KENTUCKY: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                               3-72

-------
 LOUISIANA
 Contact Information

 Dugan Sabins, Senior Environmental Scientist - Office of Environmental Assessment
 Jennifer Lindquist, Environmental Scientist III
 Keith Sepulvado, Environmental Scientist III
 Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ)
 P.O. Box 82178 • Baton Rouge, LA 70884-2178
 Phone 225/765-0246 • Fax 225/765-0617
 email: dugan  s@deq.state.la.us
 LDEQ Planning homepage: http://www.deq.state.la.us/planning/
 Program Description

 In Louisiana, bioassessments have been used principally to characterize and delineate reference streams.
 Bioassessments have also been used for assessing the biological conditions of waterbodies being evaluated for
 site-specific standards development and use attainability analysis. Bacterial monitoring is conducted for swimming
 use assessment, Periodic toxicity testing is also conducted. In a very special case, biocriteria were developed for
 specific wetlands to receive treated disinfected wastewater for wetland restoration.

 Further development of bioassessment procedures is dependent on the legal responsibilities and outcome of a
 consent decree on the Louisiana TMDL program. Any additional development will have to be compatible with
 TMDL deadlines and deliverables.  Since Louisiana does not have biocriteria, there is not a great need for LDEQ
 to conduct large scale bioassessments to determine criteria attainment. When the concept of biocriteria is
 adequately thought out and developed for use in state permitting and TMDL programs, then LDEQ will have a
 larger, more inclusive, bioassessment program. The use and revision of chemical/physical  criteria,  standards, and
 assessment procedures are considered the present priority.

 The Louisiana  Department of Wildlife and Fisheries (LDWF) monitors fishery resources on large rivers and in
 coastal waters  of the state for management purposes and for  establishing commercial and recreational regulations
 on harvest. However, these assessments are not conducted to determine compliance with  the Clean  Water Act.
 Environmental  agencies are increasing collaboration and coordination with LDWF and are hoping to begin
 combining monitoring efforts and sharing biological data at a future date.
 Documentation and Further Information

 Sfate of Louisiana Water Quality Management Plan Water Quality Inventory Section 305(b) 2000:
 http://www.deq.state.la.us/planning/305b/2000/index.htm

 Dewalt, R. E. 1997. Fish and macroinvertebrate taxonomic richness, habitat quality, and in-situ water chemistry of
 ecoregion reference streams in the Western Gulf Coastal Plains and Terrace Upland Ecoregions of Southern
 Louisiana. Prepared for the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality. Baton Rouge, LA. 72  pages.

 Dewalt R. E. 1995. Biological communities of reference streams in the South Central Plains and Upper Mississippi
 Alluvial Plains ecoregions of Louisiana. Prepared for the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality. Baton
 Rouge, LA. 85 pages.
LOUISIANA: Program Summary                    December 2002                                          3-73

-------
 LOUISIANA
  Contact Information
  Dugan Sabins, Senior Environmental Scientist - Office of Environmental Assessment
  Jennifer Lindquist, Environmental Scientist III
  Keith Sepulvado, Environmental Scientist III
  Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ)
  P.O. Box 82178 • Baton Rouge, LA 70884-2178
  Phone 225/765-0246 • Fax 225/765-0617
  email: dugan  s@deq.state.la.us
  Programmatic Elements
  Uses of bioassessment
  within overall water quality
  program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other: ecoregion reference stream delineation, public education,
bacteria assessment for swimming use, occasional toxicity
testing, wetlands criteria
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (special
projects and specific river basins or watersheds)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin
other:
  Stream Miles
  Total miles
  (State based estimation)
  Total perennial miles
  Total miles assessed for biology*
      fully supporting for 305(b)
      partially/non-supporting for 305(b)
      listed for 303(d)
      number of sites sampled
      number of miles assessed per site
                 66,294
                      n/a
                      n/a
                      n/a
*Bioassessments are not used for 305(b)/303(d) reporting purposes or biocriteria development. Louisiana's 2000 305(b) report
listed 7,228 total river and stream miles assessed using chemical/physical criteria for fish and wildlife propagation and limited
aquatic life/wildlife designated uses: 1,118 miles fully supporting and 6,110 miles partially/non-supporting for 305(b).
LOUISIANA: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                             3-74

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making*
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Class System (A,B,C)

Two designations: 1) Fish and wildlife propagation, 2) Limited
aquatic/wildlife (a subcategory offish and wildlife propagation)
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
A qualitative and/or narrative scale of condition that supports
narrative biocriteria decisions is found in Louisiana's water quality
standards, LAC 33:IX.1111 .C and 1113.B.12
Numeric Biocriteria in WQS none
Uses of bioassessment data
in integrated assessments
with other environmental
data (e.g., toxicity testing and
chemical specific criteria)
/




assessment of aquatic resources
cause and effect determinations
permitted discharges
monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)
watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
Bioassessments have been used to delineate reference streams,
which in turn have been used in management decisions for setting
DO criteria across ecoregions.
'Aquatic life use is assessed using chemical/physical numerical and general criteria. Louisiana does have general (narrative)
criteria for biological and aquatic community integrity.

  Reference Site/Condition Development
 Number of reference sites
                             16 total
Reference site
determinations
Reference site criteria
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Additional information
/


/

site-specific
paired watersheds
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment
other:
Least impacted wadeable streams, determined using
professional judgment ("common sense criteria")
/
/


/
/





/
/
7
best
historical conditions (when information is available)
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other: wadeable streams
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
elevation
stream type
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
other:
reference sites linked to ALU

reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards
(found in LAC 33 33:IX. 1 1 13.B. 12)
some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
conditions
LOUISIANA: Program Summary
                                               December 2002
                                                                                                       3-75

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed
    benthos (<100 samples/year, multiple seasons, multiple sites - broad
    coverage for watershed level)
    fish (<100 samples/year; multiple seasons, multiple sites - broad coverage for
    watershed level)
    periphyton
    other:
  Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
collect by hand, dipnet, kick net (1 meter); 500-600 micron mesh
multihabitat, woody debris, richest habitat
300 count
family and species
  Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
backpack and boat electrofishers, Rotenone, seine; 1/8" and 1/4" mesh
multihabitat
length measurement and anomalies
none
species
  Habitat assessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
visual based; performed with bioassessments (habitat reference conditions found
in WQS, LAC33:IX.1113.B.12.)
standard operating procedures and quality assurance plan
  Data Analysis and Interpretation
  Data analysis tools and
  methods
    summary tables, illustrative graphs
    parametric ANOVAs
    multivariate analysis
    biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
    disturbance gradients
    other: nonparametric analysis
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a  multimetric index
cumulative distribution function, North Carolina Biotic Index (NCBI),
EPT, fish richness metrics (USEPA 1989)
cumulative distribution function, NCBI,  EPT, fish richness metrics
(USEPA 1989)*
  Evaluation of performance
  characteristics
  Not currently evaluated
    repeat sampling
    precision
    sensitivity
    bias
    accuracy
  Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
spreadsheets and paper files
SAS and Excel
*LDEQ has used biological indices and matrices for evaluating wadeable streams in several ecoregions and for determining
appropriate reference sites. These indices and matrices have not been adopted into the water quality standards and are not used to
assess impairment for 305(b) or regulatory purposes.
LOUISIANA: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                              3-76

-------
 MAINE


 Contact  Information

 Susan P. Davies, Program Manager, Biologist III
 Maine Department of Environmental Protection (MDEP)
 SHS 17 • Augusta, ME 04333
 Phone 207/287-7778 • Fax 207/287-7191
 email: susan.p.davies@state.me.us
 MDEP Biomonitoring Program website: http://www.state.me.us/dep/blwq/biohompg.htm
 For General Information, contact: BioME@state.me.us
  Program  Description

  Biological monitoring is a primary method used by the State of Maine to assess water quality. The Biological Monitoring Program
  is one of five Sections within the  Division of Environmental Assessment.  All field, analytical and statistical methods, including the
  resultant numeric biocriteria have been designed, developed and tested by the MDEP Biomonitoring Program staff and a
  consulting biostatistician (Dr. Francis Drummond, University of Maine, Orono, Maine). Water quality standards in current use in
  Maine, including tiered aquatic life uses and statutory definitions of biological terms, were drafted by the Biomonitoring Program
  and other staff of the Division of Environmental Assessment.

  The State of Maine began the process of biological criteria development by incorporating explicit narrative standards for aquatic
  life uses in the state water quality classification law.  Each of three classes, ranging from "natural" (Class A) to minimum state
  standards (Class C), contains specific language that defines the allowable biological response, taking into consideration other
  designated uses, and expectations of community response to human activities allowed in that class. The benthic
  macroinvertebrate community is assessed to determine attainment of standards.

  Maine's numeric biological criteria rely on a three stage decision process. The first stage is a linear discriminant model, utilizing
  nine metrics to assign an initial classification probability for an unknown site. The second stage linear discriminant model uses
  17 additional metrics and indicator taxa, along with probabilities derived in the first stage model, to compute final probabilities of
  group membership. The output is expressed as a probability of group membership for each of the four water quality classes. The
  highest class attained, with at least 60% probability, is used as the final model outcome. The third stage uses expert biologist's
  judgement to make a final decision about attainment, based on the outcome of the linear discriminant analysis, with adjustments
  for any known sampling errors, unexplained community structure anomalies or atypical conditions surrounding the sampling
  event.

  The regulatory authority for the Department's numeric biological criteria is derived from the tiered aquatic life use designations that
  are explicitly defined in the water quality standards law (MRSA Title 38 Article 4-A § 464-465). The Department has draft rules in
  support of the numeric biocriteria protocol and is expected to go to rule-making as soon as a  needed electronic database upgrade
  is completed.  The Biological Monitoring Program provides water quality information for a wide array of programs and  initiatives
  including:
      evaluation of water quality classification attainment and 303(d) listing;
      evaluation of impacts downstream of discharges;
      general, long-term ambient monitoring and trend assessment;
      evaluation of the effects of management activities
      evaluation of the effects of nonpoint source impacts;
      evaluation of impacts from diffuse toxic contamination through the Surface Water Ambient Toxics Program (MDEP 1993)
      evaluation of the impacts of hydropower activities in fulfillment of requirements for the Clean Water Act SEC. 401 water quality
      certification process.

  In addition, the Program is refining methods and criteria to better assess aquatic biological impacts of poor land use practices on
  stream and wetland systems.

  MDEP is funded to do a pilot project using the EPA Stressor Identification protocol applied to an intensively surveyed 303(d)
  listed urban watershed. To facilitate the development of TMDLs,  findings from the SI procedure will be used to better target the
  assessment approach for a set of five other similarly impacted urban streams.


  Documentation  and Further Information

  State of Maine 305(b) Report, Summer 2000

  Biomonitoring Retrospective: Fifteen Year Summary for Maine Rivers and Streams, December 1999:
  http://www.state.me.us/dep/blwq/docmonitoring/biological/biorep2000.htm

  S.P. Davies & L. Tsomides, (1997) "Methods for Biological Sampling and Analysis of Maine's Inland Waters", MDEP, revised
  June 1997: http://www.state.me.us/dep/blwq/docmonitoring/finlmeth.pdf

  Relevant biomonitoring materials can be accessed online: http://www.state.me.us/dep/blwq/


MAINE: Program Summary                            December 002                                               3-77

-------
 MAINE
 Contact Information
  Susan P. Davies, Program Manager, Biologist III
  Maine Department of Environmental Protection (MDEP)
  SHS 17 • Augusta, ME 04333
  Phone 207/287-7778 • Fax 207/287-7191
  email: susan.p.davies@state.me.us
  For General Information, contact: BioME@state.me.us
  Programmatic Elements
  Uses of bioassessment
  within overall water quality
  program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other: hydropower dam licensing, uncontrolled hazardous waste
site monitoring
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (special
projects only)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations) (specific
river basins or watersheds)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin (5 yr rotation, specific river basins or watersheds)
other: hydropower dam licensing, uncontrolled hazardous waste
site monitoring
  Stream Miles
  Total miles                                        31,672
  (determined using state based local GIS coverage)
  Total perennial miles                                   23,879
  Total miles assessed for biology                 1,000*
      fully supporting for 305(b)                            858.5
      partially/non-supporting for 305(b)                     141.5
      listed for 303(d)                                    141.5
      number of sites sampled (on an annual basis)             40
      number of miles assessed per site                       ~5
                                    1,000 Miles Assessed for Biology
                                         "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                         "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
"These miles are based on the last five years of monitoring.  Stream and river miles are combined, with streams accounting for
roughly 80% of the total miles assessed.  For program-wide estimation purposes, miles are estimated assuming that each monitored
station assesses about 5 miles of river or stream, though this number does vary.  The last few years, up to 55 sites have been
sampled, but 40 is the average number.
MAINE: Program Summary
                                                  December 002
                                                                                                             3-78

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and  Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards*
Class system (AA, A, B, C)

Four designations based on a gradient of biological condition: AA- "as naturally
occurs", natural flow regime; A- "as naturally occurs", hydro allowed; B- "no
detrimental change"; C- "maintain structure and function, support for salmonids"
  Narrative Biocriteria in WQS

  Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
Procedures used to support narrative biocriteria located in MDEP WQS.

under development - Draft numeric biocriteria rule in internal agency review,
due for promulgation in 2002.  (A probabilistic model - linear discriminant
analysis - designed using expert judgment and statistical analysis is currently
used to determine attainment of conditions described in aquatic life standards.
Numeric biocriteria have been used to implement agency policy since 1990.)
  Uses of bioassessment data
  in integrated assessments
  with other environmental
  data (e.g., toxicity testing and
  chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management (pertains to "small" watersheds)
  Uses of bioassessment/
  biocriteria in making
  management decisions
  regarding restoration of
  aquatic resources to a
  designated ALU
Many examples of this have been documented in case studies provided in
"Biomonitoring  Retrospective: Fifteen year summary for Maine rivers and
streams" available in .pdf on website:
http://www.state.me.us/dep/blwq/docmonitorinq/bioloqical/biorep2000.htm
Tiered aquatic life uses in Maine Water Quality standards are consistent with the condition gradient describing other applicable WQ
standards (dissolved oxygen, bacteria, toxics) for each class.

  Reference  Site/Condition Development
  Number of reference sites
                               370 total
  Reference site
  determinations
  Reference site criteria
 Characterization of
 reference sites within a
 regional context
 Stream stratification within
 regional reference
 conditions
 Additional information
    site-specific

    paired watersheds

    regional (aggregate of sites)

    professional judgment

    other:
Minimally disturbed reference site standards are defined by the following criteria
- Based on ArcView GIS coverages; by percent of watershed upstream of the
sampled station: >90% forested; <5% active logging; <1 % cropland, residential
or urban.
     historical conditions

     least disturbed sites

     gradient response

     professional judgment

     other: minimally disturbed**
    ecoregions (or some aggregate)

    elevation

    stream type

    multivariate grouping (4 multivariate groups)

    jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)

    other:
     reference sites linked to ALU

     reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards (State of
     Maine. 1985. Maine Laws Ch. 698 §15 - in part. An Act to Amend the
     Classification System for Maine Waters)

     some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced conditions
"Minimally disturbed characterization is one component of established reference conditions; they are also divided into different
classes and groups with different biological attributes. Maine has a range of streams, from pristine to severely degraded.
MAINE: Program Summary
                                                   December 002
                                                                                                               3-79

-------
  Field and Lab  Methods
 Assemblages assessed
     benthos (100-500 samples/year, single season, multiple sites - watershed
     level and broad coverage)
     fish
     periphyton (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - broad
     coverage)
     other:
 Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size

      taxonomy
rock baskets (500-600 micron mesh)
riffle/run (cobble), artificial substrate
entire sample (if>500 organisms, subsamples are taken proportionately at 25% of
sample, then adjusted back to whole sample counts)
genus, species (identified to lowest possible level; adjusted to genus in database)
 Periphyton
      sampling gear

      habitat selection
      sample processing
      taxonomy
natural substrate: brushing/scraping device (razor, toothbrush, etc.)
artificial substrate: periphytometer
open canopy in riffle/run
chlorophyll a/ phaeophytin; biomass; taxonomic identification
all algae; genus level; species level
 Habitat assessments
visual based; performed with bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings, training
for biologists, sorting proficiency checks, taxonomic proficiency checks, specimen
archive
  Data Analysis and Interpretation
 Data analysis tools and
 methods
    summary tables, illustrative graphs
    parametric ANOVAs
    multivariate analysis
    biological metrics (multiple computed metrics are used as input
    variables in probabilistic model)
    disturbance gradients
    other:
  Multivariate thresholds
      defining impairment in
      a multivariate index
Probabilistic model using a priori sites defined by expert judgement
 Evaluation of performance
 characteristics
     repeat sampling (long-term annual monitoring sites)
     precision (percent accuracy compared to a priori class)
     sensitivity
     bias (in relation to stream size, latitude/longitude, velocity, eco-
     region)
     accuracy (percent accuracy compared to a priori class; a priori
     reference sites compared to land use - selected reference sites)
 Biological data
      Storage

      Retrieval and analysis
STORET; Oracle/Visual Basic relational database (with linkage to
ARCINFO spatial database with point coverage for all monitoring
stations)
Core linear discriminant models statistical routines are run and
reported from within the Oracle database; spatial analysis in ArcView
and ARCINFO; routine queries run in MS Access, Systat or Excel
MAINE: Program Summary
                                                   December 002
                                                                                                               3-80

-------
 MARYLAND


 Contact Information

 Paul Kazyak, Monitoring and Non-Tidal Assessment Division Director
 Maryland Department of Natural Resources (MD DNR)
 Tawes State Office Bldg., C-2 • Annapolis, MD 21401
 Phone 410/260-8607 • Fax 410/260-8620
 email: pkazyak@dnr.state.md.us
 MD DNR Maryland Streams homepage: http://www.dnr.state.md.us/streams/index.html

 Richard Eskin,  PhD, Deputy Director - Technical and Regulatory Services Administration
 Maryland Department of the Environment (MDE)
 1800 Washington Blvd. • Baltimore, MD21230
 Phone 410/537-3000 • Fax 410/631-3998
 email: reskin@mde.state.md.us
 website: http://www.mde.state.md.us/
  Program Description

  The Maryland Biological Stream Survey (MBSS) is a program of the Maryland Department of Natural Resources (MD DNR) and
  is intended to provide statistically unbiased estimates of the condition of first through third-order (wadeable) non-tidal streams
  and rivers of Maryland on a local (e.g., drainage basin or county) as well as a statewide scale.  The survey is based on a
  probabilistic stream sampling approach where random selections are made from all streams in the state that can physically be
  sampled.  The approach supports statistically valid population estimation of variables of interest (e.g., largemouth bass densities,
  miles of streams with degraded physical habitat, miles of streams with poor Index of Biotic Integrity scores, etc.). When
  repeated, the Survey will also provide a basis for assessing future changes in ecological condition of flowing waters of the state.
  At present, plans are to repeat the Survey at regular intervals and expand the approach to larger streams and tidal creeks.

  Benthic macroinvertebrates and water quality samples are collected during the spring index period from March through early
  May, while fish, herpetofauna, in situ stream chemistry, and physical habitat sampling are conducted during the low flow period in
  the summer, from June through September.

  Data collected from each sample site are used to develop statewide and basin-specific estimates of totals, means (or averages),
  proportions, and percentiles for the parameters of interest. The amount of variability (or margin of error) associated with any
  estimate of a total, mean, proportion, or percentile is determined by calculating a standard error, a statistic that measures the
  reliability of an estimate. A standard error also provides a statistical basis for deciding if the observed changes in any parameter
  of interest over time or space are significantly different or simply due to chance alone.
  Documentation and  Further Information

  2000 Maryland Section 305(b) Water Quality Report, with Appendix E, Assessment Methodology:
  bttp://dnrweb.dnr.state.md.us/download/bays/MD2000 305b.pdf

  DRAFT 2002 Integrated 303(d) List: http://www.mde.state.md.us/tmdl/2002 303dlist/index.html

  From the Mountains to the Sea: The State of Maryland's Freshwater Streams, December 1999:
  http://www.dnr.state.md.us/streams/pubs/md-streams.pdf

  Maryland Biological Stream Survey (MBSS) Sampling Manual, February 2000:
  http://www.dnr.state.md.us/streams/pubs/2000samp manual.pdf

  MBSS Laboratory Methods for Benthic Macroinvertebrate Processing and Taxonomy, November 2000:
  http://www.dnr.state.md.us/streams/pubs/eaOO-6 lab  man.pdf

  Refinement and Validation of a Fish Index of Biotic Integrity (IBI) for Maryland Streams, October 2000:
  http://www.dnr.state.md.us/streams/pubs/eaOO-2 fibi.pdf

  Development of a Benthic Index of Biological Integrity for Maryland Streams, December 1998:
  http://www.dnr.state.md.us/streams/pubs/1998  Benthic%20IBI.pdf

  For more documents and publications, go to: http://www.dnr.state.md.us/streams/mbss/mbss pubs.html or
  http://www.dnr.state.md.us/streams/pubs/pub list.html
MARYLAND: Program Summary                      December 2002                                              3-81

-------
  MARYLAND
  Contact Information

  Paul Kazyak, Monitoring and Non-Tidal Assessment Division Director
  Maryland Department of Natural Resources (MD DNR)
  Tawes State Office Bldg., C-2 • Annapolis, MD 21401
  Phone 410/260-8607 • Fax 410/260-8620
  email: pkazyak@dnr.state.md.us
  Richard Eskin, PhD, Deputy Director - Technical and Regulatory Services Administration
  Maryland Department of the Environment (MDE)
  1800 Washington Blvd. • Baltimore, MD21230
  Phone 410/537-3000 • Fax 410/631-3998
  email: reskin@mde.state.md.us
  Programmatic Elements
  Uses of bioassessment
  within overall water quality
  program
                               UD
problem identification (screening)

nonpoint source assessments

monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs (LIMITED)

ALU determinations/ambient monitoring (LIMITED)

promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria (through MDE)

support of antidegradation

evaluation of discharge permit conditions (LIMITED)

TMDL assessment and monitoring (MDE using MBSS data)

other: target restoration costs and locations; areas for preservation; track trends in
stream conditions; identify relationships between stressors and biota; predict future
conditions based on land use changes
 Applicable monitoring
 designs*
targeted (small portion - special projects and specific river basins or watersheds)

fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations) (sentinel site network, best of the
best streams in the state,  comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)

probabilistic by stream order/catchment area (comprehensive use throughout
jurisdiction)

probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide  (comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)

rotating basin (comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)

other:
The largest portion of sampling effort is for probabilistic sampling with watershed as primary strata.
  Stream Miles

  Total miles                                         17,000
  (determined using National Hydrography Database)
  Total perennial miles                                    12,343

  Total miles assessed for biology**                6,142

      fully supporting for 305(b)                          3,429.0

      partially/non-supporting for 305(b)                   2,713.4

      listed for 303(d)**                         178 actual listings

      number of sites sampled (from 1995-1997)              1,000

      number of miles assessed per site
                                 6,142 Miles Assessed for Biology
                                        "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                        "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
"The miles listed above were extracted from Maryland's 2000 305(b)
Report, which stated, "The assessment of non-tidal rivers and streams is based on monitoring data, including ambient water quality
monitoring programs and other water quality data collected by [various agencies and programs]." The above miles are categorized
as "monitored" in the 2000 305(b).  However, the MBSS method only applies to wadeable nontidal streams, thus some portion of the
total assessed stream and river miles listed above were not assessed using this method. The 178 sites listed for 303(d) were pulled
from the DRAFT 2002 303(d) Report. These miles do not include streams larger than 4th order or with tidal flow.
MARYLAND: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                              3-82

-------
 Aquatic  Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Single Aquatic Life Use, Fishery Based Uses, Warm Water vs. Cold Water

Seven uses: I: support of fish & aquatic life and recreation; I-P: adds drinking water supply
to Use I; II: shellfish harvesting; III: natural trout; III-P: adds drinking water supply; IV:
recreational trout (put and take); IV-P: adds drinking water.
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
Narrative regulations and formal/informal numeric procedures specifically addressing
biocriteria applications are under development.
 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS    none - documented quantitative method applied
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental
 data (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges (RARELY)

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
Threatened and Endangered species listings are being revised based on MBSS fish
population data; cost estimates for habitat restoration in MD streams are being finalized in
support of Chesapeake Bay 2000 Agreement action items; MBSS data integral to
developing restoration priority ranking for MD watersheds; also used by The Nature
Conservancy to develop highest priority watersheds for land acquisition and other
preservation activities
 Reference Site/Condition  Development
 Number of reference sites
                              152 total
Reference site
determinations
Reference site criteria
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Additional information




7
site-specific
paired watersheds
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment
other: use combination of a priori physical and chemical criteria applied to randomly
selected sites - these represent the best remaining sites in Maryland
Must meet a priori chemical and physical criteria (criteria found in MBSS IBI documents
for fish and benthos)

/



/




/


/
historical conditions
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other:
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
elevation
stream type
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
other: reference sites stratified by stream order
reference sites linked to ALU
reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards
some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced conditions
MARYLAND: Program Summary
                                                December 2002
                                                                                                          3-83

-------
Field and Lab Methods
Assemblages assessed
                                    benthos (100-500 samples/year, single season, multiple sites - watershed level)
                                    fish (100-500 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - watershed level)
                                    periphyton
                                    other: macrophytes and amphibians/reptiles (presence/absence only) (100-500
                                    samples/year; single season,  multiple sites - watershed level)
  Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                              D-frame; 500-600 micron mesh
                              multihabitat, focus on most productive habitat - riffles
                              100 count
                              genus (family level taxonomy for volunteer Stream Waders Program)
  Fish
      sampling gear
                              backpack electrofisher, barge shocker sometimes used on larger streams, herpetile search
                              also conducted by hand; 1/4" mesh
habitat selection
sample processing
subsample
taxonomy
whatever is in the 75 meter segment
length measurement and biomass - batch (gamefish
prevalence noted)
none
species
only); anomalies (unusual types or
  Habitat assessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
                              visual based, quantitative measurements, buffer width and vegetation size category, linear
                              and areal extent of eroded banks; performed with bioassessments
                              standard operating procedures; quality assurance plan; periodic meetings/training for
                              biologists; sorting and taxonomic proficiency checks; specimen archival; double entry of data;
                              range checks; peer review of reports; certification program for bioassessment
  Data analysis tools and
  methods
Data Analysis and Interpretation
                                  summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                  parametric ANOVAs
                                  multivariate analysis
                                  biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
                                  disturbance gradients
                                  other: various, depending on needs
  Multimetric thresholds*
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
                              50th percentile of reference population

                              10th percentile used as threshold between metric scores of 3 and 1; confidence intervals used
                              to evaluate sample results for attainment decisions
  Multivariate thresholds
      defining impairment in
      a multivariate index
                              For development of IBI; not current analysis
  Evaluation of performance
  characteristics
                                  repeat sampling (see IBI documents plus interim biocriteria document produced by
                                  MDE)
                                  precision (replicate sample/same team, same reach)
                                  sensitivity (classification efficiency)
                                  bias
                                  accuracy (classification efficiency)
                                  other: re-sort in laboratory
  Biological data
      Storage

      Retrieval and analysis
*Fish and Benthic IBIs are also
                              MS Access, SAS primarily, but also use spreadsheets for some applications (data
                              dictionaries are produced for external users - see MBSS publications page)
                              SAS, Excel, Quattro pro, ARC View
                          combined into a "Combined Biological Index."
MARYLAND: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                               3-84

-------
 MASSACHUSETTS
 Contact Information

 Arthur S. Johnson, Environmental Monitoring Coordinator
 Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection (MADEP)
 627 Main Street • Worcester, MA 01608
 Phone 508/767-2873 • Fax 508/791-4131
 email: arthur.iohnson@state.ma.us
 website: http://www.state.ma.us/dep/
  Program  Description

  Biological monitoring techniques are an important component of the watershed-based surface water quality monitoring and
  assessment program administered by the Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection (MADEP).  The goals of this
  program are to assess whether the surface waters of Massachusetts are of sufficient quality and quantity to support their multiple
  uses, and to report those findings  in watershed assessment reports, the 305(b) Summary of Water Quality Report and the 303(d)
  List of Impaired Waters. Monitoring is also used to identify causes and sources of water use impairments as the first step toward
  developing  water quality and quantity management strategies.

  MADEP biologists assess the condition of resident macroinvertebrate, fish and algal communities in streams to provide a direct
  measure of the ecological response to the cumulative effects of pollutant loadings and habitat degradation. These
  bioassessments, coupled with water quality data and other relevant information, form the basis for determining the aquatic life
  use-support status, as defined in the Massachusetts Surface Water Quality Standards.

  Rapid bioassessment protocols (RBPs), based on those developed by the USEPA, are used to monitor the integrity of the benthic
  macroinvertebrate community. A targeted sampling design is employed whereby sites are selected for upstream/downstream
  comparisons, comparisons against a regional or surrogate reference, or for long-term trend monitoring. Based on scoring of several
  metrics, four categories of impairment are  discerned by the RBP analysis (non-impaired, slightly impaired, moderately impaired,
  and severely impaired). Approximately 50-75 sites are assessed each year in accordance with a rotating watershed monitoring
  scheme.

  The analysis of the structure of the  finfish community as a measure of biological integrity is another component of the water quality
  monitoring program. MADEP utilizes a standardized method based on RBP V (USEPA 1989) to improve data comparability among
  wadeable sampling sites. The fish collection procedures involve sampling habitats in relative proportion to their local availability. A
  representative 100-meter stream reach is selected to include the primary physical habitat characteristics of the stream (i.e., riffle, run,
  and pool habitats). Electrofishing is the preferred method for obtaining a representative sample of the fish community at each
  sampling site. Fish (except young-of-the-year) collected within the study reach are identified to species, counted, and examined for
  external anomalies, (i.e., deformities, eroded fins, lesions, and tumors). Aquatic life use-support status is derived from a knowledge of
  the environmental requirements (e.g., water temperature and clarity, dissolved oxygen content) and relative tolerance to water
  pollution of the species collected.

  Algae represent a third  community that may be assessed. The analysis of the attached algae or periphyton community in shallow
  streams, or the phytoplankton in deeper rivers and lakes employs an indicator species approach whereby inferences on water quality
  conditions are drawn from an understanding of the environmental preferences and tolerances of the species present. Because the
  algal community typically exhibits dramatic temporal shifts in species composition throughout a single growing season, results from a
  single sampling event are generally not indicative of historical conditions. For this reason the information gained from the algal
  community assessment is more useful as a supplement to the assessments of other communities that serve to integrate conditions
  over a longer time period.

  In addition to the community analyses described above, MADEP also collects some fish to be assayed for the presence of toxic
  contaminants in their tissues. The goal of this monitoring element is primarily to provide data for the assessment of the risk to human
  consumers  associated with the consumption of freshwater finfish. In the past fish collection efforts were generally restricted to
  waterbodies where wastewater discharge data or previous water quality studies indicated potential toxic contamination problems.
  More recently, concerns about mercury contamination from both local and far-field sources have led to a broader survey of
  waterbodies throughout Massachusetts. In  both cases, nonetheless, the analyses have been restricted to edible fish fillets.


  Documentation  and Further Information

  Commonwealth of Massachusetts Summary of Water Quality  2000

  Massachusetts Surface Water Quality Standards, May 1997: http://www.state.ma.us/dep/bwp/iww/files/314004.pdf

  For a list of online resources, go to: http://www.state.ma.us/dep/brp/wm/wmpubs.htmtfother

  Jessup, B.K., J. Gerritsen, M.T. Barbour, and R. Haynes. 2001. Analysis and Interpretation of Pilot Study Data as an Initial Step
  in the Development of Biological Criteria for Streams and Small Rivers in  Massachusetts.  Prepared by Tetra Tech,  Inc., for
  Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection, Worcester, MA.
MASSACHUSETTS: Program Summary
                                                   December 2002
                                                                                                                3-85

-------
 MASSACHUSETTS
 Contact Information
 Arthur S. Johnson, Environmental Monitoring Coordinator
 Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection (MADEP)
 627 Main Street • Worcester, MA 01608
 Phone 508/767-2873 • Fax 508/791-4131
 email: arthur.iohnson@state.ma.us
  Programmatic Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations, ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other: development of numeric biocriteria
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (specific river
basins or watersheds)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin (specific river basins or watersheds)
other:
 Stream Miles
 Total miles                                      8,229
 (determined using a state based program)
 Total perennial miles                                  7,133
 Total miles assessed for biology                1,344
     fully supporting for 305(b)                            649
     partially/non-supporting for 305(b)                     695
     listed for 303(d)                                    695
     number of sites sampled (on an annual basis)*          ~100
     number of miles assessed per site*             site specific
                                  1,344 Miles Assessed for Biology
                                    [7]  "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                    O  "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
The number of sites sampled varies annually, as does the number of miles assessed per site.
MASSACHUSETTS: Program Summary
                                               December 2002
                                                                                                        3-86

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU)  Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Warm water vs. Cold water

Three designations:
1. General Aquatic Life Support 2. Cold Water/Warm Water Fishery
3. Shellfish Harvesting
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
none - General aquatic life statement found in WQS; informal process
in place to translate RBP metrics to level of use support.
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental
 data (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
Information discussed in water quality assessment reports along with
recommendations for management, restoration and further monitoring.
  Reference Site/Condition  Development
 Number of reference sites
                               5 -10 total (on an annual basis)*
 Reference site
 determinations
 Reference site criteria
 Characterization of
 reference sites within a
 regional context
 Stream stratification within
 regional reference
 conditions
 Additional information
    site-specific

    paired watersheds

    regional (aggregate of sites)

    professional judgment

    other:
Least impacted by known point discharges; least impacted by riparian
zone land uses; habitat qualities comparable to test sites.  For regional
reference sites MADEP attempts to locate the least-disturbed sites by
conducting extensive reconnaissance throughout the watershed and
selecting sites that do not appear to have point or nonpoint sources of
pollution upstream from them.  Reference sites that represent the
various sub-ecoregions that exist in Massachusetts are gradually being
identified. This process is not yet complete, however.
    historical conditions

    least disturbed sites

    gradient response

    professional judgment

    other:
    ecoregions (or some aggregate)

    elevation

    stream type

    multivariate grouping

    jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)

    other: MADEP is working on identifying reference sites to
    represent various sub-ecoregions
    reference sites linked to ALU

    reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards

    some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
    conditions
*MADEP does not have a fixed set of reference stations situated throughout the state.  Rather, during the rotating basin schedule
MADEP reconnaissances new reference sites depending upon where the sampling will take place. Therefore the number of
reference sites may vary from year to year.
MASSACHUSETTS: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                            3-87

-------
  Field and Lab  Methods
 Assemblages assessed
                                  benthos (<100 samples/year, single season, multiple sites- watershed level)
                                  fish (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - watershed level)
                                  periphyton (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - some at watershed level)
                                  other: macrophytes (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - not at watershed
                                  level)
  Benthos
      sampling gear

      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                              multi-plate, rock baskets, collect by hand, single-pole kick-net (45 cm, rectangular, 500-600
                              micron mesh)
                              riffle/run (cobble)
                              100 count
                              combination-genus, species
  Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
                              backpack electrofisher, boat electrofisher, seine; 1/8", 3/16" and 1/4" mesh
                              multihabitat
                              length measurement, biomass - individual, anomalies
                              all species, 25 individuals of each
                              sub-species
  Periphyton
      sampling gear

      habitat selection
      sample processing
      taxonomy
                              natural substrate: suction device, brushing/scraping device (razor, toothbrush, etc.), collect
                              by hand; artificial substrate: microslides or other suitable substratum
                              richest habitat, riffle/run (cobble), multihabitat, artificial substrate
                              chlorophyll a/ phaeophytin, biomass, taxonomic identification
                              genus level for soft-bodied algae when possible; diatoms are not cleared
  Habitat assessments
                              visual based; performed with bioassessments
  Quality assurance program
  elements
                              standard operating procedures; quality assurance plan; periodic meetings, training for
                              biologists; limited taxonomic proficiency checks; specimen archival
  Data analysis tools and
  methods
Data Analysis and Interpretation
                                  summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                  parametric ANOVAs
                                  multivariate analysis
                                  biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
                                  disturbance gradients
                                  other:
  Multimetric thresholds*
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
                              Follow 1989 EPA RBP guidelines (Figure 6.3-4)

                              Follow 1989 EPA RBP guidelines: anything <83% of reference is
                              impaired/impacted
  Evaluation of performance
  characteristics
                                  repeat sampling

                                  precision (duplicate sampling)
                                  sensitivity
                                  bias
                                  accuracy
  Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
                              MS Access 2000
                              MS Access 2000 - benthos database customized from EDAS
'Everything is determined relative to the reference sites; however some parts of this have been refined, including the similarity index
thresholds, and MADEP hopes to use biocriteria data to further modify thresholds.  MADEP has also evaluated a model community
at order level as a substitute for similarity indices (see Novak & Bode, 1992).
MASSACHUSETTS: Program Summary
                                                   December 2002
                                                                                                               3-8

-------
 MICHIGAN
 Contact Information

 William Creal, Environmental Manager
 Michigan Department of Environmental Quality (MDEQ)
 P.O. Box 30273 • Lansing, Ml 48909
 Phone 517/335-4181  • Fax 517/241-8133
 email: crealw@michigan.gov
 MDEQ Water homepage: http://www.michigan.goV/deg/1,1607,7-135-3313—.OO.html
  Program  Description

  In 1997, the Michigan Department of Environmental Quality (MDEQ) completed a report entitled, A Strategic Environmental
  Quality Monitoring Program for Michigan's Surface Waters (Strategy). This Strategy describes the monitoring activities necessary
  for a comprehensive assessment of water quality in Michigan's surface waters. One component of the Strategy is expanded and
  improved monitoring of biological integrity and physical habitat.

  This program element includes all monitoring conducted for fish and benthic invertebrate community structure, nuisance aquatic
  plants, algae, and slimes, and assessment of physical habitat. The MDEQ's goal in conducting watershed surveys is to assess
  80 percent of the stream and river miles in Michigan over a five-year period.

  Enhanced biological integrity and physical habitat monitoring is consistent with existing MDEQ programs and activities. MDEQ
  uses the existing five-year basin units defined by the NPDES permitting program, which includes 45 watershed units based on
  drainage to the four Great Lakes. Monitoring activities in each watershed include not only biological integrity, but also fish and
  wildlife contaminant studies, water chemistry, and sediment chemistry.  Integrating the  enhanced biological monitoring with the
  other activities, within the framework of the five-year permitting cycle, will ensure that the monitoring is closely linked with other
  MDEQ programs and contributes to resource management decisions.  Specific objectives of biological integrity and physical
  habitat monitoring are to:
      1.    Determine whether waters of the state are attaining standards for aquatic life.
      2.   Assess the biological integrity of the waters of the state.
      3.    Determine the extent to which sedimentation in surface waters is impacting indigenous aquatic life.
      4.    Determine whether the biological integrity of surface waters is changing with time.
      5.   Assess the effectiveness of BMPs and other restoration efforts in protecting  and/or restoring biological integrity and
           physical habitat.
      6.    Evaluate the overall effectiveness of MDEQ programs in protecting the  biological integrity of surface waters.
      7.    Identify waters that are high quality, as well as those that are not meeting standards.
      8.    Identify the waters of the state that are impacted by nuisance aquatic plants,  algae, and bacterial slimes.

  Rapid, qualitative biological assessments of wadeable streams and rivers are  conducted using the Great Lakes and
  Environmental Assessment Section Procedure 51, which compares fish and benthic invertebrate communities at a site to the
  communities that are expected at an un-impacted, or reference, site. This is a  key tool used by MDEQ to determine whether
  waterbodies are attaining Michigan WQS. Because Procedure 51 is meant to  be a qualitative, rapid assessment tool, the MDEQ
  established a contract with the Great Lakes Environmental Center to develop a statistically valid sample design and procedure
  for detection of trends using benthic macroinvertebrates. This project is scheduled for completion in January 2003.

  All biological community data are entered into MDEQ's MS Access database.  Biological and habitat data collected as part of the
  five-year watershed surveys are summarized in watershed reports. The list of these reports is stored in a database that will be
  accessible to the public via the MDEQ Surface Water Quality Division's website.
  Documentation and Further Information

  Michigan Water Quality Report (Year 2000 305(b) Report):
  http://www.michigan.goV/deq/1,1607,7-135-3313 3686 3728-12711 -.00.html

  CWA Section 303(d) List Michigan Submittal for Year 2002:
  http://www.deq.state.mi.us/documents/deq-swq-gleas-303 d Rpt2002b.pdf

  Michigan's WQS, revised April 1999: http://www.deq.state.mi.us/documents/deq-swq-gleas-305b2002Appl.doc

  MDEQ Biosurveys website:
  http://www.michiqan.goV/deq/0,1607,7-135-3313 3686 3728-32369-.OO.html


MICHIGAN: Program Summary                       December 2002                                              3-89

-------
 MICHIGAN
 Contact Information
 William Creal, Environmental Manager
 Michigan Department of Environmental Quality (MDEQ)
 P.O. Box 30273 • Lansing, Ml 48909
 Phone 517/335-4181  • Fax 517/241-8133
 email: crealw@michigan.gov
  Programmatic Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose)
(special projects only)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin (specific river basins or watersheds and
comprehensive  use throughout jurisdiction)
other:
 Stream Miles
 Total miles
 (determined using RF3)
 Total perennial miles
 Total miles assessed for biology
     fully supporting for 305(b)
     partially/non-supporting for 305(b)
     listed for 303(d)
     number of sites sampled
     number of miles assessed per site
                 49,141

                  27,873
                 21,469
                  15,469
                   6,000
                   2,600
                   3,500
                                  21,469 Miles Assessed for Biology
                                         "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                         "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
MICHIGAN: Program Summary
                                                December 2002
                                                                                                           3-90

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and  Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Warm Water vs. Cold Water

Three designations: coldwater fisheries, warmwater fisheries, and
other indigenous aquatic life and wildlife (per Rule 100 of Michigan's
WQS). Coldwater fishery includes any of the following: trout,
salmon, whitefish, Cisco. Warmwater fishery includes fish species
that thrive in relatively warmwater, including any of the following:
bass, pike, walleye, panfish.
  Narrative Biocriteria in WQS    none*
  Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
                              none
  Uses of bioassessment data
  in integrated assessments
  with other environmental
  data (e.g., toxicity testing and
  chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
  Uses of bioassessment/       TMDL listing and delisting decisions
  biocriteria in making
  management decisions
  regarding restoration of
  aquatic resources to a
  designated ALU

'Michigan does not have narrative biocriteria, per se. However, Ml does have tiered ALU designations and numeric procedures (the
Gleas Procedure #51) to implement WQS, evaluate nonpoint source impacts, and assess designated uses.  According to MDEQ's
Qualitative and Biological Biological Survey Protocols for Wadeable Streams and Rivers (Procedure #51), "The development of
these biological and habitat survey protocols was a result of the increasing demand for a more vigorous and standardized evaluation
of nonpoint source impacts. The nature and diversity of the causes of nonpoint pollution created a need for greater refinement and
sophistication of the Surface Water Quality Division's standard biological survey procedures in order to assess the degree and
causes of these biological impacts."
  Reference Site/Condition Development
  Number of reference sites
                              200 total
Reference site
determinations
Reference site criteria
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Not applicable
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Additional information
/




site-specific
paired watersheds
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment
other:
excellent biota present





/







/
historical conditions
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other:
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
elevation
stream type
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
other:
reference sites linked to ALU
reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards
some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
conditions
MICHIGAN: Program Summary
                                                December 2002
                                                                                                           3-91

-------
Field and Lab Methods
Assemblages assessed
                                   benthos (>500 samples/year; single season, multiple sites- watershed level)
                                   fish (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - watershed level)
                                   periphyton
                                   other:
 Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                             D-frame and dipnet; 800-900 micron mesh
                             multihabitat
                             100 count
                             combination - family, genus
 Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
                             backpack electrofisher and pram unit (tote barge)
                             multihabitat
                             length measurement and anomalies
                             none
                             species
 Habitat assessments
                             visual based; performed with bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
                             standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings and
                             training for biologists, specimen archival
  Data Analysis and Interpretation
 Data analysis tools and
 methods
                                  summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                  parametric ANOVAs
                                  multivariate analysis
                                  biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
                                  disturbance gradients
                                  other:
 Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
                             Two standard deviations from excellent condition

                             Two standard deviations from excellent condition
 Evaluation of performance
 characteristics
                                  repeat sampling
                                  precision (repeat sampling by teams during round robins over
                                  the years)
                                  sensitivity
                                  bias
                                  accuracy
 Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
                             MS Access database, spreadsheets
                             SAS, Systat and Statistica
MICHIGAN: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                             3-92

-------
 MINNESOTA
 Contact Information

 Scott Niemela, Research Scientist
 Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA)
 520 Lafayette Road • St. Paul, MN 55155
 Phone 651/296-8878 • Fax 651/297-8324
 email: scott.niemela@pca.state.mn.us
 MPCA Water homepage: http://www.pca.state.mn.us/water/index.html
 Program Description

 The Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) Biological Assessment Unit, located in the Environmental
 Standards and Analysis Section, performs many functions integral to water quality decision-making.  Among these,
 the Unit:

     Develops biological measures of ecological integrity for streams and wetlands.
     Collects and analyzes biological monitoring data.
     Builds a biological monitoring system that includes streams in the 10 major river basins.
     Lays the groundwork for the development of biological indicators for lakes and large rivers.
     Determines biological impairments of rivers and streams for use in TMDL studies
     Coordinates creation  of TMDL listing.
 Documentation and Further Information

 2000 Minnesota Water Quality: Surface Water Section, Years 1998 -1999 305(b) Report:
 http://www.pca.state.mn.us/publications/reports/305bfinalreport-2000.pdf

 Stream Assessment Methods for Use Support: http://www.pca.state.mn.us/water/basins/method98.pdf

 MPCA Water Quality Criteria - Aquatic Life Use Support in Rivers and Streams:
 http://www.pca.state.mn.us/water/basins/rivkey98.pdf

 Minnesota Lake Water Quality Assessment Data: 2000: http://www.pca.state.mn.us/water/pubs/lwqar.pdf

 MPCA Environmental Outcomes Division website: http://www.pca.state.mn.us/about/eod.html
MINNESOTA: Program Summary
                                            December 2002
                                                                                                 3-93

-------
 MINNESOTA
 Contact Information
 Scott Niemela, Research Scientist
 Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA)
 520 Lafayette Road • St. Paul, MN 55155
 Phone 651/296-8878 • Fax 651/297-8324
 email: scott.niemela@pca.state.mn.us
  Programmatic  Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (in specific
river basins or watersheds for biocriteria development, problem
investigation, and effectiveness monitoring)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin (in specific river basins or watersheds for
condition monitoring and biocriteria development)
other: probabilistic by major basin
 Stream Miles
 Total miles                                         91,944
 (determined using National Hydrography Database)
 Total perennial miles                                    32,985
 Total miles assessed for biology*                   2,°47
     fully supporting for 305(b)                             1,575
     partially/non-supporting for 305(b)                        472
     listed for 303(d)                                       785
     number of sites sampled (on an annual basis)              100
     number of miles assessed per site                 depends on
                                                segment length
                                     2,047 Miles Assessed for Biology
                                           ,' ,"',•  1,575 miles -•'•,
                                      [Tj  "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                      Q  "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
The discrepancy between 305(b) and 303(d) miles is due to a change in methods related to the threshold level of impairment. The
numbers for 303(d) reflect the information from the latest proposed 303(d) list using the new threshold levels. The 305(b) miles will
reflect the old threshold levels until the next 305(b) assessments occur.
MINNESOTA: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                            3-94

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Class System (1,2,3), Fishery Based Uses and Warm Water vs. Cold Water

Aquatic life and recreation, Class 2.  4 subclasses: 2A, cold water (salmonid)
fishery; 2B cool & warm water fishery; 2C, "indigenous" fishery; 2D, wetlands
  Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
  Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
Numeric procedures to implement narrative biocriteria are in separate
Guidance documents, not part of the water quality standards.
  Uses of bioassessment data
  in integrated assessments
  with other environmental
  data (e.g., toxicity testing and
  chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
  Uses of bioassessment/
  biocriteria in making
  management decisions
  regarding restoration of
  aquatic resources to a
  designated ALU
Bioassessment information is being used in the TMDL process and to support
decisions regarding permitted discharges.
  Reference Site/Condition Development
  Number of reference sites
                               35 total
  Reference site
  determinations*
  Reference site criteria
 Characterization of
 reference sites within a
 regional context
 Stream stratification within
 regional reference
 conditions
 Additional information
    site-specific

    paired watersheds

    regional (aggregate of sites)

    professional judgment

    other:
Reference sites are defined as minimally disturbed reaches/areas within a
specific geographic region, within a given aquatic classification framework.
The criteria used to define reference sites are based on biology, landuse, and
habitat and are adjusted by region (basin, ecoregion, etc).
    historical conditions

    least disturbed sites

    gradient response

    professional judgment

    other:**
    ecoregions (or some aggregate)

    elevation

    stream type

    multivariate grouping

    jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)

    other: At this time MPCA is using major river basin as a framework. This
    could change once a statewide database is developed.
    reference sites linked to ALU

    reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards

    some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced conditions
'Candidate reference sites are initially selected using GIS coverages including landuse, point source, ditching, and feedlot. After the
biological sampling has occurred, reference sites are chosen using the biological, habitat, and GIS based information.

"There are regions within Minnesota where minimally impacted reference sites will eventually be identified. MPCA has not had the
opportunity to develop biological criteria for these areas yet, but is planning to do so within the next five to ten years.
MINNESOTA: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                              3-95

-------
Field and Lab Methods
Assemblages assessed
                                    benthos (100-500 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - watershed
                                    level)
                                    fish (100-500 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - watershed level)
                                    periphyton
                                    other: macrophytes (<100 samples/year; single season multiple sites - not at
                                    watershed level)
 Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                              D-frame; 500-600 micron mesh
                              multihabitat
                              300 count
                              genus
 Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
                              backpack and boat electrofishers, and pram unit (tote barge)
                              multihabitat
                              length measurement, biomass - batch and anomalies
                              none
                              species
 Habitat assessments
                              quantitative measurements; performed with bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
                              standard operating procedures, periodic meetings and training for biologists,
                              sorting and taxonomic proficiency checks, specimen archival
  Data Analysis  and Interpretation
 Data analysis tools and
 methods
                                  summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                  parametric ANOVAs
                                  multivariate analysis
                                  biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
                                  disturbance gradients
                                  other:
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a  multimetric index
                              95th percentile of all sites
                              The percentile of the reference population will vary by major basin
                              because of wide variability between basins regarding the level of
                              human disturbance.
 Evaluation of performance
 characteristics
                                  repeat sampling (10% of all sites are repeated during a season)
                                  precision (A multiyear study, currently 5 years long, is being
                                  conducted to evaluate the precision oflBI scores over a long
                                  term period.  This work is taking place at reference sites and
                                  degraded sites - ten sites total.)
                                  sensitivity (sensitivity has been examined by evaluating IBI
                                  scores against gradients of disturbance)
                                  bias
                                  accuracy (accuracy has been informally examined by
                                  comparison of IBI scores to expected results from a
                                  landuse/habitat rating score)
 Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
                              database (details not provided)
                              Systat
MINNESOTA: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                               3-96

-------
 MISSISSIPPI
 Contact Information

 Randy Reed, Chief, Water Quality Assessment Branch
 Mississippi Department of Environmental Quality (MDEQ)
 P.O. Box 10385 • Jackson, MS 39289-0385
 Phone 601/961-5158 • Fax 601/961-5357
 email: randy reed@deq.state.ms.us
 MDEQ homepage:
 http://www.deq.state.ms.us
 Program Description

 The Mississippi Department of Environmental Quality (MDEQ) has a Surface Water Monitoring Program (SWMP),
 which:

     Meets the requirements of Section 106 of CWA,
     Monitors, assesses and reports overall status and trends of surface water quality state-wide,
     Identifies impaired waterbodies and determines causes and sources of impairment,
     Determines effectiveness and supports monitoring and assessment activities of other Surface Water Division
     (SWD) Programs,
     Addresses surface water quality issues and economic development interests of public concern, and
     Determines better ways of monitoring and assessing surface waters.

 Biological data collection, assessment and reporting are an integral component of MDEQ's SWMP and have been
 for many years. In addition, biological data are a primary assessment component of MDEQ's 305(b) and 303(d)
 reporting processes. Specifically, macroinvertebrate assessment results are used in the process of determining
 aquatic life use support and for identifying impaired waterbodies. Macroinvertebrate data are also used to
 complement other environmental data throughout the TMDL process, including stressor identification and TMDL
 implementation monitoring. A probabilistic survey design is planned for incorporation into MDEQ's ongoing
 ambient monitoring network in the future. This approach is intended to produce a more accurate, scientifically
 defensible and comprehensive assessment of biological condition throughout the state. This will result in
 collection of biological data at a combination of fixed and random stations each year in conjunction with MS DEQ's
 Basin Management Approach.

 In 2001, MDEQ redesigned its biological monitoring and assessment program to include more rigorous training;
 field sampling; laboratory sorting, subsampling, and taxonomy; analytical methods;  and documentation.  It included
 a comprehensive QA Project Plan with detailed standard operating procedures (SOPs), revision of data entry and
 database management procedures, and documentation of data quality characteristics throughout the entire
 assessment process. Approximately 450 wadeable stream sites were sampled statewide with the exception of the
 MS River Alluvial Plain during  a winter index period for benthic macroinvertebrates, physical  habitat quality,
 substrate particle size distribution,  and selected field and analytical chemistry.  Using GIS, the drainage area for
 the each site was delineated and land use characterized. For five bioregions, reference conditions were
 developed based on the concept of "best attainable" conditions, and a multimetric index of biological integrity
 calibrated, the Mississippi Benthic  Index of Stream Quality (M-BISQ).
 Documentation and Further Information

 Sfafe of Mississippi Water Quality Assessment 2002 Section 305(b) Report, Big Black River Basin Supplement
 http://www.deq.state.ms.us Click: OPC then Surface Water then 305(b)

 Sfate of Mississippi 2002 List of Waterbodies, 303(d) Report: http://www.deq.state.ms.us Click: TMDLs

 Sfate of Mississippi Water Quality Criteria for Intrastate, Interstate and Coastal Waters, October 2002:
 http://www.deq.state.ms.us Click: MDEQ Regulations then By Type then Water then WPC-1

 Quality Assurance Project Plan for 303(d) List Assessment and Calibration of the Index of Biological Integrity for
 Wadeable Streams in Mississippi.

 Development and Application of the Mississippi Benthic Index of Stream Quality (M-BISQ).
MISSISSIPPI: Program Summary                   December 2002                                          3-97

-------
 MISSISSIPPI
 Contact Information
 Randy Reed, Chief, Water Quality Assessment Branch
 Mississippi Department of Environmental Quality (MDEQ)
 P.O. Box 10385 • Jackson, MS 39289-0385
 Phone 601/961-5158 • Fax 601/961-5357
 email: randy reed@deq.state.ms.us
 Programmatic Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose)
(comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
(comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin (comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
other:
 Stream Miles
 Total miles
 (determined using RF3)
 Total perennial miles
 Total miles assessed for biology
     fully attaining ALUS for 305(b)
     not fully attaining ALUS for 305(b)
     listed for 303(d)
     number of sites sampled
     number of miles assessed per site
               84,003
                 26,454
                5,458
                  2,410
                  3,048
                  3,048
                   455
                   -12
                               5,458 Miles Assessed for Biology
"fully supporting" for 305(b)
"partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
*MDEQ implemented a new biological assessment program (started in fall, 2001). Miles assessed for biology and 305(b)/303(d)
numbers reflect this change and vary significantly from previous assessments.
NOTE: All information contained in this summary refers to procedures adopted under the new bioassessment program.
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
MISSISSIPPI: Program Summary
                                             December 2002
                                                                                                    3-98

-------
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Single Aquatic Life Use

One designation:  Fish and Wildlife (biological data are only
assessed for fish and wildlife classification)
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
Presently, there are no written informal/formal numeric procedures to
support narrative biocriteria decisions. Available procedures support
a general aquatic life standard.
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental
 data (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria  in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
  Reference Site/Condition Development
 Number of reference sites
                              83 total
Reference site
determinations
Reference site criteria
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Additional information


/


site-specific
paired watersheds
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment
other:
Surrounding landuse, physical habitat, substrate particle
chemistry, biology, and historical information.

/








/
/

/
size, water
historical conditions
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other:
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
elevation
stream type
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
other: bioregion
reference sites linked to ALU
reference sites/condition referenced in water quality
standards
some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
conditions
MISSISSIPPI: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                           3-99

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed
     benthos (100-500 samples/year, single season, multiple sites - broad
     coverage)
     fish
     periphyton
     other:
  Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
D-frame net (800 x 900 micron mesh) for wadeable streams
multihabitat
200 count
genus
  Habitat assessments
  Quality assurance program
  elements
visual based habitat assessment and modified Wolman Pebble Count; performed
with bioassessments
standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings and
training for biologists, field and laboratory performance audits, sorting and
taxonomic proficiency checks, specimen archival
  Data Analysis and Interpretation
  Data analysis tools and
  methods
    summary tables, illustrative graphs
    parametric ANOVAs
    multivariate analysis*
    biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
    disturbance gradients
    other:
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
95th percentile of all sites

25th percentile of reference condition
  Evaluation of performance
  characteristics**
     repeat sampling (different team, same reach; same team,
     adjacent reach)
     precision (repeat & duplicate field samples, repeat sorting,
     taxonomic & data checks)
     sensitivity (disturbance gradient for reference & degraded
     streams)
     bias (repeat, duplicate samples)
     accuracy (discrimination efficiency)
  Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
EDAS
Systat, Statistica and EDAS
* Multivariate analysis is being used to develop the new index, but the subsequent analysis of biological data will be multimetric.
"Additional evaluation procedures of performance characteristics include: field (biological, habitat and chemistry repeats), lab
(pickate rechecks, QC checks), taxonomy (two taxonomists and a third party for precision; reference collection), data entry QC, and
metric calculation QC checks.
MISSISSIPPI: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                              3-100

-------
 MISSOURI
 Contact Information

 Randy Sarver, Aquatic Bioassessment Unit Supervisor
 Missouri Department of Natural Resources (MDNR)
 P.O. Box 176 • Jefferson City, MO 65102
 Phone 573/526-3365 • Fax 573/526-3350
 email: nrsarvr@mail.dnr.state.mo.us
 website: http://www.dnr.state.mo.us/water.htm

 Steve Fischer, Fisheries Research Biologist
 Missouri Department of Conservation (MDC)
 1110 South College Avenue • Columbia, MO 65201
 Phone 573/882-9880 X3271 • Fax 573/882-4517
 email: fischsa@mail.conservation.state.mo.us
 website: http://www.conservation.state.mo.us/
  Program Description

  The overall aquatic biological assessment program for Missouri streams and wadeable rivers is a multi-agency collaborative
  effort between the Missouri Department of Conservation (MDC), the Missouri Department of Natural Resources (MDNR), The
  University of Missouri-Columbia, and the USEPA. The overall program involves a Resource Assessment and Monitoring
  Program, biological criteria development, monitoring of targeted sites to determine compliance with the designated use of aquatic
  life protection in the standards, monitoring for303(d) purposes, and the development of a stream classification system
  framework.

  The Resource Assessment and Monitoring Program is committed to sampling 120 sites per year beginning in 2002. These sites
  are a combination of targeted reference sites and randomly selected sites. The MDC is responsible for fish sampling, physical
  habitat assessment, and water quality contaminant sampling (to be analyzed by the USEPA). The MDNR is  responsible for
  sampling macroinvertebrates at 30% of the sites. For the remainder of the sites, samples are collected by MDC and analyzed by
  the University of Missouri-Columbia. The Resource Assessment and Monitoring Program operates on a five year cycle with
  statewide random sites collected for one year and random sites in  priority watersheds collected for four years.  Data will be used
  to report on the status of Missouri's streams and wadeable rivers.

  The MDNR initiated biological criteria development for wadeable, perennial streams in 1992.  Numeric biocriteria for one trophic
  level (macroinvertebrate communities) were completed in February 2002.  This effort  also involved the cooperation of the
  University of Missouri-Columbia, School of Natural  Resources and the Missouri Resource Assessment Partnership. Future
  biological criteria  efforts will add an additional trophic level (fish communities) to wadeable, perennial streams and will initiate a
  low level effort to  develop numeric criteria for other size ranges of streams and rivers. The numeric criteria and associated
  components have been used to evaluate compliance with the designated use of aquatic life protection as well as in the
  assessment of biological communities for 303(d) purposes.

  The Missouri Resource Assessment Partnership is an interagency partnership that provides expertise in geographic information
  systems, remote sensing, and natural resource management. Since 1997, the Missouri Resource Assessment Partnership has
  been in the process of developing a hierarchical classification framework for Missouri's stream resources.  This framework is
  expected to provide the foundation for biological study designs in the Resource Assessment and Monitoring  Program, biological
  criteria, and targeted studies concerning the designated use of aquatic life protection  and 303(d) purposes.
  Documentation and  Further Information

  Methodology for the 2002 303(d) list, 1998 303(d) list, and Missouri's Water Quality Standards and criteria are all available on
  the MDNR Water Pollution Control Program  homepage: http://www.dnr.state.mo.us/deq/wpcp/homewpcp.htm

  Fischer, S.A.  2002.  Resource Assessment and Monitoring Program: Standard Operating Procedures - fish sampling. Missouri
  Department of Conservation, Columbia, MO.

  Sarver, R., S. Harlan, C. Rabeni, and S. Sowa.  2001.  Draft Report - Biological Criteria for Wadeable/Perennial Streams of
  Missouri. Prepared by Missouri Department of Natural Resources, Air and Land Protection Division, Environmental Services
  Program.

  Also available through MDNR: Semi-quantitative Macroinvertebrate Stream Bioassessment Project Procedure (2001); Stream
  Habitat Assessment Project Procedure (2000); Macroinvertebrate Levels of Taxonomy SOP/FSS/209 (1998); Biological Criteria
  for Streams of Missouri - A Final Report to the MO Department of Natural Resources, University of Missouri, Cooperative Fish
  and Wildlife Unit; Quality Control Procedures for Data Processing (2001) MDNR/WQMS/214.
MISSOURI: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                             3-101

-------
 MISSOURI
 Contact Information
 Randy Sarver, Aquatic Bioassessment Unit Supervisor
 Missouri Department of Natural Resources (MDNR)
 P.O. Box 176 • Jefferson City, MO 65102
 Phone 573/526-3365 • Fax 573/526-3350
 email: nrsarvr@mail.dnr.state.mo.us
 Steve Fischer, Fisheries Research Biologist
 Missouri Department of Conservation (MDC)
 1110 South College Avenue • Columbia, MO 65201
 Phone 573/882-9880 X3271 • Fax 573/882-4517
 email: fischsa@mail.conservation.state.mo.us
  Programmatic  Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions (MDNR only)
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (comprehensive use
throughout jurisdiction by MDNR)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area (comprehensive use
throughout jurisdiction and in specific river basins or watersheds by MDC)
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide (comprehensive use throughout
jurisdiction and in specific river basins or watersheds by MDC)
rotating basin fused in specific rivers basins or watersheds by MDNR)
other: reference site monitoring
 Stream Miles
 Total miles
 (estimated using National Hydrography Database)
 Total perennial miles
 Total miles assessed for biology*
     fully supporting for 305(b)
     partially/non-supporting for 305(b)
     listed for 303(d)
     number of sites sampled (on an annual basis)
     number of miles assessed per site
                       52,194

                        22,194
                       21,996
                        11,519
                        10,477
                           n/a
                          200
              site specific (MDC)
                  0.25 (MDNR)
                                       21,996 Miles Assessed for Biology
D
"fully supporting" for 305(b)
"partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
'Miles assessed for aquatic life as reported in Missouri's draft 2002 305(b) Water
Quality Report are based on biological, chemical, physical and toxicological data. The status and number of stream miles assessed
exclusively for biology is not readily available.
MISSOURI: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                           3-102

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU)  Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Warm Water vs. Cold Water

Four designations: General Warm Water Aquatic Life, Limited Warm Water
Aquatic Life, Cool Water Fisheries, and Cold Water Fisheries
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
Procedures used to support narrative biocriteria located in SOPs and draft
biocriteria document for wadeable/perennial streams housed at MDNR/Air
and Land Protection Division, Environmental Services Program

under development (Numeric biocriteria for macroinvertebrate communities
in wadeable, perennial streams will be completed sometime in 2002.
These criteria are intended for inclusion in the water quality standards
during the next triennial WQS review.)
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental
 data (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
                               none
  Reference Site/Condition  Development
 Number of reference sites
                               62 total
 Reference site
 determinations
    site-specific (MDC)

    paired watersheds

    regional (aggregate of sites)

    professional judgment (MDC)

    other: Missouri Ecologic Drainage Units/VST layer (MDC)
 Reference site criteria
Representative of ecoregion and stream size, and in natural condition with
respect to habitat, water quality, biological integrity and diversity, watershed
land use and riparian conditions
Disturbed habitat = <75% comparable to reference (MDNR)

MDC uses R-EMAP terminology: perennial flow, relatively high
heterogeneity of substrate materials, natural channel morphology, natural
hydrograph, natural water color
 Characterization of
 reference sites within a
 regional context
    historical conditions

    least disturbed sites

    gradient response

    professional judgment

    other: minimally disturbed in the Ozarks
 Stream stratification within
 regional reference
 conditions
    ecoregions (or some aggregate)

    elevation

    stream type (MDNR)

    multivariate grouping

    jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)

    other: MDC is attempting to put reference sites into each of Missouri's
    17 Ecologic Drainage Units.
 Additional information
    reference sites linked to ALU

    reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards (Server
    etal. 2001)

    some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced conditions
MISSOURI: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                           3-103

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed
                                 benthos (100 - 500 samples per year, single season, multiple sites - broad
                                 coverage by MDC; multiple seasons, multiple sites - broad coverage for
                                 watershed level by MDNR)
                                 fish (100 - 500 samples per year; single season, multiple sites - broad
                                 coverage by MDC only)
                                 periphyton
                                 other:
 Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                             kick net, 500 micron mesh nitex bag
                             multihabitat
                             900 for glide/pool streams, 1200 for riffle/pool streams
                             genus, species
 Fish
      sampling gear

      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
                             backpack electrofisher, pram unit (tote barge), and seines;
                             3/16" mesh for 12' net and 114" mesh for 30' net
                             multihabitat
                             biomass - batch
                             batch
                             species
 Habitat assessments
                             visual based, quantitative measurements (MDC), stream width and discharge
                             (MDNR); performed with bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
                             standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings and
                             training for biologists, sorting and taxonomic proficiency checks, specimen archival,
                             MDNR data entry QC, certification program for bioassessment within MDC
 Data analysis tools and
 methods
Data Analysis and Interpretation
                                 summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                 parametric ANOVAs
                                 multivariate analysis
                                 biological metrics (aggregate metrics into index)
                                 disturbance gradients
                                 other:
 Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
                             25th percentile of reference population (MDNR)', some based on log
                             10 mean wetted width, mean proportion of reference sites, or specific
                             percentiles (MDC)
                             cumulative score equivalent to 81% of reference condition (MDNR)
 Multivariate thresholds
      defining impairment in
      a multivariate index
                             significant departure from mean of reference population (MDC),
                             threshold not used by MDNR for criteria but as supporting
                             information only
 Evaluation of performance
 characteristics
                                 repeat sampling (multiple seasons and years by MDNR, annual
                                 revisits by MDC)
                                 precision (10% duplicates within reach by MDNR)
                                 sensitivity (evaluated in MDNR pilot project)
                                 bias (MDNR eliminated redundant metrics during pilot project,
                                 multiple techniques used by MDC)
                                 accuracy
 Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
                             STORE! (MDC), MS Access
                             SAS (MDC), Programming in Visual Basics for MS Access and
                             Sigmastat (MDNR)
MISSOURI: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                            3-104

-------
 MONTANA
 Contact Information

 Rosie Sada de Suplee, Aquatic Microbiologist
 Montana Department of Environmental Quality (DEQ)
 1520 East 6th Avenue • Helena, MT 59620
 Phone 406/444-6764 • Fax 406/444-6836
 email: rsada@state.mt.us
 DEQ Water Quality Monitoring and Assessment homepage:
 http://www.deq.state.mt.us/wqinfo/MDM/WQMonitoring Assessment.asp

 Randy Apfelbeck, Water Quality Specialist
 Montana Department of Environmental Quality (DEQ)
 2209 Phoenix Avenue • Helena, MT 59601
 Phone 406/444-2709 • Fax 406/444-5275
 email: rapfelbeck@state.mt.us
 DEQ Water Quality Information homepage: http://www.deq.state.mt.us/wqinfo/lndex.asp
 Program Description

 The Montana Department of Environmental Quality (DEQ) strongly encourages the use of biological data for
 making ALUS determinations (more than 90% of MT's 303(d) assessments include biological data). It is very
 difficult to acquire sufficient credible data in Montana without having biological data; thus the incorporation of
 bioassessment in DEQ's monitoring program is very important.

 DEQ is in the second year of collecting macroinvertebrate and periphyton data from fixed station sites that are
 located on major streams throughout Montana. The primary objective is to determine status and trends. In 2002,
 the Department initiated an effort to develop vegetation assessment tools for assessing the biological conditions of
 riparian areas and wetlands and is also looking at amphibians.  In the past, wetland macroinvertebrate and diatom
 communities have been assessed.

 DEQ collaborates with a number of agencies and organizations. The Montana Bureau of Land Management has
 helped fund DEQ's statewide biological monitoring efforts. USGS  is collecting chemistry data at most fixed station
 sites. The Department is also working closely with the wetlands program, universities and the Montana Natural
 Heritage Program to assess riparian zones.  For 303(d) purposes DEQ has collaborated with conservation
 districts, the Natural  Resource Conservation Service, USFS, and  USEPA, among others.

 In 2000 DEQ developed a new listing methodology that strongly encourages the use of biological data to assess
 waters for 303(d) purposes.  The Department was required to use this methodology for all waters that were
 previously listed as impaired, but were unfortunately not required to use the new listing methodology for streams
 that were previously  listed as fully supporting ALU. Montana DEQ is also currently forming workgroups to begin the
 process of developing a state-wide water quality database that can be accessed by federal and state agencies in
 Montana.

 Some challenges include achieving access to private lands  and assessing prairie streams that are located in
 eastern Montana. In  the future DEQ intends to develop and implement a random study design to assess the
 biological condition of smaller order streams.
 Documentation and Further Information

 Year 2001 305(b) Report Database and Year 2000 303(d) List Database:
 http://nris.state.mt.us/scripts/esrimap.dll?name=TMDL&Cmd=INST

 DRAFT2002 Montana 303(d) List: http://nris.state.mt.us/scripts/esrimap.dll?name=TMDL2002&Cmd=INST

 Montana's Water Quality Standards and Classifications'. http://www.deq.state.mt.us/wqinfo/Standards/lndex.asp

 Water Quality Monitoring Standard Operating Procedures: http://www.deq.state.mt.us/ppa/mdm/SOP/sop.asp

 Montana Natural Heritage Program homepage: http://nhp.nris.state.mt.us/

MONTANA: Program Summary                     December 2002                                        3-105

-------
 MONTANA
 Contact Information

 Rosie Sada de Suplee, Aquatic Microbiologist
 Montana Department of Environmental Quality (DEQ)
 1520 East 6th Avenue • Helena, MT 59620
 Phone 406/444-6764 • Fax 406/444-6836
 email: rsada@state.mt.us

 Randy Apfelbeck, Water Quality Specialist
 Montana Department of Environmental Quality (DEQ)
 2209 Phoenix Avenue • Helena, MT 59601
 Phone 406/444-2709 • Fax 406/444-5275
 email: rapfelbeck@state.mt.us
  Programmatic  Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
                               UD
problem identification (screening)

nonpoint source assessments

monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs

ALU determinations/ambient monitoring

promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria

support of antidegradation

evaluation of discharge permit conditions

TMDL assessment and monitoring

other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (special projects only)

fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations) (comprehensive
throughout jurisdiction)

probabilistic by stream order/catchment area (special projects only)

probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide (special projects only)

rotating basin

other:
 Stream Miles

 Total miles
 (determined using RF3)
 Total perennial miles

 Total miles assessed for biology*

     fully supporting for 305(b)**

     partially/non-supporting for 305(b)**

     listed for 303(d)

     number of sites sampled (USGS sites)

     number of miles assessed per site
              176,750


                 53,221

                 9,076

                  1,340

                  7,736

                  7,736

                   -40
                                   9,076 Miles Assessed for Biology
                                      [Tj  "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                      Q  "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
*MT DEQ collects biological data as part of a joint project with USGS to assess 38 sites that are located near the mouth of major
streams and rivers. Aside from this, Montana does not have a state biological monitoring program but it is currently under
development.

**71 % of the waters that were assessed as fully supporting ALU used biological data; 94% of the waters where ALUS was
determined to be impaired used biological data.
MONTANA: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                           3-106

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
  Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
  Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
Class System (A,B,C), Warm Water vs. Cold Water

Although there are 9 classifications (A, B, C and subdivided), Class A-Closed is suitable for
growth and propagation of fishes and associated aquatic life (among other uses) and Classes
A-1, B-1, B-2, B-3, C-1 AND C-2 must have water quality suitable for growth and propagation
of salmonid fishes and associated aquatic life, waterfowl and furbearers (among other uses).

under development (Brief biocriteria language without formal numeric translation mechanism
located in WQS. Informal numeric procedures located in guidance document for 303(d) listing
purposes complying with WQS.)
  Uses of bioassessment data
  in integrated assessments
  with other environmental
  data (e.g., toxicity testing and
  chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
  Uses of bioassessment/
  biocriteria in making
  management decisions
  regarding restoration of
  aquatic resources to a
  designated ALU
TMDL targets
  Reference Site/Condition Development
  Number of reference sites
                               -50 total (potential reference sites)*
  Reference site
  determinations
    site-specific

    paired watersheds

    regional (aggregate of sites)

    professional judgment

    other:
  Reference site criteria
specific criteria under development; currently using best professional judgment to determine
"least impaired" considering geomorphology, habitat, landuse, biology, and chemistry
  Characterization of
  reference sites within a
  regional context
    historical conditions

    least disturbed sites

    gradient response

    professional judgment

    other: some sites are minimally disturbed**
  Stream stratification within
  regional reference
  conditions
    ecoregions (or some aggregate)

    elevation

    stream type

    multivariate grouping

    jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)

    other:
 Additional information
    reference sites linked to ALU

    reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards

    some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced conditions
*ln 2001, Montana DEQ began the process of locating reference sites using GIS and sampled ~30 potential reference sites using
EMAP methods. A similar effort was made in 1990 when ~38 sites were sampled.  In total, Montana has assessed ~50 potential
reference sites.

"Montana's regional reference sites are characterized as least disturbed. These sites are used to describe the best potential for a
stream given the historical land use. However, many least disturbed reference sites are actually minimally disturbed, especially
those sites that are located in the Rocky Mountain Ecoregion. In this case the best potential for a stream is near natural condition.
These streams are often located in roadless areas, wilderness areas or National Parks.
MONTANA: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                            3-107

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed
                                  benthos (100 - 500 samples per year, single season, multiple sites - broad coverage)
                                  fish (<100 samples per year; single season, multiple sites - broad coverage)
                                  periphyton (100 - 500 samples per year; single season, multiple sites - broad coverage)
                                  other: macrophytes (<100 samples per year; single season, multiple sites - watershed
                                  level)
 Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                              Hess, D-frame, kick net (1 m); 500 - 600 and >800 micron mesh sizes
                              richest habitat, riffle/run (cobble), multihabitat, woody debris
                              300-500 count
                              combination - lowest feasible
 Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
                              backpack and boat electrofishers, seine; 1/4" mesh
                              multihabitat
                              length measurement, anomalies
                              none
                              species
 Periphyton
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      taxonomy
                              natural substrate: suction device, brushing/scraping device
                              riffle/run (cobble), multihabitat
                              chlorophyll a / phaeophytin, biomass, taxonomic identification
                              diatoms (mainly species level), all algae (genus and species)
 Habitat assessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
                             visual based, quantitative measurements, hydrogeomorphology, pebble counts; performed
                             with and independent of bioassessments
                             standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings and training for
                             biologists, sorting and taxonomic proficiency checks, specimen archival
 Data analysis tools and
 methods
Data Analysis and Interpretation
                                  summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                  parametric ANOVAs
                                  multivariate analysis
                                  biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index and return single metrics)
                                  disturbance gradients
                                  other:
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a  multimetric index
                              cumulative distribution function

                              75% of reference condition
  Multivariate thresholds
      defining impairment in
      a multivariate index
                              significant departure from mean of reference population
 Evaluation of performance
 characteristics
                                  repeat sampling (duplicates)
                                  precision (splits with USGS and EMAP for bioassessments)
                                  sensitivity
                                  bias (comparison of different methods)
                                  accuracy
 Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
                              developing use of MS Access and Excel
                              Systat, Statmost
MONTANA: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                             3-108

-------
 NEBRASKA
 Contact Information

 Ken Bazata, Program Specialist - Surface Water Section
 Nebraska Department of Environmental Quality (NDEQ)
 1200 "N" Street, Suite 400 • Lincoln, NE 68509-8922
 Phone 402/471-2192" Fax 402/471-2909
 email: ken.bazata@ndeq.state.ne.us
 website: www.ndeq.state.ne.us
 Program Description

 Nebraska's biological monitoring program was started in 1985 with semi-quantitative methods for collecting fish
 and macroinvertebrates. The original purpose was to determine naturally occurring biological delineations within
 the state and to classify streams based on biological characteristics. In 1997, collection methods were changed to
 the REMAP methodology because the Nebraska Department of Environmental Quality (NDEQ) felt that more
 quantitative approaches were needed to summarize the data.

 NDEQ's program for adapting the metrics to the standards and fine tuning the metrics has been slowed by data
 management and computer programming problems. NDEQ has a small staff and time constraints have affected
 this program.  NDEQ is experiencing problems with the reference site concept. Since many of the streams have a
 "sameness" throughout a large area of the state, Nebraska lacks solid reference sites for the ecoregions and
 stream classes. Except for a few places, it seems most streams are heavily affected by agricultural use. NDEQ
 has a lot of data, but is having trouble analyzing it.

 Due to concerns about the accuracy of the existing biological indices, NDEQ has chosen to reassess past
 biological data and redefine its indices.  Five streams are currently listed on Nebraska's 303(d) list due to
 biodiversity impacts.  Only about 20% of Nebraska's total stream miles are currently assessed for biology in the
 305(b) report. These streams are known to be fully supporting (17%) or not supporting (3%).

 Nebraska agrees with the reference site concept but needs to determine if appropriate reference sites exist in
 Nebraska. NDEQ is currently evaluating macroinvertebrate and fish data to locate both excellent and severely
 impaired sites in order to determine the appropriate habitat conditions that correspond to both extremes.
 Reference site criteria have not yet been finalized.
 Documentation and Further Information

 Nebraska DRAFT 2000 305(b) report

 DRAFT 2002 303(d) report, 2001, Comprehensive Study of Water Quality Monitoring, and Title 117 - Nebraska's
 Surface Water Quality Standards are available online at http://www.ndeq.state.ne.us
NEBRASKA: Program Summary
                                            December 2002
                                                                                                 3-109

-------
 NEBRASKA
 Contact Information
 Ken Bazata, Program Specialist - Surface Water Section
 Nebraska Department of Environmental Quality (NDEQ)
 1200 "N" Street, Suite 400 • Lincoln, NE 68509-8922
 Phone 402/471-2192 • Fax 402/471-2909
 email: ken.bazata@ndeq.state.ne.us
  Programmatic Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (specific river
basins or watersheds)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
(comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide (comprehensive use
throughout jurisdiction)
rotating basin (comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
other:
 Stream Miles
 Total miles                                      81,573
 (determined using RF3)
 Total perennial miles                                 16,090
 Total miles assessed for biology*              16,314
     fully supporting for 305(b)                         13,867
     non-supporting for 305(b)                          2,447
     listed for 303(d)                                      0
     number of sites sampled (on an annual basis)            40
     number of miles assessed per site              site specific
                                 16,314 Miles Assessed for Biology
                                     [E\]  miles "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                     Q  miles "nonsupporting" for 305(b)
The 16,314 stream miles assessed for biology are the streams known to be only very high fully supporting (13,867) and very low
non-supporting (2,447).
NEBRASKA: Program Summary
                                                December 2002
                                                                                                         3-110

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and  Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis
 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Class system (A, B, C), Fishery Based Uses, Warm Water vs. Cold
Water

Four designations: Warmwater A, Warmwater B, Coldwater A,
Coldwater B
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
Procedures used to support narrative biocriteria located in various
reports, e.g., biological classification, 305(b), bioassessment
procedures
                               none
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental
 data (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
                               none
  Reference Site/Condition  Development*
 Number of reference sites
                               38 total
 Reference site
 determinations
 Reference Site Criteria
 Characterization of
 reference sites within a
 regional context
 Stream stratification within
 regional reference
 conditions
 Additional information
    site-specific

    paired watersheds

    regional (aggregate of sites)

    professional judgment

    other:
No waste water treatment plants, other point sources, or
concentrated animal feeding operations (CAFOs); good instream
habitat, riparian habitat, land use and cover, physical and chemical
parameters, biological metrics, and faunal assemblages; no altered
hydrologic regimes; representativeness.

At a minumum, sites need to be in the top 10 to 20 percent of all
sites sampled in the ecoregion, with little disturbance and no spills or
discharges within sites area.
    historical conditions

    least disturbed sites

    gradient response

    professional judgment

    other: regionally representative, reasonably attainable
    ecoregions (or some aggregate) (there are three ecoregions
    and six strata with roughly five reference sites in each)

    elevation

    stream type

    multivariate grouping

    jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)

    other:
    reference sites linked to ALU

    reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards

    some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
    conditions
•Reference site criteria have not been finalized. These responses are based on NDEQ's current efforts to evaluate reference sites
and condition.
NEBRASKA: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                            3-111

-------
Field and Lab Methods
Assemblages assessed
                                    benthos (<100 samples/year, single season, multiple sites - broad coverage)
                                    fish (<100 samples/year, single season, multiple sites - broad coverage)
                                    periphyton
                                    other:
  Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                              surber, multiplate, collect by hand, D-frame, dipnet; 200 - 400 micron mesh
                              multihabitat, artificial substrate, woody debris
                              300 count, entire sample
                              genus, species
  Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
                              backpack electrofisher, boat electrofisher, pram unit (tote barge), seine; 1/4" mesh
                              pool/glide, riffle/run (cobble), multihabitat
                              length measurement (gamefish only), anomalies
                              batch
                              species
  Habitat assessments
                              visual based, quantitative measurements; performed with bioassessments
  Quality assurance program
  elements
                              standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, taxonomic proficiency
                              checks and specimen archival
  Data analysis tools and
  methods
Data Analysis and Interpretation*
                                  summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                  parametric ANOVAs
                                  multivariate analysis
                                  biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
                                  disturbance gradients
                                  other:
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
                              95th percentile of reference population, dependent upon approach

                              25th percentile of reference population
  Evaluation of performance
  characteristics
                                  repeat sampling (revisit sites)
                                  precision
                                  sensitivity
                                  bias
                                  accuracy
  Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
                              STORET, Excel and MS Access spreadsheets
                              SAS, Minitab
*NDEQ is testing different indices for validity and, as mentioned earlier, is still exploring reference criteria. Responses are based on
NDEQ's current evaluation efforts, which include several changes in the way past biological data were evaluated.  Data analysis
procedures may change before metrics, indices, and reference sites are finalized.
NEBRASKA: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                              3-112

-------
 NEVADA
 Contact Information

 Karen Vargas, Bioassessment Coordinator/Environmental Scientist II
 Nevada Division of Environmental Protection (NDEP)
 123 West Nye Lane, Suite 138 • Carson City, NV 89706-0851
 Phone 775/687-9444 • Fax 775/687-5856
 email: kvargas@ndep.state.nv.us
 NDEP Bureau of Water Quality Planning homepage: http://ndep.state.nv.us/bwgp/
 Program Description

 Nevada began its Bioassessment Program in the year 2000 and has continued to collect biological information on
 an annual basis.  Although the program is in its infancy, the State plans to continue collecting biological data for
 ambient monitoring and to assist in defining reference conditions and sites.  There are seven primary water basins
 in Nevada and the State has collected biological data annually on four of these basins covering approximately 600
 river miles. It is expected the State will continue to collect at these river basins, in addition to new basins and
 several lakes, until a valid biological baseline has been established over the next four to five years.  After such
 time, the State is expected to switch to an alternating site or basin ambient bioassessment monitoring program.

 The program primarily consists of macroinvertebrate collection, physical habitat evaluations, and  physical
 measurements of slope, velocity, flow, dissolved oxygen, specific conductivity, pH, temperature, substrate
 composition, canopy cover, and width and depth of the sampling area.  Periphyton, plankton, and/or chlorophyll
 sampling is conducted when necessary to assist in defining problem areas.  Water chemistry data is collected at
 sites where the water chemistry is currently unknown.  The data will eventually be used in 305(b)  and 303(d)
 reports in addition to basin assessments of stream health.  Some NPDES dischargers in the State are voluntarily
 collecting macroinvertebrates to assess impact to the aquatic environment.

 Reference site criteria are currently being defined based on available information. The State expects to use
 chemical data, habitat assessments,  physical measurements, professional knowledge and degrees  of human
 impact to define the conditions and sites. Where reference sites are unavailable, the State expects  to use
 modeling and/or least disturbed sites to evaluate conditions. It  is anticipated to take several years for reference
 sites to be selected.

 An independent biological laboratory conducts identification of macroinvertebrates. QA/QC of macroinvertebrate
 identification consists of approximately 15% of the samples being analyzed by two distinct biological laboratories.
 Data collected will be stored annually in the Ecological Data Application System (EDAS). Analysis and evaluation
 of the bioassessment data will be developed as the program progresses and based on the most accurate
 methods.  Reference sites, where appropriate, will be used as a baseline for analysis.

 Nevada recently hosted its first bioassessment conference in the State. The conference resulted  in the formation
 of a State Bioassessment Committee consisting of agencies, tribes, and industry. The primary goal  of the
 committee is to evaluate and coordinate protocols,  methodologies and sampling in the State. Nevada also
 participates in the National Aquatic Life Use (ALUS) work group based  out of USEPA Headquarters in
 Washington, D.C. The State is also planning to host an Arid West Aquatic Life Use Workgroup in conjunction with
 other arid states, tribal entities and USEPA in the next year.


 Documentation and Further Information

 Nevada's 305(b) report, September 2000: http://ndep.st.ate.nv.us/bwqp/305b1998.pdf

 DRAFT Nevada's 2002  303(d) Impaired Waters List, June 2002: http://ndep.state.nv.us/bwqp/303list.pdf

 Nevada's 1998303(d) List, April 1998:  http://ndep.state.nv.us/bwqp/nv303d98.pdf

 Draft Continuing Planning Process, December 2001:  http://ndep.state.nv.us/bwqp/cppdraft.pdf

 Water Quality Standards, narrative and numeric: http://ndep.state.nv.us/bwqp/stdsw.htm
NEVADA: Program Summary                       December 2002                                         3-113

-------
 NEVADA
 Contact Information
 Karen Vargas, Bioassessment Coordinator/Environmental Scientist I
 Nevada Division of Environmental Protection (NDEP)
 123 West Nye Lane, Suite 138 • Carson City, NV 89706-0851
 Phone 775/687-9444 • Fax 775/687-5856
 email:  kvargas@ndep.state.nv.us
  Programmatic Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program*
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (special
projects, specific river basins or watersheds, and
comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations) (special
projects, specific river basins or watersheds, and
comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin (specific river basins or watersheds and
comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
other:
'Bioassessment information will eventually be used in 303(d) and 305(b) reports.
 Stream Miles
 Total miles                                      143,578
 (determined using River Reaches and calculated using GIS
 coverages.)
 Total perennial miles                                  14,988
 Total miles assessed for biology**                 602
      fully supporting for 305(b)                               0
      partially/non-supporting for 305(b)                        0
      listed for 303(d)                                       0
      number of sites sampled                            50-60
      number of miles assessed per site                       -
**602 miles were assessed per year for 2000 and 2001 by the state (NDEP) and 97 miles were also assessed by others
(Dischargers). The state estimates 900 river miles to be assessed in 2002.  Since mileage is estimated and Nevada's 2001 data set
has not been analyzed, the State has not used biology for 305(b)/303(d); therefore "0" is reported. However, it will be used in the
future.
NEVADA: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                            3-114

-------
 Aquatic Life  Use (ALU) Designations and  Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis
 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Class System (A,B,C), Fishery Based Uses and Warm Water vs.
Cold Water

Propagation of aquatic life and the levels of warm water and cold
water fisheries.
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS    under development

 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS    none
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental
 data (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
Truckee River Restoration projects include the lahontan cutthroat
trout.
  Reference Site/Condition Development*
 Number of reference sites
                              0 total
 Reference site
 determinations
 Reference site criteria
 Characterization of
 reference sites within a
 regional context
 Stream stratification within
 regional reference
 conditions
 Additional information
    site-specific

    paired watersheds

    regional (aggregate of sites)

    professional judgment

    other:
This is under development. NDEP expects to use chemical, habitat,
physical measurements and least human impact. Where reference
sites are unavailable modeling and/or metrics will be used to
evaluate conditions.
    historical conditions

    least disturbed sites

    gradient response

    professional judgment

    other:
    ecoregions (or some aggregate)

    elevation

    stream type

    multivariate grouping

    jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)

    other:
    reference sites linked to ALU

    reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards

    some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
    conditions (for fishery based uses)
'Nevada is in the process of developing reference sites. This section has been completed based on the criteria that will be considered
during development.
NEVADA: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                          3-115

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed
                               UD
                                    benthos (<100 samples/year, single season, multiple sites - broad coverage)
                                    fish
                                    periphyton (<100 samples/year, single season, multiple sites - watershed
                                    level)
                                    other:
  Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                              kick net (1 m); 500-600 micron mesh
                              riffle/run (cobble) (when unavailable, use vegetation and sediment)
                              500 count
                              combination-family, genus, species
  Periphyton
      sampling gear

      habitat selection
      sample processing
      taxonomy
                              natural substrate: brushing/scraping device (razor, toothbrush, etc.)
                              Periphyton will be routinely collected and analyzed by a professional lab beginning in
                              2002.  Chlorophyll analysis is performed at some stations.
                              n/a
                              chlorophyll a/ phaeophytin and taxonomic identification
                              genus level for soft-bodied algae when possible; diatoms are not cleared
  Habitat assessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
                              quantitative measurements (some sites) and visual based; performed with
                              bioassessments; riffle slope, flow, average width and depth of flow, riffle velocity,
                              canopy cover, some vegetation (grass, scrubs, trees) coverage along riparian zone,
                              reach length, conductivity, temperature and dissolved oxygen
                              Quality assurance program elements are currently being developed (i.e., standard
                              operating procedures, quality assurance plan, taxonomic proficiency checks,
                              specimen archival).
  Data Analysis  and Interpretation*
                                     summary tables, illustrative graphs
Data analysis tools and
methods
                               UD
                                    parametric ANOVAs
                                    multivariate analysis
                                    biological metrics (NDEP has not yet developed metrics but
                                    analysis tools and methods will be developed based on the
                                    most accurate method)
                                    disturbance gradients
                                    other:
  Evaluation of performance
  characteristics
                                    repeat sampling (ideally, 5 years worth of data will be collected
                                    at each site to determine the variability)
                                    precision
                                    sensitivity
                                    bias
                                    accuracy
  Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
                              EDAS (being developed)
                              EDAS (being developed)
'Analysis tools and methods will be developed more fully in the future.
NEVADA: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                             3-116

-------
 NEW HAMPSHIRE
 Contact Information

 David Neils, Biomonitoring Program Coordinator
 New Hampshire Department of Environmental Services (NHDES)
 6 Hazen Drive • Concord, NH 03302-0095
 Phone 603/271-8865 • Fax 603/271-7894
 email: dneils@des.state.nh.us
 NHDES Watershed Management Bureau, Biomonitoring Program:
 http://www.des.state.nh.us/wmb/biomonitoring/
 Program Description

 The New Hampshire Department of Environmental Services (NHDES) has been gathering biological data in
 wadeable streams and rivers since 1995. The primary goal of this effort is the development of numeric biological
 criteria in support of the current narrative standard. Biological communities assessed for this purpose are fish and
 macroinvertebrates. Since the program's inception, the protocols for collecting data have remained fairly
 consistent. The fish are collected with a backpack electro-shocker for 150 meters, with efforts to include all
 habitats typical of the stream type. Macroinvertebrate sampling is done by rock baskets deployed for 8 weeks and
 retrieved in the fall. A visual habitat assessment is also conducted at each station using USEPA's Rapid
 Bioassessment Protocols for high or low gradient streams, whichever is appropriate.

 Since the program's beginnings, over 200 stations have been assessed. These stations are captured in an
 ArcView coverage that includes watershed delineations specific to the biological sampling station. Efforts are
 currently underway to determine the degree of human activity in each of the watersheds by evaluating parameters
 such as land use, population, hazardous waste sites and road density. This type of scoring will help to determine
 reference quality/least impacted sites.

 The Biomonitoring Program is also investigating the need to classify the wadeable streams in New Hampshire. The
 state is small but very diverse, with low coastal systems and high mountainous regions. It is not yet clear whether it
 will be necessary to establish unique biological criteria for different regions of the state.

 In the past, biomonitoring information has been used for 305(b) reporting and also for 303(d) listing. The
 Watershed Management Bureau, which is responsible for producing these reports, is currently evaluating the
 assessment and listing methodologies, using USEPA's CALM guidance. In 2002-2003 the Biomonitoring Program
 will be testing a probabilistic sampling design for site selection.  This type of sampling will allow for greater
 confidence in statements of statewide water quality, and continue to provide useful data for biocriteria
 development.

 Information about New Hampshire's Biomonitoring Program,  including sampling protocols, can be found at
 http://www.des.state.nh.us/wmb/biomonitorinq/.
 Documentation and Further Information

 Sfate of New Hampshire 2000 Section 305(b) Water Quality Report:
 http://www.des.state.nh.us/wmb/2000-305b.pdf

 NHDES Biomonitoring Program Protocols, January 2002:
 http://www.des.state.nh.us/wmb/biomonitorinq/protocols.pdf

 New Hampshire Biomonitoring  Program general information: http://www.des.state.nh.us/wmb/biomonitorinq/sites
NEW HAMPSHIRE: Program Summary
                                             December 2002
                                                                                                  3-117

-------
 NEW HAMPSHIRE
 Contact Information
 David Neils, Biomonitoring Program Coordinator
 New Hampshire Department of Environmental Services (NHDES)
 6 Hazen Drive • Concord, NH 03302-0095
 Phone 603/271-8865 • Fax 603/271-7894
 email: dneils@des.state.nh.us
  Programmatic Elements
 Use of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:  Ecological Risk Assessments
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (special
projects and specific river basins or watersheds)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations) (special
projects only)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin
other:
 Stream Miles
 Total miles                                      10,881
 (State based determination)
 Total perennial miles                                  8,636
 Total miles assessed for biology                  400
      fully supporting for 305(b)                           389
      partially/non-supporting for 305(b)                       11
      listed for 303(d)                                      0
      number of sites sampled (on an annual basis)           130
      number of miles assessed per site*                     -3
                                   400 Miles Assessed for Biology
                                    0  "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                    O  "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
*NHDES will be doing random sampling in the future. For now, 150 meters are assessed and extrapolated to a broader area,
roughly three miles per site, though this number does vary.
NEW HAMPSHIRE: Program Summary
                                                December 2002
                                                                                                         3-118

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and  Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Class system (A, B, C)

One designation: Fishable
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
There aren't any written formal/informal numeric procedures to
support narrative biocriteria decisions yet because they are very
subjective. Presently, data is being analyzed using New York's
metrics.
 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS    under development
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental
 data (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
 Reference Site/Condition Development
 Number of reference sites
                             40 total
Reference site
determinations
Reference site criteria
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Not applicable*
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Not applicable*
Additional information
/


/

site-specific
paired watersheds
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment
other:
Generally use best professional judgment. Least disturbed sites are
determined following some stratification of characteristics (ArcView
coverage, hazardous waste sites, etc.) - it is very visual.













7
historical conditions
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other:
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
elevation
stream type
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
other:
reference sites linked to ALU

reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards
some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
conditions
'Regional reference sites not used.
NEW HAMPSHIRE: Program Summary
                                              December 2002
                                                                                                    3-119

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed
    benthos (<100 samples/year, single season, multiple sites - broad coverage)
    fish (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - broad coverage)
    periphyton
    other: amphibians/reptiles (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites -
    broad coverage)
 Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
D-frame, kick net (1  meter), multiplate, rock baskets; 500-600 micron mesh
multihabitat, artificial substrate
100 count
genus, lowest reasonable taxa
 Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
backpack electrofisher
multihabitat
anomalies
none
species
 Habitat assessments
visual based; performed with bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
standard operating procedures; quality assurance plan; periodic meetings, training
for biologists; sorting and taxonomic proficiency checks; specimen archival;
certification program for bioassessment (Biologists must have a certificate of
completion of USFWS Electrofishing Course)
  Data Analysis and Interpretation
 Data analysis tools and
 methods
    summary tables, illustrative graphs
    parametric ANOVAs
    multivariate analysis
    biological metrics (return single metrics - use endpoint for each
    single metric)
    disturbance gradients
    other:
 Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
under development - Presently, only the raw score is tracked - there
is no scale of comparison with the reference site yet.
 Evaluation of performance
 characteristics
 Information not provided
    repeat sampling
    precision
    sensitivity
    bias
    accuracy
 Biological data
      Storage                   EDAS
      Retrieval and analysis      EDAS
NEW HAMPSHIRE: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                            3-120

-------
 NEW MEXICO
 Contact Information

 Seva J. Joseph, Environmental Specialist
 New Mexico Environment Department (NMED)
 1190 Saint Francis Drive • Santa Fe, NM 87502-0110
 Phone 505/827-0573 • Fax 505/827-0160
 email: seva ioseph@nmenv. state. nm. us
 NMED Surface Water Quality Bureau: http://www.nmenv.state.nm.us/swqb/swqb.html
 Program Description

 Starting in 1998 the New Mexico Environment Department's (NMED) Surface Water Quality Bureau (SWQB) had a
 goal of monitoring all watersheds in the state on a 5-year cycle. NMED has recently begun to survey fish
 populations to supplement the data from the NM Department of Game and Fish.  NMED uses RBP collection
 methods and is currently working on assessment methods suitable for the depauperate fish population of New
 Mexico. The SWQB coordinates with the NM Department of Game and Fish to obtain the most current fishery
 assessments in the watersheds.

 The benefits of this approach are:
     It provides a systematic, detailed review of water quality data and allows for a more efficient use of valuable
     monitoring resources;
     It provides information at a scale where implementation of corrective activities is feasible;
     Wth an established order of rotation and predictable sampling in each basin, it is easier to coordinate efforts
     with other programs and water quality entities, and program efficiency is enhanced and the basis for
     management decisions is improved.
 Documentation and Further Information

 Water Quality and Water Pollution Control in New Mexico, 2000 305(b):
 http://www.nmenv.state.nm.us/swqb/305b 2000.html

 Sfate of New Mexico Standards for Interstate and Intrastate Surface Waters, December 16, 2001:
 http://www.nmenv.state.nm.us/NMED reqs/swqb/20 6 4 nmac.html

 Surface Water Quality Bureau Library: http://www.nmenv.state.nm.us/swqb/links.html#WPS Library

 For a list of and links to Reports and Publications, go to:
 http://www.nmenv.state.nm.us/qwb/Technical%20resources/TSS.html#Reports

 For a Table of Contents containing ALL Technical Reports and other information, go to:
 http://www.nmenv.state.nm.us/qwb/Technical%20resources/TSS.html

 For a list of and links to Biological Databases, go to:
 http://www.nmenv. state. nm.us/qwb/Technical%20resources/TSS.html#Bioloqical
NEW MEXICO: Program Summary                  December 2002                                        3-125

-------
 NEW  MEXICO
 Contact Information
 Seva J. Joseph, Environmental Specialist
 New Mexico Environment Department (NMED)
 1190 Saint Francis Drive • Santa Fe, NM 87502-0110
 Phone 505/827-0573 • Fax 505/827-0160
 email: seva ioseph@nmenv.state.nm.us
  Programmatic  Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (special
projects only)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
(comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide (special projects only)
rotating basin (comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
other:
 Stream Miles
 Total miles                                     110,741
 (State based determination)
 Total perennial miles                                   8,682
 Total miles assessed for biology                5,875
      fully supporting for 305(b)                           3,200
      partially/non-supporting for 305(b)*                   2,675
      listed for 303(d)*
      number of sites sampled (on an annual basis)            30
      number of miles assessed per site
                                   5,875 Miles Assessed for Biology
                                         "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                         "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
*A total of 3,080 miles are partially/non-supporting when miles with "impacts observed" are included. NMED is currently working on
a 303(d) list.
NEW MEXICO: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                          3-126

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Fishery Based Uses and Warm Water vs. Cold Water

Five designations: Coldwater Fishery, High Quality Coldwater
Fishery, Limited Warmwater Fishery, Marginal Coldwater Fishery,
and Warmwater Fishery
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS   none
 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
                            none
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental
 data (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
 Reference Site/Condition  Development
 Number of reference sites
                            200 total
Reference site
determinations
Reference site criteria
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Not applicable
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Additional information



/

site-specific
paired watersheds
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment
other:
The least disturbed sites are picked according to best professional
judgment (based on chemistry, quantitative habitat measurements,
visual indicators, etc). There are plans to shift to RIVPACS as
biocriteria are developed during the next few years.






7






7
historical conditions
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other:
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
elevation (preliminary ecoregions are based on elevation and
other habitat parameters)
stream type
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
other:
reference sites linked to ALU
reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards
some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
conditions
NEW MEXICO: Program Summary
                                             December 2002
                                                                                                   3-127

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed
    benthos (30 samples/year, single season, multiple sites - watershed level)
    fish (30 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - watershed level)
    periphyton* (9 samples/year; single observation, limited sampling)
    other: phytoplankton (9 samples/year; single observation, limited sampling)
  Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
Hess, D-frame, kick net (1 meter); 500-600 micron mesh
riffle/run (cobble)
300 count
combination (it depends on the family-some to genus, some to species level)
  Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
backpack and bank electrofisher; 1/4" mesh
multihabitat
length measurement and anomalies
batch
species
  Periphyton*
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      taxonomy
natural substrate: collect by hand; artificial substrate: periphytometer
richest habitat and multihabitat
taxonomic identification
diatoms only
  Habitat assessments**
 Quality assurance program
 elements
visual based, hydrogeomorphology; and the RBP assessment is conducted with the
bioassessment.  NMDE may also conduct a Rosgen type hydrogeomorphological
assessment, including pebble counts, independently of the bioassessment.
standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, sorting proficiency checks
and specimen archival
•Periphyton is collected primarily from lakes. It is only collected from streams in response to a specific problem or when looking at a
certain impairment - sampling is very minimal (<10).
**Up to this point bioassessments have been conducted as described in the EPA's RBP. These methods are just now starting to be
refined for regional applicability.

  Data Analysis and Interpretation
  Data analysis tools and
  methods
    summary tables, illustrative graphs
    parametric ANOVAs
    multivariate analysis
    biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
    disturbance gradients
    other:
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a  multimetric index
95th percentile of reference population

95th percentile of reference population
  Evaluation of performance
  characteristics
  Not currently evaluated
    repeat sampling
    precision
    sensitivity
    bias
    accuracy
  Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
Just recently started using MS Access. All historic data (1977 -1999) are in STORE!
In the process of moving from STORE! to MS Access; some data are also in Excel
NEW MEXICO: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                             3-128

-------
 NEW MEXICO
 Contact Information

 Seva J. Joseph, Environmental Specialist
 New Mexico Environment Department (NMED)
 1190 Saint Francis Drive • Santa Fe, NM 87502-0110
 Phone 505/827-0573 • Fax 505/827-0160
 email: seva ioseph@nmenv. state. nm. us
 NMED Surface Water Quality Bureau: http://www.nmenv.state.nm.us/swqb/swqb.html
 Program Description

 Starting in 1998 the New Mexico Environment Department's (NMED) Surface Water Quality Bureau (SWQB) had a
 goal of monitoring all watersheds in the state on a 5-year cycle. NMED has recently begun to survey fish
 populations to supplement the data from the NM Department of Game and Fish.  NMED uses RBP collection
 methods and is currently working on assessment methods suitable for the depauperate fish population of New
 Mexico. The SWQB coordinates with the NM Department of Game and Fish to obtain the most current fishery
 assessments in the watersheds.

 The benefits of this approach are:
     It provides a systematic, detailed review of water quality data and allows for a more efficient use of valuable
     monitoring resources;
     It provides information at a scale where implementation of corrective activities is feasible;
     Wth an established order of rotation and predictable sampling in each basin, it is easier to coordinate efforts
     with other programs and water quality entities, and program efficiency is enhanced and the basis for
     management decisions is improved.
 Documentation and Further Information

 Water Quality and Water Pollution Control in New Mexico, 2000 305(b):
 http://www.nmenv.state.nm.us/swqb/305b 2000.html

 Sfate of New Mexico Standards for Interstate and Intrastate Surface Waters, December 16, 2001:
 http://www.nmenv.state.nm.us/NMED reqs/swqb/20 6 4 nmac.html

 Surface Water Quality Bureau Library: http://www.nmenv.state.nm.us/swqb/links.html#WPS Library

 For a list of and links to Reports and Publications, go to:
 http://www.nmenv.state.nm.us/qwb/Technical%20resources/TSS.html#Reports

 For a Table of Contents containing ALL Technical Reports and other information, go to:
 http://www.nmenv.state.nm.us/qwb/Technical%20resources/TSS.html

 For a list of and links to Biological Databases, go to:
 http://www.nmenv. state. nm.us/qwb/Technical%20resources/TSS.html#Bioloqical
NEW MEXICO: Program Summary                  December 2002                                        3-125

-------
 NEW  MEXICO
 Contact Information
 Seva J. Joseph, Environmental Specialist
 New Mexico Environment Department (NMED)
 1190 Saint Francis Drive • Santa Fe, NM 87502-0110
 Phone 505/827-0573 • Fax 505/827-0160
 email: seva ioseph@nmenv.state.nm.us
  Programmatic  Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (special
projects only)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
(comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide (special projects only)
rotating basin (comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
other:
 Stream Miles
 Total miles                                     110,741
 (State based determination)
 Total perennial miles                                   8,682
 Total miles assessed for biology                5,875
      fully supporting for 305(b)                           3,200
      partially/non-supporting for 305(b)*                   2,675
      listed for 303(d)*
      number of sites sampled (on an annual basis)            30
      number of miles assessed per site
                                   5,875 Miles Assessed for Biology
                                         "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                         "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
*A total of 3,080 miles are partially/non-supporting when miles with "impacts observed" are included. NMED is currently working on
a 303(d) list.
NEW MEXICO: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                          3-126

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Fishery Based Uses and Warm Water vs. Cold Water

Five designations: Coldwater Fishery, High Quality Coldwater
Fishery, Limited Warmwater Fishery, Marginal Coldwater Fishery,
and Warmwater Fishery
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS   none
 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
                            none
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental
 data (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
 Reference Site/Condition  Development
 Number of reference sites
                            200 total
Reference site
determinations
Reference site criteria
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Not applicable
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Additional information



/

site-specific
paired watersheds
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment
other:
The least disturbed sites are picked according to best professional
judgment (based on chemistry, quantitative habitat measurements,
visual indicators, etc). There are plans to shift to RIVPACS as
biocriteria are developed during the next few years.






7






7
historical conditions
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other:
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
elevation (preliminary ecoregions are based on elevation and
other habitat parameters)
stream type
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
other:
reference sites linked to ALU
reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards
some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
conditions
NEW MEXICO: Program Summary
                                             December 2002
                                                                                                   3-127

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed
    benthos (30 samples/year, single season, multiple sites - watershed level)
    fish (30 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - watershed level)
    periphyton* (9 samples/year; single observation, limited sampling)
    other: phytoplankton (9 samples/year; single observation, limited sampling)
  Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
Hess, D-frame, kick net (1 meter); 500-600 micron mesh
riffle/run (cobble)
300 count
combination (it depends on the family-some to genus, some to species level)
  Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
backpack and bank electrofisher; 1/4" mesh
multihabitat
length measurement and anomalies
batch
species
  Periphyton*
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      taxonomy
natural substrate: collect by hand; artificial substrate: periphytometer
richest habitat and multihabitat
taxonomic identification
diatoms only
  Habitat assessments**
 Quality assurance program
 elements
visual based, hydrogeomorphology; and the RBP assessment is conducted with the
bioassessment.  NMDE may also conduct a Rosgen type hydrogeomorphological
assessment, including pebble counts, independently of the bioassessment.
standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, sorting proficiency checks
and specimen archival
•Periphyton is collected primarily from lakes. It is only collected from streams in response to a specific problem or when looking at a
certain impairment - sampling is very minimal (<10).
**Up to this point bioassessments have been conducted as described in the EPA's RBP. These methods are just now starting to be
refined for regional applicability.

  Data Analysis and Interpretation
  Data analysis tools and
  methods
    summary tables, illustrative graphs
    parametric ANOVAs
    multivariate analysis
    biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
    disturbance gradients
    other:
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a  multimetric index
95th percentile of reference population

95th percentile of reference population
  Evaluation of performance
  characteristics
  Not currently evaluated
    repeat sampling
    precision
    sensitivity
    bias
    accuracy
  Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
Just recently started using MS Access. All historic data (1977 -1999) are in STORE!
In the process of moving from STORE! to MS Access; some data are also in Excel
NEW MEXICO: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                             3-128

-------
 NEW YORK
 Contact Information

 Robert W. Bode, Research Scientist III
 New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (NYSDEC)
 625 Broadway • Albany, NY 12233-3502
 Phone 518/285-5682 • Fax 518/285-5601
 email: rwbode@gw.dec.state.ny.us
 NYSDEC homepage: www.dec.state.ny.us/website/dow/index.html
 Program Description

 The Stream Biomonitoring Unit of the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (NYSDEC) was
 formed in 1972. The primary objective of the Unit is to assess the water quality of streams and rivers in New York
 State using aquatic invertebrate communities. Secondary objectives include taxonomic investigations, invertebrate
 tissue analysis, and public outreach. The unit presently consists of five biologists: Robert Bode, Margaret Novak,
 Lawrence Abele, Diana Heitzman, and Alexander Smith.
 The Stream Biomonitoring Unit is part of the ambient surface water monitoring team at NYSDEC. Water quality is
 assessed to determine the level of designated use support and the primary factors causing the impacts.  In
 addition to community assessments, invertebrates are collected for tissue analysis to determine if elevated levels
 exist for metals, pesticides, PCBs, or PAHs. Biological monitoring using benthic invertebrate communities is the
 primary monitoring tool for the  initial screening phase within the watersheds, providing a coverage of 150-200
 streams each year. Additionally, biomonitoring is used to conduct multi-site intensive surveys on approximately 10
 streams each year to provide baseline data and trend monitoring data or to trackdown sources of xenobiotic
 substances.
 Assessments based on macroinvertebrate sampling are used extensively  in 305(b) reports and the Priority Water
 List, and to a lesser extent in 303(d) reports.  Assessments generally do not directly address the designated uses
 of drinking, swimming,  or fishing, contained in the State water quality standards, although they provide sound basis
 for determination of aquatic life support (reported in 305b) and relate secondarily to the designated use offish
 propagation and survival.  Biocriteria are addressed by the Biological Impairment Criteria, which are used to define
 impairment by exceedances of metrics measured upstream and downstream of a discharge.  The primary
 assessment method using benthic macroinvertebrates is based on a multimetric scale divided into four levels of
 impairment, ranging from non-impacted to severely impacted.  Although nearly all the collection of biological data
 remains within the Unit, many studies are conducted in cooperation with other New York State agencies (NYS
 Museum),  federal agencies (USGS, USEPA), neighboring states (Vermont, Massachusetts, New Jersey), and non-
 governmental organizations  (Hudson Basin River Watch, Trout Unlimited,  Nature Conservancy).

 Accomplishments
     publication of a manual  for the identification  of larvae of Chironomidae (1980)
     development of methods for the Rapid Biological Assessment of streams (1983)
     establishment of biological impairment criteria (1990)
     publication of Percent Model Affinity, a community analysis technique (1992)
     documentation of 20-year  trends in water quality in New York State (1993)
     development of Impact Source Determination, a pollution identification method (1995)
 Future program directions and challenges
     continuing long-term trend monitoring
     providing maximum biomonitoring coverage of streams in New York State
     integrating more assessments with diatom and fish data
     developing invertebrate identification aids using digital photography and the NYSDEC website
     capturing biodiversity information outside of the subsampling process
 Documentation and Further Information

 New York State Water Quality 2000, 305(b) Report, October 2000: http://www.dec.state.ny.us/website/dow/305bOO.pdf

 Draft 2002 Section 303(d) list: http://www.dec.state.ny.us/website/dow/303dcalm.pdf

 Bode, R. W., M.A. Novak, and L.E. Abele, 1996. Quality assurance work plan for biological stream monitoring in New York
 State.  New York State Department of Environmental Conservation Technical Report, 89 pages.
NEW YORK: Program Summary
                                              December 2002
                                                                                                    3-129

-------
 NEW YORK
 Contact Information
 Robert W. Bode, Research Scientist III
 New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (NYSDEC)
 625 Broadway • Albany, NY 12233-3502
 Phone 518/285-5682 • Fax 518/285-5601
 email: rwbode@qw.dec.state.ny.us
  Programmatic Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose)
(comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
(comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area (special projects
only)
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin (comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
other:
 Stream Miles
 Total miles
 (determined using a state based program)
 Total perennial miles
 Total miles assessed for biology*
      fully supporting for 305(b)
      partially/non-supporting for 305(b)
      listed for 303(d)
      number of sites sampled
      number of miles assessed per site
                 52,337

                  46,266
                 16,000
                  15,430
                     570
                     484
                     800
                      20
                                   16,000 Miles Assessed for Biology
"fully supporting" for 305(b)
"partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
'These numbers represent primarily stream miles (roughly 85-90%), but there are some river miles included due to program overlap
in metrics, etc.  It would be very difficult to separate the data for these two waterbody types. Also, there is a discrepancy between
305(b) partially/non-supporting and 303(d) stream miles because the 1998 303(d) list did not include all impaired waters, just
impaired waters suitable for TMDLs.  Also, the 305(b) and 303(d) lists, up until now, have been developed independent of each
other.
NEW YORK: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                           3-130

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Fishery Based Uses

One designation: Fish propagation and survival
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
none - New York does have biological impairment criteria (see
footnote), but these are not found in the water quality standards.
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental
 data (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to their
 designated ALU
                              none
  Reference Site/Condition Development
 Number of reference sites
                              not applicable*
Reference site
determinations
Reference site criteria
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Not applicable*
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Not applicable*
Additional information
/




site-specific
paired watersheds
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment
other:
For application of biological impairment criteria, reference sites are
control sites located upstream of a suspected source of impairment.














historical conditions
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other:
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
elevation
stream type
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
other:
reference sites linked to ALU

reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards
some reference sites represent acceptable
conditions
human-induced
•Reference sites are used in the following manner only: NYSDEC's reference sites are merely site-specific "control" sites, used
strictly used for rating the water quality near a suspected source of impairment. This is done by collecting water samples at the
source of impairment and upstream of the source, and then biological impairment criteria are applied for rating purposes.  For
example, if more than eight species are lost between the two samples, then the impairment criteria have been exceeded and the
stream section would be considered significantly impaired.  Thus the biological impairment criteria define how much change is
allowed from upstream to downstream.
NEW YORK: Program Summary
                                               December 2002
                                                                                                        3-131

-------
  Field and Lab  Methods
 Assemblages assessed
                                  benthos (100-500 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - watershed level)
                                  fish (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - not at watershed level)
                                  periphyton (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - not at watershed level)
                                  other:
  Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                              multiplate, Ponargrab sampler, dipnet; >800 micron mesh
                              riffle/run (cobble)
                              100 count
                              genus, species, combination
  Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
                              backpack electrofisher, 1/4" mesh
                              pool/glide, riffle/run (cobble)
                              counts only
                              100 count
                              species
  Periphyton
      sampling gear

      habitat selection
      sample processing
      taxonomy
                              natural substrate: suction device, brushing/scraping device (razor, toothbrush, etc.), from
                              macrophyte surfaces; artificial substrate: collect by hand (multihabitat) using a knife blade
                              and eyedropper
                              multihabitat
                              taxonomic identification
                              diatoms only, species
  Habitat assessments
                              quantitative measurements; performed with bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
                              standard operating procedures; quality assurance plan; periodic meetings, training for
                              biologists; sorting proficiency checks; taxonomic proficiency checks; specimen archival
'Water quality assessments using benthos are based on a multimetric scale divided into 4 levels of impairment ranging from
non-impacted to severely impacted (see below).  NYSDEC's bioassessment program had periphyton monitoring capabilities in 1999
and 2000, but this has since been dropped and it is not clear if the sampling will be continued.  Fish sampling is conducted by
another Division within NYSDEC for a limited number of sites per year.
  Data analysis tools and
  methods
Data Analysis and Interpretation
                                  summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                  parametric ANOVAs
                                  multivariate analysis
                                  biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index and return single metrics)
                                  disturbance gradients
                                  other: Impact Source Determination using cluster analysis
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
                              transformed into 4 impact categories, using approximately 25th, 50th, and 75th percentiles of
                              database
                              transformed into 4 impact categories using approximately 25th, 50th, and 75th percentiles**
  Evaluation of performance
  characteristics
                                  repeat sampling (sampling same site in different flow regime years)
                                  precision (QA checks on subsampling)
                                  sensitivity (comparisons with diatom sampling, fish sampling)
                                  bias (replicate sampling to test for sampler differences)
                                  accuracy (comparisons with toxicity testing, chemical sampling)
  Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
                              data are entered in Excel spreadsheets, then transferred to FoxPro
                              In-house programs in FoxPro
"The impairment threshold is not defined using reference sites.  Instead, NYSDEC creates impact categories using all of the data
from the sites: everything >75th percentile is considered non-impacted/good.
NEW YORK: Program Summary
                                                   December 2002
                                                                                                               3-132

-------
 NORTH CAROLINA


 Contact Information

 Irish MacPherson, Environmental Biology Supervisor II
 North Carolina Department of Environmental and Natural Resources (NCDENR)
 1621 Mail Service Center • Raleigh, NC 27699-1621
 Phone 919/733-6946 • Fax 919/733-9959
 email: trish.macpherson@ncmail.net
 NC Environmental Sciences Branch homepage: http://www.esb.enr.state.nc.us/


 Program  Description

 Benthic Macroinvertebrates
 The Biological Assessment  Unit of NCDENR uses aquatic macroinvertebrates as one type of indicator of biological integrity in
 streams and rivers. A swamp-sampling method is under development with sampling occurring in winter/early spring.  North
 Carolina biologists first began collecting data in the late 1970s, and began using consistent sampling in 1983.  Collection
 methods include a standard qualitative method (applicable for most between-site and/or between-date comparisons and used for
 all evaluations of impaired streams -those on the state 303(d) list), and the EPT method (an abbreviated version of the regular
 qualitative technique used to quickly determine between-site differences in water quality). Benthic samples are processed on site
 at each location.  Another collection method is used for swamp streams.  The boat sampling technique for nonwadeable
 freshwater rivers  is an adaptation of the standard qualitative method.

 Bioclassification criteria have been developed  that are based on the number of intolerant EPT taxa present and the relative
 pollution tolerance of each taxa, as summarized in a Biotic Index for standard evaluation (EPT uses taxa richness only).  Stream
 and river reaches are then given a final bioclassification of either Excellent, Good, Good/Fair, Fair or Poor.  These
 bioclassifications, which have been developed for major ecoregions, are used to assess the various impacts of both point source
 discharges and nonpoint source runoff.

 Beginning in 1991, the benthos summer sampling effort was directed toward specific river basins in given years based on the
 NPDES permitting schedule. This basin-wide  monitoring is generally conducted three years prior to the year of permit renewal
 for the basin.  This allows biological data to be incorporated in basin assessment, and subsequently into the management plan
 for each basin. Benthos data, by  sub-basin, is incorporated into an Environmental Sciences Branch assessment report that also
 includes a review of pertinent data and information from other sources.

 Between 110 and 130 wadeable sites are sampled for benthos each year during basinwide monitoring, and additional sites are
 sampled for special studies. The resulting information is used to document both spatial and temporal changes in water quality
 and to complement water chemistry analyses,  fish community data, and habitat evaluations. In addition to  assessing the effects
 of water pollution, biological information is also used to define High Quality or Outstanding Resource Waters, support
 enforcement of stream standards, and measure improvements associated with  management actions. The  results of biological
 investigations have been an integral part of North Carolina's basinwide monitoring program. Benthos data  is the primary source
 for use support determinations.

 Fish Community
 To the public, the condition of the fishery is one of the most meaningful indicators of ecological integrity. Fish occupy the  upper
 levels of the aquatic food web and are both directly and indirectly affected by chemical and physical changes in the environment.
 The Biological Assessment  Unit employs a standard method for assessing streams' biological integrity by examining the
 structure and health offish communities. This assessment incorporates information about species richness and composition,
 trophic composition, fish abundance, and fish condition. Criteria for the 12 metrics used in the North Carolina Index of Biological
 Integrity (NCIBI) are based on reference site data collected from groupings of river basins with similar fauna.  The reference site
 sampling began in 1999, and fish  community samples are now given a bioclassification similar to the benthos sites.
 Approximately 90 basinwide fish sites are sampled annually. Fish community data are  used in the same ways as benthos data.

 Use Support
 North Carolina has moved toward assessing use support for each  use class. Benthos and fish data are used for the evaluation
 of aquatic life standards.  Biological data are typically given more weight than chemical data for use support.  Sites with data
 from more than one trophic level are evaluated on a site specific basis for use support.


 Documentation and Further Information

 North Carolina 2000 305(b)  Report:  http://h2o.enr.state.nc.us/bepu/download.html

 SOPs Biological Monitoring, Stream Fish Community Assessment & Fish Tissue:
 http://www.esb.enr.state.nc.us/BAUwww/IBI%20Methods%202001.pdf

 SOPs for Benthic Macroinvertebrates'. http://www.esb.enr.state.nc.us/BAUwww/benthossop.pdf

 Benthic Macroinvertebrate Sampling and Narrative Criteria: http://www.esb.enr.state.nc.us/BAUwww/benthosdata.pdf
NORTH CAROLINA: Program Summary               December 2002                                             3-133

-------
 NORTH  CAROLINA
  Contact Information
  Irish MacPherson, Environmental Biology Supervisor II
  North Carolina Department of Environmental and Natural Resources (NCDENR)
  1621 Mail Service Center • Raleigh, NC 27699-1621
  Phone 919/733-6946 • Fax 919/733-9959
  email: trish.macpherson@ncmail.net
  Programmatic Elements
  Uses of bioassessment
  within overall water quality
  program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other: 303(d) listing
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose)
(comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
(comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin (comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
other:
  Stream Miles
  Total miles                                       37,672
  (State based determinations)
  Total perennial miles
  Total miles assessed for biology*              32,072
      fully supporting for 305(b)                          29,929
      partially/non-supporting for 305(b)                    2,143
      listed for 303(d)                                   2,143
      number of sites sampled (on an annual basis)**          350
      number of miles assessed per site                     91.6
                                  32,072 Miles Assessed for Biology
                                     |Tj  "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                     O  "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
'Presently, biological sites are not separated from chemical for reporting purposes. However, Aquatic Life usages will be based
primarily on biological assessment in the future. The 303(d) list is due before all assessments were completed (roughly 99% of
partially/non supporting waters for 305(b) list).  Thus, the number of miles assessed using biological data can't be confirmed
because so many sources of information are used to make use support assessments.  It can be assumed that using the current
methodology of breaking out use support ratings by category (i.e., aquatic life), all the waters assessed in this category could be
added up into miles. However, this method  has only been applied to 6 of the 17 basins in North Carolina. NCDENR may have
these numbers in the next few years.
"Best professional estimate of the number of sites sampled since the program's inception is 5000 benthos, 600 fish and 4000
phytoplankton samples (this is very good coverage of sites within river basins for mainstem and major tributaries).
NORTH CAROLINA: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                           3-134

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU)  Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Class System (A,B,C)

"Aquatic life propagation and maintenance of biological integrity..."
applies as a best usage for Class C and Class WS-I waters.
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
Procedures used to support narrative biocriteria located in SOPs for
biological assessment

none (Located in SOPs for biological assessment but not in water
quality standards.)
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental
 data (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
Biological data have been used to pinpoint degraded areas and to
validate improvement after management activities have been
completed.
 Reference Site/Condition Development
 Number of reference sites
                             300 total
Reference site
determinations
Reference site criteria
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Additional information


/


site-specific
paired watersheds
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment
other:
Must achieve an excellent bioclassification or meet certain land use
criteria (percent forest, no major dischargers, etc). Benthos
reference sites: EPT criteria and biotic index criteria; fish reference
sites: IBI criteria.

/



/
/
/



/

/
historical conditions
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other:
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
elevation
stream type
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
other:
reference sites linked to ALU
reference sites/condition referenced in water quality
standards
some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
conditions
NORTH CAROLINA: Program Summary
                                              December 2002
                                                                                                     3-135

-------
Field and Lab Methods
Assemblages assessed
                                    benthos (100-500 samples/year; multiple seasons, multiple sites - broad coverage for
                                    watershed level)
                                    fish (<100 samples/year; multiple seasons, multiple sites - broad coverage for
                                    watershed level)
                                    periphyton, (<100 samples/year; single observation, limited sampling)
                                    other: phytoplankton (>500 samples/year; multiple seasons, multiple sites- broad
                                    coverage for watershed level) and macrophytes (<100 samples/year; single
                                    observation, limited sampling)
 Benthos
      sampling gear

      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                              collect by hand, sandbag, fine-mesh samplers made with net between PVC pipe joins,
                              dipnet, kick net (1 meter); 200-400 micron mesh
                              multihabitat
                              entire sample, aimed at >10 organisms/taxon (from qualitative field picking)
                              genus, species
 Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
                              backpack electrofisher, boat electrofisher, seine; 1/8" mesh
                              multihabitat
                              length measurement, anomalies
                              none
                              species, subspecies
 Periphyton
      sampling gear

      habitat selection
      sample processing
      taxonomy
                              natural substrate: brushing/scraping device (razor, toothbrush, etc.), collect by hand;
                              artificial substrate: collect by hand, bring rock back to lab
                              richest habitat
                              taxonomic identification
                              diatoms only, species level
 Habitat assessments
                              visual based, performed with bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
                              standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings and training for
                              biologists, taxonomic proficiency checks, specimen archival, certification program for
                              bioassessment
  Data Analysis and Interpretation
 Data analysis tools and
 methods
                                  summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                  parametric ANOVAs
                                  multivariate analysis
                                  biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index and return single metrics - use
                                  endpoint for each single metric)
                                  disturbance gradients
                                  other:
 Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a  multimetric index
                              reference data set used to set bounds for metrics - percent will vary with metric

                              reference data set used to set bounds for metrics - percent will vary with metric
 Evaluation of performance
 characteristics
                                  repeat sampling (seasonal, multiyeardata)
                                  precision (to look for subtle differences in water quality)
                                  sensitivity (different teams sample the same site)
                                  bias (overlap sites with different crews)
                                  accuracy (compare bioassessments with chemical & toxicity data)
 Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
                              Fourth Dimension used for benthos data, MS Access used for fish and phytoplankton data
                              In house database
NORTH CAROLINA: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                              3-136

-------
 NORTH  DAKOTA
 Contact Information

 Michael J. Ell, Environmental Scientist
 North Dakota Department of Health (NDHD)
 1200 Missouri Avenue, P.O. Box 5520 • Bismarck, ND 58506
 Phone 701/328-5214 • Fax 701/328-5200
 email: mell@state.nd.us
 NDHD Division of Water Quality homepage: http://www.health.state.nd.us/ndhd/environ/wq/
 Program Description

 The primary goal of North Dakota's biological monitoring and assessment program is to develop a set of
 scientifically defensible ecological indicators that can be used to assess the extent to which the state's rivers and
 streams are meeting their designated aquatic life uses. Once developed, these indicators can also be used to set
 restoration goals when developing total maximum daily loads (TMDLs) and/or Section 319 nonpoint source
 pollution project implementation plans.

 The North Dakota Department of Health (NDHD) initiated its biological monitoring and assessment program in
 1993 and 1994 as part of an interagency project to develop a multimetric index of biological integrity (IBI) for fish in
 the Lake Agassiz Plain ecoregion,  Red River of the North Basin. In addition to the Department of Health, other
 agencies involved in the project were the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency, Minnesota Department of Natural
 Resources, EPA Region V,  and the USGS - Red River National Water Quality Assessment (NAWQA) project
 team. The  project resulted  in a 12 metric IBI for fish which distinguished among headwater, moderate, and large
 sized rivers.

 Since 1995, NDHD  has conducted biological monitoring in each of the state's four major river basins. The
 Department's biological monitoring and assessment efforts continued in the Red River of the North Basin in 1995
 and 1996. In  addition to fish, the Department began sampling macroinvertebrates in 1995. In 1997 and 1998,
 monitoring and assessment efforts were expanded to the Souris River and James River basins, respectively,  and
 in 1999 and 2000 the Department sampled the Missouri River Basin. In addition to fish and macroinvertebrate
 samples collected at each site, NDHD also conducted a habitat assessment following EPA's Rapid Bioassessment
 Protocol.

 Preliminary multimetric IBIs have been developed for fish and macroinvertebrates in the  Red River Basin and for
 fish in the Souris River Basin. These IBIs  have been used to assess aquatic life use support for the 2000 Section
 305(b) report. As these IBIs are refined and as additional IBIs are  developed for the remaining river basins, it is
 the Department's intent to include these biological assessments in  future Section 305(b) reports as well as  in  the
 development of Section 303(d) TMDL lists.

 NDHD is currently collaborating with  North Dakota  State University and EPA Region VIII in a two year pilot  project
 to evaluate  the response of the benthic periphyton  community to varying summer growing season nutrient levels
 with the goal of developing  regional nutrient criteria. Based on the results of this pilot project, NDHD may include
 periphyton in future biological monitoring and assessment activities, especially in relation to nutrient enrichment
 and eutrophication.

 The Department is also a collaborator with EPA in the EMAP Western Pilot Project.  The EMAP Western Pilot is
 currently in  the third year of a four year project. By collaborating in this 12 state project, the Department hopes to
 integrate EMAP sampling design as well as EMAP sampling protocols into future biological monitoring and
 assessment projects. When NDHD's commitment to this project is completed in 2004, it's the  Department's plan
 to begin its  rotating  basin monitoring  program with the Red River Basin.


 Documentation and Further Information

 North Dakota Water Quality Assessment 1998-1999, 2000 305(b) Report:
 http://www.health.state.nd.us/ndhd/environ/wq/2000 305b/2000 305b.pdf

 For links to  numerous NDHD surface water quality/management publications, including Standards of Quality for
 Waters of the State, Chapter 33-16-02 and North Dakota Unified Watershed Assessment, FY1999, go to:
 http://www.health.state.nd.us/ndhd/environ/wq/
NORTH DAKOTA: Program Summary                December 2002                                        3-137

-------
 NORTH  DAKOTA
 Contact Information
 Michael J. Ell, Environmental Scientist
 North Dakota Department of Health (NDHD)
 1200 Missouri Avenue, P.O. Box 5520 • Bismarck, ND 58506
 Phone 701/328-5214 • Fax 701/328-5200
 email: mell@state.nd.us
  Programmatic Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (special
projects only)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin (specific river basins or watersheds)
other:
 Stream Miles
 Total miles                                       54,427
 (determined using RF3)
 Total perennial miles                                unknown
 Total miles assessed for biology*               14,426
     fully supporting for 305(b)                           9,923
     partially/non-supporting for 305(b)                    4,503
     listed for 303(d)
     number of sites sampled (on an annual basis)**          150
     number of miles assessed per site
                                  14,426 Miles Assessed for Biology
                                         "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                         "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
*Both stream and river miles were assessed for biological, chemical and physical effects. As reported in ND's 2000 305(b) report,
approximately 68.8 percent (9,923 miles) of rivers and streams assessed for this report fully support the beneficial use designated
as aquatic life. The remaining 31.2 percent of rivers and streams (4,503 miles) either partially supporting or did not support their
aquatic life uses.
"According to ND's 2000 305(b) report, "In 1997, 1998, and 1999, the department focused its intensive basin survey efforts on the
Souris River Basin, the James River Basin, and the Lake Sakakawea subbasin, respectively. In addition to chemical monitoring,
biological monitoring was conducted at approximately 50 sites in each basin each year."
NORTH DAKOTA: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                           3-138

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Single Aquatic Life Use

North Dakota has several classes described (Class I, la, II, and I
but the ALU is basically the same for all classes.
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
A narrative biological goal is contained in ND's water quality
standards. There are no formal/informal numeric procedures used to
support narrative biocriteria.
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental data
 (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
Nonpoint source project implementation plans
 Reference Site/Condition Development
 Number of reference sites
                             -75 total
Reference site
determinations
Reference site criteria
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Additional information


/


site-specific
paired watersheds
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment
other:
Reference sites are the best sites of the whole population sampled,
determined by habitat condition of sites and fish IBI.

/



/

/


/


7
historical conditions
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other:
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
elevation
stream type
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
other: river basin
reference sites linked to ALU
reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards
some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
conditions
NORTH DAKOTA: Program Summary
                                              December 2002
                                                                                                     3-139

-------
 Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed
    benthos (100 - 500 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - watershed
    level)
    fish  (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - watershed level)
    periphyton (<100 samples/year; multiple seasons, multiple sites - broad
    coverage for watershed level)
    other:
 Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
D-frame; 500-600 micron mesh
multihabitat
300 count
lowest practical, usually genus
 Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
boat and longline electrofishers, pram unit (tote barge)
multihabitat
length measurement, biomass - batch, anomalies
none
species
 Periphyton
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      taxonomy
natural substrate: suction device
riffle/run (cobble)
taxonomic identification
diatoms only
 Habitat assessments
visual based and hydrogeomorphology; performed with bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan and specimen archival
 Data Analysis and Interpretation
 Data analysis tools and
 methods
                               /
                               /
      summary tables, illustrative graphs
      parametric ANOVAs
      multivariate analysis
      biological metrics (multimetric index under development)
      disturbance gradients
      other:
 Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
95th percentile of all sites

"power analysis"
Evaluation of performance
characteristics
/




repeat sampling (replicate sampling
precision
sensitivity
bias
accuracy
within and among years)
Biological data
Storage Fish and habitat assessment data are in an MS Access 97 database
      Retrieval and analysis
maintained by the Department. Macroinvertebrate data are in EDAS.
Macroinvertebrate data are analyzed by EDAS, and plots generated
by SAS. Fish data are analyzed with queries developed in-house.
NORTH DAKOTA: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                            3-140

-------
 OHIO
 Contact Information

 Jeffrey E. DeShon, Acting Manager - Ecological Assessment Section
 Ohio Environmental Protection Agency (OHEPA)
 4675 Homer Ohio Lane • Graveport, OH 43125
 Phone 614/836-8780  • Fax 614/836-8795
 email: jeff.deshon@epa.state.oh.us
 OHEPA Division of Surface Water,Statewide Biological and Water Quality Monitoring
 and Assessment homepage: http://www.epa.state.oh.us/dsw/bioassess/ohstrat.html
  Program  Description

  The Ohio EPA has been sampling biological communities in Ohio streams and rivers with standardized sampling protocols since
  the mid 1970s.  Biological criteria was incorporated into the Ohio water quality standards (WQS; Ohio Administrative Code 3745-
  1) regulations in February 1990 (effective May 1990).  These criteria consist of numeric values for the Index of Biotic Integrity
  (IBI) and Modified Index of Well-Being (Mlwb), both of which are based on fish assemblage data, and the Invertebrate
  Community Index (ICI), which is based on macroinvertebrate assemblage data.  Criteria for each index are specified for each of
  Ohio's five ecoregions (as described by Omernik 1987), and are further organized by organism  group,  index, site type, and
  aquatic life use designation. These criteria, along with the existing chemical and whole effluent toxicity evaluation methods and
  criteria, figure prominently in the monitoring and assessment of Ohio's surface water resources.

  Ohio EPA employs biological, chemical, and physical monitoring and assessment techniques in biosurveys in order to meet three
  major objectives: 1) determine the extent to which use designations assigned in the Ohio WQS  are either attained or not
  attained; 2) determine if use designations assigned to a given waterbody are appropriate and attainable; and 3) determine if any
  changes in key ambient biological, chemical, or physical indicators have taken place overtime,  particularly before and after the
  implementation of point  source pollution controls or best management practices. Biosurvey data are processed, evaluated, and
  synthesized in a biological and water quality report. Each biological and water quality study contains a summary of major
  findings and recommendations for revisions to WQS, future monitoring  needs, or other actions that may be needed to resolve
  existing impairment of designated uses. While the principal focus of a biosurvey is on the status of aquatic life uses, the status
  of other uses such as recreation and water supply, as well as human health concerns, are also  addressed.



  Documentation and Further Information

  Year 2000 Ohio Water Resource Inventory, 305(b) Report: http://www.epa.state.oh.us/dsw/documents/Ohio305B2000.pdf
  FWPCA Section 303(d)  TMDL Priority List for FFY 1999-2000: http://www.epa.state.oh.us/dsw/tmdl/303dnotc.html
  The State of the Aquatic Ecosystem: Ohio Rivers and Streams, 1998 Status:
  http://www.epa.state.oh.us/dsw/documents/fs8mas98.pdf
  The Role of Biological Criteria in Water Quality Monitoring, Assessment, and Regulation, 1995:
  http://www.epa.state.oh.us/dsw/documents/instbusl.pdf
  Using Biological Criteria to  Validate Applications of Water Quality Criteria: Dissolved and Total Recoverable Metals,    February
  1997: http://www.epa.state.oh.us/dsw/documents/qli bio.pdf
  Rankin, E.T. 1989. The qualitative habitat evaluation index (QHEI): rationale, methods, and application. Division of Water
  Quality Planning & Assessment, Ecological  Assessment Section, Columbus, Ohio.
  Biological and Water Quality Reports, list of documents: http://www.epa.state.oh.us/dsw/document index/psdindx.html
  Biocriteria manuals are currently only available as hard copies upon emailed or written request.  Information on obtaining copies
  can be found at http://www.epa.state.oh.us/dsw/document index/printdoc.html. The biocriteria manuals are titled as follows:
      Ohio Environmental Protection Agency. 1987a. Biological criteria  for the  protection of aquatic life: Volume I.  The role of
      biological data in water quality assessment. Division of Water Quality Monitoring & Assessment,  Surface Water Section,
      Columbus, Ohio.

      Ohio Environmental Protection Agency. 1987b. Biological criteria  for the  protection of aquatic life: Volume II.  Users manual
      for biological field assessment of Ohio  surface waters. Division of Water Quality Monitoring & Assessment, Surface Water
      Section,  Columbus, Ohio.

      Ohio Environmental Protection Agency. 1989b. Addendum to Biological criteria for the protection of aquatic life:  Volume II.
      Users manual for biological field assessment of Ohio surface  waters.  Division of Water Quality Planning & Assessment,
      Ecological Assessment Section, Columbus, Ohio.

      Ohio Environmental Protection Agency. 1989c. Biological criteria  for the protection of aquatic life: Volume III.
      Standardized biological field sampling and laboratory methods for assessing fish and macroinvertebrate communities.
      Division of Water Quality Planning & Assessment, Ecological Assessment Section, Columbus, Ohio.
OHIO: Program Summary                             December 2002                                             3-141

-------
 OHIO
  Contact Information
  Jeffrey E. DeShon, Acting Manager - Ecological Assessment Section
  Ohio Environmental Protection Agency (OHEPA)
  4675 Homer Ohio Lane • Graveport, OH 43125
  Phone 614/836-8780 • Fax 614/836-8795
  email: jeff.deshon@epa.state.oh.us
  Programmatic Elements
  Uses of bioassessment
  within overall water quality
  program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALUS determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (special
projects, specific river basins or watersheds, and
comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations) (specific
river basins or watersheds)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin (special projects, specific river basins or
watersheds, and comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
other: geometric design (specific river basins or watersheds and
comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
  Stream Miles
  Total miles                                           29,113
  (based on the USEPA RF3 map of perennial stream mites as
  determined for Ohio)
  Total perennial miles                                      29,113
  Total miles assessed for biology                    9,535
      fully supporting for 305(b)                              5,204
      partially/non-supporting for 305(b)                       4,331
      listed for 303(d)*                                      2,052
      number of sites sampled (1999-2000)                    1,100
      number of miles assessed per site (1999-2000)              2.5
                                    9,535 Miles Assessed for Biology
                                           "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                           "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
The 2,052 miles are from Ohio's 1998 303(d) list, which is based on the 1996 305(b) statistics and includes data collected through
1994. OHEPA has recently taken a different approach to assessment and listing that will be reflected in upcoming 303(d) listings.
The Agency now discourages the use of attainment statistics based on monitored stream miles in favor of a watershed level
approach that provides an indication of the attainment status of watersheds in total (in essence, a measure of square miles of
watersheds fully, partially, or not supporting ALU).
OHIO: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                             3-142

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Class System (A,B,C) - Tiered

Seven designations: Warmwater Habitat, Exceptional Warmwater
Habitat, Coldwater Habitat, Modified Warmwater Habitat, Seasonal
Salmonid, Limited Warmwater Habitat (being phased out), Limited
Resource Water
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
Procedures used to support narrative biocriteria located in Ohio
WQS, http://www.epa.state.oh.us/dsw/rules/3745-1.html
 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS    Also found in Ohio WQS, see above link
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental
 data (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
There are many instances where bioassessments documented
before and after conditions based on POTW improvements.
Biosurvey data and biocriteria thresholds are the primary arbiters in
the determination of aquatic life use attainment status; results are
used to determine 305(b) aquatic life use attainment statistics and to
drive the 303(d) listing/delisting and TMDL development process.
  Reference Site/Condition Development
 Number of reference sites
                              500 total (including modified reference sites)
Reference site
determinations
Reference site criteria*
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Additional information


/


site-specific
paired watersheds
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment
other:
Representative of best watershed conditions within an ecoregion
given the background activities prevalent in society.

/



/





/
/
7
historical conditions
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other:
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
elevation
stream type
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
other:
reference sites linked to ALU

reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards
(listed in Biocriteria Manuals, which are referenced in WQS)
some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
conditions
*AII reference sites were originally screened to eliminate sites with evidence of substantial human disturbance. This was
accomplished by examining maps of human population density and current and  past land uses, compiling a watershed disturbance
ranking, and noting the size and location of point source discharges.  Additional  site-specific factors considered in the selection of a
reference site included (1) the amount, if any, of stream channel modification, (2) the condition of the vegetative riparian buffer zone,
(3) water volume, (4) channel morphology characteristics, (5) substrate character and condition, (6) presence of obvious color/odor
problems, (7) amount of instream woody debris, and (8) the general representativeness of the site within the ecoregion.
OHIO: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                           3-143

-------
  Field and Lab  Methods
 Assemblages assessed
     benthos (100-500 samples/year, single season, multiple sites - broad
     coverage)
     fish (100-500 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - broad coverage)
     periphyton
     other:
 Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
collect by hand, multiplate: 200-400 micron mesh
multihabitat and artificial substrate
entire sample (presort with subsampling)
combination (lowest practical with current knowledge)
 Fish
      sampling gear

      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
backpack electrofisher (in small streams only), boat electrofisher, pram unit (tote
barge), and longline method using electrofishing unit and 100 meter line
multihabitat
biomass - individual and batch, anomalies
batch (for weight only)
species
 Habitat assessments
visual based; performed with bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings and
training for biologists, taxonomic proficiency checks, specimen archival, and a
certification program for bioassessment has been developed for the OHEPA
Voluntary Action Program (i.e., Brownfields Redevelopment)
  Data Analysis and Interpretation
 Data analysis tools and
 methods
     summary tables, illustrative graphs
     parametric ANOVAs
     multivariate analysis
     biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
     disturbance gradients
     other:
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
95th percentile of reference population

25th percentile of reference population (ecoregion Warmwater Habitat
and Modified Warmwater Habitat);
75th percentile of reference population (statewide Exceptional
Warmwater Habitat); EPA RBP Guidelines
 Evaluation of performance
 characteristics
     repeat sampling (many sites - including reference sites - with
     multiple-year collections to track temporal variability)
     precision (multiple samples occasionally collected from the same
     site on the same date, especially at potential litigation sites)
     sensitivity (studies have been done to determine the possible
     range of variation in index scores at a given sampling location on
     a given sampling date)
     bias
     accuracy
 Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
In initial stages of modernization and migration to MS Access
Custom programs to calculate indices, other summarized data, 305(b)
statistics, etc.
OHIO: Program Summary
                                                   December 2002
                                                                                                               3-144

-------
 OKLAHOMA
 Contact Information

 Charles Potts, Senior Environmental Specialist
 Oklahoma Water Resources Board (OWRB)
 3800 North Classen • Oklahoma City, OK 73118
 Phone 405/530-8800 • Fax 405/530-8900
 email: capotts@owrb.state.ok.us
 OWRB homepage: http://www.owrb.state.ok.us/
 Program Description

 The Oklahoma Water Resources Board (OWRB) has many monitoring programs. In 1998, the State Legislature
 directed the OWRB to oversee certain state water quality monitoring activities to determine compliance with
 Oklahoma's Water Quality Standards (OWQS). Specifically, the OWRB was charged with coordinating all
 monitoring under a standing cooperative agreement with the USGS, conducting a Comprehensive Beneficial Use
 Monitoring Program (BUMP), and developing Use Support Assessment Protocols (USAPS) to ensure the
 consistent data interpretation of beneficial use support.  The overall goal of BUMP is to document beneficial use
 impairments, identify impairment sources (if possible), detect water quality trends, provide needed information for
 the OWQS and facilitate the prioritization of pollution control activities.  River and stream monitoring is one of five
 key elements of BUMP.

 So far, OWRB's biological monitoring is related only to special projects, such as biocriteria development or the
 occasional fish tissue study.  However, BUMP is a developing program and there is  intent to expand biological
 monitoring in the near future.  Presently, there are fixed  and rotating stations at which chemistry and flow
 information may be collected.  The OWRB is currently monitoring almost 200 sites on a monthly basis. These sites
 are segregated into two discrete types of monitoring activities. The first monitoring activity is focuses on fixed
 station monitoring on rivers and streams. In general, at  least one sample station is located in each of 67
 watersheds. Following consultation with other appropriate state environmental  agencies, the OWRB originally
 identified 84 fixed sites; that number has now grown to 100. The second  component of river and stream monitoring
 focuses on water quality sampling stations whose location will rotate on an annual basis. Stations and identified
 monitoring parameters were based upon Oklahoma's 303(d) list and the  monitoring  requirements  of other state
 environmental agencies. Monitoring parameters are specific for each stream segment.

 Oklahoma DEQ's fish monitoring program has been discontinued but provided a wealth of information concerning
 statewide  fish distribution. Improvements in Oklahoma's water quality monitoring programs are being developed
 and implemented in order to provide more consistent and reliable information related to the condition of aquatic
 resources (including quality habitat alteration, and impacts of polluted runoff and point source discharges).
 Unfortunately, much of the monitoring information in Oklahoma is fragmentary  and incompatible because it is
 collected through  programs that are designed and conducted for differing objectives.
 Documentation and Further Information

 The State of Oklahoma Water Quality Assessment Report, 2000 Edition, November 2000:
 http://www.deq.state.ok.us/WQDnew/305b 303d/2000  305b  Report Final.pdf

 Status of Water Quality Monitoring in Oklahoma, 2000 Final Report to the Oklahoma Legislature:
 www.owrb.state.ok.us/reports/OkWqStatus2000.pdf

 Oklahoma Water Resources Board, Chapter 46 of Implementation of Oklahoma's WQS, effective August 2001:
 http://www.owrb.state.ok.us/rules/Chap46.pdf

 SOP for Field Sampling Efforts of the OK Water Resources Board Beneficial Use Monitoring Program, June 2001:
 http://www.owrb.state.ok.us/reports/BUMP SOPFY-01 .pdf

 Oklahoma's Nonpoint Source Management Program and Nonpoint Source Assessment Report, FINAL DRAFT:
 http://www.okcc.state.ok.us/DivisionsAA/ater Quality/Reports/REPORT078.pdf

 Conduct your own "Biological Monitoring" search for additional documents using: http://www.soonersearch.odl.state.ok.us/
OKLAHOMA: Program Summary
                                              December 2002
                                                                                                     3-145

-------
 OKLAHOMA
 Contact Information
 Charles Potts, Senior Environmental Specialist
 Oklahoma Water Resources Board (OWRB)
 3800 North Classen • Oklahoma City, OK 73118
 Phone 405/530-8800 • Fax 405/530-8900
 email: capotts@owrb.state.ok.us
  Programmatic Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program*
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide (comprehensive use
throughout jurisdiction)
rotating basin
other:
'Several possibilities exist, but currently only use-support decisions and use assignments are done with bioassessments.
 Stream Miles
 Total miles
 (State based determination - waterbody identifications)
 Total perennial miles
 Total miles assessed for biology
      fully supporting for 305(b)**
      partially/non-supporting for 305(b)**
      listed for 303(d)**
      number of sites sampled
      number of miles assessed per site
                 78,778
                  22,386
                 13,313
                   3,391
          ~4 (site specific)
"Much of Oklahoma's efforts are still in the development stages.  The new 305(b) and 303(d) are not complete and there have been
significant changes in protocol since last completed; thus the data from past reports are no longer relevant. The new 305(b) and
303(d) reports should be complete sometime in 2002.
OKLAHOMA: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                           3-146

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis
 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
ALU subcategories
Habitat Limited Aquatic Community (least restrictive), Warm Water
A.C., Cool Water A.C. (most restrictive), Trout Fishery
(anti-degradation limitation)
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
Formal/informal numeric procedures used to support narrative
biocriteria exist for specific ecoregions only.
Numeric Biocriteria in WQS Only for specific ecoregions; biological use-support thresholds found
in 785:46-15 (WQS implementation).
Uses of bioassessment data
in integrated assessments
with other environmental
data (e.g., toxicity testing and
chemical specific criteria)
/




assessment of aquatic resources
cause and effect determinations
permitted discharges
monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)
watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
                              none
  Reference Site/Condition Development
 Number of reference sites
                              66 -132 total (will increase as number of ecoregions are completed)
 Reference site
 determinations
    site-specific
    paired watersheds
    regional (aggregate of sites)
    professional judgment
    other: least impacted, no point sources
 Reference site criteria
Reference sites are defined by the least impacted version of a
stream type in a particular ecoregion. Specific criteria is under
development.
 Characterization of
 reference sites within a
 regional context
    historical conditions
    least disturbed sites
    gradient response
    professional judgment
    other:
 Stream stratification within
 regional reference
 conditions
    ecoregions (or some aggregate)
    elevation
    stream type
    multivariate grouping
    jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
    other:
 Additional information
    reference sites linked to ALU
    reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards
    some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
    conditions
OKLAHOMA: Program Summary
                                                December 2002
                                                                                                         3-147

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed
                                  benthos (<100 samples/year; single observation, limited sampling)
                                  fish (<100 samples/year; single observation, limited sampling)
                                  periphyton
                                  other:
 Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                              dipnet, kick net (1 meter); 500-600 micron mesh
                              riffle/run (cobble) and woody debris
                              100 count
                              genus
 Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
                              backpack electrofisher, seine; 1/4" mesh
                              all habitats contained within the "representative" reach of 200 - 400 meters
                              anomalies and taxonomic identification
                              none
                              species
 Habitat assessments
                              quantitative measurements; performed independent of bioassessments (see
                              Oklahoma  Water Resource Board Technical Report 99-3 for more information)
                               ^jr\iainjina vvaici r\c?ouu/uc? oua/u icijiiiinjai r\t?yju/i c?c?-o ILH IIILHC n HIM niauui \)
                               standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, taxonomic proficiency
                               checks and specimen archival
Quality assurance program
elements
 Data analysis tools and
 methods
Data Analysis and Interpretation
                                  summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                  parametric ANOVAs
                                  multivariate analysis
                                  biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
                                  disturbance gradients
                                  other:
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a  multimetric index
                              cumulative distribution function (ecoregion dependent)

                              cumulative distribution function (ecoregion dependent)
 Evaluation of performance
 characteristics
                                  repeat sampling (site validation collections and habitat assessments)
                                  precision
                                  sensitivity
                                  bias
                                  accuracy
 Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
                              MS Access and/or Excel formats
                              application dependent, spreadsheet driven (no large statistical treatment
                              yet); in the process of pulling existing data from other agencies to help
                              develop a program
OKLAHOMA: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                              3-148

-------
 OREGON
 Contact Information

 Rick Hafele, Manager- Biomonitoring Section
 Oregon Department of Environmental Quality (ORDEQ)
 2020 SW4th Avenue, Suite 400 • Portland, OR 97201
 Phone 503/229-5349 • Fax 503/229-6957
 email: hafele.rick@deq.state.or.us
 ORDEQ Water Quality Program homepage: http://www.deq.state.or.us/wq/
 Program Description

 Oregon DEQ (ORDEQ) has a history of using biological data in water quality assessments.  Since the early 1990's
 the biomonitoring program has grown from two full time staff to nine current permanent staff, and over 15 during
 the summer field season. The principle objectives of the biomonitoring program are to:

     Assess the status of stream conditions and fish and macroinvertebrate assemblages across the state,
     Identify trends in stream conditions and biological assemblages,
     Identify the primary chemical and physical parameters impairing biological assemblages,
     Assess the effectiveness of restoration projects and management activities designed to improve stream
     conditions,  and
     Help standardize protocols for biological assessments throughout the state and region

 Increased concern over nonpoint sources of pollution and the listing of numerous salmon species as threatened or
 endangered has focused more attention on the importance of biological information in the State. In 1991 Oregon
 DEQ adopted narrative biocriteria into state water quality standards.  ORDEQ is currently developing numeric
 biocriteria and expects to have numeric standards adopted by 2004.

 Most biological data are collected using a probabilistic sampling design.  A reference site network is also being
 developed and sampled.  ORDEQ has worked closely with EPA and  other state agencies in developing its
 monitoring strategy.  Over 400 sites have been sampled for biological, chemical  and physical parameters
 (approximately 150 sites per year).  Currently biological data are incorporated into the State's 305(b) report and
 303(d) list. Other biological data are used in NPDES permit assessments,  CWA Section 401 permit applications,
 and beneficial use assessments.

 Maintaining a commitment to long-term funding is one of the primary challenges of any state monitoring effort.
 Data management and data  quality are also key issues that require ongoing efforts to maintain an effective
 program.  Finally, integrating biological data into the overall water quality program (i.e. TMDLs) is an ongoing
 challenge and an area for improvement in the future. To view current ORDEQ biomonitoring technical reports, go
 to:  http://www.deq.state.or.us/lab/Biomon/bio rpt.htm
 Documentation and Further Information

 Oregon's 2000 Water Quality Status Assessment Report, Section 305(b) Report:
 http://www.deq.state.or.us/wq/305bRpt/305bReportOOa.pdf

 ORDEQ Water Quality Limited Streams 303(d) List information (including Listing Criteria, etc.):
 http://www.deq.state.or.us/wq/303dlist/303dpaqe.htm

 Oregon Water Quality Standards homepage: http://www.deq.state.or.us/wq/standards/wqstdshome.htm

 Quality Assurance Guidelines:
 http://www.deq.state.or.us/lab/qa/NPDES%20and%20WPCF%20Self-Monitorinq%20Laboratories.pdf

 Mrazik, S. 1999. Reference site selection: a six step approach for selecting reference sites for biomonitoring and
 stream evaluation studies. Oregon Department of Environmental Quality, Biomonitoring Section.
OREGON: Program Summary
                                             December 2002
                                                                                                  3-149

-------
  OREGON
 Contact Information
 Rick Hafele, Manager- Biomonitoring Section
 Oregon Department of Environmental Quality (ORDEQ)
 2020 SW4th Avenue, Suite 400 • Portland, OR 97201
 Phone 503/229-5349 • Fax 503/229-6957
 email: hafele.rick@deq.state.or.us
  Programmatic Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other: 401  permits and restoration effectiveness monitoring
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (special
projects only)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area (specific river
basins or watersheds)
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide (comprehensive use
throughout jurisdiction)
rotating basin
other:
 Stream Miles
 Total miles                                      114,823
 (determined using RF3 and National Hydrography Database)
 Total perennial miles                                  51,695
 Total miles assessed for biology*              40,188
      fully supporting for 305(b)                         12,056.4
      partially/non-supporting for 305(b)                  28,131.6
      listed for 303(d)**                                unknown
      number of sites sampled (on an annual basis)""        150+
      number of miles assessed per site
                                   40,188 Miles Assessed for Biology
                                                       12,056.4 miles
                                                      ____-.
                                                     WBBKMB
                                             28,131.6 miles      /
                                                             /'/'
                                      [7]  "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                      Q  "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
*Most of the biological monitoring is based on a probabilistic sampling design in order to calculate the total stream miles represented
by the data.
"ORDEQ is in the process of drafting a new 303(d) list (as of March 2002). If ORDEQ were to provide data based on past 303(d)
lists, the number of miles listed would be considerably smaller than the 28,131 miles that are "partially/non-supporting" for305(b)
because 303(d) lists are not based on a probabilistic sampling design.
***Over 400 total sites have been sampled.
OREGON: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                            3-150

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Fishery Based Uses

Four designations: Salmonid Passage; Salmonid rearing; Salmonid
spawning; Protection of resident fish and aquatic life
  Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
applied using a numeric approach found in 303(d) listing criteria,
http://www.deq.state.or.us/wq/303dlist/303dpage.htm
Numeric Biocriteria in WQS under development
Uses of bioassessment data
in integrated assessments
with other environmental
data (e.g., toxicity testing and
chemical specific criteria)
/
/
/
/

assessment of aquatic resources
cause and effect determinations
permitted discharges
monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)
watershed based management
  Uses of bioassessment/
  biocriteria in making
  management decisions
  regarding restoration of
  aquatic resources to a
  designated ALU
The best example is a stream restoration project in Eastern Oregon
that is trying to restore habitat and water quality to support salmonid
spawning and rearing. Bioassessment data have been an ongoing
part of this project's evaluation.
  Reference Site/Condition Development
  Number of reference sites
                               200 total
  Reference site
  determinations
  Reference site criteria
 Characterization of
 reference sites within a
 regional context
 Stream stratification within
 regional reference
 conditions
 Additional information
    site-specific

    paired watersheds

    regional (aggregate of sites)

    professional judgment

    other: see criteria below
Reference sites must fall into the lowest level of human disturbance
based on a set of CIS information and field results including land
use, road density and habitat (CIS data and best professional
judgment are used to identify 5th field watersheds with minimal
human disturbance). Once potential watersheds have been
identified, stream monitoring sites are randomly selected from within
those watersheds. Field reconnaissance confirms if they are suitable
reference sites.
     historical conditions

     least disturbed sites

     gradient response

     professional judgment

     other: minimally disturbed*
    ecoregions (or some aggregate)

    elevation

    stream type

    multivariate grouping

    jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)

    other: gradient; latitude and longitude; conductivity; watershed
    area
     reference sites linked to ALU

     reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards

     some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
     conditions
'Oregon has three classes of reference sites: A - Sites with no human disturbance. These sites represent "natural" conditions and
are generally found in wilderness areas or very remote regions of the state, B - Sites with minimal human disturbance. These sites
represent conditions expected to occur without or with very minimal human activity, and C - Sites with human disturbance that
measurably alters stream conditions. These are the best available (least disturbed) sites.
OREGON: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                             3-151

-------
Field and Lab Methods
Assemblages assessed
     benthos (100-500 samples/year, single season, multiple sites - broad coverage)
     fish (100-500 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - broad coverage)
     periphyton (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - watershed level)
     NOTE: ORDEQ samples periphyton for some projects, but not at the majority of sites.
     other: amphibians and reptiles (100-500 samples/year; single season, multiple sites  -
     broad coverage)
Benthos
     sampling gear             D-frame; 500-600 micron mesh
     habitat selection           riffle/run (cobble)
     subsample size            500 count
     taxonomy                 combination - typically genus/species.  A regional (multistate) taxonomy workgroup meets to
                              set taxonomic level standards.
Fish/Amphibians
     sampling gear
     habitat selection
     sample processing
     subsample
     taxonomy
backpack electrofisher
multihabitat
length measurement and anomalies
none
species
Periphyton
     sampling gear
     habitat selection
     sample processing
     taxonomy
natural substrate: brushing/scraping device (razor/toothbrush, etc.)
riffle/run (cobble)
taxonomic identification
all algae
Habitat assessments
quantitative measurements; performed with bioassessments
Quality assurance program
elements
standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings and training for
biologists, and specimen archival
  Data Analysis and Interpretation
 Data analysis tools and
 methods
      summary tables, illustrative graphs
      parametric ANOVAs
      multivariate analysis
      biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
      disturbance gradients
      other:
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
 25th percentile of reference population

 Cumulative distribution function
  Multivariate thresholds
      defining impairment in
      a multivariate index
 Significant departure from mean of reference population
Evaluation of performance
characteristics
/
/
/


repeat sampling (a minimum of 10% of sites are sampled twice each field season)
precision (Signal-to-noise analysis)
sensitivity (Multivariate model sensitivity checked by rerunning model on subset of
reference sites)
bias
accuracy
Biological data
Storage Data are stored in an agency database using MS Access. Macroinvertebrate data are
      Retrieval and analysis
                               also being stored in a regional database (multi-agency and multi-state).
                               SAS and Statistica
OREGON: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                             3-152

-------
 PENNSYLVANIA
 Contact Information

 Daniel Bogar, Water Pollution Biologist II
 Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection (PA DEP)
 P.O. Box 8467  • Harrisburg, PA 17105-8467
 Phone 717/787-9637 • Fax 717/772-3249
 email: dbogar@state.pa.us
 PA DEP Office  of Water Management homepage:
 http://www.dep.state.pa.us/dep/deputate/watermgt/watermgt.htm
 Program Description

 The basics of Pennsylvania's current water guality monitoring program began in the late 1960s and has included elements of
 bioassessment in some form since its inception. The primary objectives of the water quality monitoring program are to define
 surface water quality status and trends and to evaluate compliance with discharge permit limits.

 The State of Pennsylvania uses biological assessments in several program areas. The Statewide Surface Water Assessment
 Program (SSWAP), started in 1997, was developed to assess all 83,000 miles of streams in the state. The first comprehensive
 statewide assessment is scheduled for completion by 2007. After five seasons, approximately two thirds of Pennsylvania's
 surface waters have been assessed. Assessments are based on an evaluation of the instream habitat and macroinvertebrate
 community composition. All assessed streams are determined to be either impaired or unimpaired and a source and cause is
 listed for the former. These data are compiled into an MS Access database and GIS stream layer that is updated yearly and
 submitted to USEPA as part of the 305(b)  report. Impaired reaches are placed on the 303(d) list and scheduled for follow-up
 TMDLs. Due to increasing complexities in the TMDL program, the assessment field methodology will be refined and enhanced
 in order to satisfy data needs for TMDL development.
 Pennsylvania's Antidegradation Program also uses biological assessments based on a modified version of USEPA's Rapid
 Bioassessment Protocols (RBP) methodology to define aquatic life use designations of candidate streams. Biological samples
 are collected, subsampled, identified, and  selected metrics are generated and analyzed. Candidate streams are compared to
 reference streams to determine if they qualify for designation as High Quality or Exceptional Value Waters. To alleviate the
 problem of site-specific reference site variability, staff biologists are currently working to develop a set of regionalized Reference
 Condition scores that can be  compared to candidate streams.
 Biological assessments are also an important component of the Surface Water Quality Monitoring Network (WON). Biological
 samples are collected at 26 fixed stations three times per year (spring, summer, and fall) and once a year (summer) at 123
 additional stations using the same RBP methodology referenced above. These data, in conjunction with bimonthly water
 chemistry samples,  are used to monitor long-term trends in water quality on the major streams in the Commonwealth.
 Fish are collected at approximately 35 WON stations each year.  Fillets from these fish are analyzed for contaminants such as
 heavy metals and pesticides. This tissue analysis is used to generate consumption advisories for fish living in any contaminated
 surface waters.
 In order to more effectively meet its water quality objectives, Pennsylvania has fostered several cooperative bioassessment
 partnerships. Through contracts with the PA DEP,  the Pennsylvania Fish and Boat Commission (PFBC), Susquehanna River
 Basin Commission (SRBC), and Interstate Commission on the Potomac River Basin (ICPRB) assist with SSWAP assessments.
 The Department plans to contract with the USGS to collect WQN samples. There are also cooperative efforts with citizen
 monitoring groups for water quality monitoring data collection and 305(b) reporting purposes.

 While Pennsylvania's bioassessment efforts have increased in recent years (Statewide Surface Waters Assessment program),
 additional bioassessment challenges are being tackled.  Department biologists are currently working to develop fish-based
 bioassessment methodologies for larger streams, refine lake assessments for 303(d) reporting purposes, and bioassessments of
 specialized habitats; such as limestone, glide/pool dominated, and non-wadeable waters.
 Documentation and Further Information

 Commonwealth of Pennsylvania 2000 Water Quality Assessment 305(b) Report:
 http://www.dep.state.pa.us/dep/deputate/watermgt/Wqp/WQStandards/305 wq2000 narr.htm

 Commonwealth of Pennsylvania 2001 305(b) UPDATE:
 http://www.dep.state.pa.us/dep/deputate/watermgt/WqpAA/QStandards/305 wq2001 narr.htm

 DRAFT 2002 Section 303(d) Report, List of Impaired Waterbodies, June 2002:
 http://www.dep.state.pa.us/dep/deputate/watermgt/Wqp/WQStandards/303d-Report.htm

 Pennsylvania's Surface Water Quality Monitoring Network (WQN), revised 2001:
 http://www.dep.state.pa.us/dep/deputate/watermgt/wqp/wqstandards/Facts/BK0636-1.pdf

 Water Quality Assessment and Standards Fact Sheets:
 http://www.dep.state.pa.us/dep/deputate/watermqt/wqp/wqstandards/Facts/Pubs-c.htm
PENNSYLVANIA: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                            3-153

-------
 PENNSYLVANIA
 Contact Information
 Daniel Bogar, Water Pollution Biologist II
 Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection (PA DEP)
 P.O. Box 8467 • Harrisburg, PA 17105-8467
 Phone 717/787-9637 • Fax 717/772-3249
 email: dbogar@state.pa.us
  Programmatic Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (special
projects only)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
(comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin (special projects only)
other:
 Stream Miles
 Total miles
 (determined using 1/24,000 scale streams GIS coverage)
 Total perennial miles
 Total miles assessed for biology
     fully supporting for 305(b)
     partially/non-supporting for 305(b)
     listed for 303(d)
     number of sites sampled
     number of miles assessed per site*
                 83,000


                 45,000
                  36,900
                   8,100
                   8,100
                   7,435
                                 45,000 Miles Assessed for Biology
                                        "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                        "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
'Stations are placed at the mouths of major tributaries and on mainstems; towns are bracketed (upstream/downstream) depending
on landuse observed while in field.
PENNSYLVANIA: Program Summary
                                                December 2002
                                                                                                        3-154

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Fishery Based Uses

Four designations: Cold water fishes, Warm water fishes, Migratory
fishes, Trout stocking
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
none - Antidegradation protocols used to support general aquatic life
standard are under development, not statutory - found in Chapter 93
of Statutory Code.
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental
 data (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
                            none
 Reference Site/Condition Development
 Number of reference sites
                            -100 total
Reference site
determinations
Reference site criteria
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Additional information

/
/


site-specific
paired watersheds
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment
other:
Based on stream classification in the antidegradation program,
use, and habitat: primarily forested, no water quality criteria
violations, excellent habitat, and minimal siltation.




/





7
/


land
historical conditions
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other: minimally disturbed
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
elevation
stream type
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
other: drainage area, land use, use designations, gradient
and other regionalization other than ecoregion
reference sites linked to ALU
size

reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards
some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
conditions
PENNSYLVANIA: Program Summary
                                              December 2002
                                                                                                    3-155

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed
     benthos (100-500 samples/year, multiple seasons, multiple sites - broad
     coverage for watershed level)
     fish* (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - not at watershed
     level)
     periphyton
     other: phytoplankton (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - not
     at watershed level)
  Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
multiplate, D-frame and kick net (1 meter); >800 micron mesh
riffle/run (cobble)
100 count
genus
  Fish*
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
backpack and boat electrofishers
multihabitat
length measurement and anomalies
none
species
  Habitat assessments
visual based; performed with bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings and
training for biologists, taxonomic proficiency checks, specimen archival
'Pennsylvania Fish & Boat Commission provides fish data to PA DEP.  For more information, contact Rick Spear, PA Fish & Boat
Commission, 450 Robinson Lane, Bellefonte, PA 16823, Phone: 814/359-5233,  e-mail: rspear@state.pa.us.
  Data Analysis and Interpretation
  Data analysis tools and
  methods
                               /
    summary tables, illustrative graphs
    parametric ANOVAs
    multivariate analysis
    biological metrics (return single metrics - use endpoint for each
    single metric)
    disturbance gradients
    other:
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
Still in the process of evaluating the best approach (considering 75th
and 95th percentile of reference population and cumulative
distribution function)
Still in the process of evaluating the best approach (considering 75th
and 95th percentile of reference population and cumulative
distribution function)
  Multivariate thresholds
      defining impairment in
      a multivariate index
In the process of evaluating the best approach
  Evaluation of performance
  characteristics
     repeat sampling (two or three separate samples in the same
     riffle)
     precision
     sensitivity
     bias
     accuracy
  Biological data
      Storage                  MS Access
      Retrieval and analysis      SAS
PENNSYLVANIA: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                              3-156

-------
 RHODE ISLAND
 Contact Information

 Robert Richardson, Senior Environmental Scientist
 Rhode Island Department of Environmental Management (RIDEM)
 235 Promenade Street • Providence, Rl 02908-5767
 Phone 401/222-4700x7240 • Fax  401/222-3564
 email: rrichard@doa.state.ri.us
 RIDEM Office of Water Resources homepage:
 http://www.state.ri.us/dem/programs/benviron/water/index.htm
 Program Description

 The importance of biological assessments in the evaluation of water quality has long been recognized in Rhode
 Island. Biological assessments are used to supplement physical and chemical water quality monitoring data. More
 specifically, the biological data can be used to identify long-term trends in water quality which reflect water pollution
 abatement efforts and/or needs.  The Rhode Island Department of Environmental Management (RIDEM), Office of
 Water Resources (OWR) has two types of biological monitoring programs. Multiple plate artificial substrates have
 been  used to evaluate the biological community in deep rivers since 1974. In addition, EPA's Rapid
 Bioassessment Protocol (RBP) (USEPA 1989) has been used since 1991 for the assessment of the biological
 integrity of various shallow river sites in the state.

 Artificial Substrate Monitoring
 The Fullner multiple-plate artificial substrate with 14 plates has been used by the Office of Water Resources for
 over 20 years to assess instream biological  communities. Stations selected for this biological monitoring include
 those used for USGS trend chemical sampling to more closely relate chemical  and biological data. This method
 has the advantage of providing a uniform sampling habitat for each station,  thus reducing the problem caused by
 varying types of river bottom and depth.  Macroinvertebrates collected on the artificial substrates are classified
 according to their tolerance of pollutants.

 Rapid Bioassessment Protocol Monitoring
 RBP monitoring involves an integrated assessment, comparing habitat (physical structure, flow regime) and
 biological  measures with defined reference site conditions. Since 1992, a network of 45 stream riffle-area sites
 have  been surveyed by Roger Wlliams University in cooperation with and contracted by RIDEM. Each site  is
 visited during the spring-summer season and macroinvertebrates are sampled  (minimum 100 organisms per site
 visit where feasible). Data are analyzed using  RBP I and II protocols, which include varying degrees of field and
 laboratory organism identification.

 The streams sampled within the  state range from first order to fifth order. Eight of the streams are considered to be
 first order, eighteen second order, twelve third order, four fourth order and three are of the fifth order. Lower order
 streams are quite dependent upon the immediate characteristics of the watershed.  In other words, runoff is a
 direct-affect component versus one of many components within a higher order  stream. It is important to note that
 the 1993,  1995 and 1997 sampling events took place during drought conditions, which  may have resulted in fewer
 riffles, lower dilution and lack of runoff. This probably affected the types of organisms collected and resulted in an
 altered picture of the stations based from that  seen in other years. This information was taken into account  during
 the evaluation  of the biological assessments.

 Initial  bioassessment work involved establishing and field testing the RBPs  in Rhode Island streams and rivers. In
 addition, refinement of the protocol over the past 4 years has established the presence of two sub-ecoregions
 within the  state: coastal areas and inland areas. Incorporation of the presence of these two  sub-ecoregions into
 selection of reference sites and application of the protocols will continue. The habitat/physical parameters and
 biological  metrics of each station were compared to those of the selected reference station and given an overall
 bioassessment score.


 Documentation and Further  Information

 The State of the State's Waters Rhode Island Section 305(b) Report, September 2000:
 http://www.state.ri.us/dem/pubs/305b/index.htm

 State of Rhode Island 2000 303(d) List of Impaired Waters, November 2000: http://www.state.ri.us/dem/pubs/303d/303dOO.pdf

 Water Quality Regulations (including WQS), amended June 2000:
 http://www.state.ri.us/dem/pubs/regs/REGSAA/ATER/h20qlty.pdf
RHODE ISLAND: Program Summary
                                              December 2002
                                                                                                    3-157

-------
  RHODE  ISLAND
 Contact Information
 Robert Richardson, Senior Environmental Scientist
 Rhode Island Department of Environmental Management (RIDEM)
 235 Promenade Street • Providence, Rl 02908-5767
 Phone 401/222-4700x7240 • Fax  401/222-3564
 email: rrichard@doa.state.ri.us
  Programmatic  Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (specific river
basins or watersheds and comprehensive use throughout
jurisdiction)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations) (specific
river basins or watersheds and comprehensive use throughout
jurisdiction)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide (comprehensive use
throughout jurisdiction)
rotating basin
other:
 Stream Miles
 Total miles                                          1,498
 (determined using state based GIS coverage)
 Total perennial miles                                      979
 Total miles assessed for biology*                  272.8
     fully supporting for 305(b)*                            188.1
     partially/non-supporting for 305(b)*                      84.7
     listed for 303(d)*                                      78.5
     number of sites sampled (on an annual basis)**           -62
     number of miles assessed per site                site specific
                                   272.8 Miles Assessed for Biology
                                          / "-V  188.1 miles p ""'""-
                                         "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                         "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
'These numbers represent the miles assessed for ALUS using biology or a combination of biological and chemical data. The miles
listed for 303(d) were taken from the Rl draft 2002 303(d) list for biodiversity impairments.
"Roughly 62 sites are monitored on an annual basis, though this number does vary (10 = artificial substrate; 45 - 50 = RBP).
Fifty-five additional sites were sampled in 2000 as part of a random sampling design for the EPA.
RHODE ISLAND: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                           3-158

-------
 Aquatic  Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Single Aquatic Life Use and Class System (A,B,C)

One designation: fish and wildlife habitat
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
No formal/informal numeric procedures are used to support narrative
biocriteria; however, there is a qualitative and/or narrative scale of
condition.
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental
 data (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
Super-fund sites and Rhode Island Pollutant Elimination Discharge
System (RIPDES) permit toxic elimination
  Reference Site/Condition  Development
 Number of reference sites
                              2 total
Reference site
determinations
Reference site criteria
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Additional information
/


/

site-specific
paired watersheds
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment
other:
Minimally impaired/disturbed (best reference site in New England) -
natural conditions, bank erosion, land use, etc. High Quality
unimpaired condition for RBP or site-specific for special site studies.
/



/
/





/


historical conditions
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other: minimally disturbed*
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
elevation
stream type
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
other:
reference sites linked to ALU
reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards
some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
conditions
•Rhode Island's reference sites are considered minimally disturbed.  The Wood River reference site (most widely used) will likely
remain minimally disturbed because its watershed is largely contained within State Park boundaries. Rl allows for about a 20%
variation from that target for compliance. However, special watershed projects may be asking an upstream or downstream question
and, therefore, may be required to find a least disturbed site within the unique segment for comparison.
RHODE ISLAND: Program Summary
                                                December 2002
                                                                                                        3-159

-------
Field and Lab Methods
Assemblages assessed
                                   benthos (<100 samples/year, single season, multiple sites - broad coverage)
                                   fish (sampled once in conjunction with USEPA: < 100 samples; single
                                   observation)
                                   periphyton
                                   other: macrophytes (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - broad
                                   coverage)
 Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                             collect by hand, multiplate, D-frame; 200-400 micron mesh
                             riffle/run (cobble), artificial substrate
                             100 count
                             combination
 Habitat assessments
                             visual based; performed with bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
                             standard operating procedures, periodic meetings and training for biologists,
                             taxonomic proficiency checks, and specimen archival
 Data Analysis and Interpretation
 Data analysis tools and
 methods
                                  summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                  parametric ANOVAs
                                  multivariate analysis
                                  biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
                                  disturbance gradients
                                  other:
 Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
                             25th percentile of reference population

                             75th percentile of reference population - standard random sampling
                             design, EPT index, RBPs
 Evaluation of performance
 characteristics
                                  repeat sampling
                                  precision
                                  sensitivity
                                  bias
                                  accuracy
 Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
                             databases, spreadsheets
                             EDAS
RHODE ISLAND: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                           3-160

-------
 SOUTH CAROLINA
 Contact Information

 James Glover, PhD, Aquatic Biologist
 South Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control (SC DHEC)
 2600 Bull Street • Columbia, SC 29201
 Phone 803/898-4081 • Fax 803/898-4200
 email: GloverJB@columb32.DHEC.state.sc.us
 SC DHEC Bureau of Water homepage: http://www.scdhec.net/water/
 Program Description

 Biologists at the South Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control use aquatic macroinvertebrates
 as bioindicators to make assessments of water quality. The program began in the early 1970s with the first
 technical report printed in 1972. Currently, flowing streams and rivers are the primary waterbodies that are
 assessed. South Carolina's monitoring efforts can be divided into two categories: ambient monitoring and special
 studies.  Both fixed sites and randomly selected sites are chosen each year for the ambient monitoring work.
 Fixed sites are sampled once every five years on a rotating basin schedule. Special studies usually involve a point
 source discharge or a nonpoint source perturbation such as a logging operation. Upstream and downstream sites
 are selected for sampling when conducting special studies. Agency staff may carry out the special studies or they
 may be required by the industry as part of a permit or consent order.  In the latter case, state certified consultants
 conduct the studies with the resulting reports reviewed by agency scientists.

 South Carolina's program is modeled after that of North Carolina's, which was developed in the 1970s and 1980s.
 A timed qualitative multihabitat approach is taken for sampling macroinvertebrates. Organisms are picked in the
 field and returned to the laboratory for identification to the lowest practical taxonomic  level - usually genus or
 species.  Two metrics are calculated to produce an assessment: the EPT Index, and the NC Biotic Index. These
 two metrics are standardized on a scale of 1 to 5 and averaged to produce a final score. The Bioclassification of
 the stream is based on this score. The numeric criteria developed in SC are dependant on the  ecoregion within
 which the stream is located. There are separate criteria for the mountains, piedmont, and coastal plain regions of
 the state. For special studies, impact is determined by the change in the bioclassification score from the upstream
 control site to the downstream test site. A rigorous quality control/quality assurance program has been developed
 and implemented for sampling, identification of organisms, and data entry.
 Documentation and Further Information

 The 2002 Section 305(b) Water Quality Assessment Report for South Carolina, March 2000:
 http://www.scdhec.net/eqc/water/pubs/305b.pdf
 Sfate of South Carolina 303(d) List for 2000, EPA approved in May 2000:
 http://www.scdhec.net/eqc/water/pubs/303d2000.pdf (for the DRAFT 2002 303(d) List and 1998 303(d) List, go to
 http://www.scdhec.net/eqc/water/html/tmdl.html#303d)
 The Environmental Investigations Standard Operating Procedures and Quality Assurance Manual. 2001.  SC
 DHEC.
 Sfate of South Carolina Monitoring Strategy for Calendar Year 2002, January 2002:
 http://www.scdhec.net/eqc/water/pubs/strateqy.pdf
 Antidegradation Implementation for Water Quality in South Carolina, July 1998:
 http://www.scdhec.net/eqc/water/pubs/antideq.pdf
 Watershed Water Quality Management Strategy Program Description: http://www.scdhec.net/water/shed/proq.html

 For a list of and  links to additional SC DHEC Bureau of Water water quality publications, go to
 http://www.scdhec.net/eqc/admin/html/eqcpubs. html#wqreports
 DRAFT July 1998. Standard Operating Procedures and Quality Control Procedures for Macroinvertebrate
 Sampling. Technical Report No. 004-98. Prepared by South Carolina Bureau of Water, Division of Water
 Monitoring, Assessment and Protection, Aquatic Biology Section.
SOUTH CAROLINA: Program Summary
                                             December 2002
                                                                                                  3-161

-------
 SOUTH CAROLINA
 Contact Information
 James Glover, PhD, Aquatic Biologist
 South Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control (SC DHEC)
 2600 Bull Street • Columbia, SC 29201
 Phone 803/898-4081 • Fax 803/898-4200
 email: GloverJB@columb32.DHEC.state.sc.us
  Programmatic  Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose)
(comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
(comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area (comprehensive
use throughout jurisdiction)
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide (comprehensive use
throughout jurisdiction)
rotating basin (specific river basins or watersheds)
other:
 Stream Miles
 Total miles                                      35,461
 (determined using RF3)
 Total perennial miles                                  25,729
 Total miles assessed for biology*                2,320
     fully supporting for 305(b)                         1,820.8
     partially/non-supporting for 305(b)                   499.25
     listed for 303(d)                                  499.25
     number of sites sampled (on an annual basis)            80
     number of miles assessed per site
                                   2,320 Miles Assessed for Biology
                                     EH  "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                     Q  "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
These miles, listed in the 2000 205(b) report, were assessed based on a combination of physical/chemical and biological/habitat
data. The following subset of the 2,320 total combined miles contains stream miles assessed based solely on biological/habitat:
678.6 total miles assessed, 563.98 miles "fully supporting" for 305(b), and 114.6 miles "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b) and listed
for 303(d).
SOUTH CAROLINA: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                          3-162

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and  Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Class System (A,B,C) and Warm Water vs. Cold Water

Three designations: Freshwater, Trout - 3 types, Saltwater
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
Procedures used to support narrative biocriteria are not included in
SC water quality standards, but are available in the monitoring
program SOP.

none (South Carolina has limited numeric biociteria/indices used to
evaluate ALU, which are not included in state water quality standards
- see monitoring program SOP.)
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental
 data (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
Biocriteria can affect permitting decisions if a watershed is listed on
the 303(d) list for biological impacts.
 Reference Site/Condition Development
 Number of reference sites
                             30 total
Reference site
determinations
Reference site criteria
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Additional information


/


site-specific
paired watersheds
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment
other:
The best sites are selected from a habitat and organismal point of
view. Faunal characteristics and land use data from CIS are also
considered (see newly-amended R.61-68.F.l.d. for more information).

/



/

/



/
/
7
historical conditions
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other:
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
elevation
stream type
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
other:
reference sites linked to ALU

reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards
(found in R61-68.F.l.d.)
some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
conditions
SOUTH CAROLINA: Program Summary
                                               December 2002
                                                                                                      3-163

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed
    benthos (100-500 samples/year, multiple seasons, multiple sites - broad
    coverage for watershed level)
    fish
    periphyton
    other:
 Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
collect by hand, brass sieve, D-frame, kick net (1 meter); 500-600 micron mesh
multihabitat
entire sample
combination and species when possible
 Habitat assessments
visual based; performed with bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings and
training for biologists, taxonomic and sampling proficiency checks, specimen
archival, data entry checks, certification program for bioassessment
  Data Analysis and Interpretation
 Data analysis tools and
 methods
    summary tables, illustrative graphs
    parametric ANOVAs
    multivariate analysis
    biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
    disturbance gradients
    other:
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
cumulative distribution function
cumulative distribution function - follow guidelines outlined in
following document: Lenat. 1993.  A biotic index for the southeastern
United States, derivation and list of tolerance values, with criteria for
assigning water quality ratings. Journal of the North American
Benthological Society. 12:279-290
 Evaluation of performance
 characteristics
    repeat sampling
    precision (replicate sampling of same stream, 10% each year)
    sensitivity
    bias
    accuracy (compare faunal results with land use data and
    discharge presence or absence)
 Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
MS FoxPro for Windows and Excel
FoxPro
SOUTH CAROLINA: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                             3-164

-------
 SOUTH DAKOTA
 Contact Information

 Gene Stueven, Environmental Senior Scientist
 South Dakota Department of Environment and Natural Resources (SD DENR)
 Joe Foss Buildings 523 East Capitol • Pierre, SD 57501
 Phone 605/773-4254 • Fax 605/773-4068
 email: gene.stueven@state.sd.us
 SD DENR Surface Water Quality website:
 http://www.state.sd.us/denr/DES/Surfacewater/surfwprg.htm
 Program Description

 Currently, the South Dakota Department of Environment and Natural Resources (SD DENR) Water Resources
 Assistance Program (WRAP) collects biological data in addition to chemical and physical parameters for TMDL
 assessments. These bioassessments are useful in determining the impact of contaminants as well as detecting
 chronic water quality impairments that may not be discovered by ambient chemical and physical grab samples.  Of
 the 9,937 total stream miles, approximately 4 miles have been biologically assessed (60 sites assessed; 150
 meters per site).  SD DENR has not yet established biological criteria for use in water quality standards.

 The Water Resource Assistance Program evaluates benthic macroinvertebrate community structure in streams
 using both the EMAP protocol and USEPA's Rapid Bioassessment Protocols (RBPs) in conjunction with
 assessments of stream habitats. All biological samples are identified to the lowest possible level of taxonomic
 resolution. Biological data are entered into the STORET database and are summarized using multimetric indices
 and descriptive statistics. SD DENR intends to use the biological data to identify potential reference sites for
 determining the condition of water quality and the integrity of the biological community.  WRAP is beginning to
 sample periphyton communities to determine if they are a  better biological indicator of water quality.
 Documentation and  Further Information

 Stueven, E., A. Wttmuss, and R.L. Smith.  2000.  Standard Operating Procedures for Field Samplers. Revision
 4.0, January 2000.  South Dakota Department of Environment and Natural Resources, Water Resource
 Assistance Program. Pierre, SD.

 Ecoregion Targeting of Impaired Lakes in South Dakota (May 2000)

 The 2000 South Dakota Report to Congress, 305(b) Water Quality Assessment,
 http://www.state.sd.us/denr/Documents/SD  2000 305b.pdf

 The 1998 South Dakota 303(d) Waterbody List and Supporting Documentation,
 http://www.state.sd. us/denr/303(d)/98sd303d.pdf

 South Dakota Surface Water Quality Standards, http://leqis.state.sd.us/rules/rules/7451.htm
SOUTH DAKOTA: Program Summary
                                             December 2002
                                                                                                 3-165

-------
 SOUTH  DAKOTA
 Contact Information
 Gene Stueven, Environmental Senior Scientist
 South Dakota Department of Environment and Natural Resources (SD DENR)
 Joe Foss Buildings 523 East Capitol  • Pierre, SD 57501
 Phone 605/773-4254 • Fax 605/773-4068
 email: gene.stueven@state.sd.us
  Programmatic Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (special
projects, specific river basins or watersheds)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin
other:
 Stream Miles
 Total miles
 (determined using RF3, National Hydrography Database,
 and state based determination)
 Total perennial miles
 Total miles assessed for biology*
     fully supporting for 305(b)
     partially/non-supporting for 305(b)
     listed for 303(d)
     number of sites sampled (on an annual basis)
     number of miles assessed per site
                           9,937

                            1,932
                            3.73
                              n/a
                              n/a
                              n/a
                             -60
                            -.093
                      (150 meters)
'South Dakota reports only chemical data in 305(b) reports and 303(d) listings.  Currently, biological data is only collected during
TMDL assessments. South Dakota's DENR plans to use the biological data to locate reference sites and conditions based on
ecoregions as well as to establish biocriteria.
SOUTH DAKOTA: Program Summary
                                                December 2002
                                                                                                          3-166

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Warm Water vs. Cold Water

Five designations: Cold Water Permanent, Cold Water Marginal,
Warm Water Permanent, Warm Water Semi-Permanent, Warm
Water Marginal
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
No formal/informal numeric procedures exist to support narrative
biocriteria
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental
 data (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
                             none
  Reference Site/Condition Development*
 Number of reference sites
                            -31 total
Reference site
determinations
Under development
Reference site criteria
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Under development
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Under development
Additional information
Under development



/

site-specific
paired watersheds
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment
other:
Under development. Criteria used for defining reference
EMAP protocol, habitat, chemical, and aquatic life.

/



/







7
sites include:
historical conditions
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other:
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
elevation
stream type
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
other:
reference sites linked to ALU

reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards
some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
conditions
The responses above characterize how reference sites will most likely be determined in the future. Twenty-seven sites have been
assessed in South Dakota as reference for the EMAP data set.  South Dakota's DENR samples ~4 sites as reference and will be
working on establishing formal reference sites and criteria for streams and rivers. Lake reference sites and criteria have already
been developed.
SOUTH DAKOTA: Program Summary
                                               December 2002
                                                                                                      3-167

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed
                                  benthos (100 - 500 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - not at
                                  watershed level)
                                  fish
                                  periphyton (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - not at
                                  watershed level)
                                  other:
 Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                             D-frame, multiplate, rock baskets; 500 - 600 micron mesh
                             multihabitat
                             300 count
                             combination
 Periphyton
      sampling gear

      habitat selection
      sample processing
      taxonomy
                             natural substrate: brushing/scraping device (razor, toothbrush, etc.)
                             artificial substrate: microslides or other suitable substratum
                             multihabitat
                             chlorophyll a / phaeophytin, taxonomic identification
                             species level
 Habitat assessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
                             visual based, quantitative measurements, hydrogeomorphology; performed with
                             bioassessments
                             standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings and
                             training for biologists, taxonomic proficiency checks, specimen archival
 Data analysis tools and
 methods
Data Analysis and Interpretation
                                   summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                   parametric ANOVAs
                                   multivariate analysis
                                   biological metrics (multimetric index under development)
                                   disturbance gradients
                                   other:
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
                             25th percentile of reference population, natural breaks

                             25th percentile of reference population
 Evaluation of performance
 characteristics
 Not currently evaluated
                                   repeat sampling
                                   precision
                                   sensitivity
                                   bias
                                   accuracy
 Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
                             STORE!
                             Statistica, EDAS
SOUTH DAKOTA: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                             3-168

-------
 TENNESSEE


 Contact Information

 Gregory M. Denton, Manager- Planning and Standards
 Tennessee Department of Environment & Conservation (TDEC)
 7th Floor L&C Annex, 401 Church Street • Nashville, TN  37243-1534
 Phone 615/532-0699  • Fax 615/532-0046
 email: gregorv.denton@state.tn.us
 TDEC Division of Water Pollution Control: http://www.state.tn.us/environment/wpc/index.html
  Program Description

  The Tennessee Department of Environment and Conservation's (TDEC) Division of Water Pollution Control (WPC), has an
  extensive bioassessment program.  Benthic macroinvertebrate surveys are one of the primary tools used in assessing surface
  waters in the state. Biological data are instrumental in determining use-support and generating both the 305(b) and 303(d)
  reports. In-stream macroinvertebrate monitoring is included in many NPDES permits. Bioassessments are also used in the anti-
  degradation evaluation process. Biological data are used to measure improvements in water quality resulting from clean-up and
  habitat restoration efforts.  Over 2,100 macroinvertebrate surveys have been conducted by TDEC since 1996.
  TDEC has eight field offices each with at least two benthic biologist positions. In addition, there is a central laboratory facility in
  the Department of Health with seven aquatic biologists under contract to TDEC. These nine offices conduct the majority of
  macroinvertebrate stream surveys.  Data from other agencies including the Tennessee Valley Authority (TVA), US Army Corps of
  Engineers (USAGE), and USGS are also incorporated into the program.
  In 1995, TDEC initiated an ecoregion delineation project resulting in the identification of 25 ecological subregions. Ninety-eight
  reference streams were targeted for monitoring.  The macroinvertebrate community in these streams was sampled seasonally for
  three  years and on a five-year cycle by watershed starting in 1999.  These data were used to develop regional numeric biocriteria
  that have been proposed for inclusion in the 2002 triennial review of water quality standards.  The proposed numeric criteria are
  already being used to help interpret narrative criteria. In addition, reference stream data were used to develop guidelines for
  biological reconnaissance as a screening tool during watershed assessments.
  Future goals of the bioassessment program include:
      Continue to monitor ecoregional reference streams and locate additional streams to further refine biocriteria and better
      identify reference condition.
      Conduct additional bioassessments as means to increase TDEC's percentage of assessed streams for national  reporting
      purposes.
      Develop a macroinvertebrate tolerance index specific to Tennessee.
      Develop biocriteria for large rivers, wetlands and reservoirs.
      Continue to use benthic data as a measure of improvement  in water quality.


  Documentation and Further Information

  Arnwine, D.H. and G. M. Denton. 2001. Development of Regionally-Based Interpretations of Tennessee's Existing Biological
  Integrity Criteria. Tennessee Department of Environment and Conservation, Division of Water Pollution Control. Nashville. TN
  Arnwine D.H. and G. M. Denton. 2001. Habitat of Least Impacted Streams in Tennessee, Tennessee Department of Environment
  and Conservation, Division of Water Pollution Control, Nashville,  TN
  Arnwine, D.H., J.I. Broach, L.K. Cartwright and G.M. Denton.  2000. Tennessee Ecoregion Project. Tennessee Department of
  Environment and Conservation, Division of Water Pollution Control. Nashville, TN.
  Denton, G.M., A.D. Vann, and S.H.Wang. 2000.77?e status of Water Quality in Tennessee: Year 2000 305(b) Report. Tennessee
  Department of Environment and Conservation, Division of Water  Pollution Control. Nashville, TN.
  Griffith, G.E., J.M. Omernik and S. Azevedo. 1997. Ecoregions of Tennessee. EPA/600/R-97/022. NHREEL, Western Ecological
  Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Corvalis, Oregon.
  Quality System Standard Operating Procedure for Macroinvertebrate Stream Surveys. 2002. Tennessee Department of
  Environment and Conservation, Division of Water Pollution Control. Nashville. TN.
  DRAFT Year 2002 303(d) List, July 2002: http://www.state.tn.us/environment/wpc/2002303ddraft.pdf
  TDEC General Water Quality Criteria, rev. October 1999: http://www.state.tn.us/sos/rules/1200/1200-04/1200-04-03.pdf
  TDEC Use  Classifications for Surface Waters, rev. October 1999: http://www.state.tn.us/sos/rules/1200/1200-04/1200-04-04.pdf
  2007  Triennial Review of Water Quality Standards, Staff Proposal: http://www.state.tn.us/environment/wpc/tr wqs.pdf
  Other TDEC publications, including 305(b) reports, can be found  online at: http://www.state.tn.us/environment/wpc/publicat.htm
TENNESSEE: Program Summary                     December 2002                                             3-169

-------
  TENNESSEE
 Contact Information
 Gregory M. Denton, Manager- Planning and Standards
 Tennessee Department of Environment & Conservation (TDEC)
 7th Floor L&C Annex, 401  Church Street • Nashville, TN  37243-1534
 Phone 615/532-0699 • Fax 615/532-0046
 email: gregorv.denton@state.tn.us
  Programmatic Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose)
(comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
(comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide (special projects only)
rotating basin (comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
other:
 Stream Miles
 Total miles
 (Determined using RF3)
 Total perennial miles
 Total miles assessed for biology
     fully supporting for 305(b)
     partially/non-supporting for 305(b)*
     listed for 303(d)*
     number of sites sampled
     number of miles assessed per site
                 60,187


                 24,233
                  16,693
                   7,540
                  14,333
                   2,202
                                  24,233 Miles Assessed for Biology
                                        "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                        "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
The stream miles "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b) are significantly less than the stream miles listed for 303(d) because the last
303(d) list was revised in 1998 while the 305(b) reflects assessments through 2000. The 2002 draft 303(d) and 305(b) reports are in
agreement.
TENNESSEE: Program Summary
                                                December 2002
                                                                                                         3-170

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Single Aquatic Life Use

One designation: Fish and Aquatic Life
  Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
  Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
Formal/informal numeric procedures used to support narrative biocriteria are found in the
Development of Regionally-Based Numeric Interpretations of Tennessee's Narrative Biological
Integrity Criterion (see documentation).

under development (Tennessee water quality standards will be changed in 2002 to reflect
proposed numeric criteria for 15 bioregions. Numeric biocriteria, proposed for inclusion in the
new WQS are as follows, "Multimetric index using 7 metrics - TR, EPT, %EPT, %OC, NCBI,
%DOM and % Clingers*. Scoring criteria is based on 25% of reference condition. Reference
condition is based on ecoregion reference data at the 90th percentile. Ecoregions have been
grouped into 15 bioregions.  Expected index score is calibrated to each bioregion and by
season where appropriate.")
  Uses of bioassessment data
  in integrated assessments
  with other environmental
  data (e.g., toxicity testing and
  chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
  Uses of bioassessment/        Nonpoint source section, field offices - office by office use, not systematic/statewide use
  biocriteria in making
  management decisions
  regarding restoration of
  aquatic resources to a
  designated ALU

*TR = total richness; EPT = Ephemeroptera (mayflies), Plecoptera (stoneflies), Trichoptera (caddisflies); OC = Orthocladiinae of
Chironomidae; NCBI = North Carolina Biotic Index; DOM = dominant taxa.
  Reference Site/Condition Development
  Number of reference sites
                               98 total
  Reference site
  determinations
      site-specific

      paired watersheds

      regional (aggregate of sites)

      professional judgment

      other:
  Reference site criteria
Reference database of chemical, habitat and biometrics based on monitoring of regional
reference sites since 1996. Reference sites must fall within 90th percentile for chemical,
biological and habitat parameters compared to existing reference database.  Disturbed sites
are those under 75% comparable to reference condition for biological and habitat, above the
90th percentile (reference) for nutrients (and show impaired biology), or exceed numeric criteria
for other specified parameters.
 Characterization of
 reference sites within a
 regional context
      historical conditions

      least disturbed sites

      gradient response

      professional judgment

      other:
 Stream stratification within
 regional reference
 conditions
      ecoregions (or some aggregate)

      elevation

      stream type

      multivariate grouping

      jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)

      other:
 Additional information
                               UD
      reference sites linked to ALU

      reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards (WQS under revision)

      some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced conditions
TENNESSEE: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                             3-171

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed
     benthos (100-500 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - watershed
     level)

     fish

     periphyton

     other:
  Benthos

      sampling gear

      habitat selection
      subsample size

      taxonomy
dipnet and kick net (1 meter); 500 - 600 micron mesh

riffle/run used for biocriteria in high gradient streams; rooted bank used for
biocriteria in low gradient streams (Note that four jab multihabitat
bioreconnaissances are used for general water quality assessments, not
comparable to biocriteria)

200 count

genus
  Habitat assessments
visual based; performed with bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings and
training for biologists, sorting and taxonomic proficiency checks, specimen archival
  Data Analysis and Interpretation
  Data analysis tools and
  methods
    summary tables, illustrative graphs

    parametric ANOVAs

    multivariate analysis

    biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)

    disturbance gradients

    other:
  Multimetric thresholds

      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores

      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
90th or 10th percentile of reference population depending on direction
of metric

25% of 90th (or 10th) percentile of reference population
  Multivariate thresholds

      defining impairment in
      a multivariate index
Used for development of initial criteria, not for current assessments
  Evaluation of performance
  characteristics
     repeat sampling (replicate samples at 10% of reference sites by
     different teams)

     precision (two samples collected at 10% of sites by two teams)

     sensitivity (standard level of identification, compare metric
     scores to known impacts)

     bias (compared different sample/habitat types)

     accuracy (10% of samples QC for taxonomy and sorting
     efficiency)
  Biological data

      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
MS Access; semi-quantitative samples (taxa lists and metric scores)
are stored in EDAS database and bioreconnaissance results are
stored in Water Quality Database (taxa lists are in paper files). The
eventual goal is for data to be sent to STORET.  Assessment results
are stored in an Assessment Database.

EDAS, Statview, and multivariate statistical package
TENNESSEE: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                              3-172

-------
 TEXAS
 Contact Information

 Charles Bayer, Aquatic Scientist
 Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ)*
 P.O. Box 13087 • Austin, Texas 78711-3087
 Phone 512/239-4583 • Fax 512/239-4420
 email: cbayer@tnrcc.state.tx.us
 website: http://www.tceq.state.tx.us/

 Roy Kleinsasser, River Studies Program Leader
 Texas Parks and Wildlife Department (TPWD)
 505 Staples Road • San Marcos, TX 78666
 Phone 512/353-3480
 email: lerov.kleinsasser@tpwd.state.tx.us
 website: http://www.tpwd.state.tx.us
 Program Description

 Since the late 1980s, biological assessments have been employed for use attainability analyses (UAAs) and the
 development of an index of biological integrity (IBI) for rivers and streams. A tidal streams IBI is in the preliminary
 stages of development.  Recently, a new emphasis has been placed on bioassessments relative to 303(d) listed
 waterbodies.  For the most part, the new data have not been fully evaluated  and work is continuing to expand in
 this area. Also, for the first time, the draft 2002 Water Quality Inventory includes bioassessments to determine the
 support of aquatic life uses.

 The Texas Parks and Wildlife Department (TPWD) has been a major provider offish community data for many of
 the UAAs and the development of the IBI. Other providers include various river authorities in the state.

 *NOTE: On September 1, 2002,  the Texas Natural Resources Conservation Commission (TNRCC) formally
 changed its name and  began doing business as the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ).
 Documentation and Further Information

 Draft 2002 Texas Water Quality Monitoring and Assessment Report (Integrated 305(b) report and 303(d) list):
 http://www.tnrcc.state.tx.us/water/qualitv/02  twqmar/index.html

 Texas Water Quality Inventory (SFR-050/00), includes Volume I: Surface Water, Groundwater and Finished
 Drinking Water Assessments and Water Quality Management Programs:
 http://www.tnrcc.state.tx.us/admin/topdoc/sfr/050  00/050 O0.html#1

 Revisions to the Texas Surface Water Quality Standards and Implementation Procedures:
 http://www.tnrcc.state.tx.us/permitting/waterperm/wqstand/revisions.html

 Surface Water Quality Monitoring Procedures Manual (Chapter 7: Biological Sampling Procedures and Chapter <
 Stream Habitat Assessment Procedures), August 1999, GI-252:
 http://www.tnrcc.state.tx.us/admin/topdoc/gi/252.html

 Monitoring and Receiving Water Assessment Procedures Manuals'.
 http://www.tnrcc.state.tx. us/water/qualitv/data/wqm/index.html#manuals

 Surface Water Quality Monitoring Program information:
 http://www.tnrcc.state.tx.us/water/qualitv/data/wqm/index.html

 Leppo, E.W., M.T. Barbour, and J. Gerritsen. 2001. An evaluation of the stream habitat assessment approach
 used by TNRCC. Prepared for: Texas Natural Resource and Conservation Commission, Austin, Texas and
 USEPA Region 6, Dallas, Texas.
TEXAS: Program Summary
                                             December 2002
                                                                                                  3-173

-------
 TEXAS
 Contact Information

 Charles Bayer, Aquatic Scientist
 Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ)
 P.O. Box 13087 • Austin, Texas 78711-3087
 Phone 512/239-4583 • Fax 512/239-4420
 email: cbayer@tnrcc.state.tx.us

 Roy Kleinsasser, River Studies Program Leader
 Texas Parks and Wildlife Department (TPWD)
 505 Staples Road • San Marcos, TX 78666
 Phone 512/353-3480
 email: lerov.kleinsasser@tpwd.state.tx.us
  Programmatic Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
problem identification (screening)

nonpoint source assessments

monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs

ALU determinations/ambient monitoring

promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria

support of antidegradation

evaluation of discharge permit conditions

TMDL assessment and monitoring

other:
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (special
projects, specific river basins or watersheds, and
comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)

fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations) (specific
river basins or watersheds and comprehensive use throughout
jurisdiction)

probabilistic by stream order/catchment area

probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide (special projects only)

rotating basin

other:
 Stream Miles

 Total miles                                      191,228
 (State based determination)

 Total perennial miles                                  40,194

 Total miles assessed for biology*               266.9

      fully supporting for 305(b)                           196.1

      partially/non-supporting for 305(b)                     70.8

      listed for 303(d)

      number of sites sampled (on an annual basis)*            30

      number of miles assessed per site                        -
                                   266.9 Miles Assessed for Biology
                                         "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                         "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
*68,611.78 total miles were surveyed and 63,102.68 total miles were assessed. Of these, 266.9 miles were assessed using biology.
30 sites were surveyed and 16 sites were assessed.
TEXAS: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                           3-174

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Class System (A,B,C)

Five designations: Exceptional, High, Intermediate, Limited, and
Oyster waters
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
Procedures used to support narrative biocriteria located in the Water
Quality Standards Implementation Procedures Receiving Water
Assessment Procedures Manual (see documentation)
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental
 data (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
Trinity River Segment 0805 was elevated from a limited aquatic life
use to a high aquatic life use designation.  EPA Region 6 considers
Texas' high and exceptional aquatic life use designations as meeting
the 101 (a) goals of the Clean Water Act.
  Reference Site/Condition Development
 Number of reference sites
                              72 total
 Reference site
 determinations
    site-specific

    paired watersheds

    regional (aggregate of sites)

    professional judgment

    other:
 Reference site criteria
no point source discharge, land use patterns, limited human impact,
least disturbed sites determined using best professional judgment
 Characterization of
 reference sites within a
 regional context
    historical conditions

    least disturbed sites

    gradient response

    professional judgment

    other:
 Stream stratification within
 regional reference
 conditions
    ecoregions (or some aggregate)

    elevation

    stream type

    multivariate grouping

    jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)

    other:
 Additional information
    reference sites linked to ALU

    reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards

    some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
    conditions
TEXAS: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                          3-175

-------
Field and Lab Methods
Assemblages assessed
                                    benthos (<100 samples/year, multiple seasons, multiple sites - broad
                                    coverage for watershed level)
                                    fish (<100 samples/year; multiple seasons, multiple sites - broad coverage for
                                    watershed level)
                                    periphyton
                                    other:
  Benthos
      sampling gear

      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                              surber, multiplate, lopping shears for collecting woody debris, D-frame, kick net;
                              500-600 micron mesh
                              riffle/run (cobble), artificial substrate and woody debris
                              100 count and entire sample
                              combination
  Fish
      sampling gear

      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
                              backpack and boat electrofisher, trawl and gill net (particularly for tidal streams),
                              seine; 1/8", 3/16" and 1/4" mesh
                              multihabitat
                              length measurement, batch, anomalies
                              none
                              species
  Habitat assessments
                              quantitative measurements; performed with bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
                              standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings and
                              training for biologists, taxonomic proficiency checks, specimen archival
  Data Analysis and  Interpretation
  Data analysis tools and
  methods
                                  summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                  parametric ANOVAs
                                  multivariate analysis
                                  biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
                                  disturbance gradients
                                  other:
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a  multimetric index
                              95th percentile of reference population

                              50th percentile of reference population (follow EPA RBP guidelines)
Evaluation of performance
characteristics
Not currently evaluated





repeat sampling
precision
sensitivity
bias
accuracy
Biological data
Storage TCEQ's TRACS database and hard copies; STORE! is under
      Retrieval and analysis
                              development
                              At this time, the hard copies are primarily used for evaluation of
                              biological data.  Spreadsheets are also used.
TEXAS: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                             3-176

-------
 UTAH
 Contact Information

 Thomas W. Toole, Environmental Scientist
 Richard Denton, Manager
 Utah Department of Environmental Quality (UDEQ)
 288 N. 1460W., P.O. Box 144870 • Salt Lake City, UT 84114-4870
 Phone 801/538-6146 • Fax 801/538-6016
 email: ttoole@utah.gov and rdenton@utah.gov
 UDEQ Division of Water Quality homepage: http://waterguality.utah.gov/
  Program Description

  Prior to 2001, The Utah Division of Water Quality (DWQ) Biological Assessment program was limited to benthic
  macroinvertebrate data collected at 18 long-term monitoring sites. They have been sampled since 1978 with the exception of
  about five years in which the allocation of the 18 samples were used to supplement water chemistry and physical data collected
  in the five-year basin rotation  monitoring plan.  These samples were collected to ascertain long-term water quality and to be
  used in determining trends. In addition, benthic macroinvertebrate samples were collected at 16 Nonpoint Source Project sites
  to assess the effects of BMP implementation. These data have been incorporated into several NPS reports to determine what
  improvements in water quality have occurred. Data collected from the 18 long-term monitoring sites and the NPS projects have
  been used in making beneficial use assessments (305(b)) and listing waters on the 303(d) list.

  In 2001,  the DWQ reviewed its bio-monitoring  program and decided that a major effort was needed to improve and develop  new
  components of its water quality assessment program. During this review, an inventory of benthic macroinvertebrate data
  collected by DWQ, the U.S. Bureau of Land Management (BLM), and the U.S. Forest Service (USFS) was completed. Upon
  completion of this review, the DWQ contacted the BLM and USFS and requested all of the benthic macroinvertebrate data that
  they had  collected from 1990 through 1997 be sent to DWQ for entering into STORED. These data, along with DWQ's, were
  entered into STORET. Data collected since 1997 have been stored electronically and a program to electronically transfer these
  data into  STORET is being developed. These data will be evaluated as to their usefulness in establishing reference sites and
  the development of metrics to be used in assessing  beneficial use support.

  In 2001, the DWQ negotiated an agreement to complete the E-MAP sampling for EPA within the State. Experience obtained
  from this  work would allow environmental scientists (field and staff) to learn and evaluate the methods used in the E-MAP
  protocol.  This experience could then be used to develop a bioassessment protocol for assessing waters within the State.

  Concurrent with doing the  E-MAP work, the Division decided to commit additional resources to develop reference sites for
  bioassess-ment work.  It was decided that the DWQ would select and try to sample up to 60 potential reference sites during the
  next 2-3 years. Water chemistry, fish, benthic macroinvertebrate, periphyton, and physical habitat data will be collected at these
  sites.  The selection of sites were based upon the different ecoregions within the state and the need for low elevation,  low-
  gradient stream reference sites.

  DWQ is also assisting the  EPA Corvallis Lab in  reviewing and selecting reference sites that were initially selected using GIS
  techniques. Approximately 100 sites were initially selected and the number has been reduced to 20 sites.  The DWQ is assisting
  in sampling these sites.  Information obtained from this program will be evaluated and possibly incorporated into the Division's
  bio-assessment program.

  The DWQ has committed to developing a set of reference sites and metrics that can be used to ensure that the waters of the
  State are assessed in a scientifically sound and standard method. Work is also going on to evaluate other assessment methods
  such as RIVPACS in assessing beneficial use support.
  Documentation  and Further Information

  Utah Water Quality Assessment Report to Congress, September 2000 and Year 2000 Water Quality Inventory, 305(b)
  Assessment: http://www.waterquality.utah.gov/2000 305b  fact.pdf

  Utah Division of Water Quality's 2000 Water Quality Monitoring Program'.:
  http://www.waterqualitv.utah.gov/monitoring/complete  monitor  plan 2000.pdf

  Utah's 2000 303(d) List of Waters, October 2000: http://www.waterquality.utah.gov/documents/approved  2000 303d.pdf

  DRAFT, Utah's 2002 303(d) List of Waters: http://www.waterqualitv.utah.gov/documents/2002303dinternet.pdf

  Quality Assurance and Standard Operating Procedures Manual. Utah Department of Environmental Quality, Division of Water
  Quality.  1993. Utah Department of Environmental Quality,  Salt Lake City, UT.
UTAH: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                              3-177

-------
 UTAH
  Contact Information
  Thomas W. Toole, Environmental Scientist
  Richard Denton, Manager
  Utah Department of Environmental Quality (UDEQ)
  288 N. 1460W., P.O. Box 144870 • Salt Lake City, UT 84114-4870
  Phone 8011538-6859 or -6055 • Fax 801 /538-6016
  email: ttoole@deq.state.ut.us and rdenton@deq.state.ut.us
  Programmatic Elements
  Uses of bioassessment
  within overall water quality
  program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (special
projects, specific river basins or watersheds and
comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations) (special
projects, specific river basins or watersheds and
comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin (specific river basins or watersheds and
comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
other:
  Stream Miles
  Total miles                                        85,916
  (determined using the National Hydrography database and state
  based determination)
  Total perennial miles                                  14,000+
  Total miles assessed for biology*                  705
      fully supporting for 305(b)                              75
      partially/non-supporting for 305(b)                     630
      listed for 303(d)                                     300
      number of sites sampled (on an annual basis)           -56
      number of miles assessed per site                     12.6
                                  705 Miles Assessed for Biology
                                        "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                        "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
'Biological data were used along with water chemistry data to assess the above listed miles. The biological assessment was done
using benthic macroinvertebrates and used a weight-of-evidence assessment because reference sites were not used. Diversity
indices, the Biotic Condition Index, and the number of sediment and nutrient tolerant taxa were used to determine beneficial use
support when the pollution indicator value for total phosphorus was exceeded.
UTAH: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                             3-178

-------
 Aquatic  Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Class System (A,B,C)

Five designations*
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
none - Procedures used to support general aquatic life statement in
WQS are not standardized, but are primarily based on best
professional judgment using some metrics.
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental
 data (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
Used primarily in assessing 319 nonpoint source projects including
assessment, implementation of BMPs, and evaluation of water
quality
The designations are as follows: 3A - cold water species of game fish and other cold water aquatic life, including the necessary
aquatic organisms in their food web. 3B -warm water species of game fish and other warm water aquatic life, including the
necessary aquatic organisms in their food web. 3C - Nongame fish and other aquatic life including the necessary aquatic organisms
in their food chain. 3D - Waterfowl, shore birds and other water-oriented wildlife not included in Classes 3A, 3B, or 3C, including the
necessary aquatic organisms in their food chain. 3E - Severely habitat-limited waters.


 Reference Site/Condition  Development**
 Number of reference sites
                              not applicable
Reference site
determinations
Reference site criteria
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Additional information





site-specific
paired watersheds
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment
other:















historical conditions
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other:
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
elevation
stream type
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
other:
reference sites linked to ALU
reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards
some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
conditions
"Utah is currently working with the EMAP to develop reference sites.
UTAH: Program Summary
                                                December 2002
                                                                                                        3-179

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
  Assemblages assessed
                                UD
      benthos (<100 samples/year, multiple seasons, multiple sites - broad
      coverage for watershed level)
      fish
      periphyton (A periphyton program is under development and will be used
      primarily in nutrient-impacted streams. Dr. Sam Rushforth, at Utah Valley
      State College, is assisting in the development of this program.)
      other:
  Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
rock baskets and Hess; 200-400 micron mesh
riffle/run (cobble) and artificial substrate
300 count
combination
  Habitat assessments
  Quality assurance program
  elements
quantitative measurements, and a few nonpoint source project sites have pebble
counts, channel profiles and riparian condition evaluated on a very limited basis;
performed with bioassessments
standard operating procedures and quality assurance plan
  Data Analysis and Interpretation
  Data analysis tools and
  methods
    summary tables, illustrative graphs
    parametric ANOVAs
    multivariate analysis
    biological metrics (return single metrics - use endpoint for each
    single metric)
    disturbance gradients
    other: some tolerance information is used in the evaluation
  Multimetric thresholds*
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
BCI Methods described by USFS are used to differentiate higher
quality waters, less discriminating in impaired waters.
  Evaluation of performance*
  characteristics
  Not currently evaluated
    repeat sampling
    precision
    sensitivity
    bias
    accuracy
  Biological data**
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
Data are currently being loaded into STORET
SAS (metrics are calculated by the contracting laboratory using
spreadsheets or another computer program-language not known)
*EPA is currently having a contractor review benthic macroinvertebrate data to determine what metrics might apply to various
regions of the State.  Any metrics presently being used are those produced by the contracting laboratory and best professional
judgement is used in the interpretation. No metric sensitivity analyses, regional biases, or other evaluations have been done to this
point.
**EPA's Assessment Database is being used to store and retrieve assessment information for Utah's 305(b) report.  Some indexing
of waterbodies still needs to be done, but this should be completed during fiscal year 2002.
UTAH: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                              3-180

-------
 VERMONT


 Contact Information

 Doug Burnham, Biomonitoring and Aquatic Studies Section Chief
 Vermont Department of Environmental Conservation (VTDEC)
 103 South Main Street-10N • Waterbury, VT 05671
 Phone 802/241-3784 • Fax 802/241-3008
 email: dougb@dec.anr.state.vt.us
 VTDEC Water Quality Division  website: http://www.anr.state.vt.us/dec/waterg/wgdhome.htm
  Program  Description

  The Water Quality Division of the Vermont Department of Environmental Conservation (VTDEC) has been conducting aguatic
  biological health assessments since the early 1970's. In 1982, the Biomonitoring and Aguatic Studies Section (BASS) was
  created with a focus on river and stream biological monitoring. BASS is currently staffed by five full-time aguatic biologists who
  participate in VTDEC water guality management programs at all levels. This "top to bottom" involvement by biologists has been
  critical to the extensive acceptance and use of biological assessment data within a wide variety of Departmental programs. The
  primary objectives of ambient monitoring activities are: 1) monitor long-term trends in water guality as revealed in changes over
  time to ambient aguatic biological communities; 2) evaluate potential impacts from point and nonpoint permitted direct and
  indirect discharges, development projects, nonpoint sources, and spills on aguatic biological communities; 3) establish a
  reference database that would facilitate the generation of Vermont-specific biological criteria for water guality classification and
  use attainment determinations; 4) support VTDEC permitting and water guality management programs  reguiring biological
  assessment data; 5) conduct special studies to assess emerging water guality  and environmental management issues. Further
  information about VTDEC BASS is available at: http://www.anr.state.vt.us/dec/waterg/bass.htm.

  Since 1985, the Department has used standardized methods for sampling fish  and macroinvertebrate communities, evaluating
  physical habitat, processing samples, and analyzing and evaluating  data. The  program has led to the development of two
  Vermont-specific fish community Indexes of Biotic Integrity (IBI) and selected macroinvertebrate metrics.  Guidelines have been
  developed for determining water guality classification attainment by using both  macroinvertebrate community biological integrity
  metrics and the fish community IBI. Approximately 75-125 sites per year are assessed using fish and/or macroinvertebrate
  assemblages. Alkalinity, pH, conductivity, temperature and such measurements as substrate composition (pebble counts),
  embeddedness, canopy cover, percent and type of periphyton cover, and approximate velocity are routinely monitored. From
  1985 to 2001, approximately 1,500 stream assessments were completed using macroinvertebrate and/or fish from more than
  900 wadeable stream reaches. This monitoring effort is subject to a  USEPA-approved guality assurance project plan. Data from
  the project are summarized and stored in an electronic database.

  Biological  data are used extensively to  determine aguatic life use support and impairment. A significant proportion of Vermont's
  303(d) list is made up of reaches with impaired aguatic life use determined through bioassessment. The development of
  biological criteria  supported by the Vermont Water Quality Standards has provided a vehicle for enforceable implementation of
  biocriteria. Biological assessment data  are used  extensively in virtually all VTDEC water guality management programs,
  including RCRA,  NPDES, CERCLA, watershed planning,  401 certification, aguatic nuisance control permitting, and 305(b). In
  addition to wadeable stream monitoring, BASS conducts a variety of special studies and assessment in other aguatic habitats,
  and is in the process of evaluating biocriteria for  vernal pools and ponded waters.

  VTDEC participates in collaborations with other agencies and organizations including: USEPA; USFWS; USFS; USGS;
  academic  institutions; neighboring  states; private consultants; special interest groups; and volunteer monitors. Staff also
  participate in public outreach activities as resources allow.

  Biological  criteria are the  current performance standards for a large number of  303(d) waterbodies throughout the state. Future
  demand for biological assessments from VTDEC management programs will increase as the 303(d)/TMDL process advances
  and watershed planning initiatives  expand statewide. The greatest challenge facing the biomonitoring program will be
  maintaining adeguate staff resources to continue assessing 303(d) restoration  management actions, providing support to
  watershed plan development, and  providing support to various management programs within VTDEC and the Agency of Natural
  Resources.


  Documentation  and Further Information

  Vermont 2000 Water Quality and Assessment, 305(b) Report

  Vermont Water Quality Methodology, April 2001

  Wadeable Stream Biocriteria Development for Fish and Macroinvertebrate Assemblages in Vermont Streams and Rivers

  July 2, 2000 Vermont Water Quality Standards: http://www.state.vt.us/wtrboard/iuly2000wgs.htm

  Fish Sampling and Metrics homepage:  http://www.anr.state.vt.us/dec/waterg/bassfish.htm

  Macroinvertebrate Sampling, Processing and Metrics homepage: http://www.anr.state.vt.us/dec/waterg/bassmacro.htm


VERMONT: Program Summary                       December 2002                                              3-181

-------
 VERMONT
  Contact Information

  Doug Burnham, Biomonitoring and Aquatic Studies Section Chief
  Vermont Department of Environmental Conservation (VTDEC)
  103 South Main Street-10N • Waterbury, VT 05671
  Phone 802/241-3784 • Fax 802/241-3008
  email: dougb@dec.anr.state.vt.us
  Programmatic Elements
  Uses of bioassessment
  within overall water quality
  program
 Applicable monitoring
 designs*
problem identification (screening)

nonpoint source assessments

monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs

ALU determinations/ambient monitoring

promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria

support of antidegradation

evaluation of discharge permit conditions

TMDL assessment and monitoring

other: bioassessments used for all aquatic life use support
evaluations
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose)
(comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)

fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
(comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)

probabilistic by stream order/catchment area (special projects
only)

probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide

rotating basin (specific river basins or watersheds)

other:
The majority of biological sampling conducted by VTDEC is targeted and in the context of rotating basin elements. Fixed station
and special projects are also significant elements. Some monitoring required by discharge permits or basin plans related to TMDL's
is done by consultants. Consultants generating biological monitoring data for aquatic life use support determinations consistent with
Vermont Water Quality Standards or for compliance with discharge permit limitations are required to meet QA/QC requirements and
submit to QA oversight by VTDEC biologists.
  Stream Miles

  Total miles
  (State based determination)

  Total perennial miles

  Total miles assessed for biology*

      fully supporting for 305(b)

      partially/non-supporting for 305(b)

      listed for 303(d)

      number of sites sampled  (total number with
      available biological monitoring data)

      number of miles assessed per site
                   7,099


                    7,099

                   -800

                    -650

                    -150

                    -150

                    1,193
                                    800 Miles Assessed for Biology
                                     |v]   "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                     O   "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
The latest 305(b) report was used to estimate some of these numbers. 305(b) reports total stream miles assessed by "evaluation"
and "monitoring". The majority of VTDEC sites that are "monitored" are monitored for biology.  The total miles reported as assessed
in the last "statewide" assessment report in 2000 was 5,261, with 4,411 miles "evaluated" and 850 miles "monitored". Roughly 800
of the 850 miles "monitored" were monitored using biology (similarly with use support categories).
VERMONT: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                            3-182

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU)  Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Class System (A,B,C)

Three designations related to changes from reference condition:
minimal, minor, and moderate change from the reference condition.
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
VTDEC procedures used to support narrative biocriteria are
independent of WQS.

none (Numeric biocriteria are currently found in VTDEC procedural
documents.)
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental
 data (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
Used extensively throughout management programs including:
NPDES, 305(b), 303(d), basin planning, point and nonpoint source
management, aquatic nuisance control, RCRA, CERCLA.
  Reference Site/Condition  Development
 Number of reference sites
                               150 total
 Reference site
 determinations
 Reference site criteria
 Characterization of
 reference sites within a
 regional context
 Stream stratification within
 regional reference
 conditions
 Additional information
    site-specific

    paired watersheds

    regional (aggregate of sites)

    professional judgment

    other:
Reference sites are defined using the best professional judgment of
biologists based on the level of human activity and potential for that
activity to affect the aquatic resource. There are no quantitative
criteria, but general considerations may include: very good riparian
condition at site; predominantly forested watershed; outside the
influence of assessed activity; least disturbed condition.
    historical conditions

    least disturbed sites

    gradient response

    professional judgment

    other: minimally disturbed*
    ecoregions (or some aggregate)

    elevation

    stream type

    multivariate grouping

    jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)

    other:
    reference sites linked to ALU

    reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards

    some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
    conditions
This language is included in the definition of reference condition in the Vermont Water Quality Standards, effective July 2, 2000.
VERMONT: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                           3-183

-------
Field and Lab Methods
Assemblages assessed
                                    benthos (100-500 samples/year, single season, multiple sites - broad coverage)
                                    fish (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - broad coverage)
                                    periphyton  (Periphyton and algae in rivers and streams are sampled qualitatively for
                                    descriptive purposes only. Some indirect discharge permits require quantitative
                                    periphyton  and macroinvertebrate sampling with artificial substrates in order to determine
                                    compliance with permit conditions. Compliance criteria are independent of WQS.)
  Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                              rock baskets, kick net (18x9 rectangular net, 500 micron mesh)
                              riffle/run (cobble) and woody debris (varies according to stream category)
                              must be minimum 300 animals AND 25% of sample.
                              lowest possible taxon - genus, species and combination (specified level in SOPs and C185)
  Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
                              backpack electrofisher
                              multihabitat
                              length measurement and anomalies
                              none
                              species
  Habitat assessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
                              visual based and hydrogeomorphology - performed with and independent of bioassessments;
                              pebble counts currently implemented quite extensively in conjunction with bioassessments
                              standard operating procedures; quality assurance plan; periodic meetings and training for
                              biologists; sorting and taxonomic proficiency checks; specimen archival; sending voucher
                              specimens to experts for identification confirmation
  Data Analysis and Interpretation
  Data analysis tools and
  methods
                                  summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                  parametric ANOVAs
                                  multivariate analysis
                                  biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index and return single metrics - use
                                  endpoint for each single metric)
                                  disturbance gradients
                                  other:
  Multimetric thresholds*
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
                              Combination of reference distribution, impaired site distribution, and best professional
                              judgement; do not use unitless scores.
                              Cumulative distribution function
  Multivariate thresholds*
      defining impairment in
      a multivariate index
                              Significant departure from mean of reference population
Evaluation of performance /



/
repeat sampling (long term fixed station sampling)
precision (field replication)
sensitivity
bias
accuracy (sample processing and analysis QA)
Biological data
Storage Data are stored and managed in MS Access data base.
Various programs used to analyze
      Retrieval and analysis
                              sub-sets include: Excel, Sigma-Plot/Stat and PC-ORD
                              MS Access database calculates metrics and generates event summary reports. Data can be
                              moved from Access to other programs for project-specific analyses. Commonly used programs
                              include: Excel, Sigma-Plot/Stat, PC-ORD
'Benthos data are used to generate individual metrics, which are considered individually. Fish assemblage data are used to
generate metrics for a multimetric Index of Biotic Integrity.  Water Quality Standard thresholds (deviations from the reference
condition) are based on BPJ evaluations of metric distribution patterns in both reference and non-reference sites.
VERMONT: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                              3-184

-------
 VIRGINIA
 Contact Information

 Alex M. Barren, Environmental Program Planner
 Virginia Department of Environmental Quality (DEQ)
 P.O. Box 10009 • Richmond, VA 23240
 Phone 804/698-4119 • Fax 804/698-4116
 email: ambarron@deq.state.va.us
 DEQ Water Programs homepage: http://www.deq.state.va.us/water/
 Program Description

 The Virginia Department of Environmental Quality (DEQ) Biological Monitoring Program (BMP) utilizes the study of
 bottom dwelling macroinvertebrate communities to determine overall water quality.  Changes in water quality
 generally alter the kinds and numbers of these animals living in streams or other waterbodies. Like physical and
 chemical water quality monitoring data, biological monitoring data are used to assess water quality for support of
 aquatic life designated use and the Clean Water Act "fishable and swimmable" goals.

 The BMP is composed of 150 to 170 stations that are examined annually during the spring and fall. Qualitative and
 semiquantitative biological monitoring has been conducted by the agency since the early 1970s. The USEPA
 Rapid Bioassessment Protocol (RBP) II was employed beginning in the fall of 1990 to utilize standardized and
 repeatable methodology. The  RBPs produce water quality ratings of nonimpaired, slightly impaired, moderately
 impaired and severely impaired instead of the former ratings of good, fair and poor.

 Currently, there are approximately 70 organizations throughout the Commonwealth with active citizen water quality
 monitoring programs. Biological parameters measured by citizen monitors often include benthic
 macroinvertebrates, fecal coliform bacteria, and/or chlorophyll a.  A statewide organization,  the Izaak Walton
 League of America Virginia Save Our Streams Program (IWLA VA SOS), took the lead in establishing relations
 with DEQ and the Department of Conservation and Recreation (OCR) to develop a statewide citizen monitoring
 program. IWLA VA SOS has a benthic macroinvertebrate citizen monitoring protocol that is widely used by many
 affiliate organizations. In 2000, VA SOS completed a two-year study, funded by DEQ, evaluating this protocol and
 developing a new protocol to more closely correlate with professional methods developed by EPA and used by
 DEQ.
 Documentation and Further Information

 Water Quality Assessment and Impaired Waters Report (combined 2002 305b and 303d), July 2002:
 http://www.deq.state.va.us/water/305b.html

 2000 Water Quality Assessment 305(b) Report: http://www.deq.state.va.us/water/00-305b.html

 Water Quality Assessment Guidance Manual for 2002, 305(b) and 303(d) reports, July 2002:
 http://www.deq.state.va.us/pdf/water/wqassessquide.pdf

 2007 Ambient Water Quality Monitoring Plan:
 http://www.deq.state.va.us/water/my01rpt.html

 Watershed Maps of Virginia Impaired Water Segments, 303(d) TMDL Priority List:
 http://www.deq.state.va.us/watermaps/
VIRGINIA: Program Summary
                                             December 2002
                                                                                                  3-185

-------
 VIRGINIA
  Contact Information
  Alex M. Barren, Environmental Program Planner
  Virginia Department of Environmental Quality (DEQ)
  P.O. Box 10009 • Richmond, VA 23240
  Phone 804/698-4119 • Fax 804/698-4116
  email: ambarron@deq.state.va.us
  Programmatic Elements
  Uses of bioassessment
  within overall water quality
  program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (special
projects only)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
(comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide (comprehensive use
throughout jurisdiction)
rotating basin
other:
  Stream Miles
  Total miles                                        50,329
  (determined using the National Hydrography Database )
  Total perennial miles                                   50,329
  Total miles assessed for biology*             15,540.4
      fully supporting for 305(b)*                         13,321.9
      partially/non-supporting for 305(b)*                   2,218.5
      listed for 303(d)*                                  2,218.5
      number of sites sampled (on an annual basis)*        150 -170
      number of miles assessed per site
                                 15,540.4 Miles Assessed for Biology
                                        "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                        "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
The numbers listed above were extracted from Virginia's 2002 combined 305(b)/303(d) report and represent stream and river miles
assessed (evaluated and monitored) for aquatic life using chemical, physical and biological parameters. However, of the 2,218.5
total miles partially/non-supporting for 305(b), 661.4 miles were determined to be impaired based solely on biological (benthic) data.
VIRGINIA: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                            3-186

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Single Aquatic Life Use

Three designations (apply to all State waters): recreational uses,
e.g., swimming and boating; the propagation and growth of a
balanced, indigenous population of aquatic life, including game fish,
which might reasonably be expected to inhabit them; and the
production of marketable resources, e.g. fish and shellfish.
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
none - Virginia has no formal/informal numeric procedures to support
general aquatic life statement found in WQS
Numeric Biocriteria in WQS none
Uses of bioassessment data
in integrated assessments
with other environmental
data (e.g., toxicity testing and
chemical specific criteria)
Information not provided





assessment of aquatic resources
cause and effect determinations
permitted discharges
monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)
watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
Several TMDLs are addressing ALUS restoration because of poor
bioassessment scores.
 Reference Site/Condition Development
 Number of reference sites
                             information not provided
Reference site
determinations
Reference site criteria
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Information not provided
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Information not provided
Additional information
/
/

/

site-specific
paired watersheds
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment
other:
No reference site criteria. Reference sites are defined as best
available, least impaired.













7
historical conditions
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other:
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
elevation
stream type
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
other:
reference sites linked to ALU
reference sites/condition referenced in water quality
standards
some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
conditions
VIRGINIA: Program Summary
                                              December 2002
                                                                                                    3-187

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed
    benthos (300-400 samples/year, multiple seasons, multiple sites - broad
    coverage for watershed level)
    fish
    periphyton
    other:
 Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
D-frame, kick net (1 meter); 500-600 micron mesh
richest habitat and riffle/run (cobble)
100 count
family
 Habitat assessments
visual based; performed with bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings and
training for biologists, specimen archival
  Data Analysis and Interpretation
 Data analysis tools and
 methods
    summary tables, illustrative graphs
    parametric ANOVAs
    multivariate analysis
    biological metrics
    disturbance gradients
    other:
 Evaluation of performance
 characteristics
 Information not provided
    repeat sampling
    precision
    sensitivity
    bias
    accuracy
 Biological data
      Storage                  EDAS
      Retrieval and analysis      EDAS
VIRGINIA: Program Summary
                                                December 2002
                                                                                                          3-188

-------
 WASHINGTON
  Contact Information

  Robert W. Plotnikoff, Freshwater Monitoring Unit Supervisor
  Washington State Department of Ecology
  P.O. Box 47710, 300 Desmond Drive • Olympia, WA 98504-7710
  Phone 360/407-6687 • Fax 360/407-6884
  email: rplo461 @ecy.wa.gov
  Stream Biological Monitoring website:
  http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/eap/fw benth/fwb  intr.html
  Program  Description

  Washington State's Biological Monitoring Program has been operated by the Washington Department of Ecology since 1993.
  The program has served as a focal point for technical assistance and as a reference for data comparison.  Its primary objectives
  are: 1) to continually describe the spatial and temporal features of biotic communities in wadeable streams, 2) describe and then
  validate biological expectations for appropriate spatial classifications (e.g., ecoregions), 3) develop guidance and criteria that
  evaluate human-induced disturbance in biological communities, and 4) expand where biological information is used in water
  quality and resource management. Although field data collection methodology has remained consistent, data storage and
  analytical products have improved in their capacity and sophistication.
  The Freshwater Monitoring Unit within the Department of Ecology has engaged in biological monitoring activities for more than
  twelve years and has made its information available online for public use.  The primary objectives in continuing to develop this
  program are to: 1) proceed with calibration often biometrics that will be based on reference conditions within each of eight
  ecoregions, 2) continue assistance in development of RIVPACS (River Invertebrate Prediction  and Classification System)
  models for western and eastern Washington streams with researchers at Utah State University (Dr. C. Hawkins), and 3) locate
  and visit additional reference sites outside of the ranges currently being monitored.

  Interpretive tools developed from these efforts are being placed into the ALUS framework under development by the USEPA
  (contact Susan Jackson).  WA is able to use the knowledge and tools developed through former biological monitoring efforts to
  create a meaningful matrix of expectations as diagramed by ALUS so that incremental improvements in stream quality, based on
  biological signatures, can be tracked.  The first step toward adoption of biocriteria will be the construction of a guidance that
  outlines analytical products and biological expectations for streams within each ecoregion of Washington State.  Biological
  evaluation tools such as RIVPACS scores, biometric scores, index scores, and indicator taxa are currently being assembled for
  inclusion in the guidance.
  Biological information is currently being included in the 303(d) listing process to directly evaluate impairment.  WA has amassed
  an adequate data  bank for describing reference conditions that serves as an effective and defensible means for comparison.
  The Freshwater Monitoring Unit issued a report titled "Condition of Freshwaters in Washington State for the Year 2000" that
  evaluates data from water quality monitoring, biological monitoring, lakes monitoring, and nuisance aquatic plant monitoring.
  This report was intended as a template for future reviews of environmental information, like the 305(b) report, and will  eventually
  satisfy reporting content of the current required data summaries as well as new guidance like CALM (Consolidated Assessment
  and Listing Methodology).
  Many of the water quality problems of interest to the Department of Ecology's Regional Offices are related to habitat destruction
  due to human influence. This is one of the areas in which collaborative work with volunteer monitoring groups, local
  governments, state agencies, tribes, and other federal agencies is  promoted.

  One important partnership has been with the USEPA and the Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program (EMAP). The
  Department of Ecology has engaged both EMAP and R-EMAP (Regional Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program)
  since 1994. The acquisition of both knowledge and equipment in operating this program has provided impetus to implement the
  probabilistic monitoring design in the Ambient River and  Stream Water Quality Monitoring Program. WA is working with the
  Colville Tribe in expanding the description of reference conditions for northeastern Washington and with the Yakima Tribe,
  county, and federal agencies in evaluating the effects of floodplain  gravel mining along the Yakima River. WA is especially
  encouraged by several volunteer monitoring groups,  like Streamkeepers of Clallam County, whose organizers have assembled
  teams of personnel that generate useful biological, chemical, and flow data.


  Documentation and Further Information

  2000 Washington  State Water Quality Assessment - Section 305(b) Report: http://www.ecy.wa.gov/pubs/0010058.pdf

  DRAFT 2002 303(d) List of Impaired and Threatened Waters,  May 2002:
  http://www.ecv.wa.gov/programs/wq/303d/2002-revised/listpolicydraftfinal7.pdf

  Condition of Freshwaters in Washington State for the Year 2000: http://www.ecy.wa.gov/pubs/0103025.pdf

  Water Quality Standards for Surface Waters of the State of Washington: http://www.ecy.wa.gov/pubs/wac173201a.pdf

  For a comprehensive list of Stream Biological Monitoring Publications available online and/or by mail, go to:
  http://www.ecv.wa.gov/programs/eap/fw benth/fwb  pubs.html
WASHINGTON: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                              3-189

-------
 WASHINGTON
  Contact Information
  Robert W. Plotnikoff, Freshwater Monitoring Unit Supervisor
  Washington State Department of Ecology
  P.O. Box 47710, 300 Desmond Drive • Olympia, WA 98504-7710
  Phone 360/407-6687 • Fax 360/407-6884
  email: rplo461 @ecy.wa.gov
  Programmatic Elements
  Uses of bioassessment
  within overall water quality
  program
                               UD
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (specific river
basins or watersheds)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
(comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area (stream order as
subset of ecoregion sampling)
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide (special projects and
comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
rotating basin (specific river basins or watersheds)
other:
  Stream Miles
  Total miles
  (State based determination)
  Total perennial miles
  Total miles assessed for biology*
      fully supporting for 305(b)**
      partially/non-supporting for 305(b)**
      listed for 303(d)
      number of sites sampled
      number of miles assessed per site
                73,886

                 39,483
                 3,275
                  982.5
                2,292.5
                      0
                   655
                      5
                                  3,275 Miles Assessed for Biology
            982.5 miles
    2,292.5 miles
"fully supporting" for 305(b)
"partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
'Approximately 10% of the State's perennial streams are assessed for biology. The 3,275 total miles assessed for biology is an
estimate derived from multiplying 655 sites by the 5 miles assessed per site.
"The "fully supporting" and "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b) stream mile estimates are based on an old assessment policy
estimation process.  WA most recently used EPA's National Hydrography Data Layer to create the stream segment breaks but the
new data has not been generated yet.
WASHINGTON: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                           3-190

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Class System (A,B,C)

The Water Class system currently in use contains four categories:
Class AA, Class A, Class B, and Class C.  Class AA (extraordinary)
freshwaters shall markedly and uniformly exceed the requirements
for all or substantially all uses. Class A (excellent) freshwaters shall
meet or exceed the requirements for all or substantially all uses.
Class B (good) freshwaters shall meet or exceed requirements for
most uses.  Class C (fair) freshwaters shall meet or exceed the
requirements of selected and essential uses.
  Narrative Biocriteria in
  WQS*

  Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
under development
                               none
  Uses of bioassessment data
  in integrated assessments
  with other environmental
  data (e.g., toxicity testing and
  chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
  Uses of bioassessment/
  biocriteria in making
  management decisions
  regarding restoration of
  aquatic resources to a
  designated ALU
                               none
'Water Classes AA, A, and B include a characteristic use designation called "Wildlife Habitat." This characteristic use designates
waters of the state used by, or that directly or indirectly provide food support to fish, other aquatic life, and wildlife for any life history
stage or activity. The term "biological assessment" is defined in Washington's water quality standards and is intended to be used to
evaluate the condition of "Wildlife Habitat."
  Reference Site/Condition Development
  Number of reference sites
                               187 total
  Reference site
  determinations
    site-specific

    paired watersheds

    regional (aggregate of sites)

    professional judgment

    other:
  Reference site criteria
1) Least-disturbed sites that show little or no signs of human impact,
2) Relatively-unimpacted sites that show some signs of historical
human influence but are at an advanced successional stage
  Characterization of
  reference sites within a
  regional context
    historical conditions

    least disturbed sites

    gradient response

    professional judgment

    other: minimally disturbed (see "relatively-unimpacted"
    reference site criteria)
  Stream stratification within
  regional reference
  conditions
    ecoregions (or some aggregate)

    elevation

    stream type

    multivariate grouping

    jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)

    other:
 Additional information
    reference sites linked to ALU

    reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards

    some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
    conditions
WASHINGTON: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                             3-191

-------
Field and Lab Methods
Assemblages assessed
                                    benthos (100-500 samples/year, single season, multiple sites- watershed level and
                                    broad coverage)
                                    fish (100-500 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - watershed level and broad
                                    coverage)
                                    periphyton (< 100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - watershed level and broad
                                    coverage)
                                    other: macrophytes and waterfowl (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites -
                                    watershed level and broad coverage)
  Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection

      subsample size
      taxonomy
                              Surber, D-frame; 500-600 micron mesh
                              riffle/run (cobble); pool habitat may also be assessed if physical and/or chemical degradation
                              has occurred and can be detected through a biotic response
                              500 count
                              family, genus, and species
  Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
                              backpack electrofisher; 7 millimeter mesh
                              multihabitat
                              length measurement, anomalies
                              none - all specimens are examined and counted
                              species, life stage
  Periphyton
      sampling gear

      habitat selection
      sample processing
      taxonomy
                              natural substrate: brushing/scraping device (razor, toothbrush, etc.); artificial substrate:
                              collect by hand
                              multihabitat
                              taxonomic identification
                              genus
  Habitat assessments
                              visual based, quantitative measurements and hydrogeomorphology; performed with
                              bioassessments
  Quality assurance program
  elements
                              standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings and training for
                              biologists, sorting and taxonomic proficiency checks, specimen archival
  Data Analysis and Interpretation
  Data analysis tools and
  methods
                                  summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                  parametric ANOVAs
                                  multivariate analysis
                                  biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
                                  disturbance gradients
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
                              25th percentile of reference population

                              25th percentile of reference population
  Multivariate thresholds
      defining impairment in
      a multivariate index
                              Significant departure from mean of reference population
  Evaluation of performance
  characteristics
                                  repeat sampling (multi-year sampling at gradient of sites)
                                  precision (multi-year sampling at reference sites)
                                  sensitivity
                                  bias
                                  accuracy
  Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
                              All biological (including habitat and chemistry) information is stored in MS Access
                              SAS, Systat, CANOCO, Primer, Cornell Ecology Programs, and Calibrate
WASHINGTON: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                              3-192

-------
 WEST VIRGINIA
  Contact Information

  John Wirts, Program Manager
  West Virginia Department of Environmental Protection (WV DEP)
  1201 Greenbrier Street • Charleston, WV 25311
  Phone 304/558-2108 • Fax 304/558-2780
  email:  iwirts@mail.dep.state.wv.us
  WV DEP Division of Water Resources homepage: http://www.dep.state.wv.us/item.cfm?ssid=11

  Dan Cincotta, Fisheries Biologist
  West Virginia Division of Natural Resources (WV DNR)
  P.O. Box 67 • Elkins, WV 26241
  Phone 304/637-0245 • Fax 304/637-0250
  email: dcincotta@dnr.state.wv.us
  WV DNR Wildlife Resources Section homepage: http://www.dnr.state.wv.us/wvwildlife/default.htm


  Program Description

  The West Virginia Department of Environmental Protection (WV DEP) implemented the Watershed Assessment Program in
  1996.  This program was designed to systematically measure the water quality and biological health of the state's rivers and
  streams. The program has four major components: 1) Random or Probabilistic Sampling; 2) Pre-TMDL sampling; 3) Ambient
  WQ Monitoring; and 4) "Regular Assessments."

  Benthic macroinvertebrates are collected at the "random sites," regular WAP (Watershed Assessment Program) sites, and
  selected Pre-TMDL sites. The program utilizes a rectangular dip net, compositing samples from two square meters and
  identifying a 200 organism sub-sample. WV DEP identified the "bugs" in-house to family level the first three years of the
  program. In 1999, WV DEP contracted out the identification work and switched to genus level identification.  In 2000, a
  macroinvertebrate index was developed for West Virginia with support from EPA's biocriteria development program. This index
  provides a means to establish an impairment threshold that is based on a set of minimally disturbed reference sites.

  The "Regular Assessments" were the majority of WV DEP's  workload in the program's first year and continue to be a major
  portion of efforts. These consisted of sampling as many streams as  possible (considering personnel limitations) in watersheds
  that were scheduled for assessment according to a 5 year cycle (5-7 watersheds per year). These assessments included the
  collection of water quality, habitat and  macroinvertebrate data.  All streams previously listed as impaired were targeted for
  assessment, as were a portion of all "unassessed" and "partially impaired" streams.

  In 1997, the Watershed Assessment Program added a probabilistic  sampling component. The first 5-year cycle was completed
  in 2001. The first cycle consisted of sampling 30-35 sites in each ofthe major watersheds (8-digit HUCs) in the state, sampling
  all sites in a watershed in a single year. The next 5 year cycle begins in 2002 and will have a different sampling strategy. The
  same effort, 150 sites, will be spread across the state each year instead of just the 5-7 watersheds being assessed that year.
  This will allow a summary ofthe condition ofthe state's streams to be completed every year instead of having to wait for the end
  ofthe 5-year cycle.  This strategy also eliminates the problem of comparing watersheds sampled in different years that may have
  had drastically different climactic conditions (i.e. drought versus flood).

  Periphyton will be collected at all of the random sites starting in 2002.  The results of these collections will hopefully aid in the
  development of nutrient criteria. Streams with known eutrification problems and some of WV DEP's established reference sites
  may be sampled as well.

  The Division of Natural Resources (DNR) is the fish and game agency of West Virginia. As part of its duties, statewide fishery
  surveys are conducted annually to monitor game and  nongame fish  populations.  These surveys are not probability based as
  they are usually performed on target streams with ongoing programs (e.g., stockings) or due to crisis management reasons. The
  WV DNR has no regulatory authority relative to the state's water quality standards, but we are sometimes involved in a fish
  advisory capacity.  The WV DNR is developing a fish Index of Biotic Integrity via a cooperative agreement with the USEPA.  The
  IBI is being developed somewhat independently from the WQS that  are utilized by WV DEP.  Someday it may be used in the
  305(b) program by a collaboration of agencies.


  Documentation and Further Information

  WV DEP Division of Water Resources list of publications, including direct links to West Virginia Water Quality Status
  Assessment 305(b) Report 2000 and other 305(b) reports, multiple 303(d) listings, West Virginia's Monitoring Strategy, and A
  Stream Condition Index for West Virginia Wadeable Streams, 2000: http://www.dep.state.wv.us/item.cfm?ssid=11&ss1id=192

  Smithson, J. 2001. Watershed assessment program. SOP. WV DEP Division of Water Resources.
WEST VIRGINIA: Program Summary                  December 2002                                             3-193

-------
 WEST VIRGINIA
  Contact Information
  John Wirts, Program Manager
  West Virginia Department of Environmental Protection (WV DEP)
  1201 Greenbrier Street • Charleston, WV 25311
  Phone 304/558-2108 • Fax 304/558-2780
  email: iwirts@mail.dep.state.wv.us
  Dan Cincotta, Fisheries Biologist
  West Virginia Division of Natural Resources (WV DNR)
  P.O. Box 67 • Elkins, WV 26241
  Phone 304/637-0245 • Fax 304/637-0250
  email: dcincotta@dnr.state.wv.us
  Programmatic Elements
  Uses of bioassessment
  within overall water quality
  program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose)
(comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
(comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide (comprehensive use
throughout jurisdiction)
rotating basin (comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
other:
  Stream Miles
  Total miles                                      32,278
  (determined using RF3 augmented with all named streams on
  1:24,000 topographic map)
  Total perennial miles                                 21,114
  Total miles assessed for biology                5,745
     fully supporting for 305(b)                          3,706
     partially/non-supporting for 305(b)                   2,039
     listed for 303(d)                                  1,315
     number of sites sampled                           60-90
     number of miles assessed per site                       -
                                  5,745 Miles Assessed for Biology
                                    [3  "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                    Q  "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
WEST VIRGINIA: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                          3-194

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
 Single Aquatic Life Use

 Two designations: warmwater and coldwater
  Narrative Biocriteria in WQS    none - Internal program procedures used to support general aquatic life standard

  Numeric Biocriteria in WQS     none
  Uses of bioassessment data
  in integrated assessments
  with other environmental
  data (e.g., toxicity testing and
  chemical specific criteria)
     assessment of aquatic resources

     cause and effect determinations

     permitted discharges

     monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

     watershed based management
  Uses of bioassessment/
  biocriteria in making
  management decisions
  regarding restoration of
  aquatic resources to a
  designated ALU
 Watershed restoration action strategies as part of the 319 grant program.
  Reference Site/Condition Development
  Number of reference sites
                              -105 total
  Reference site
  determinations
    site-specific

    paired watersheds

    regional (aggregate of sites)

    professional judgment

    other:
  Reference site criteria
The following selection criteria are used to select reference sites:
(* Indicates criterion that can be determined in the field.)

1. D.O. > 5.0mg/l*  2. pH between 6.0 and 9.0* 3. Conductivity < 500 uS/cm* 4.
Fecal coliform < 800 colony/100ml  5. No violations of State WQ Standards  6. No
obvious sources of nonpoint pollution* 7. Epifaunal substrate / available cover score
>10*  8. Channel alteration score >10*   9. Sediment deposition score >10 *  10. Bank
vegetative  protection score >5*   11. Undisturbed vegetation zone width score >5*   12.
Total habitat score  > or = 130 points*  13. Evaluation of anthropogenic activities and
disturbances*  14.  No known point source discharges upstream and within view of
assessment site (completed after 1-13 are met)
 Characterization of
 reference sites within a
 regional context
    historical conditions

    least disturbed sites

    gradient response

    professional judgment

    other: minimally disturbed**
 Stream stratification within a
 regional reference
 conditions
    ecoregions (or some aggregate)

    elevation

    stream type

    multivariate grouping

    jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)

    other:
 Additional information
    reference sites linked to ALU

    reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards

    some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced conditions (minimal)
**WV reference sites are best described as minimally disturbed sties. They have to meet each of the 14 criteria mentioned above;
thus there are some areas with no sites that VW DEP is comfortable calling reference.
WEST VIRGINIA: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                            3-195

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed
                                  benthos (>500 samples/year, single season, multiple sites- watershed level)
                                  fish* (<100 samples/year; single observation, limited sampling)
                                  periphyton
                                  other:
  Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                              D-frame, dipnet, collect by hand; 500-600 micron mesh
                              riffle/run (cobble)
                              200 count
                              family, genus
  Fish*
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
                             seine, backpack and boat electrofishers, electric seine; 1/8" and 3/16" mesh
                             multihabitat
                             length measurement, biomass - individual
                             none
                             species
  Habitat assessments
                             visual based, quantitative measurements, riffle stability index; performed with
                             bioassessments
  Quality assurance program
  elements
                             standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings, training
                             for biologists, sorting proficiency checks, sorting and taxonomic proficiency checks,
                             specimen archival
*West Virginia Division of Natural Resources is the fish and game agency of West Virginia. WV DNR duties include statewide
annual fishery surveys to monitor game and nongame fish populations. These surveys are not probability based as they are
ususally performed on target streams due to ongoing programs (eg. stockings) or crisis management reasons. The WV DNR has no
regulatory authority relative to the state's water quality standards, but are sometimes involved in a fish advisory capacity. The WV
DNR is developing a fish Index of Biotic Integrity via  a cooperative agreement with the USEPA.  It is being developed somewhat
independently from the quality standards that are utilized by WV DEP, and may someday be used in the 305(b) program by a
collaboration of agencies.
  Data analysis tools and
  methods
Data Analysis and Interpretation
                                  summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                  parametric ANOVAs
                                  multivariate analysis
                                  biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
                                  disturbance gradients
                                  other:
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
                             95th percentile of total population

                             5th percentile of reference sites
  Evaluation of performance
  characteristics*
                                  repeat sampling
                                  precision
                                  sensitivity
                                  bias
                                  accuracy
  Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
                             WAPBAS (similar to EDAS)
                             WAPBAS (similar to EDAS)
"Described in A Stream Condition Index for West Virginia Wadeable Streams (see documentation and further information)
WEST VIRGINIA: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                             3-196

-------
 WISCONSIN
  Contact Information

  Mike Talbot, Chief- Monitoring Section, Bureau of Fisheries and Habitat Protection
  Bob Masnado, Chief-Water Quality Standards Section, Bureau of Watershed Management
  Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources (WDNR)
  P.O. Box 7921 • Madison, Wisconsin 53707
  Phone 608/266-0832 • Fax 608/266-2244
  Phone 608/267-7662 • Fax 608/267-2800
  email: talbom@dnr.state.wi.us and masnar@dnr.state.wi.us
  Wl DNR Division of Water homepage: http://www.dnr.state.wi.us/environmentprotect/water.html
  Program  Description

  Historically, much of the water resource assessment work done by the Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources (WDNR) has
  focused on the evaluation of degraded watersheds or water resources with high public profile. Asa result, there is a lack of data
  on the overall quality of Wisconsin's water resources. In addition, monitoring techniques often varied among assessment sites
  and over time thus making it difficult to compare data across the state or from different time periods. To address these concerns,
  WDNR initiated a new program in 1999, called Baseline Monitoring. Standardized assessment techniques for aquatic habitat,
  macroinvertebrates and fish have been developed and are being applied throughout the state. The elements of this new program
  are contained in a draft report on Wisconsin's Surface Water Monitoring Strategy.

  The overall goals of the baseline monitoring strategy are to answer the  following questions:
  1.   What are the use expectations for Wisconsin's water resources?
  2.   Are the state's waters meeting their use potential?
  3.   What factors are preventing the state's water resources from meeting their potential?
  4.   What are the statewide status and trends in the quality of Wisconsin's surface waters?

  To achieve the goals of the program, the following specific set of monitoring objectives were established:
      Determine the designated attainable uses of each waterbody. Stream and lake habitat information and fisheries data
      collected during baseline assessments will be compared  with biological criteria obtained from "least-impacted" regional
      reference waters to determine the water's use classification.
      Determine the level of use attainment of each waterbody. Stream habitat and fisheries data collected during baseline
      assessment monitoring will allow the WDNR to determine if designated uses are being attained. More emphasis is being
      placed on biological monitoring to determine if designated uses are being met.
      Determine why some waterbodies are not attaining their designated uses.  Physical, chemical and biological data collected
      during baseline assessment monitoring will provide at least some of the information required to achieve this objective.

  For stream biological monitoring, WDNR collects information on riparian and in-stream habitat data, aquatic insects and fish
  species. The aquatic insects are identified and the numbers offish are determined using standardized collection protocols. Lake
  monitoring involves collecting trophic state data and fish community data using the standardized protocols.

  WDNR will begin using a stratified-random sampling approach to achieve adequate coverage of the state's 55,000 miles of
  streams. This sampling design allows the WDNR to sample a variety of streams and lakes across the state and also provides the
  Department with the ability to evaluate the quality of water resources that have not been sampled. The  WDNR collects over 400
  aquatic invertebrate samples per year. However, under the baseline monitoring that was initiated last year, the WDNR is now
  annually assessing  about 600 stream sites. In the future,  maps showing the location of biological sampling sites will be available.
  Documentation and Further Information

  Wisconsin Water Quality Report to Congress, 2000 305(b): http://www.dnr.state.wi.us/orq/water/wm/watersummary/WQ.pdf

  Wisconsin's Unified Watershed Assessment, http://www.dnr.state.wi.us/orq/water/wm/watersummary/uwa/index.htmtfintro

  Water Quality Standards for Wisconsin Surface Waters, revised February 1998:
  http://www.leqis.state.wi.us/rsb/code/nr/nr102.pdf

  Wisconsin DNR Fisheries and Habitat Biological Database: http://infotrek.er.usqs.gov/wdnr bio/
WISCONSIN: Program Summary                     December 2002                                             3-197

-------
 WISCONSIN
  Contact Information

  Mike Talbot, Chief- Monitoring Section, Bureau of Fisheries and Habitat Protection
  Bob Masnado, Chief-Water Quality Standards Section, Bureau of Watershed Management
  Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources (WDNR)
  P.O. Box 7921 • Madison, Wisconsin 53707
  Phone 608/266-0832 • Fax 608/266-2244
  Phone 608/267-7662 • Fax 608/267-2800
  email: talbom@dnr.state.wi.us and masnar@dnr.state.wi.us
  Programmatic Elements
  Uses of bioassessment
  within overall water quality
  program
problem identification (screening)

nonpoint source assessments

monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs

ALU determinations/ambient monitoring

promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria

support of antidegradation

evaluation of discharge permit conditions

TMDL assessment and monitoring

other: fishery assessments, FERC re-licensing, decisions, etc.
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
                               /
                               /
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose)
(special projects only)

fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
(specific river basins or watersheds)

probabilistic by stream order/catchment area

probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
(comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)

rotating basin

other:
  Stream Miles

  Total miles*                                      55,000

  Total perennial miles                                  32,000

  Total miles assessed for biology**              24,422

      fully supporting for 305(b)                           7,989

      partially/non-supporting for 305(b)                   12,028

      listed for 303(d)

      number of sites sampled (on an annual basis)            600

      number of miles assessed per site**                      5
                                 24,422 Miles Assessed for Biology
                                                  7,989 miles
                                             12,028 miles
                                        "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                        "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
'Surface water resources for Wisconsin have been quantified using GIS. A 1:24,000 scale hydrography GIS database was
developed by digitizing surface waters shown on USGS 7.5 minute quadrangle maps.

"The miles assessed for biology include fish consumption and aquatic life use.  Of the 12,394 miles fully supporting for 305(b),
4,405 miles are threatened.  Each site sampled represents 5 miles of stream for baseline surveys, based on research conducted by
WDNR.
WISCONSIN: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                           3-198

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
  Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
  Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
Fishery Based Uses and Warm Water vs. Coldwater

Five designations: 1) Coldwater- Salmonids & some sculpin species,
2) Warm Water Fish & Aquatic Life - game fish and some important forage
species, 3) Warm Water Forage Fish - forage  fish communities intolerant to
low dissolved oxygen, 4) Limited Forage Fish - forage fish communities
tolerant of low dissolved oxygen, 5) Limited Aquatic Life - communities with
non-fish species (invertebrates, etc.) that are tolerant of low dissolved oxygen.

Wisconsin does not have narrative biocriteria per se.  It does have narrative
criteria that are applied  to protect against harm to human, wildlife and fish and
aquatic life communities.  Please see below.*

none
  Uses of bioassessment data
  in integrated assessments
  with other environmental
  data (e.g., toxicity testing and
  chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
  Uses of bioassessment/
  biocriteria in making
  management decisions
  regarding restoration of
  aquatic resources to a
  designated ALU
Wisconsin's bioassessment program is still evolving, but has been used
regularly to make water quality management decisions that range from fishery
management issues (bag limits, habitat restoration projects) to FERC license
operating conditions to assessing potential vs. actual fish & aquatic life uses of
surface waters.
*Acute Narrative Criterion: NR 102.04(1 )(d) (d) Substances in concentrations or combinations which are toxic or harmful to
humans shall not be present in amounts found to be of public health significance, nor shall substances be present in amounts which
are acutely harmful to animal,  plant or aquatic life.
Chronic Narrative Criterion:  NR 102.04(4)(d)  (d) Other substances. Unauthorized concentrations of substances are not permitted
that alone or in combination with other materials present are toxic to fish or other aquatic life. Surface waters shall meet the acute
and chronic criteria as set forth in or developed pursuant to ss. NR 105.05 and 105.06. Surface waters shall meet the criteria which
correspond to the appropriate  fish and aquatic life subcategory for the surface water, except as provided in s. NR 104.02(3).


  Reference Site/Condition  Development
  Number of reference sites
                               100 total
  Reference site
  determinations
  Reference site criteria
  Characterization of
  reference sites within a
  regional context
  Stream stratification within
  regional reference
  conditions
 Additional information
    site-specific

    paired watershed

    regional (aggregate of sites)

    professional judgment

    other:
Reference sites are defined by 1) BPJ using biota, 2) Upper quartile of biota
index scores within two years, and 3) will eventually be supplemented with   a
priori land use. Also, a fish IBI is currently used, and  habitat, water chemistry
and macroinvertebrates will be incorporated within two years.
                               /
                               /
     historical conditions

     least disturbed sites

     gradient response

     professional judgment

     other: will eventually use a priori CIS land use data
    ecoregions (or some aggregate)

    elevation

    stream type (temperature, gradient, stream order)

    multivariate grouping

    jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)

    other: will assess strata with multivariate analysis
     reference sites linked to ALU

     reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards

     some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced conditions
WISCONSIN: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                              3-199

-------
Field and Lab Methods
Assemblages assessed
                                    benthos (>500 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - broad coverage)
                                    fish (>500 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - broad coverage)
                                    periphyton (<100 samples/year; single observation, limited sampling)
                                    other:
  Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                              Surber, Hess, D-frame (all limited use); 500 - 600 micron mesh
                              riffle/run (cobble)
                              minimum of 125, but typically 200 - 300 organisms
                              lowest taxa-level possible - usually genus, sometimes combination
  Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
                              backpack and boat electrofisher, pram unit (tote barge); 1/4" mesh
                              multihabitat
                              length measurement, biomass- individual (gamefish), biomass- batch (non-game), anomalies
                              selected species
                              species
  Periphyton
      sampling gear

      habitat selection
      sample processing
      taxonomy
                              natural substrate: brushing/scraping device (razor, toothbrush, etc.)
                              artificial substrate: rock, rip-rap, bridge concrete
                              richest habitat
                              chlorophyll a/phaeophytin and taxonomic identification
                              diatoms only
  Habitat assessments
                              quantitative measurements; performed with bioassessments
  Quality assurance program
  elements
                              standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings, training for
                              biologists, sorting and taxonomic proficiency checks, specimen archival
  Data Analysis and Interpretation
  Data analysis tools and
  methods
                                  summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                  parametric ANOVAs
                                  multivariate analysis
                                  biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)*
                                  disturbance gradients
                                  other:
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
                              25th percentile of reference population
                              25th percentile of reference population
  Evaluation of performance
  characteristics
                                  repeat sampling
                                  precision (repeat sampling of assessment sites is conducted)
                                  sensitivity (multiple streams along various stressor gradients have been assessed to
                                  document metric sensitivity to the stressor of concern)
                                  bias (Stream habitat assessment crews assess the same site to document crew
                                  experience bias. Least-impacted streams of differing size/stream order are sampled to
                                  document macroinvertebrate metric bias among streams of varying order)
                                  accuracy (multiple least-impacted streams are sampled to document metric accuracy)
  Biological data
      Storage

      Retrieval and analysis
                              A database has been developed in concert with USGS.  It is not currently compatible with
                              STORET.  The database can be viewed at: http://www.infotrek.er.usqs.qov/wdnr bio/
                              SAS, Systat, and Statistica.  Also, an ORACLE-based data  management system is being
                              developed to store data and provide routine report summaries and metric calculations.
'Multimetric indexes for habitat and fish have been developed, and a multimetric index for macroinvertebrates is being developed.
WISCONSIN: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                              3-200

-------
 WYOMING
Contact Information

Jeremy ZumBerge, Monitoring Program Supervisor
Wyoming Department of Environmental Quality (WYDEQ)
1043 Coffeen Avenue, Suite D • Sheridan, WY  82801
Phone 307/672-6457 • Fax 307/674-6050
email: izumbe@state.wy.us
WYDEQ Water Quality Division website: http://deq.state.wy.us/wqd/index.asp?pageid=5


Program Description

The primary objective of bioassessments conducted by the Wyoming Department of Environmental Quality (WYDEQ) is to assess
the support of aquatic life for 303(d) listing and 305(b) reporting, using macroinvertebrates as the primary indicator. The program
has been in existence since 1993, when it was initiated in the form of the Reference Stream Project (RSP). The primary goal of the
RSP was to collect baseline biological data at least-impacted (reference) streams in each ecoregion of Wyoming as a benchmark for
assessing biological and water quality conditions of other streams across the State. In 1998, the focus shifted from collecting
reference stream data to using RSP data as a benchmark to assess biological conditions of other Wyoming streams as part of the
Beneficial Use Reconnaissance Program (BURP). BURP uses a comprehensive approach  (chemical, physical, and biological
components) to assess water quality conditions of Wyoming streams. Today, the RSP is still ongoing, but at a much smaller scale.

Several other organizations have been or will be important sources of bioassessment data in Wyoming. The Wyoming Association
of Conservation Districts (WACD) has been very involved in collecting biological data at streams across Wyoming. With proper
guidance, local Conservation  Districts (CDs) can elect to assume some of WYDEQ's bioassessment responsibilities, with the data
being used for 303(d) and 305(b). Many CDs have welcomed the opportunity to collect bioassessment data.

The USGS also has been a very  important source of biological data. Wyoming has contracted the USGS-Wyoming District to carry
out the Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program (EMAP) monitoring in Wyoming. Approximately 50 randomly selected
sites will be assessed over the four year contract, with the end goal being an unbiased estimate of water quality conditions in the
State. The USGS also conducted an assessment of the Yellowstone River Basin of Wyoming and Montana as part of the National
Water-Quality Assessment Program (NAWQA).  The considerable amount of biological data generated from these studies is being
evaluated for comparability with WYDEQ data to explore the usefulness of these data for 305(b) purposes.  In addition, joint-funding
agreements are in place  with the USGS that allow for enhanced biological monitoring of streams in areas affected by coal bed
methane development.

The Wyoming Game and Fish Department (WGFD) is an important source offish data. WYDEQ has chosen not to sample fish
communities as part of bioassessments, but uses WGFD data for determining support of fisheries uses, as well as in classifying
streams for assignment of uses and designating appropriate water quality standards associated with those  uses.

Wyoming has made significant strides in recent years in the development of multimetric biocriteria. Work will continue toward
refining the existing numeric criteria and narrative aquatic life standard, and toward the eventual implementation of numeric aquatic
life standards. Implementation of numeric standards is sure to be a challenging effort. The physical heterogeneity of Wyoming (e.g.,
climate, landscape, land  use,  and geology) poses significant scientific challenges. Political considerations are also likely to pose
challenges.

Currently, WY is exploring the use of predictive models for assessing biological conditions of streams, as well as the addition of
periphyton as an additional biological indicator to supplement macroinvertebrate data and WGFD fish data  used in bioassessments.
Periphyton samples have been collected at a limited number of long-term reference stations in the past, and the use of periphyton
data will expand in coming years.


  Documentation  and Further Information

  Wyoming's 2000 305(b) State Water Quality Assessment Report and 2000 303(d) Report:
  http://deq.state.wy.us/wqd/watershed/01452-doc.pdf

  Wyoming Surface  Water Quality Standards: http://deq.state.wy.us/wqd/index.asp?paqeid=52#Stand

  Manual of SOPs for Sample Collection and Analysis: http://deq.state.wy.us/wqd/watershed/10574-doc.pdf

  WYDEQ Water Quality Division Five-Year Comprehensive Monitoring Plan, 2001 Update,  October 2001:
  http://deq.state.wy.us/wqd/watershed/12806-doc.pdf

  Jessup, B.K. and J.B. Stribling. 2000.  Testing the Wyoming stream integrity index. Prepared by Tetra Tech, Inc., Owings Mills,
  Maryland, for USEPA Region 8, Denver,  CO.

  Gerritsen, J; Jessup, B.K.; King, K.; Smith, J. and Stribling, J.B. 2000.  Development of Biological Criteria for Wyoming Streams
  and their Use in the TMDL Process. Prepared by Tetra Tech, Inc., Owings Mills, Maryland, for USEPA Region 8, Denver, CO.

  Data can be found online at http://wv.water.usqs.gov/ and http://www.wrds.uwyo.edu/
WYOMING: Program Summary                       December 2002                                             3-201

-------
 WYOMING
 Contact Information
 Jeremy ZumBerge, Monitoring Program Supervisor
 Wyoming Department of Environmental Quality (WYDEQ)
 1043 Coffeen Avenue, Suite D • Sheridan, WY 82801
 Phone 307/672-6457 • Fax 307/674-6050
 email: izumbe@state.wy.us
  Programmatic Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:  UAAs and site-specific standards
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (specific river
basins or watersheds)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations) (specific
river basins or watersheds)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin (specific river basins or watersheds)
other:
 Stream Miles
 Total miles
 (determined using RF3, 2000 and National Hydrography
 Datatbase, 2001)
 Total perennial miles
 Total miles assessed for biology*
     fully supporting for 305(b)
     partially/non-supporting for 305(b)
     listed for 303(d)
     extent fully supporting, but threatened
     number of sites sampled
     number of miles assessed per site
               113,422

                  32,520
                  2,639
                   2,124
                    177
                    177
                    388
                   700+
                    3.25
2,639 Miles Assessed for Biology
           2,124 miles | '•> ''' -; "\
                     I- .
  g]  "fully supporting" for 305(b)
  Q  "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
'Since a Weight-of-Evidence approach is used in use support decisions, the numbers provided reflect waterbody reach extent where
some type of biological data were used in the assessment.
 Aquatic  Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
WYOMING: Program Summary                     December 2002
                                                                      3-202

-------
 ALU designation basis


 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Class System (A,B,C), Fishery Based Uses and Warm Water vs.
Cold Water

Game Fish (Warm Water and Cold Water Game Fish), Non-game
Fish and Aquatic Life Other than Fish
  Narrative Biocriteria in WQS

  Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
Formal/informal numeric procedures exist to support ALU decisions.

under development (Numeric biocriteria are in use but are still being
refined and are not yet incorporated in WY's water quality
standards.)
  Uses of bioassessment data
  in integrated assessments
  with other environmental
  data (e.g., toxicity testing and
  chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
  Uses of bioassessment/
  biocriteria in making
  management decisions
  regarding restoration of
  aquatic resources to a
  designated ALU
Trend analysis in watershed improvement projects and following
degradation resulting from construction projects and spills.
  Reference Site/Condition  Development
  Number of reference sites
                               140 based on field investigation checklist
                                90 based on quantitative physical and chemical filters
  Reference site
  determinations
    site-specific

    paired watersheds

    regional (aggregate of sites)

    professional judgment (Best Professional Judgment based on
    landscape and field investigation coupled with select water
    chemical and physical filters)

    other:
  Reference site criteria
Site is identified by the field investigation to be "reference quality"
based on analysis of a 27 item checklist of reach and watershed
characteristics plus select ecoregion specific quantitative physical
and chemical filters.
  Characterization of
  reference sites within a
  regional context
    historical conditions

    least disturbed sites

    gradient response

    professional judgment

    other:
  Stream stratification within
  regional reference
  conditions
    ecoregions (or some aggregate)

    elevation

    stream type

    multivariate grouping

    jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)

    other:
 Additional information
    reference sites linked to ALU

    reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards

    some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
    conditions
WYOMING: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                              3-203

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed
                               UD
                                   benthos (100-500 samples/year, single season, multiple sites - not at
                                   watershed level)
                                   fish
                                   periphyton
                                   other:
  Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                             Surber, dipnet; 500-600 micron mesh
                             riffle/run (cobble)
                             500 count
                             combination-genus, species
  Periphyton
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing

      taxonomy
                             natural substrate: brushing/scraping device (razor, toothbrush, etc.)
                             riffle/run (cobble)
                             WYDEQ's periphyton program is under development.  Samples have been collected,
                             but analysis protocols are yet to be developed.
                             under development
  Habitat assessments
  Quality assurance program
  elements
                             visual based, quantitative measurements, hydrogeomorphology, pebble counts
                             (Wolman), streambank stability (Bauer and Burton - EPA910/R-93-017), pool quality
                             (Bauer and Burton); performed with bioassessments
                             standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings and
                             training for biologists, taxonomic proficiency checks, specimen archival
  Data analysis tools and
  methods
Data Analysis and Interpretation
                                   summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                   parametric ANOVAs
                                   multivariate analysis
                                   biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
                                   disturbance gradients
                                   other:
                               UD
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a  multimetric index
                             95th percentile of reference population

                             25th percentile of reference population
  Evaluation of performance
  characteristics
                                   repeat sampling (select sites are sampled annually to
                                   document annual variability)
                                   precision (side-by-side sampling at 10% of stations; Data
                                   Quality Objectives for density and number of taxa)
                                   sensitivity
                                   bias
                                   accuracy
  Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
                             STORET, EDAS, and internal spreadsheets
                             EDAS
WYOMING: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                            3-204

-------
 AMERICAN SAMOA
 Contact Information

 Edna Buchan, Water Program Manager
 American Samoa Environmental Protection Agency (ASEPA)
 Executive Office Building • Pago Pago, American Samoa 96799
 Phone 684/633-2304 • Fax 684/633-5801
 email: ednabuchan@hotmail.com
 website: http://www.asg-gov.com/agencies/epa.asg.htm
 Program Description

 American (Amerika) Samoa is a group of six Polynesian islands in the South Pacific. Located fourteen degrees
 below the equator, it is the United States' southern-most territory.

 The American Samoa Environmental Protection Agency (ASEPA) develops and implements programs that protect
 environmental and public health from harmful impacts on air and water quality.  USEPA works in partnership with
 ASEPA and provides funding and technical assistance to carry out environmental programs. ASEPA activities
 include water quality monitoring, inspecting facilities and new developments for compliance with environmental
 regulations, preparing responses to hazardous material releases, advocating practices that decrease and prevent
 pollution, and educating the public on environmental issues and practices.

 American Samoa does not have a biological assessment program in place, and has no immediate plans for
 implementing a bioassessment program. The American Samoa Water Quality Standards contain no numeric
 biocriteria. Wording in standards that states that Fresh Surface Water and Wetlands "shall be protected to support
 the propagation of indigenous aquatic and  terrestrial life"  may be considered narrative criteria.
 Documentation and Further Information

 Personal communication (email), Edna Buchan, 11/26/2001.
AMERICAN SAMOA: Program Summary             December 2002                                       3-205

-------
                           THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
AMERICAN SAMOA: Program Summary            December 2002                                   3-206

-------
 Commonwealth of Northern

 Mariana  Islands (CNMI)


 Contact Information
 Peter C. Houk, Marine Biologist
 CNMI Division of Environmental Quality (DEQ)
 P.O. Box 501304  • Saipan, MP 96950
 Phone 670/664-8505 • Fax 670/664-8540
 email: peter.houk@saipan.com
 website: http://www.deq.gov.mp/
  Program Description

  NOTE: Since few freshwater sources exist on the islands, all information in this program summary refers to CNMI's
  marine environments (CNMI has only  two or three, very small, perennial streams. CNMI's dynamic tropical marine
  system requires different approaches and techniques than are used by the states to develop biocriteria.)

  The objective of CNMI's Marine Monitoring Program is to monitor CNMI's reefs,  lagoon, and reef flats with regards to benthic
  communities, macroinvertebrate and fish abundances, and water quality. In addition, CNMI has a biodiversity list of all
  organisms encountered in CNMI and a reference collection. CNMI Water Quality Standards clearly state that benthic
  communities can not be altered due to a discharge (Section 7.12 (d)). Any significant changes would be changes from 1)
  previous conditions at the same site or 2) changes from a similar reference  site. The goal is to gather as much baseline data in
  as many different areas as possible to use for comparisons. Last year, a "State of the Reef Report" was completed which
  comprises all of the results from monitoring efforts.

  In 2001, the focus was on assessments of nearshore coral reef systems surrounding Saipan and Rota. The 2000/2001 State of
  the Reef Reports were produced summarizing past and present coral reef data for Saipan and Rota. Though it would be
  impossible to survey the entire coral reef system around CNMI with current  resources, there are approximately 20 sites
  established for intensive data collection on a yearly basis. The goal is to continue to enhance CNMI's interagency marine
  monitoring group composed of Coastal Resources Management, Division of Fish and Wildlife, and Division of Environmental
  Quality. Assessments of existing and additional sites on  Rota, Saipan, Tinian, and other Northern Islands will be conducted and
  included in the next Reef Report (2002).  Data will be used for future assessments of natural disasters, potential anthropogenic
  disturbances/development, and overall biological health.

  In 2002, the entire Saipan Lagoon, covering several watersheds, will also be surveyed to assess and understand how upland
  runoff (nonpoint source pollution) may be affecting this valuable resource. The entire lagoon will be divided into habitats and
  quantitative and qualitative data from each habitat will be gathered.  Once completed, existing aerial photographs will be
  scanned and remote sensing techniques will delineate the habitats found. The end  result will be used to examine correlations
  between water quality, drainage areas, other areas of concern, and the lagoon habitat. This project is also required by the Army
  Corps of Engineers in order to proceed with a master drainage plan for areas associated with Saipan's Lagoon. Lagoon survey
  work is currently a joint project between NOAA's Coastal Resource Management Program and DEQ.  Hopefully, the Division of
  Fish and Wildlife will be involved in this project in 2002 as well.

  CNMI's reef monitoring program is based on site selection.  Sites that have  "concerns" or "disturbances" are selected, as well as
  several reference sites. There are many more habitats in the nearshore coral reef communities around CNMI than are found in
  the Saipan Lagoon, hence the difference in methods.  Also, weather conditions prohibit surveys on windward sides of the islands
  most of the year. All of this data is very useful for understanding baseline water quality conditions, and these data are used for
  assessment when and if projects are proposed that involve a discharge.

  CNMI's program can not follow the same type of biocriteria monitoring program implemented in any of the U.S. states.  There is a
  very dynamic tropical marine system surrounding CNMI which warrants the  use of techniques different than those used by our
  State counterparts.
  Documentation and Further Information

  Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands Water Quality Assessment Report 305(b), April 2000

  Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands Water Quality Assessment Report 305(b), 2002
  (Interested parties can contact Peter Houk, CNMI DEQ, or EPA Region 9 for a copy of either report)

  CNMI State of the Reef Report, 2000

  CNMI Nonpoint Source and Marine Monitoring Program information: http://www.deq.gov.mp/NPS/default.htm


CNMI: Program Summary                           December 2002                                            3-207

-------
 Commonwealth  of Northern
 Mariana Islands

 Contact Information
 Peter C. Houk, Marine Biologist
 CNMI Division of Environmental Quality (DEQ)
 P.O. Box 501304 • Saipan, MP 96950
 Phone 670/664-8505 • Fax 670/664-8540
 email: peter.houk@saipan.com
  Programmatic Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:  public information and awareness
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose)
(special projects only)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
(comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin
other:
 Stream Miles* (pertains to coral reef monitoring)
 Total miles
 Total perennial miles
 Total miles assessed for biology                           n/a
     fully supporting for 305(b)                                      n/a
     partially/non-supporting for 305(b)                               n/a
     listed for 303(d)                                              n/a
     number of sites sampled on the reef (on an annual basis)            20
     number of miles assessed per site                        site specific
The above section is not applicable to CNMI's monitoring program since no stream monitoring is conducted. For lagoon surveys,
CNMI plans to intensively survey and create habitat maps for the entire Saipan Lagoon system.  This covers several watersheds.
CNMI's outer reef monitoring program is based on site selection - sites that have "concerns" or "disturbances," as well as several
reference sites.  There are many more habitats in the nearshore coral reef communities around CNMI than are found in the Saipan
Lagoon, hence the difference in methods. Also, weather conditions prohibit surveys on windward sides of the islands most of the
year. All of these data are very useful for understanding baseline water quality conditions, and these data are used for assessment
when and if projects are proposed that involve a discharge.
CNMI: Program Summary
                                               December 2002
                                                                                                       3-208

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Class System (A,B,C)

AA - top quality marine, A - marine non-recreational
1 - surface water (runoff mainly, no rivers) highest quality,
2 - surface water non-recreational
  Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
  Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
Formal/informal numeric procedures used to support narrative
biocriteria are determined by the best available data.

none (Numeric biocriteria are located in yearly reports on monitoring
activities. Each site differs with respect to benthic communities and
CNMI's WQS uses the term "shall not differ substantially from those
where similar conditions exist.")
  Uses of bioassessment data
  in integrated assessments
  with other environmental
  data (e.g., toxicity testing and
  chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
  Uses of bioassessment/
  biocriteria in making
  management decisions
  regarding restoration of
  aquatic resources to a
  designated ALU
A ponding basin was established on Rota Island in response to
CNMI DEQ's monitoring results.  There are also other small projects
similar to this. DEQ is collecting baseline data with the intention of
using it to assess BMPs and aid future decision-making.
  Reference Site/Condition Development
  Number of reference sites
                               5 total
  Reference site
  determinations
  Reference site criteria
  Characterization of
  reference sites within a
  regional context

  Not applicable*
  Stream stratification within
  regional reference
  conditions

  Not applicable
 Additional information
    site-specific

    paired watersheds

    regional (aggregate of sites)

    professional judgment

    other: based on benthic community composition
Reference sites are chosen based on similar geological/physical
features (slope, substrate, etc.). They are sites similar in community
composition that are not subjected to the discharge in question.
There are usually several on each island in CNMI.
    historical conditions

    least disturbed sites

    gradient response

    professional judgment

    other:
    ecoregions (or some aggregate)

    elevation

    stream type

    multivariate grouping

    jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)

    other:
    reference sites linked to ALU (in some cases)

    reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards

    some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
    conditions (in some cases)
'Characterization of reference sites does not apply because CNMI uses a degree of community change based on reference versus
test sites.
CNMI: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                            3-209

-------
Field and Lab Methods*

Assemblages assessed
                                    benthos (<100 samples/year, single season, multiple sites - broad coverage)

                                    fish (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - broad coverage)

                                    periphyton

                                    other: waterfowl (100-500 samples/year; multiple seasons,  multiple sites - broad
                                    coverage for watershed level)
  Benthos*

      sampling gear


      taxonomy
                              Transect lines, underwater photo equipment, hammer, measuring tapes, diving gear,
                              underwater slates/pencils

                              genus and species
  Fish*
      sampling gear

      taxonomy
                              speargun, reference books

                              species
  Habitat assessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
                              quantitative measurements, benthic coverage estimates of major benthos, basic water quality
                              parameter measurements, abundances offish and macroinvertebrates, and biodiversity of all
                              organisms present; performed with bioassessments

                              standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings and training for
                              biologists,  and specimen archival
'Following is a summary of biological sampling methods used in the reef-see CNMI's State of the Reef Report for details
    Three 50 meter transect lines are secured parallel to the shoreline (laid end-to-end, 150m total length), and marked with a
    sediment trap holder and re-bar driven securely into the reef.
    For benthics, an underwater camera is used to take still photographs of .5-m quadrats placed at all even numbers along the
    transect line. For each photo  the bottom right corner of the quadrat is aligned with the corresponding transect line distance.
    Coral communities are examined using the  point-quarter method described by Randall et al., (1988).  A dive knife is
    haphazardly tossed 16 times along the three transects. For each toss the distance to the nearest living coral colony is noted
    for each of four quadrants, as well as the diameter and taxonomic name.
    Fish abundance is determined by a single observer swimming along the transect lines recording data. Counts of all fishes
    within 5 meters of each side of the transect  line are recorded. Fishes are identified to the family level.
    All macroinvertebrates within 2 meters of each side of the transect line are counted.  These data were presented as
    abundances per (100-mA2) of reef on each  of three transects. Macroinvertebrates are either identified to genus or grouped by
    life form, depending on abundances.
    Sediment traps provide sedimentation rate data from sites where  sedimentation is a concern.
    Water samples are taken for chemistry.
  Data analysis tools and
  methods
Data Analysis and Interpretation

                                  summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                  parametric ANOVAs
                                  multivariate analysis
                                  biological metrics
                                  disturbance gradients
                                    other: distribution analysis and cluster analysis
  Multivariate thresholds

      defining impairment in
      a multivariate index
                              5th percentile of reference population (Rvalue of .05 is cut off)
  Evaluation of performance
  characteristics
                                   repeat sampling

                                   precision

                                   sensitivity

                                   bias

                                   accuracy
  Biological data

      Storage

      Retrieval and analysis
                              MS Access, Excel, Word, Arcview GIS and Photo documentation

                              Excel
CNMI: Program Summary
                                                   December 2002
                                                                                                              3-210

-------
 PUERTO RICO  and the

 U.S. VIRGIN ISLANDS


 Contact Information
 James Kurtenbach, Aquatic Biologist
 USEPA - Region II, Division of Environmental Monitoring and Assessment
 2890 Woodbridge Avenue, Bldg. 209 • Edison, NJ 08837
 Phone 732/321-6695 • Fax 732/321-6616
 email: kurtenbach.iames@epa.gov
 Program Description

 Puerto Rico is presently evaluating Rapid Bioassessment Protocols (RBPs) for mountain streams.  According to
 the Water Monitoring Plan for fiscal year 2002, the Puerto Rico Environmental Quality Board (PREQB), in
 coordination with EPA Region II, will  continue to work on the development of biological indicators for stream
 monitoring.  PREQB is responsible for current monitoring activities which include ambient water quality monitoring,
 intensive water quality studies, and 305(b) reporting.  The 2000 Cycle 305(b) Report doesn't include any  biological
 information (aside from limited wetland loss data).  The EPA (ORD Coastal 2000 Program) conducted an EMAP
 study on the estuaries of Puerto Rico, which included benthic macroinvertebrate sampling.

 The U.S. Virgin Islands 2000 Water Quality Assessment reported that there are "no perennial streams on any of
 the islands;  intermittent streams can  only be seen after heavy rainfall. The absence of large freshwater resources
 and perennial streams means that guts (watercourses) form the basis for watershed management in the  territory."
 Also, the Virgin Islands primarily assess coastal waters and estuaries, but "no monitoring for biological effects is
 conducted for lack of baseline standards for Virgin Islands conditions. According to the Virgin Islands multi-year
 monitoring strategy, the Department  of Planning and Natural Resources (DPNR) will explore options for
 implementing a biological component of the Ambient Monitoring Program. This may include developing a
 partnership with NOAA or another agency with similar monitoring objectives."
 Documentation and Further Information

 Goals and Progress of Statewide Water Quality Management Planning: Puerto Rico 1998-1999, 2000 Cycle
 305(b) Report. Puerto Rico Environmental Quality Board. November 2000.

 2000 Water Quality Assessment for the United States Virgin Islands, 2000 305(b) Report. Department of Planning
 and Natural Resources, Division of Environmental Protection (DPNR/DEP). April 2001.
PUERTO RICO and the
U.S. VIRGIN ISLANDS: Program Summary
December 2002
                                                    3-211

-------
 PUERTO  RICO and the
 U.S. VIRGIN ISLANDS

 Contact Information
 James Kurtenbach, Aquatic Biologist
 USEPA - Region II, Division of Environmental Monitoring and Assessment
 2890 Woodbridge Avenue, Bldg. 209 • Edison, NJ 08837
 Phone 732/321-6695 • Fax 732/321-6616
 email: kurtenbach.iames@epa.gov
  Programmatic Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
 Not currently used
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (special
projects only)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations) (special
projects only)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin
other:
 Stream Miles
 NOTE: These stream and river miles apply only to Puerto Rico.
 The U.S. Virgin Islands reports no stream miles.
 Total miles
 (determined using RF3)
 Total perennial miles
 Total miles assessed for biology*
     fully supporting for 305(b)
     partially/non-supporting for 305(b)
     listed for 303(d)
     number of sites sampled
     number of miles assessed per site
                5,394.2


                      0
                     n/a
                     n/a
                     n/a
                     n/a
                     n/a
'Specific biological studies have been conducted, but there are no ongoing projects.  However, Puerto Rico does conduct other
regular chemical and physical monitoring. According to PR's 2000 305(b) report, during the 1998 -1999 monitoring cycle there were
5,394 total assessed miles; 4,297 evaluated segments; and 1,096 monitored segments. Of the 1,096.7 river miles monitored for
Aquatic Life Use, 222.4 miles were determined to be fully supporting, 16.8 miles were partially supporting, and 857.5 miles were
non-supporting.
PUERTO RICO and the
U.S. VIRGIN ISLANDS: Program Summary
              December 2002
                                                                       3-212

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU)  Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Class System (A,B,C)

Standards list definitions for the following: pelagic and planktonic
species, propagation and preservation of desirable species.
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
none (Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands have no biocriteria.
According to Puerto Rico's 2000 305(b) report, there were
expectations of achieving/developing some, but no monitoring
strategy has been submitted as of yet.)
Numeric Biocriteria in WQS none
Uses of bioassessment data
in integrated assessments
with other environmental
data (e.g., toxicity testing and
chemical specific criteria)
Not currently used





assessment of aquatic resources
cause and effect determinations
permitted discharges
monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)
watershed based management
Uses of bioassessment/ none
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
  Reference Site/Condition Development*
 Number of reference sites
Reference site
determinations
Reference site criteria
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Additional information





site-specific
paired watersheds
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment
other:















historical conditions
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other:
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
elevation
stream type
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
other:
reference sites linked to ALU
reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards
some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
conditions
This section is not applicable - no biological monitoring is conducted in Puerto Rico or the U.S. Virgin Islands, thus neither territory
has reference sites.
PUERTO RICO and the
U.S. VIRGIN ISLANDS: Program Summary
                  December 2002
                                                                        3-213

-------
  Field and Lab Methods*
Assemblages assessed




benthos
fish
periphyton
other:
Habitat assessments not applicable
 Quality assurance program
 elements
                            not applicable
 Data analysis tools and
 methods
Data Analysis and  Interpretation*
                                summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                parametric ANOVAs
                                multivariate analysis
                                biological metrics
                                disturbance gradients
                                  other:
 Evaluation of performance
 characteristics
                                repeat sampling
                                precision
                                sensitivity
                                bias
                                accuracy
 Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
                            not applicable
                            not applicable
'These sections are not applicable since no biological monitoring is conducted in Puerto Rico or the U.S. Virgin Islands.
PUERTO RICO and the
U.S. VIRGIN ISLANDS: Program Summary
                                              December 2002
                                                                                                      3-214

-------
 CONFEDERATED TRIBES

 OF THE COLVILLE RESERVATION


 Contact Information
 Gary Passmore, Office of Environmental Trust
 Confederated Tribes of the Colville Reservation
 P.O. Box 150 • Nespelem, WA 99155
 Phone 509/634-2200 • Fax 509/634-4116
 email: garv.passmore@colvilletribes.com
 website: http://www.colvilletribes.com/
 Program Description

 The Colville Indian Reservation land base covers 1.4 million acres or 2,100 square acres located in North Central
 Washington, primarily in Okanogan and Ferry counties. The Reservation consists of tribally owned lands held in
 federal trust status for the Confederated Tribes, land owned by individual Colville tribal members (most of which is
 held in federal trust status), and land owned by others (described as fee property and taxable by counties).
 Colville Reservation lands are diverse with natural resources including standing timber, streams, rivers, lakes,
 minerals, varied terrain, native plants and wildlife.

 Although the Confederated Tribes of the  Colville Reservation do have federally approved water quality standards,
 the Tribes' Office of Environmental Trust doesn't use biological assessment methods as a means to assess water
 quality. In 2001, the Tribes gave permission to the State of Washington Department of Ecology to conduct some
 biological assessments on the reservation, but the results of those surveys are not yet complete.  The primary
 obstacle to conducting bioassessment has been cost. The water quality monitoring program is reevaluated every
 year, and it is possible the Tribes may implement biological monitoring in the future.
 Documentation and Further Information

 Personal Communication (email), Gary Passmore, 11/28/2001.
COLVILLE RESERVATION: Program Summary        December 2002                                      3-215

-------
                           THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
COLVILLE RESERVATION: Program Summary       December 2002                                    3-216

-------
 NEZ PERCE TRIBE
 Contact Information

 Ann Storrar, Water Planner
 Nez Perce Tribe Department of Natural Resources
 P.O. Box 365 • Lapwai, Idaho 83540
 Phone 208/843-7368 • Fax 208/843-7371
 email: anns@nezperce.org
 website: http://www.nezperce.org/
 Program Description

 The Nez Perce Reservation is located in North Central Idaho. The Tribal Department of Natural Resources
 consists of the Land Services, Cultural Resources, Wildlife Resources, Forest Resources, Water Resources, and
 Environmental Restoration and Waste Management Programs. These programs focus on delivering resource
 management services on the Reservation and participating in the planning and decisions of land management
 activities affecting the Nez Perce Treaty area. The programs provide protection of reserved treaty-rights in all
 areas to their best abilities. Department administration is structured to facilitate an interdisciplinary approach in
 meeting these needs.

 Currently the Tribe is collecting baseline chemical and physical habitat data on Reservation waterbodies and will,
 eventually, be establishing its own water quality standards for the reservation area. The Nez Perce Tribe may
 soon promulgate the standards USEPA is developing for Indian country, with the idea of refining them from
 narrative standards to  both chemical and biological criteria. The Tribe has used the State of Idaho Beneficial Use
 Assessment Procedure (BURP) for reservation water bodies in 1997, 1998 and 1999 and would like to adopt its
 own protocols for beneficial use assessment.

 The Tribe recently obtained funds to begin the EMAP bioassessment procedure for the reservation. This will be
 accomplished through participation in the EMAP Western Pilot and methods will be developed based on EMAP
 protocols.
 Documentation and Further Information

 Personal Communication (email), Ann Storrar, 10/01/2001.
NEZ PERCE TRIBE: Program Summary
                                            December 2002
                                                                                                3-217

-------
                           THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
NEZ PERCE TRIBE: Program Summary            December 2002                                   3-218

-------
 ONEIDA NATION OF  WISCONSIN
 Contact Information

 James L. Snitgen, Water Resources Team Leader
 Oneida Nation of Wisconsin, Environmental, Health and Safety Department
 P.O. Box 365, 3759 W. Mason Street • Oneida, Wl 54155
 Phone 920/497-5812 • Fax 920/496-7883
 email: jsnitgen@oneidanation.org
 website: http://www.oneidanation.org
 Program Description
 Objectives
 The Oneida Tribe's current and future uses of information gathered using bioassessment include protection, restoration,
 assessing impacts, monitoring changes, as well as driving policy and promoting knowledge and appreciation of aquatic
 resources.

 Background
 Although there had been some invertebrate and fish surveys performed on the Reservation over the last twenty years or so, the
 development of a formal biological monitoring program was initiated in 2000. Tri-annual fishery surveys at established monitoring
 sites have been performed since 1997.  In 1999, the Tribe began sampling invertebrate communities and immediately began
 using the findings as tools. An onsite aquatic invertebrate taxonomy laboratory was also established in 1999 and equipped with
 scopes, literature, drying oven, hood, etc.  In 2000, qualitative sampling of invertebrates was performed at five stream sites and a
 quantitative study of one lake was initiated to determine the effectiveness of BMPs in the surrounding basin. In the meantime,
 SOPs were developed for qualitative and quantitative  methods for  lakes and wadeable streams and metrics were researched and
 tested.  Contracts were set up for the picking and sorting of invertebrate samples (UW-Superior) and for toxicity testing
 (Environmental Consulting and Testing) of certain waterbodies.  In 2001, quantitative samples were collected at three stream
 sites and the lake, as well as three more sites being sampled qualitatively. Stream types have not been formalized, but four
 reference sites have been established:

 1.  Thornberry Creek (at forest Drive), a first order cold water system, exhibiting "pristine" conditions during 1999 and 2000.
 2.  Trout Creek (at County FF), a 3rd order cold water system, exhibiting "good" to "very good" conditions.
 3.  Oneida Creek (at VanBoxtel Road), a 3rd order cool water system, exhibiting "good" conditions in 2000.  A very rare fingernet
 caddisfly, Wormaldia moesta, known to occur only in "small, cold, rapid streams" has been collected at this site.
 4.  Duck Creek (at Seminary Road), a 4th order warm water system, the largest stream on the Reservation. The water quality
 and invertebrate community represent "good" conditions.  The same stream is in "poor" condition before entering the Reservation
 from the south near the Town of Freedom.
 The streams at these sites represent the reference conditions for all stream types on the Reservation. In 2002, qualitative or
 quantitative sampling will be conducted at approximately 30 invertebrate sites and mid-summer fish I Bis will be conducted at
 eleven sites.

 Setting/Land Use
 The entire Reservation, covering approximately 64,500 acres, is in the Southeastern Wisconsin Till Plains ecoregion (Omernick
 1987). At this time, the main sources of impairment are sedimentation (construction and agriculture) and  nutrients (agriculture,
 suburban lawns, golf courses). The Reservation straddles the boundary of Brown and Outagamie Counties and includes all or
 portions of the City of Green Bay, Villages of Ashwaubenon and Howard, and the Towns of Hobart, Oneida and Pittsfield.  Eleven
 additional municipalities rest within the watersheds flowing through the Reservation. All surface waters within the Oneida
 Reservation drain to the Great Lakes Basin (Lake  Michigan). There are four separate surface water drainages, bearing
 numerous tributaries:
 1)  Duck Creek River- Fish Creek, Oneida Creek,  Trout Creek, Lancaster Brook, Beaver Dam Creek, Silver Creek (LowerGreen
 Bay Basin); 2) South Branch of the Suamico River (Upper Green Bay Basin); 3) Ashwaubenon Creek - North Branch, South
 Branch, Hemlock Creeks (Fox River Basin); and 4) Dutchman Creek (Fox River Basin)
 Land use percentages surrounding the sites will be mapped this summer (2002), and the first formal biomonitoring report is being
 produced.

 Metrics and Biocriteria Development
 While the Oneida Nation does not have federally approved water quality standards, the Tribe  is implementing a water quality
 program with bioassessment surveys under tribal law. The inclusion of biocriteria into the Tribe's WQS has been delayed due to
 urgent water resource issues that have come up, rather than lack of information.  The appropriate metrics to accurately predict
 responses in benthic invertebrate communities for the area are fairly well proven at this time. The metrics currently being used
 (for streams) are the Hilsenhoff Biotic Index (HBI), Taxa Richness, dominance, percent clingers and in some cases
 Ephemeroptera, Plecoptera and Trichoptera (EPT) and E, P and T taken separately. The most common impacts are due to
 sedimentation and organic loading. Because of the limited number and type of streams within the Reservation, it is believed that
 the appropriate reference sites to represent all of the stream types have been selected. A final designation of these has not been
 made, nor are biocriteria being submitted for inclusion in the WQS  until there is a chance to conduct more sampling of test sites
 to  compare with the reference  sites.



  Documentation  and Further  Information

  Personal communication (letter), James L.  Snitgen, 1/2002.

  Hard copies of documents including the Oneida Nation's WQS; SOPs for the Qualitative Sampling  (#BI002) and Quantitative
  Sampling (#BI003) of Streams for Benthic Invertebrates; Annual Water Resources Report (future reports will contain fish and
  macroinvertebrate data)
ONEIDA NATION: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                             3-219

-------
 ONEIDA NATION  OF  WISCONSIN
 Contact Information
 James Snitgen, Water Resources Team Leader
 Oneida Nation of Wisconsin, Environmental, Health and Safety Department
 P.O. Box 365, 3759 W. Mason Street • Oneida, Wl 54155
 Phone 920/497-5812 • Fax 920/496-7883
 email: jsnitgen@oneidanation.org
 Programmatic Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin
other:
 Stream Miles
 Total miles
 Total perennial miles
 Total miles assessed for biology
     fully supporting for 305(b)
     partially/non-supporting for 305(b)
     listed for 303(d)
     number of sites sampled (in summer 2002)
     number of miles assessed per site
                    233
                     n/a
                     n/a
                     n/a
                      41
              -0.02 miles
              (25 meters)
ONEIDA NATION: Program Summary
                                              December 2002
                                                                                                    3-220

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making*

 ALU designation basis        Warm Water vs. Cold Water

 ALU designations in state     Two designations: cold water ecosystems, warm water ecosystems
 water quality standards

 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS    Inclusion of narrative and numeric biocriteria into the Tribe's WQS is
                             under development, as is nutrient criteria.  Tribal WQS include
                             biological and water quality language but this does not constitute
                             formal biocriteria.

 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS    see above
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental
 data (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
Macroinvertebrate community data were used to designate one
stream as a cold water resource.  RBPs were conducted following a
stormwater spill.
*Water quality standards were federally approved in 1996 and then rescinded following a lawsuit.

  Reference Site/Condition Development
 Number of reference sites
                            4 total
Reference site
determinations
Reference site criteria
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Additional information





site-specific
paired watershed
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment (Qualitative data gathered initially on
candidate reference sites. Most "pristine" of each stream type
used as reference-still in early stages of determining all
necessary reference sites)
other:
water quality, benthic invertebrate community (Hilsenhoff Biotic Index),
land use, physical habitat, geomorphology, qualitative benthos
investigations

/





/



UD
UD
/
historical conditions
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other:
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
elevation
stream type (all within Reservation/all in same ecoregion)
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
other:
reference sites linked to ALU
reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards
some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
conditions
ONEIDA NATION: Program Summary
                                               December 2002
                                                                                                      3-221

-------
Field and Lab Methods*
Assemblages assessed
                                    benthos (<100 samples per year; single season, multiple sites - broad
                                    coverage)
                                    fish (<100 samples per year; multiple seasons, multiple sites - broad
                                    coverage for watershed level)
                                    periphyton
                                    other:
  Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                              Surber, D-frame, collect by hand; 500 micron mesh
                              riffle/run (cobble)
                              300 count
                              species
  Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection

      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
                              backpack electrofisher; 1/4" mesh
                              previously established monitoring sites and/or sites suitable for long term
                              monitoring
                              biomass - individual (identify and count)
                              none
                              species
  Habitat assessments
                              visual based, quantitative measurements; performed with bioassessments
  Quality assurance program
  elements
                              standard operating procedures, periodic meetings and training for biologists,
                              sorting and taxonomic proficiency checks, specimen archival
The Oneida Nation has sampled fish for four years and began a macroinvertebrate program in 2001 using the RBP habitat rating
score sheet. The Tribe's first herpetile survey is planned for summer 2002 to collect baseline data on two riverways and three
wetlands. Oneida also plans to begin using macrophytes as indicators in wetlands.

  Data Analysis and Interpretation
  Data analysis tools and
  methods
                                  summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                  parametric ANOVAs
                                  multivariate analysis
                                  biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index and return
                                  single metrics)
                                  disturbance gradients
                                  other:
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics into
      unitless scores
      defining impairment in a
      multimetric index
                              information not provided

                              information not provided
  Evaluation of performance
  characteristics
                                  repeat sampling
                                  precision (replicates)
                                  sensitivity
                                  bias
                                  accuracy
  Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
                              Macroinvertebrate data in Corel Quattro Pro; fish data in MS Access
                              information not provided
ONEIDA NATION: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                             3-222

-------
 PASSAMAQUODDY TRIBE,
 PLEASANT  POINT RESERVATION

 Contact Information
 Deirdre Whitehead
 Passamaquoddy Tribe at Pleasant Point
 P.O. Box 343 • Perry, Maine 04667
 Phone 207/853-2600
 email: deirdre@wabanaki.com
 website: http://www.wabanaki.com
 Program Description

 The Passamaquoddy Tribe at Pleasant Point is located in coastal Maine, near the border of New Brunswick. The
 Tribe's Environmental Department is responsible for the health of the natural resources under Tribal Management.
 This responsibility begins by assessing and mapping these resources and related risks, then developing programs
 to insure that these natural resources are protected. While the Passamaquoddy Tribe does not have federally
 approved water quality standards, it is implementing a water quality program with limited bioassessment surveys
 under tribal law. Current water quality work includes testing salt water for fecal coliform and phytoplankton in a
 cooperative arrangement with the Maine Department of Marine Resources (DMR) and the Cobscook Bay
 Resource Center. This work provides the DMR with information to manage closure of clam flats.
 Documentation and Further Information

 Personal communication (email), Deirdre Whitehead, 11/30/2001.
PASSAMAQUODDY TRIBE: Program Summary       December 2002                                     3-223

-------
                           THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
PASSAMAQUODDY TRIBE: Program Summary       December 2002                                   3-224

-------
 PYRAMID LAKE PAIUTE TRIBE
 Contact Information

 Dan Mosley, Environmental Specialist
 Pyramid Lake Paiute Tribe, Environmental Department
 P.O. Box 256 • Nixon, NV 89424
 Phone 775/574-0101 • Fax 775/574-1025
 email: dmoslev@powernet.net
 website: http://plpt.nsn.us/
 Program Description

 The Pyramid Lake Paiute Tribe's Reservation is located thirty five miles northeast of Reno, Nevada in a remote
 desert area situated in the counties of Washoe, Lyon, and Storey. The area of the reservation contains 475,000
 acres or 742.2 square miles.

 The Environmental Department of the Pyramid Lake Paiute Tribe (PLPT) has been conducting bioassessments on
 waterbodies within the reservation border since 1975. An ecological study on Pyramid Lake was conducted from
 1975 through 1977. A comprehensive bioassessment study was conducted on the lower Truckee River during the
 summer of 1981. In 1989, a regular Rapid Bioassessment (RBA) program was established for the Truckee River,
 following the first EPA bioassessment training in Reno, Nevada.

 PLPT is in the process of establishing standardized protocols for assessing the biological and physical conditions
 of wadeable streams within the exterior boundaries of the Pyramid Lake Paiute Indian Reservation. The Tribe will
 use protocols outlined in EPA's Rapid Bioassessment Protocols (USEPA 1989). There are plans to incorporate
 the bench sheets and protocols as outlined by the California Department of Fish and Game (CA DFG) Water
 Pollution Control Laboratory in their California Stream Bioassessment Procedure (May 1999). These technical
 documents describe RBA in more detail. Updating and developing aquatic/riparian RBA techniques is an ongoing
 process.

 The PLPT RBA program will ensure that the information generated can be compatible with the National or State
 EPA bioassessment program, to produce high  quality and reliable assessments of stream habitat and water
 quality.  A professional aquatic biologist/entomologist will act as the project team leader, backed by an
 interdisciplinary team of two to four biologists and/or technicians.

 Fish and benthic macroinvertebrates  (BMIs) will be identified to the lowest taxonomic level possible
 (genus/species).  The presence or absence  offish and BMIs are proven indicators of an impaired or healthy
 aquatic system.  Bioassessments can be used to detect impairments to aquatic communities from point and
 nonpoint sources of pollution and for assessing ambient biological condition. The upper third of riffles will be
 targeted for collecting biological samples because they are the richest habitat for BMIs in wadeable streams.  The
 Tribe's goal is to protect an endangered lake sucker called a "Cui-ui" (Chasmistes cujus), and the threatened
 Lahontan Cutthroat Trout.

 In summer 2001, the Tribe initiated a RBA program for springs and wetlands. A wetland specialist will act as team
 leader, looking at amphibians, wildlife, BMIs, birds, plants, and water chemistry for each waterbody as indicators of
 an impaired or healthy aquatic system.

 In the future, PLPT plans to  explore numeric biocriteria for BMIs on the Truckee River.  The Tribe will also begin
 gathering baseline data on the five streams that surround Pyramid Lake.  The Tribe's water quality standards  are
 currently undergoing review by EPA.
 Documentation and Further Information

 Personal communication (letter), Dan Mosely, 2001.

 The following PLPT department homepages are under development (July 2002):
 Environmental Department: http://plpt.nsn.us/modules.php?name=Sections&sop=listarticles&secid=21
 Water Resources Department: http://plpt.nsn.us/modules.php?name=Sections&sop=listarticles&secid=20
PYRAMID LAKE PAIUTE TRIBE: Program Summary    December 2002
                                                                                                 3-225

-------
 PYRAMID  LAKE  PAIUTE TRIBE
 Contact Information
 Dan Mosley, Environmental Specialist
 Pyramid Lake Paiute Tribe, Environmental Department
 P.O. Box 256 • Nixon, NV 89424
 Phone 775/574-0101 • Fax 775/574-1025
 email: dmoslev@powernet.net
 Programmatic Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
                            UD
                            UD
                            UD
                            UD
                            UD
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring (to be developed)
promulgated into tribal water quality standards as narrative
biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (specific river
basins or watersheds)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin
other:
 Stream Miles
 Total miles
 Total perennial miles
 Total miles assessed for biology
     fully supporting for 305(b)
     partially/non-supporting for 305(b)
     listed for 303(d)
     number of sites sampled*
     number of miles assessed per site
                   31 +
                13 to 15
'Eight to ten sites are sampled on the Truckee River, covering 31 miles. Five sites on five streams surrounding Pyramid Lake are
also sampled.
PYRAMID LAKE PAIUTE TRIBE: Program Summary    December 2002
                                                                                                    3-226

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU)  Designations and Decision-Making
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
                           Fishery Based Uses

                           under development
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
                          under development (Narrative biocriteria are incorporated into Pyramid
                          Lake's water quality standards, but are currently awaiting approval by
                          EPA Region 9. No formal/informal numeric procedures are used to
                          support narrative biocriteria.)
Numeric Biocriteria in WQS under development (The Pyramid Lake Paiute Tribe will be developing
"scientifically defensible" numeric biocriteria for the Lower Truckee
River over the next several years.)
Uses of bioassessment data
in integrated assessments
with other environmental
data (e.g., toxicity testing and
chemical specific criteria)
/
UD
UD
UD
UD
assessment of aquatic resources
cause and effect determinations
permitted discharges
monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)
watershed based management
Uses of bioassessment/
biocriteria in making
management decisions
regarding restoration of
aquatic resources to a
designated ALU
                            presently none - to be developed
 Reference Site/Condition Development*
 Number of reference sites
                            under development
Reference site
determinations
Reference site criteria
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Additional information



/

site-specific
paired watersheds
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment
other:
Based on historical data, what the best conditions should be for that
site. On Truckee River, the Tribe has been using reference
"conditions" based on bioassessment data from 1981 to present.
/


/

/
/
/

/

UD


historical conditions
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other:
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
elevation
stream type
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (within Tribe's boundaries)
other:
reference sites linked to ALU

reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards
some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
conditions
'Reference site use is currently under development.
PYRAMID LAKE PAIUTE TRIBE: Program Summary    December 2002
                                                                                                 3-227

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed*
                                  benthos (<100 samples/year [3 replicates per riffle site]; single season,
                                  multiple sites - not at watershed level)
                                  fish
                                  periphyton
                                  other:
  Benthos
      sampling gear

      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                              surber (used 1981 through 2000), kicknet (started in 2001) - 9" x 18" rectangle 500
                              micron mesh
                              richest habitat - upper third of riffle
                              entire sample
                              genus and species
  Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
                              seine (multiple gill nets), backpack and boat electrofisher
                              pool/glide
                              length measurement, biomass - individual, anomalies
                              study specific
                              species
  Periphyton
      sampling gear

      habitat selection
      sample processing
      taxonomy
                              natural substrate: brushing/scraping device (razor, toothbrush, etc.)
                              artificial substrate: collect by hand
                              multihabitat
                              chlorophyll a/ phaeophytin, biomass, taxonomic identification
                              all algae; species level; genus level for soft-bodied algae when possible; diatoms
                              are not cleared
  Habitat assessments
                             visual based and quantitative measurements; performed with bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
                              standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings and
                              training for biologist, sorting and taxonomic proficiency checks, specimen archival
'Tribal Fisheries conducts fish bioassessments and a Tribal Wetlands staff member conducts amphibian biostudies. Periphyton
sampling is conducted on tribal land by the Desert Research Institute.
  Data analysis tools and
  methods
Data Analysis and Interpretation**
                                  summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                  parametric ANOVAs
                                  multivariate analysis
                                  biological metrics
                                  disturbance gradients
                                    other:
  Evaluation of performance
  characteristics
                                  repeat sampling
                                  precision
                                  sensitivity
                                  bias
                                  accuracy
  Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
                              Quattro Pro and paper files
                              EDAS (under development)
"Data have not yet been analyzed or evaluated. Pyramid Lake Paiute Tribe is just beginning to sort/identify the 2001 benthic
macroinvertebrate collections.
PYRAMID LAKE PAIUTE TRIBE: Program Summary    December 2002
                                                                                                             3-228

-------
 SEMINOLE TRIBE of  FLORIDA
 Contact Information

 Bill Dunson, Environmental Scientist
 The Seminole Tribe of Florida, Water Resource Management Department
 6300 Stirling Road • Hollywood, Florida 33024
 Phone 863/902-3200
 email: Bdunson@semtribe.com
 website: http://www.seminoletribe.com/
 Program Description

 The reservations that comprise the Seminole Tribe of Florida begin around Tampa and extend into the southern tip
 of the state.  The Tribe's Water Resource Management Department is responsible for protecting the land and
 water systems within the Reservation while ensuring a sustainable economic and cultural future for the Tribe.
 USEPA has delegated to the Tribe the authority to implement the Clean Water Act within the Tribe's jurisdiction.
 As part of that program, the Tribe implemented a sophisticated monitoring program, adopted federally approved
 water quality standards for the Big Cypress reservation, and is developing standards for the other reservations.

 The Tribe has developed other programs, as well, including spill prevention plans for above ground  storage tanks
 and removal programs for underground storage tank facilities. The Tribe actively participates in a number of task
 forces, working groups, and commissions regarding the restoration of the South Florida  ecosystem. The Tribe
 spends considerable resources supporting the overall design and implementation  of South Florida's environmental
 restoration.

 Currently the Tribe does  not use  biocriteria  in any of its water quality monitoring programs. However, the Tribe is
 involved in a research project conducted by Florida Atlantic University that includes development of biocriteria
 (primarily for variations in hydroperiod and the effects of restoration), using vegetation and fish as bioindicators.
 Documentation and Further Information

 Personal communication (email), Bill Dunson, 12/4/2001.

 Working Drafts - Bioindicators for wetland change; Presentation on use of data in conducting rapid wetland
 assessments
SEMINOLE TRIBE: Program Summary
                                            December 2002
                                                                                                3-229

-------
                           THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SEMINOLE TRIBE: Program Summary             December 2002                                    3-230

-------
 Delaware River Basin Commission (DRBC)
 Interstate compact: PA, NJ, NY, DE

 Contact Information
 Robert L. Limbeck, Watershed Scientist
 Edward Santoro, Monitoring Coordinator
 Delaware River Basin Commission (DRBC)
 P.O. Box 7360 • West Trenton, NJ 08628
 Phone 609/883-9500 • Fax 609/883-9522
 email: rlimbeck@drbc.state.nj.us
 website: http://www.state.nj.us/drbc/
 Program Description
 The objectives of the Commission's biological monitoring program are presently focused upon the 200-mile long non-tidal
 Delaware River corridor:

      1.   Protection of high quality aquatic life uses in Water Quality Zones 1A through 1E of the Delaware River, from Hancock,
          New York to Trenton, New Jersey
      2.   Development of anti-degradation biological criteria based upon existing water quality
      3.   Definition of longitudinal changes in benthic community structure along the Delaware River corridor, to support
          decisions to maintain or improve water quality where necessary

 DRBC and the National Park Service (NPS) have operated the Scenic Rivers Monitoring Program since the early 1980s. The
 Commission has never used biological criteria for 305(b) assessments or determinations of impairment, other than reports
 arising from fish-tissue toxics analysis and inference of aquatic life use attainment based upon water chemistry.
 Macroinvertebrate biocriteria were developed for DRBC's Special Protection Waters rules issued in 1990, but the criteria were
 later found to be based upon inconsistent and non-representative methods, and have not been used as envisioned during
 development of the Commission's anti-degradation policies.

 With the launch of DRBC's Lower Delaware Monitoring Program in 1999, declaration of most of the non-tidal Delaware Riveras
 Wild and Scenic in 2000, and major efforts to update DRBC's comprehensive plan and water quality standards (applicable to
 most of the Delaware River), interest in DRBC's biomonitoring program was renewed. Meetings with state and local partners
 resulted in the decision that the Commission would bear the primary responsibility for biological monitoring of the Delaware
 River, while each state would regulate and monitor tributaries. With technical support and advice from NJDEP, PADEP, USGS,
 USEPA  Region 3, NPS, and the Academy of Natural Sciences, DRBC set out to define goals, objectives, and methods for
 improving its biological assessment program for the river.

 DRBC investigated large-river bioassessment methods and decided to wait for issuance of EPA's large-rivers guidance before
 launching large-scale monitoring in difficult habitats such as pools, rapids, and upper-estuarine reaches.  In 2001, DRBC initiated
 an annual benthic survey in 2001 of wadeable riffle, run, and island margin habitats, to develop a benthic index of biological
 integrity for the non-tidal river.  The annual August/September low-flow survey is narrowly defined to eliminate spatial and
 temporal variability, enabling site-to-site, reach-to-reach, and year-to-year comparison of results. By 2005, DRBC hopes to have
 enough data to create a low-flow benthic IBI  (B-IBI) for wadeable portions of the Delaware River, and to apply the B-IBI to future
 305(b) assessments and protection of existing water quality.

 The Commission would like to monitor other  assemblages in order to gain a more complete picture of the ecological integrity of
 the Delaware River, and to measure progress toward objectives defined by the Commission's comprehensive plan. DRBC is
 investigating methods to assess submerged  aquatic vegetation, periphyton, fish, mussels, plankton, invasive exotic species, and
 ecological characterization of over 50 unique microhabitats observed in the river. These investigations have been scheduled on
 a rotating basis as special studies, though they are not used in use support and/or impairment determinations.

 Within the next year, DRBC and the NPS will begin planning for tributary Boundary Control Point biomonitoring. DRBC will
 establish locations and methods to define existing water quality and create biological targets at each location for antidegradation
 purposes.  With the river survey in progress,  this is an appropriate next step in improving biomonitoring coverage and
 implementing antidegradation policies.  DRBC is also moving away from doing taxonomy in-house due to a lack of both time and
 work space. The identification work from the annual river survey will likely be contracted out sometime in the near future.



 Documentation and Further Information

 Delaware River & Bay Water Quality Assessment, 2000 305(b) report: http://www.state.nj.us/drbc/2K305b text.PDF
 DRBC Annual Report 2000: http://www.state.ni.us/drbc/ar2000.htm
 DRBC Quality Assurance Project Plan 2001  Update: http://www.state.nj.us/drbc/QAplanLDEL01.PDF
 DRBC Publications homepage: http://www.state.nj.us/drbc/public.htm
 2007 Biomonitoring Work Plan (contains numerous citations, including three reports on DRBC's 3-year bioassessment study,
 issued by the Academy of Natural Sciences,  Patrick Environmental Research Center with recommendations on how best to
 proceed with update of biocriteria and implementation of antidegradation as mandated in DRBC's Water Quality Standards)
DRBC: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                            3-231

-------
 Delaware  River Basin  Commission (DRBC)
 Interstate compact: PA, NJ, NY, DE
 Contact Information
  Robert L. Limbeck, Watershed Scientist
  Edward Santoro, Monitoring Coordinator
  Delaware River Basin Commission (DRBC)
  PO Box 7360 • West Trenton, NJ 08628
  Phone 609/883-9500 • Fax 609/883-9522
  email: rlimbeck@drbc.state.nj.us
  Programmatic Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (special
projects and specific river basins or watersheds)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations) (specific
river basins or watersheds)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin
other:
 Stream Miles
 Total miles*                                                      200
 (total miles ofmainstem segment only, not including tributaries; determined using
 RF3 - Interstate river corridor is well-defined by river reaches, not watershed
 based)
 Total perennial miles                                              unknown
 Total miles assessed for biology                                 200
     fully supporting for 305(b)**                                         n/a
     partially/non-supporting for 305(b)**                                  n/a
     listed for 303(d)**                                                 n/a
     number of sites sampled (on an annual basis)                           23
     number of miles assessed per site***                                 -8.7
*DRBC is an Interstate Compact encompassing river miles in four states: Pennsylvania, New Jersey, New York and Delaware, and
has not determined the number of total stream miles in the Basin. The Delaware River Basin watershed encompasses 13,539
square miles. Bioassessment and biocriteria activities are concentrated on a 200-mile non-tidal segment of the Delaware River and
tributary boundary control points.
"Biocriteria are not currently used for the 305(b) report. Biocriteria were developed years ago, but the extent of their application is
unknown.
***The number of miles assessed per site (~8.7) is very rough. DRBC's goal is to sample approximately 10 additional sites, thus
reducing this number.
DRBC: Program Summary
                                                December 2002
                                                                                                        3-232

-------
 Aquatic Life  Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making*
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
Single Aquatic Life Use and Fishery Based Uses

Two designations: The fishery-based designation is general, narrative, and defined by river
zone.  The single aquatic life use designation is macroinvertebrate criteria within DRBC's
Special Protection Waters areas, and is defined for antidegradation purposes.
  Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
  Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
See definition of Existing Water Quality in Special Protection Waters (found in the 2001
workplan) for procedures used to support narrative biocriteria.*

See DRBC's Administraive Manual - Part III, Water Quality Regulations, Section 3.10.3
Stream Quality Objectives, Section A. Antidegradation of Waters, Table 1 .*
  Uses of bioassessment data
  in integrated assessments
  with other environmental
  data (e.g., toxicity testing and
  chemical specific criteria)
     assessment of aquatic resources

     cause and effect determinations

     permitted discharges

     monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

     watershed based management
  Uses of bioassessment/
  biocriteria in making
  management decisions
  regarding restoration of
  aquatic resources to a
  designated ALU
DRBC/NPS attempted to use existing criteria to define perceived problem areas. The existing
criteria, as defined, could not distinguish anthropogenic versus natural measurable change.
Program redesign is necessary.
'Application of the existing system has been unsuccessful thus far due to the low priority given to biomonitoring.  Program redesign
recommendations were recently made to improve effectiveness and applicability of the criteria.  Criteria for the entire non-tidal river
are currently being updated, and a best-habitat based benthic IBI that might eventually be applied to future 305(b) assessments and
the protection of existing water quality is under development. Additional data will be required, as well as a clear definition of how the
criteria will be applied to the 305(b) process.  Separate criteria will be required for the river, the tributaries, and for different levels of
application and interpretation.

  Reference Site/Condition  Development
  Number of reference sites
                                23 total
  Reference site
  determinations
     site-specific

     paired watersheds

     regional (aggregate of sites)

     professional judgment

     other: aggregate sites in each river reach were used to define existing water quality for
     antidegradation purposes.**
  Reference site criteria
In known high-quality waters numeric definition of Existing Water Quality provides a reference
for comparison.  Measurable Change determines departure from the reference condition.
  Characterization of
  reference sites within a
  regional context
     historical conditions

     least disturbed sites

     gradient response

     professional judgment

     other:
  Stream stratification within
  regional reference
  conditions

  UD - tributaries are assessed
  according to methods used by
  states to facilitate
  comparability and data sharing
     ecoregions (or some aggregate)

     elevation

     stream type

     multivariate grouping

     jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)

     other:
 Additional information
     reference sites linked to ALU (not well linked)

     reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards (found in water quality
     standards)

     some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced conditions (exceptional water
     quality was defined under 1980's New York City reservoir operations & dischargers)
"The program's purpose is to protect the high quality of the river; therefore all sites sampled could be theoretically considered
reference sites (the same sites are continually sampled each year and findings are compared to the original samples' data to
determine if the quality has changed).
DRBC: Program Summary
                                                   December 2002
                                                                                                               3-233

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed
     benthos (<100 samples/year, single season, multiple sites)
     fish* (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites)
     periphyton
     other: macrophytes (<100 samples/year; single season, multiple sites)
  Benthos
      sampling gear

      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
Surber, Hess, D-frame (500 - 600 micron mesh), BFN = Big-River Frame Net
(custom rectangular net, bottom frame area .37 square meters, for Delaware River
to 3ft deep, 4 fps, 500 micron mesh)
richest habitat, riffle/run (cobble), multihabitat
tributaries - entire sample; river - 200 count
tributaries - family; river - genus
  Habitat assessments
visual based, hydrogeomorphology, pebble counts, Pfankuch Flow
characterization, Simon Channel Evolution Status; mostly performed with
bioassessments, some performed independent of bioassessments
  Quality assurance program
  elements
standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings and
training for biologists, sorting and taxonomic proficiency checks, specimen archival
*Some fish tissue data are collected as part of DRBC's monitoring program, but the work is contracted out to NJDEP and the
Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia.  DRBC also makes use of PADEP, PA Fish and Boat Commission, and USGS
NAWQA study data in water quality assessments.
The Delaware Estuary Program recently assembled an interstate committee to standardize fish advisories in interstate waters.
DRBC has had trouble in the past with making use attainment calls based upon state fish advisories. Each state sampled different
areas, species, and used different criteria.  Conflicts among the different states' data arose when DRBC tried to pull everything
together for the Delaware River assessment.  DRBC's focus upon interstate coordination and cooperation to improve the process
has subsequently increased.

  Data Analysis  and  Interpretation
  Data analysis tools and
  methods
    summary tables, illustrative graphs
    parametric ANOVAs
    multivariate analysis
    biological metrics (return single metrics - use endpoint for each
    single metric)
    disturbance gradients
    other:
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
95th percentile of all sites
  Evaluation of performance
  characteristics**
     repeat sampling
     precision
     sensitivity
     bias
     accuracy
  Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
STORET, SAS, MS Access and Excel
SAS
"See reports issued by the Academy of Natural Sciences (ANS) for an evaluation. ANS identified problems with performance
characteristics depending on the level of data interpretation. A redesign of the program is necessary, including refinement of the
biocriteria, and field and laboratory practices.
DRBC: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                              3-234

-------
 Interstate Commission on the

 Potomac River Basin  (ICPRB)
 Interstate compact: VA, WV, MD, PA, DC


 Contact Information
 James D. Cummins, Associate Director for the Living Resources Section
 Interstate Commission on the Potomac River Basin (ICPRB)
 6110 Executive Boulevard, Suite 300 • Rockville, MD 20852
 Phone 301/984-1908 • Fax 301/984-5841
 email: icummins@potomac-commission.org
 website: http://www.potomacriver.org/
 Program Description

 ICPRB has no water/land ownership, management or regulatory authority, and therefore has set no water quality
 standards. However, since the Commission's creation in 1940, ICPRB often assists the basin states (Virginia,
 Maryland, West Virginia and Pennsylvania), the District of Columbia, and the federal government on such
 formulations. As part of this assistance, ICPRB conducts stream bioassessments, both fish and benthic, consults
 with the jurisdictions regarding current and proposed biocriteria and water quality standards, and works with the
 jurisdictions' data to better understand and characterize the environmental conditions of the Potomac River
 watershed and associated land usages.

 ICPRB is currently working to integrate data from many sources (Virginia,  Maryland, West Virginia, Pennsylvania,
 the District of Columbia, various federal and local governments, and nongovernmental sources) into a single
 reference watershed analysis.  In addition to benthic and fish monitoring in streams and wadeable rivers, ICPRB is
 doing shad and herring restoration work in non-wadeable rivers. The stream data collected downstream of
 reservoirs, influences reservoir management decisions. The Commission also analyzes estuary data collected by
 other entities and works on Chesapeake Bay water quality issues.
 Documentation and Further Information

 Potomac Basin Water Quality Assessment home (with links to District of Columbia, Maryland, Pennsylvania,
 Virginia and West Virginia 305(b) and 303(d) information): http://www.potomacriver.orq/wqassess.htm

 Map of 303(d)-Listed Waters in the Potomac Basin', http://www.potomacriver.orq/wq303d.htm

 Virginia DEQ Water Quality Assessment Guidance Manual for 2002,  305(b) Water Quality Report and 303(d)
 Impaired Waters List, amended July 2002: http://www.deq.state.va.us/pdf/water/wqassessquide.pdf

 2000 Maryland Section 305(b) Water Quality Report, with Appendix E, Assessment Methodology, August 2000:
 http://dnrweb.dnr.state.md.us/download/bays/MD2000 305b.pdf

 Commonwealth of Pennsylvania 2000 Water Quality Assessment 305(b) Report:
 http://www.dep.state.pa.us/dep/deputate/watermqt/Wqp/WQStandards/305 wq2000 narr.htm

 For a link to West Virginia Water Quality Status Assessment 2000 305(b) Report for the period 1997-1999, go to:
 http://www.dep. state, wv. us/item. cfm?ssid=11&ss1id=192

 For a list of ICPRB publications and ordering information, go to: http://www.potomacriver.orq/publications.htm
ICPRB: Program Summary
                                           December 2002
                                                                                               3-235

-------
 Interstate  Commission  on the
 Potomac River Basin  (ICPRB)
 Interstate compact: VA, WV, MD, PA, DC

 Contact Information
 James D. Cummins, Associate Director for the Living Resources Section
 Interstate Commission on the Potomac River Basin (ICPRB)
 6110 Executive Boulevard, Suite 300 • Rockville, MD 20852
 Phone 301/984-1908 • Fax 301/984-5841
 email: icummins@potomac-commission.org
  Programmatic Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (special
projects and specific river basins or watersheds)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin (special projects and specific river basins or
watersheds)
other:
 Stream  Miles
 Total miles*                                        383
 (total mites of Potomac River mainstem, not including tributaries)
 Total perennial miles
 Total miles assessed for biology**                 n/a
     fully supporting for 305(b)                            n/a
     partially/non-supporting for 305(b)                     n/a
     listed for 303(d)                                    n/a
     number of sites sampled*                         -1,300
     number of miles assessed per site
*The Potomac River drainage area includes 14,670 square miles in the following jurisdictions: Maryland, Virginia, West Virginia,
Pennsylvania and the District of Columbia.
"ICPRB is not a regulatory authority, but assists the states in the Potomac River Basin (ICPRB doesn't develop own criteria, etc.).
The Commission looks at the basin as a whole, across state lines, and thus has no way of producing an accurate estimate of miles
assessed. Although ICPRB works with the data from roughly 1,300 sampling stations, sampling is only conducted at several
hundred of those stations - these include the samples collected and provided to Pennsylvania's Potomac Watershed Program. The
rest of the stations are sampled by various state agencies who supply ICPRB with data to analyze and use for management
decisions.
ICPRB: Program Summary
                                               December 2002
                                                                                                      3-236

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU)  Designations and Decision-Making*

 ALU designation basis        n/a

 ALU designations in state     n/a
 water quality standards

 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS   n/a

 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS    n/a
  Uses of bioassessment data
   in integrated assessments
   with other environmental
  data (e.g., toxicity testing and
    chemical specific criteria)
                              n/a

                              n/a

assessment of aquatic resources

cause and effect determinations

permitted discharges

monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

watershed based management
                              Not applicable for ICPRB, but member jurisdictions in the Potomac
                              basin use data in various ways.
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU

"ICPRB does not define aquatic life uses, but uses those designated by member jurisdictions: Virginia, Maryland, West Virginia,
Pennsylvania, and the  District of Columbia.
  Reference Site/Condition  Development*

  Number of reference sites     under development
 Reference site
 determinations
 Reference site criteria
 Characterization of
 reference sites within a
 regional context
 Stream stratification within
 regional reference
 conditions
 Additional information
                                   site-specific

                                   paired watersheds

                                   regional (aggregate of sites)

                                   professional judgment

                                   other:
                              Under development. Each member jurisdiction has its own reference
                              site criteria.  ICPRB is working to establish regional reference sites
                              using the "common elements" of the various jurisdictions' habitat
                              evaluations and water quality information. The criteria will be based
                              on water quality data and habitat parameters, and possibly
                              macroinvertebrate data as well. The reference sites will be the least
                              disturbed sites based on these parameters.
                              n/a

                              n/a
                                   historical conditions

                                   least disturbed sites

                                   gradient response

                                   professional judgment

                                   other:
                                   ecoregions (or some aggregate)

                                   elevation

                                   stream type

                                   multivariate grouping

                                   jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)

                                   other:
reference sites linked to ALU

reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards

some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
conditions
"Reference sites are presently defined by statistical category (example: 95th percentile), but ICPRB would prefer to establish
hypothetical reference conditions.
ICPRB: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                           3-237

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed
                                  benthos (<100 samples/year, multiple seasons, multiple sites - broad
                                  coverage for watershed level)
                                  fish  (<100 samples/year; multiple seasons, multiple sites - broad coverage
                                  for watershed level)
                                  periphyton
                                  other: phytoplankton and zooplankton (<100 samples/year; multiple seasons,
                                  multiple sites - broad coverage for watershed level)
  Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                              kick net (1 meter); 200-400 micron mesh
                              riffle/run (cobble)
                              entire sample
                              family
  Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
                              backpack electrofisher, seine; 1/4" mesh
                              multihabitat
                              length measurement and anomalies
                              selected species, batch
                              species
  Habitat assessments
                              visual based; performed with bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
                              ICPRB follows QA protocols according to each state's requirements. Elements
                              include periodic meetings and training for biologists, taxonomic proficiency checks,
                              and a certification program for bioassessment.
  Data Analysis and Interpretation*
                                    summary tables, illustrative graphs
Data analysis tools and
methods
                                    parametric ANOVAs
                                    multivariate analysis
                                    biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
                                    disturbance gradients
                                    other:
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
                              Current emphasis is on the 95th percentile of all sites (reference and stressed) and
                              a quadrisection of the range.  Presently testing various published methods of
                              establishing scoring thresholds in each jurisdiction.
                              Consistent thresholds are currently being assembled from impairment criteria
                              applied by member states.
Evaluation of performance
characteristics
Not currently evaluated





repeat sampling
precision
sensitivity
bias
accuracy
Biological data
Storage Raw data and documentation
are obtained from state and federal agencies in
      Retrieval and analysis
                              varying formats (hardcopy, disc, downloadable ftp files). Data are stored and
                              analyzed using a custom-developed MS Access database similar to EDAS.
                              Various statistical software applications are being evaluated; i.e. S-PLUS, Total
                              Access Statistics, et al.
The objective of the Basinwide Assessments program is to integrate and analyze monitoring data from member states' nontidal
rivers and streams.  While states' data cannot be compared directly, most apply a similar data analysis approach. ICPRB is
adapting this analysis framework by selecting and normalizing consistent criteria from the various approaches to define reference
and stressed conditions. Invertebrate communities at these sites will be measured and compared. Candidate metrics are also
being screened for assessment accuracy and redundancy to select core metrics.
ICPRB: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                              3-238

-------
 Ohio River Valley  Water Sanitation

 Commission (ORSANCO)
 Interstate compact: NY, VA,  PA, WV, OH, KY, IN, IL

 Contact Information
 Erich Emery, Senior Biologist
 Ohio River Valley Water Sanitation Commission (ORSANCO)
 5735 Kellogg Avenue  • Cincinnati, OH 45228
 Phone 513/231-7719 • Fax 513/231-7761
 email: emerv@orsanco.org
 website: http://www.orsanco.org/
 Program Description

 The strategic objective of ORSANCO's Biological Program is to conduct biological monitoring of the Ohio River in
 order to determine the extent to which the objective of Article 1 of the Compact "..that the Ohio River be capable of
 maintaining fish and other aquatic life" is met. Tasks conducted in support of this strategic objective include: 1)
 Developing techniques for biological monitoring of large rivers in general, and the Ohio River in particular, and 2)
 Utilizing biological monitoring, assessment, and criteria to characterize the condition of the river. ORSANCO is
 currently developing numeric biological criteria and plans to integrate biological methods into overall monitoring
 and assessment efforts.

 ORSANCO has been  collecting biological data from the Ohio River since 1957 with the initiation of a lockchamber
 rotenone sampling program, which continues to this day. This method has provided the Commission with a 45-year
 look at fish community changes within the Ohio River.

 ORSANCO is collecting biological data from the Ohio River on behalf of the eight states of the Commission (NY,
 VA, PA, WV, OH, KY, IN, and IL). These states rely on the Commission to develop appropriate  methods, conduct
 sampling, develop assessment indices and eventually incorporate biological information into all assessment
 strategies. The states are also relying on ORSANCO to assist them in conducting similar programs on the large
 Ohio River tributaries within each state.

 The Commission uses biological data in a report to each of the states which the states then use  for their 305(b)
 report and 303(d) listings. The Commission is currently in the process of developing numeric biological criteria.
 Discussions are underway to determine whether the Commission should proceed with referencing biological
 criteria in Pollution Control Standards for the Ohio River, or incorporating said criteria as 'hard numbers' or codified
 criteria. ORSANCO will proceed at the recommendation of the states.

 ORSANCO is also expanding its programs, including biological efforts, into the tributaries and reaches of the
 basin. In the very near future,  ORSANCO will be working with the states to conduct biological sampling on larger,
 navigable, tributaries to test methods, develop indices, and eventually expand the coverage of biocriteria. The
 tributary work will be important in determining how to transition from great rivers to large rivers, in terms of
 monitoring and assessment, and will enable researchers to make that transition seamlessly.
 Documentation and Further Information

 ORSANCO 1998 305(b) Fact Sheet for the Ohio River

 ORSANCO Water Quality Protection, Biological Program homepage: http://www.orsanco.org/watgual/aguatic/biological.htm

 2000 Kentucky Report to Congress on Water Quality, 305(b) report, November 2000:
 http://water.nr.state.ky.us/wg/305b/2000/2000  305b.htm

 7998 Kentucky Report to Congress on Water Quality, 305(b) report, January 1999 (sites sampled by ORSANCO found in  Table
 2): http://water.nr.state.ky.us/305b/

 For a list of publications (including QA/QC documents, monitoring and assessment strategies, data summaries, etc.), go to:
 http://www.orsanco.org/rivinfo/pubs/pubs.htm
ORSANCO: Program Summary                     December 2002                                         3-239

-------
 Ohio River Valley Water Sanitation
 Commission  (ORSANCO)
 Interstate compact: NY, VA, PA, WV, OH, KY, IN, IL

 Contact Information
 Erich Emery, Senior Biologist
 Ohio River Valley Water Sanitation Commission (ORSANCO)
 5735 Kellogg Avenue • Cincinnati, OH 45228
 Phone 513/231-7719 • Fax 513/231-7761
 email: emery@orsanco.org
 Programmatic Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program*
UD
                             UD
                             UD
                             UD
                             UD
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
                             UD
                             UD
     targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (special
     projects only)
     fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations) (special
     projects only)
     probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
     probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
     rotating basin
     other:
 Stream Miles
 Total miles                                        981
 (total miles ofmainstem only, not including tributaries)
 Total perennial miles
 Total miles assessed for biology*                 981
     fully supporting for 305(b)*                          974
     partially/non-supporting for 305(b)*                     7
     listed for 303(d)*                                   55
     number of sites sampled  (on an annual basis)        >1,000
     number of miles assessed per site                    0.5
                                      981 Miles Assessed for Biology
                                       Q]  "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                       Q  "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
The Ohio River flows through or borders six states: Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Ohio, Pennsylvania, and West Virginia. It
encompasses 203,940 square miles, but ORSANCO only conducts biological monitoring on the mainstem of the Ohio River, which
is 981 miles long.  ORSANCO produces a 305(b) report exclusively for the Ohio River, and this document is referenced by different
states for use in their own 305(b) reports.  Fifty-five Ohio River miles are listed on Kentucky's 303(d) list, but this number is based on
a past report and the Kentucky Division of Water feels that there is not enough biological data to delist those miles quite yet.
ORSANCO: Program Summary
                                              December 2002
                                                                                                    3-240

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU)  Designations and Decision-Making*
 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
                               Single Aquatic Life Use

                               One designation: Warmwater Aquatic Life - other categories are
                               under development
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS*
                               Formal/informal numeric procedures used to support narrative
                               biocriteria are under development.
 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS*    under development (to be included or referenced by standards)
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental
 data (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
                                   assessment of aquatic resources

                                   cause and effect determinations

                                   permitted discharges

                                   monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

                                   watershed based management
                               This is currently unknown because numeric biocriteria are just being
                               proposed for the water quality standards.
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU

"ORSANCO's water quality standards are the adopted standards that serve as recommendations to states for incorporation into their
own standards. ORSANCO is entering review this year (starting with a fish biocriteria proposal); ALU designations and numeric
biocriteria are expected to be completed sometime before 2004.
  Reference Site/Condition  Development
 Number of reference sites
                               400 total
 Reference site
 determinations
 Reference site criteria
 Characterization of reference
 sites within a
 regional context
 Stream stratification within
 regional reference
 conditions
 Additional information
                                   site-specific

                                   paired watersheds

                                   regional (aggregate of sites)

                                   professional judgment

                                   other:
                               Least impacted sites are sites out of the immediate influence of
                               human impact. Specifically, one kilometer below discharges or major
                               tributaries as well as free from other obvious disturbance.  Least
                               impacted sites are used as a surrogate for reference sites.
                                   historical conditions

                                   least disturbed sites

                                   gradient response

                                   professional judgment

                                   other:
                                   ecoregions (or some aggregate)**

                                   elevation

                                   stream type

                                   multivariate grouping

                                   jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)

                                   other:
                                   reference sites linked to ALU

                                   reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards

                                   some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
                                   conditions
"Plans are underway to develop a tiered aquatic life use approach with expectations based on river reach (ecoregion surrogate)
and habitat type.
ORSANCO: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                           3-241

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed
                                  benthos (100-500 samples/year, multiple seasons, multiple sites - broad
                                  coverage for watershed level)
                                  fish (100-500 samples/year; multiple seasons, multiple sites - broad coverage
                                  for watershed level)
                                  periphyton
                                  other:
 Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                             multiplate; standard #30 sieve
                             multihabitat
                             entire sample
                             lowest possible level
 Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
                             boat electrofisher; 1/4" mesh
                             multihabitat
                             length measurement, biomass - individual, anomalies
                             none
                             species and subspecies
 Habitat assessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
                             ORSANCO has developed a habitat assessment approach and habitat index for
                             the Ohio River. The index is based on substrate composition (broad categories),
                             depth and cover estimates; these are performed with bioassessments.
                             standard operating procedures, periodic meetings and training for biologists,
                             sorting and taxonomic proficiency checks, specimen archival. There are plans to
                             develop a certification program for bioassessment.
 Data analysis tools and
 methods
Data Analysis and Interpretation
                                  summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                  parametric ANOVAs
                                  multivariate analysis
                                  biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
                                  disturbance gradients
                                  other:
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
                             25th percentile of reference population

                             25th percentile of reference population
 Evaluation of performance
 characteristics
                                  repeat sampling (look at site variability)
                                  precision
                                  sensitivity (look at metrics and index performance)
                                  bias
                                  accuracy
 Biological data
      Storage                   MS Access
      Retrieval and analysis      Statistica
ORSANCO: Program Summary
                                                  December 2002
                                                                                                             3-242

-------
 Susquehanna River  Basin

 Commission  (SRBC)
 Interstate compact: NY, PA, MD


 Contact Information
 Jennifer L. R. Hoffman, Aquatic Ecologist
 Susquehanna River Basin Commission (SRBC)
 1721 North Front Street • Harrisburg, PA 17102
 Phone 717/238-0426 • Fax 717/238-2436
 email: ihoffman@srbc.net
 website: http://www.srbc.net/
  Program Description

  The Susquehanna River Basin Commission (SRBC) is the governing agency established to protect and wisely manage the water
  resources of the Susquehanna River Basin. The Susquehanna River starts in Cooperstown, NY and flows 444 miles to Havre de
  Grace, MD, where the river meets the Chesapeake Bay. The watershed encompasses parts of New York, Pennsylvania, and
  Maryland. Currently, SRBC implements several programs assessing the biological condition of streams and rivers, including the
  Subbasin Survey and Interstate Water Quality Monitoring Network (ISWQN) Programs.

  Six subbasins exist in the Susquehanna River Basin: the Chemung,  Upper Susquehanna, Middle Susquehanna, West Branch
  Susquehanna, Juniata, and Lower Susquehanna. SRBC samples each subbasin on a rotating schedule, assessing each
  approximately every ten years. The assessment evaluates the chemical, biological, and habitat conditions of streams, identifies
  major sources of pollution, documents changes in stream quality over time, and identifies areas for more intensive study. This
  program was initiated in 1982 and was refined in 1998 to include a more intensive  second year of sampling to address specific
  local concerns, such as restoration and protection. Year 1 includes collection of macroinvertebrate samples and physical habitat
  information using Rapid Bioassessment Protocol (RBP) III, water quality collection, and flow measurement in a single-sampling
  event during baseflow conditions. Year 2 of the program can include a variety of projects, such as more intensive bimonthly
  water quality sampling to provide information to  watershed groups for protection and  restoration efforts. All data collected during
  SRBC's subbasin surveys are used in reporting to the USEPA under  Section 305(b) of the  Clean Water Act.

  The ISWQN program, initiated in 1986, includes periodic collection of water quality and biological samples, as well as physical
  habitat assessments of interstate streams. Water quality data are collected quarterly and are used to assess compliance with
  water quality standards, characterize stream quality and seasonal variations, build a  database for assessing water quality trends,
  and identify areas for restoration and protection. SRBC staff collect macroinvertebrate and physical habitat information annually
  from 51 sites on interstate streams along the New York-Pennsylvania and Pennsylvania-Maryland borders using RBP III
  methods. Water samples and flow information are collected at 19 sites quarterly and 30 sites yearly.  Water quality data also are
  used to determine the existence and  magnitude of trends for selected parameters. All data collected during SRBC's interstate
  streams surveys are used in 305(b) reporting to USEPA.
 Currently, SRBC is initiating a pilot project to determine proper methods of assessing the biological conditions, using benthic
 macroinvertebrate populations, of the large rivers in the Susquehanna River Basin.  The pilot project will take place on the
 Susquehanna River between Windsor, NY and Sayre, PA, during late summer 2002. Three separate methodologies will be
 tested: RBP III, artificial substrate samplers, and a diver operated dome (suction) sampler. A habitat assessment will be
 performed and water quality samples will also be taken at each site. Data will be used to select and calculate metrics for a
 benthic Index of Biotic Integrity to assess the biological conditions of the large rivers in the Susquehanna River Basin and will be
 included in 305(b) reporting.
  Documentation and Further Information

  2000 Susquehanna River Basin Commission 305(b) Narrative

  The 1998 Susquehanna River Basin Water Quality Assessment 305(b) Report: http://www.srbc.net/docs/305bReport 201 .pdf

  Report Announcement - 2002 Susquehanna River Basin Water Quality Assessment 305(b) Report, Publication No. 220:
  http://www.srbc.net/docs/summarv  may02.PDF

  Report Announcement - Water Quality of Interstate Streams in  the Susquehanna River Basin, Publication No. 211:
  http://www.srbc.net/pub211 summary.pdf

  Assessment of Interstate Streams in the Susquehanna River Basin: 1997-1998, Monitoring Report #12, June 1999:
  http://www.srbc.net/docs/iswq97-98.pdf

  Upper Susquehanna Subbasin: A Water Quality and Biological Assessment, 1999: http://www.srbc.net/docs/pub203.pdf
SRBC: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                          3-243

-------
 Susquehanna  River Basin
 Commission  (SRBC)
 Interstate compact: NY, PA, MD

 Contact Information
 Jennifer L. R. Hoffman, Aquatic Ecologist
 Susquehanna River Basin Commission (SRBC)
 1721 North Front Street • Harrisburg, PA 17102
 Phone 717/238-0426 • Fax 717/238-2436
 email: ihoffman@srbc.net
  Programmatic Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose) (special
projects only)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations) (specific
river basins or watersheds)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin (comprehensive use throughout jurisdiction)
other:
 Stream Miles
 Total miles*                                    31,193
 Total perennial miles
 Total miles assessed for biology               3,520
     fully supporting for 305(b)**                        2,525
     partially/non-supporting for 305(b)**                  995
     listed for 303(d)                                   n/a
     number of sites sampled (on an annual basis)          317
     number of miles assessed per site                     11
                                 3,520 Miles Assessed for Biology
                                       "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                       "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
'Stream mile estimate is based on the 1993 EPA document, Total Waters
Estimates for United States Streams and Lakes: Total Waters Database and Reporting Program. Monitoring Branch Assessment
and Watershed Protection Division, Office of Wetlands, Oceans, and Watersheds, Office of Water, Washington, D.C.
**305(b) reporting is for SRBC benefit, USEPA requirements (contracts), and to provide more samples for states to use in their
official 305(b) and 303(d) listings.
SRBC: Program Summary
                                              December 2002
                                                                                                     3-244

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making*

 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards

 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS

 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental
 data (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
assessment of aquatic resources

cause and effect determinations

permitted discharges

monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU

This section is not applicable to SRBC's biological monitoring program. SRBC does not define aquatic life uses, but utilizes those
designated by member jurisdictions: Maryland, New York, and Pennsylvania.
 Reference Site/Condition Development
 Number of reference sites
                            total number varies according to project
Reference site
determinations
Reference site criteria
Characterization of
reference sites within a
regional context
Stream stratification within
regional reference
conditions
Additional information


/
/

site-specific
paired watersheds
regional (aggregate of sites)
professional judgment
other:
Habitat disturbance, best available conditions of the
chemical components

/



/







7
biological and
historical conditions
least disturbed sites
gradient response
professional judgment
other:
ecoregions (or some aggregate)
elevation
stream type
multivariate grouping
jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
other:
reference sites linked to ALU

reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards
some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced
conditions
SRBC: Program Summary
                                             December 2002
                                                                                                   3-245

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
 Assemblages assessed
    benthos (100-500 samples/year; single season, multiple sites - broad
    coverage)
    fish
    periphyton
    other:
 Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
D-frame, kick net (1 meter); 500-600 micron mesh
riffle/run (cobble)
100 count
genus
 Habitat assessments
visual based; performed with bioassessments
 Quality assurance program
 elements
standard operating procedures, quality assurance plan, periodic meetings and
training for biologists, sorting and taxonomic proficiency checks, specimen archival
  Data Analysis and Interpretation
 Data analysis tools and
 methods
    summary tables, illustrative graphs
    parametric ANOVAs
    multivariate analysis
    biological metrics (aggregate metrics into an index)
    disturbance gradients
    other:
 Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
varies according to metric used: RBP 1989 methods. Always try to
use 6 metrics for each project, but the metrics chosen vary
depending on the project
varies according to metric used: >81 % non impaired, though this
could vary slightly depending on the project
Evaluation of performance
characteristics
Not currently evaluated





repeat sampling
precision
sensitivity
bias
accuracy
Biological data
Storage Excel spreadsheets for internal projects;
SRBC is currently working
      Retrieval and analysis
on entering data into STORET.
Excel spreadsheets for internal projects; working on finding a good
statistical package that fits needs
SRBC: Program Summary
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                            3-246

-------
4.     RELEVANT EXCERPTS FROM WATER QUALITY STANDARDS
       AND  BIOCRITERIA LANGUAGE
This section of the report contains excerpts from the approved water quality standards of states, tribes,
territories, and interstate commissions.  These excerpts may contain any or all of the following: designated
uses as related to aquatic life uses, narrative and/or numeric biocriteria, and any other specific sections
that are relevant to the entity's protection and propagation of aquatic life. It is important to note that this
chapter is not intended to  be a compendium of the entire water quality standard for each state, tribe and
territory, but rather to highlight specific language within the standard that describes the use of biology and
biological assessments to develop relevant criteria that assess water quality and protect aquatic life.

STATES
Alabama
SOURCE: Alabama Department of Environmental Management, Water Division - Water Quality Program,
Chapter 335, Division 6, Volume 1, Chapter 10, Water Quality Criteria: September 7, 2000.
http://www.adem.state.al.us/Requlations/Requlations/requlations.htm

335-6-10-.03 Water Use Classifications.
    1. Outstanding Alabama Water
    3. Swimming and Other Whole Body Water-Contact Sports
    5. Fish and Wildlife
    6. Limited Warmwater Fishery
    7. Agricultural and Industrial Water Supply

335-6-10-.04 Antidegradation Policy.
    (1) The purpose and intent of the water quality standards is to conserve the waters of the State of
       Alabama and to protect, maintain and improve the quality thereof for public water supplies, for the
       propagation of wildlife, fish and aquatic life, and for domestic, agricultural, industrial, recreational
       and other legitimate beneficial uses; and to provide for the prevention, abatement and control of
       new or existing water pollution.

    (4) Where high quality waters constitute an outstanding National resource, such as waters of national
       and state parks and wildlife refuges and waters of exceptional recreational or ecological
       significance, that water quality shall be maintained and protected.

    (5) Developments constituting a new or increased source of thermal pollution shall assure that such
       release will not impair the propagation of a balanced indigenous population  of fish and aquatic life.

335-6-10-.06 Minimum Conditions Applicable to All State Waters. The following  minimum conditions
are applicable to all State waters, at all places and at all times, regardless of their uses:
       (c) State waters shall be free  from substances attributable to sewage, industrial wastes or other
          wastes in concentrations or combinations which are toxic or harmful to human, animal or
          aquatic life to the extent commensurate with the designated usage of such waters.

335-6-10-.09 Specific Water Quality Criteria.
    (1) OUTSTANDING ALABAMA WATER
       (a) Best usage of waters: activities consistent with the natural characteristics of the waters.
       (b) Conditions related to best  usage:
          1.  High quality waters that constitute an outstanding Alabama resource, such as waters of
              state parks and wildlife refuges and waters of exceptional recreational or ecological
              significance, may be considered for classification as an Outstanding Alabama Water
              (OAW).


Water Quality Standards                       December 2002                                      4-1

-------
    (3) SWIMMING AND OTHER WHOLE BODY WATER-CONTACT SPORTS
       (b) Conditions related to best usage: ... The quality of waters will also be suitable for the
           propagation offish, wildlife and aquatic life. The quality of salt waters and estuarine waters to
           which this classification is assigned will be suitable for the propagation and harvesting of
           shrimp and crabs.

    (5) FISH AND WILDLIFE
       (a) Best usage of waters: fishing, propagation offish, aquatic life, and wildlife...
       (b) Conditions related to best usage: the waters will be suitable for fish, aquatic life and wildlife
           propagation. The quality of salt and estuarine waters to which this classification is assigned
           will also be suitable for the propagation of shrimp and crabs.
       (e) Specific criteria:

           3.  Temperature:

               (ii)  The  maximum temperature in streams, lakes, and  reservoirs  in the  Tennessee and
               Cahaba River Basins, and for that portion of the Tallapoosa River Basin from the tailrace of
               Thurlow Dam at Tallassee downstream to the junction of the Coosa and Tallapoosa Rivers
               which has been designated by the Alabama Department of Conservation  and Natural
               Resources as supporting smallmouth bass, sauger, or walleye, shall not exceed 86° F.

               (vi) In all  waters the normal daily and seasonal  temperature variations that were present
               before the addition of artificial heat shall be maintained, and there shall be no thermal block
               to the migration  of aquatic organisms.

               (vii) Thermal permit limitations in NPDES permits may be less stringent than those required
               by subparagraphs (i)-(iv) hereof when a showing by the discharger has been made pursuant
               to Section 316 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA), 33 U.S.C. §1251 etseq.
               or pursuant to a study of an equal or more stringent nature required by the State of Alabama
               authorized by Title 22, Section 22-22-9(c), Code of Alabama, 1975, that such limitations will
               assure the protection and propagation of a balanced, indigenous population of shellfish, fish
               and wildlife, in  and  on the body of water to which the discharge is  made.  Any such
               demonstration shall take into account the interaction of the thermal discharge component with
               other pollutants discharged.

           4.  Dissolved oxygen:

               (i)   For a diversified warm  water biota,  including  game fish, daily  dissolved oxygen
               concentrations shall not be less than 5 mg/l at all times; except under extreme conditions due
               to natural causes, it may range between 5 mg/l and 4 mg/l, provided that the water quality is
               favorable in all  other parameters.  The normal seasonal and daily fluctuations shall  be
               maintained above these levels.  In no event shall the dissolved oxygen level be less than 4
               mg/l due  to discharges from existing hydroelectric  generation  impoundments.  All new
               hydroelectric generation impoundments, including addition of new hydroelectric generation
               units to existing impoundments, shall be designed so that the discharge will contain at least
               5 mg/l dissolved oxygen where practicable and technologically possible. The Environmental
               Protection Agency, in cooperation with the State of Alabama and  parties responsible  for
               impoundments, shall develop a program to improve the design of existing  facilities.

               (iv) In the application of dissolved oxygen criteria referred to above, dissolved oxygen shall
               be measured at a depth of 5 feet in waters 10 feet or greater in depth; and  for those waters
               less than  10 feet in depth, dissolved oxygen criteria will be applied at mid-depth.

           5.  Toxic substances attributable to sewage, industrial  wastes,  or other wastes: only such
           amounts, whether alone or in combination with other substances, as will not exhibit acute toxicity
           or chronic toxicity, as demonstrated by effluent toxicity testing or by application of numeric criteria
           given in Rule 335-6-10-.07, to fish and aquatic life, including shrimp and crabs in estuarine or salt
           waters or the  propagation thereof.

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                        4-2

-------
           6.  Taste, odor, and color-producing substances attributable to sewage, industrial wastes, or
           other wastes: only such amounts, whether alone or in combination with other substances, as will
           not exhibit acute toxicity or chronic toxicity, as demonstrated by effluent toxicity testing or by
           application of numeric criteria given in Rule 335-6-10-.07, to fish and aquatic life, including shrimp
           and crabs in estuarine and salt waters or adversely affect the propagation thereof; impair the
           palatability or marketability offish and wildlife or shrimp and crabs in estuarine and salt waters;
           or unreasonably affect the aesthetic value of waters for any use under this classification.

    (6) LIMITED WARMWATER FISHERY
       (a) The (a) The provisions of the Fish and Wildlife water use classification at Rule 335-6-10-.09(5)
           shall apply to the Limited Warmwater Fishery water use classification, except as noted below.
           Unless alternative criteria for a given parameter are provided in  paragraph (e) below, the
           applicable Fish and Wildlife criteria at paragraph 10-.09(5)(e) shall apply year-round. At the time
           the Department proposes to assign the Limited Warmwater Fishery classification to a specific
           waterbody, the Department may apply criteria from other classifications within this chapter if
           necessary to protect a documented, legitimate existing use.

    (7) AGRICULTURAL AND INDUSTRIAL WATER SUPPLY
       (b) Conditions related to best usage:
           (i) The waters, except for natural impurities which may be present therein, will be suitable for...
              fish survival...

335-6-10-.10 Special Designations.
    (1) OUTSTANDING NATIONAL RESOURCE WATER
       (a) Designation:
           1.  High  quality waters that constitute an outstanding National resource, such as waters of
              national and state parks and  wildlife  refuges and waters of exceptional recreational or
              ecological significance, may be considered for designation as  an Outstanding National
              Resource Water (ONRW). For waters designated as ONRW, existing water quality shall be
              maintained and protected.
Alaska
SOURCE:   Alaska  Administrative  Code: Chapter  70, Title  18,  amended  as of May 27,  1999:
http://www.state.ak.us/local/akpaqes/ENV.CONSERV/title18/70wqs.pdf

    18 AAC 70.020.  PROTECTED WATER USE CLASSES AND SUBCLASSES: WATER QUALITY
    CRITERIA: WATER QUALITY STANDARDS TABLE.
    (a) Classes and subclasses of use of the state's water protected by criteria set out under (b) of this
       section are:
       (1)  freshwater
           (A) aquaculture
           (C) growth and propagation offish, shellfish, other aquatic life, and wildlife; and
       (2)  marine water
           (C) growth and propagation offish, shellfish, other aquatic life, and wildlife; and
           (D) harvesting for consumption of raw mollusks or other raw aquatic life.
Arizona
SOURCE: Arizona Administrative Code, Title 18, Environmental  Quality,  Chapter 11.  Department of
Environmental Quality, Article 1. Water Quality Standards for Surface Waters, amended effective March 8,
2002: http://www.sosaz.com/public services/Title  18/18-11 .htm

R18-11-101. Definitions
The terms of this Article shall have the following meanings:

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                       4-3

-------
    7.   "Aquatic and wildlife (cold water)" means the use of a surface water by animals, plants, or other cold-
        water organisms, generally occurring at elevations greater than 5000 feet, for habitation, growth, or
        propagation.

    8.   "Aquatic and wildlife (effluent dependent water)" means the use of an effluent dependent water by
        animals, plants, or other organisms for habitation, growth, or propagation.

    9.   "Aquatic and wildlife (ephemeral)" means the use of an ephemeral water by animals, plants, or other
        organisms, excluding fish, for habitation, growth, or propagation.

    10.  "Aquatic and wildlife (warm water)" means the use of a surface water by animals, plants, or other
        warm-water organisms, generally occurring at elevations less than 5000 feet, for habitation, growth,
        or propagation.

    22.  "Ephemeral water" means a surface water that has a channel that is at all times above the water table
        and that flows only in direct response to precipitation.

    26.  "Fish consumption" means the use of a surface water by humans for harvesting aquatic organisms
        for consumption.  Harvestable aquatic organisms include, but are not limited to, fish, clams, turtles,
        crayfish, and frogs.

    44.  "Unique water" means a surface water which has been classified as an outstanding state resource
        water by the Director under R18-11-112.

R18-11-108. Narrative Water Quality Standards
    A.   A surface water shall be free from pollutants in amounts or combinations that:
        1.  Settle to form bottom deposits that inhibit or prohibit the habitation, growth, or propagation of
           aquatic life or that impair recreational uses;
        5.  Are toxic to humans, animals, plants, or other organisms;
        6.  Cause the growth of algae or aquatic plants that inhibit or prohibit the habitation, growth, or
           propagation of other aquatic life or that impair recreational uses;

R18-11-112. Unique Waters
    D.   The Director may classify a surface water as a unique water upon finding that the surface water is an
        outstanding state resource water based upon the following criteria:
           a.   The surface water is a perennial water;
           b.   The surface water is in a free-flowing condition.  For purposes of this subsection, "in a free-
               flowing condition"  means that a surface water does not have an impoundment, diversion,
               channelization, rip-rapping or other bank armor, or another hydrological modification  within
               the reach nominated for unique water classification;
           c.   The surface water has  good water quality. For purposes of this subsection, "good  water
               quality" means that the surface water has water quality that meets or exceeds applicable
               surface water quality standards.  A surface water that is listed as impaired under § 303(d) of
               the Clean Water Act [ 33 U.S.C.  § 1313 ] is ineligible for unique waters classification; and
           d.   The surface water meets one or both of the following conditions:
           e.   The surface water is of exceptional recreational or ecological significance because of its
               unique attributes,  including  but not limited to, attributes  related to the geology,  flora,
               fauna, water quality, aesthetic values, or the wilderness characteristics of the surface
               water.
           f.   Threatened or endangered species are known to be associated with the surface water
               and the  existing water  quality is essential to the maintenance  and propagation of a
               threatened or endangered species or the surface water provides critical habitat for a
               threatened or endangered species. Endangered or threatened species are identified  in
               "Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants," 50 CFR § 17.11 and § 17.12 (revised
               as of October 1, 2000)  which is incorporated by reference and on  file with the
               Department and the Office of the Secretary of State.  This incorporation  by reference
               contains  no future editions or amendments.


Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                         4-4

-------
Arkansas
SOURCE: Arkansas Pollution Control and Ecology Commission Regulation 2, Regulation Establishing Water
Quality Standards for Surface Waters of the State of Arkansas, October 28, 2002, Chapter 3 Water Body
Uses, http://www.adeq.state.ar.us/regs/files/reg02  final 021028.pdf

Section 2.302 Designated Uses
The designated uses are defined as follows:
   A. Extraordinary Resource Waters - This beneficial use is a combination of the chemical, physical and
       biological characteristics of a waterbody and its watershed which is characterized by scenic beauty,
       aesthetics, scientific values, broad  scope recreation potential and intangible social values.
   B. Ecologically Sensitive Waterbody- This beneficial use identifies segments known to provide habitat
       within the existing range of threatened, endangered or endemic species of aquatic or semi-aquatic
       life forms.
   C. Natural  and Scenic Waterways - This beneficial  use identifies segments which have been
       legislatively adopted into a state or federal system.
   F. Fisheries-This beneficial use provides for the protection and propagation offish, shellfish and other
       forms of aquatic life. It is further subdivided into the following subcategories:
           (1) Trout-water which is suitable for the growth and survival of trout (Family: Salmonidae).
           (2) Lakes and Reservoirs-water which is suitable for the protection and propagation offish and
               other forms of aquatic life adapted  to impounded waters. Generally characterized by a
               dominance of sunfishes such as bluegill or similar species, black basses and crappie. May
               include substantial populations of catfishes such as channel, blue and flathead catfish and
               commercial fishes including carp, buffalo and suckers. Forage fishes are normally shad or
               various species of minnows. Unique populations of walleye, striped bass and/or trout may
               also exist.
           (3) Streams - water which is suitable for the protection and propagation offish and other forms
               of aquatic life adapted to flowing water systems  whether or not the flow is perennial.
               (a) Ozark Highlands Ecoregion - Streams supporting diverse communities of indigenous or
                  adapted  species of fish  and other forms of aquatic  life. Fish  communities  are
                  characterized by a preponderance of sensitive species and normally dominated by a
                  diverse minnow community followed by sunfishes and darters. The community may be
                  generally characterized by the following fishes:


                    Key Species                                Indicator Species
                    Duskystripe shiner                          Banded sculpin
                    Northern hogsucker                         Ozark madtom
                    Slender madtom                            Southern redbelly dace
                    "Rock" basses                             Whitetail shiner
                    Rainbow and/or Orangethroat darters         Ozark minnow
                    Smallmouth bass

               (b) Boston Mountains Ecoregion - Streams supporting diverse communities of indigenous
                  or adapted  species of fish and other forms of aquatic  life.  Fish  communities are
                  characterized by a major proportion of sensitive species; a diverse,  often darter-
                  dominated community exists but with nearly equal proportions of minnows and sunfishes.
                  The community may be generally characterized by the following fishes:

                    Key Species                                Indicator Species
                    Bigeye shiner                              Shadow bass
                    Black redhorse                             Wedgespot shiner


Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                        4-5

-------
                     Key Species                                Indicator Species
                     Slender madtom                            Longnose darter
                     Longearsunfish                            Fantail darter
                     Greenside darter
                     Smallmouth bass

               (c) Arkansas River Valley  Ecoregion - Streams supporting  diverse  communities of
                  indigenous or adapted species offish and other forms of aquatic life. Fish communities
                  are characterized by  a  substantial proportion of sensitive species; a  sunfish-  and
                  minnow-dominated community exists but with substantial proportions of darters  and
                  catfishes (particularly madtoms). The community may be generally characterized by the
                  following fishes:

                     Key Species                                Indicator Species
                     Bluntnose minnow                          Orangespotted sunfish
                     Golden redhorse                            Blacksidedarter
                     Yellow bullhead                            Madtoms
                     Longearsunfish
                     Redfin darter
                     Spotted bass

               (d) Ouachita Mountains Ecoregion - Streams supporting diverse communities of indigenous
                  or adapted species of fish and other forms of  aquatic life. The  fish  community is
                  characterized by a major proportion of sensitive species; a minnow-sunfish-dominated
                  community exists, followed by darters. The community may be generally characterized
                  by the following fishes:

                     Key Species                                Indicator Species
                     Bigeye shiner                              Shadow bass
                     Northern hogsucker                         Gravel chub
                     Freckled madtom                           Northern studfish
                     Longearsunfish                            Striped shiner
                     Orangebelly darter
                     Smallmouth bass

           (e)  Typical Gulf Coastal Ecoregion - Streams supporting diverse communities of indigenous or
               adapted species offish and other forms of aquatic life. Fish communities are characterized
               by a limited proportion of sensitive  species; sunfishes are distinctly dominant followed by
               darters and minnows. The community may be generally characterized by the following fishes:

                     Key Species                                Indicator Species
                     Redfin shiner                               Pirate perch
                     Spotted sucker                             Warmouth
                     Yellow bullhead                            Spotted sunfish
                     Flier                                       Dusky darter
Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                       4-6

-------
                     Key Species                                Indicator Species
                     Slough darter                               Creek chubsucker
                     Grass pickerel                               Banded pygmy sunfish

           (f)  Springwater-influenced Gulf Coastal Ecoregion -Streams supporting diverse communities of
               indigenous or adapted species offish and other forms of aquatic life. Fish communities are
               characterized by a substantial proportion of sensitive species; sunfishes normally dominate
               the community and are followed by darters and minnows.  The community may be generally
               characterized by the following fishes:

                     Key Species                                Indicator Species
                     Redfin shiner                               Pirate perch
                     Blacktail redhorse                            Golden redhorse
                     Freckled madtom                            Spotted bass
                     Longear sunfish                             Scaly sand darter
                     Creole darter                                Striped shiner
                     Grass pickerel                               Banded pygmy sunfish

           (g)  Least-altered Delta Ecoregion - Streams supporting diverse communities of indigenous or
               adapted species offish and other forms of aquatic life.  Fish communities are characterized
               by an insignificant proportion of sensitive species; sunfishes are distinctly dominant followed
               by minnows. The community may be generally characterized by the following fishes:

                     Key Species                                Indicator Species
                     Ribbon shiner                               Pugnose minnow
                     Smallmouth buffalo                          Mosquitofish
                     Yellow bullhead                              Pirate perch
                     Bluegill                                     Tadpole madtom
                     Bluntnose darter                             Banded pygmy sunfish
                     Largemouth bass

           (h)  Channel-altered Delta Ecoregion- Streams supporting diverse communities of indigenous or
               adapted species offish and other forms of aquatic life.  Fish communities are characterized
               by an absence of sensitive species; sunfishes and minnows dominate the population followed
               by catfishes. The community may be generally characterized by the following fishes:

                     Key Species                                Indicator Species
                     Blacktail shiner                              Mosquitofish
                     Drum                                       Gizzard shad
                     Carp                                       Emerald shiner
                     Channel catfish
                     Green sunfish
                     Spotted gar
Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                        4-7

-------
California*
This language has not been reviewed for accuracy by state/tribal agency.

SOURCE: California Ocean Plan, Water Quality Control Plan for Ocean Waters of California, State Water
Resources Control Resolution No. 90-27, Approval of the Amendment to the Water Quality Control Plan For
Ocean Waters of California, effective March 22, 1990.
http://www.epa.gov/ost/standards/wqslibrary

Chapter II WATER QUALITY OBJECTIVES
    E. Biological Characteristics
        1.   Marine communities, including vertebrate, invertebrate, and plant species, shall not be degraded.

Chapterlll GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MANAGEMENT OF WASTE* DISCHARGE TO THE OCEAN*
    A.   Waste management systems that discharge to the ocean must be designed and operated in a manner
        that will maintain the indigenous marine life and a healthy and diverse marine community.
    B.   Waste discharged to the ocean must be essentially free of:
        2.   Settleable material  or substances  that may form sediments  which will degrade  benthic
           communities or other aquatic life.
        3.   Substances which will accumulate to toxic levels in  marine waters, sediments or biota.
        4.   Substances that significantly decrease the natural light to benthic communities and other marine
           life.
    D.  Location of waste discharges must be determined after a detailed assessment of the
    oceanographic characteristics and current patterns to assure that:
        2.   Natural water quality conditions are not altered in areas designated as being of special biological
           significance or areas that existing marine laboratories use as a source of seawater.

Chapter V DISCHARGE PROHIBITIONS
    B.   Areas of Special Biological Significance-Waste shall not be discharged to areas designated as being
        of special biological significance.  Discharges  shall  be located a sufficient distance from such
        designated areas to assure maintenance or natural water quality conditions in these areas.

Region  I (North Coast)
Source:  Water Quality Control Plan for the North Coast Region, North Coast Regional Water Quality Control
Board,  Section  6  -  Surveillance  and  Monitoring,  Section  6-1.00,  amended   May   23,  1996.
http://www.epa.qov/ost/standards/wqslibrary/ca/ca 9 north coast.pdf

STATEWIDE MONITORING PROGRAMS
State Mussel Watch Program
The California State Mussel Watch (SMW) Program is a long-term monitoring program administered by the
State Water Board. Actual sampling and analysis are performed by the Department of Fish and Game. SMW
provides the State Water Board and the six coastal regional water boards with an indication of geographical
and temporal (year-to-year) trends in toxic pollutants along the California coast.  Mussels (the common bay
mussel,  Myilus edulis,  and the California mussel, M.  californianus)  have  been shown to be efficient
bioaccumulators  of many toxic substances in their  water environment. Further, the sedentary nature of
mussels, whether native ortransplanted, permits a time integrated sampling of toxic pollutants at one location.
The merits of employing mussels as water quality indicators are well established in the  scientific literature,
previous SMW reports, and other scientific publications.  The North Coast Region will continue to participate
in existing SMW monitoring and the development of freshwater applications.  The North Coast Region has
been involved in developing freshwater applications of SMW methodology, using freshwater clams, Corbjcula
sp.  The North Coast Region has required that some discharges be monitored using these techniques. There
are current plans to expand the use of these organisms as indicators in sensitive areas.  In the North Coast
Region sampling  under the SMW program has led to the detection and mitigation of controllable releases of
toxic substances. Sampling priorities are directed toward areas of immediate concern.

Region  II (San Francisco Bay Basin)
Source: Chapter 2, Beneficial Uses, Water Quality Control Plan, Region 2, California Regional Water Quality
Control  Board, San Francisco Bay Region, June 21, 1995:

Water Quality Standards                         December 2002                                       4-8

-------
http://www.epa.gov/ost/standards/wqslibrarv/ca/ca 9  san francisco.pdf

Definitions of Beneficial Uses
(ASBS) Areas of Special Biological Significance
Areas designated by the State Water Resources Control Board.
These  include marine life refuges, ecological reserves, and designated areas where the preservation and
enhancement of natural resources requires special protection, in these areas, alteration of natural water
quality is undesirable. The areas that have been designated as ASBS in this region are depicted in Figure 2-1.
The State Ocean Plan (see Chapter 5) requires wastes to be discharged at a suffitionfor cient distance from
these areas to assure maintenance of natural water quality conditions

(COLD) COLD FRESHWATER HABITAT
Uses of water that support cold water ecosystems,including, but not limited to preservation or enhancement
of aquatic habitats, vegetation, fish, or wildlife, including invertebrates.

Cold freshwater habitats generally support trout and may support the  anadromous salmon and steelhead
fisheries as well.  Cold water habitats are commonly well-oxygenated.  Life within these waters is relatively
intolerant to environmental stresses. Often, soft waters feed cold water habitat These waters render fish more
susceptible to toxic metals, such as copper, because of their lower  buffering capacity.

(EST) ESTUARINE HABITAT
Uses of water that support estuarine ecosystems, including, but not limited to, preservation or enhancement
of estuarine habitats,  vegetation, fish, shellfish,  or wildlife  (e.g., estuarine mammals, waterfowl, shorebirds),
and the propagation,  sustenance, and migration of estuarine organisms.

Estuarine habitat provides an essential and unique habitat that serves to acclimate anadromous  fishes
(salmon, striped bass) migrating into fresh or marine water conditions. The protection of estuarine habitat is
contingent upon (1) the maintenance of adequate Delta outflow to provide mixing and salinity control; and (2)
provisions to protect  wildlife habitat associated with marshlands and essential to the Bay periphery (i.e.,
prevention of fill activities). Estuarine habitat is generally associated with moderate seasonal fluctuations in
dissolved oxygen, pH, and temperature and with a wide range in turbidity.

(MAR) MARINE HABITAT
Uses of water that support marine ecosystems,  including,  but not limited to, preservation or enhancement of
marine habitats, vegetation such as kelp, fish, shellfish, or wildlife (e.g., marine mammals, shorebirds).

In many cases, the protection of marine habitat will be accomplished by measures that protect wild life habitat
generally, but more stringent criteria may be necessary for waterfowl marshes and other habitat, such as those
for shellfish and marine fishes. Some marine habitats, such as important intertidal zones and kelp beds, may
require special protection.

(MIGR) FISH MIGRATION
Uses of water that support habitats necessary for migration, acclimatization between fresh water and salt
water, and protection of aquatic organisms that are temporary inhabitants of waters within the region.

The  water quality provisions acceptable to cold water fish generally protect anadromous fis/? as well.
However, particular attention must be paid to maintaining zones of passage. Any barrier to migration or free
movement of migratory fish is harmful. Natural  tidal movement in estuaries and unimpeded river flows are
necessary to sustain migratory fish and their offspring. A water quality barrier, whether thermal, physical, or
chemical, can destroy the integrity of the migration mute and lead to the  rapid decline of dependent fisheries.
Water quality may vary through a zone of passage as  a result of natural or human-induced activities. Fresh
water entering  estuaries may float on the surface of the denser salt water or hug one shore as a result of
density differences related to water temperature, salinity,  or suspended matter.

(RARE) PRESERVATION OF RARE AND ENDANGERED SPECIES
Uses of waters that support habitats necessary for the survival and successful maintenance
of plant or animal species established under state and/or federal law as rare, threatened,  or endangered.


Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                       4-9

-------
The water quality criteria to be achieved that would encourage development and  protection of rare and
endangered species should be the same as those for protection of fish  and  wildlife habitats generally.
However, where rare or endangered species exist, special control requirements may be necessary to assure
attainment and maintenance of particular quality criteria, which may vary slightly with the environmental needs
of each particular species. Criteria for species using areas of special biological significance should likewise
be derived from the general criteria for the habitat types involved, with special management diligence given
where required.

(SPWN) FISH SPAWNING
Uses of water that support high quality aquatic habitats suitable for reproduction and early deteiopment offish.

Dissolved oxygen levels in spawning areas should ideally approach saturation  levels.  Free movement of
water is essential to maintain well-oxygenated conditions around  eggs deposited in sediments. Water
temperature, size distribution and organic content of sediments, water depth, and current velocity are also
important determinants of spawning area adequacy.

(WARM) WARM  FRESHWATER HABITAT
Uses of water that support warm water ecosystems including, but not limited to, preservation or enhancement
of aquatic habitats, vegetation, fish, or wildlife, including invertebrates.

The warm freshwater habitats supporting bass,  bluegill, perch, and  other panfish are generally lakes and
reservoirs, although some minor streams will serve this purpose where stream flow is sufficient to sustain the
fishery. The habitat is also important to a variety of nonfish species, such as flogs, crayfish, and insects, which
provide food for fish and small mammals.  This habitat is less sensitive to environmental changes, but more
diverse than the cold freshwater habitat and natural fluctuations in temperature,  dissolved oxygen, pH, and
turbidity are usually greater.

WILD) WILDLIFE HABITAT
Uses of waters that support wild/life habitats, including, but not limited to, the preservation and enhancement
of vegetation and prey species used by wildlife, such as waterfowl.

The two most important types of wildlife habitat  are riparian and wetland habitats. These habitats can be
threatened  by development, erosion, and sedimentation, as well as by poor water quality. The water quality
requirements of wildlife pertain to the water directly ingested, the aquatic habitat itself, and the effect of water
quality on the production of food materials. Waterfowl habitat is particularly sensitive to changes in water
quality. Dissolved oxygen, pH, alkalinity, salinity, turbidity, settleable matter, oil, toxicants, and specific disease
organisms are water quality characteristics particularly important to waterfowl habitat.  Dissolved oxygen is
needed in waterfowl habitats to suppress development of botulism  organisms; botulism has killed millions of
waterfowl. It is particularly important to mainrain adequate circulation and aerobic conditions in shallow fringe
areas of ponds or reservoirs where botulism has caused problems.

Region III (Central Coast)
Source: Water Quality Control Plan -Regional Water Quality Control Board 3  (Central Coast), California
Regional Water Quality Control Board, Chapter 6: Surveillance And Monitoring, pg. VI-2, Septembers, 1991:
http://www.epa.qov/ost/standards/wqslibrary/ca/ca 9  wqcp.pdf

III.A.1.  TOXIC SUBSTANCE MONITORING
The Toxic Substances Monitoring  (TSM) portion of the Primary Network has been integrated with other
Primary Network Monitoring. Streams and lakes were ranked according to various criteria established to
indicate their importance to the State in terms of water quality.  From this process, the water bodies ranked
Priority 1, or highest priority, were included in the Primary Network; routine chemical and biological water
monitoring is performed by DWR and/or the USGS; and toxic substances monitoring of resident organisms
is performed by the Department of Fish and Game. The objectives of the Primary Network TSM program are:
    1.  To  develop statewide baseline data and to demonstrate trends in the occurrence of toxic elements
       and organic substances in the aquatic biota,

Region IV (Los Angeles)
Source:  Water Quality Control Plan Los Angeles - Region Basin Plan for the Coastal Watersheds of Los

Water Quality  Standards                        December 2002                                       4-10

-------
Angeles and Ventura Counties, Chapter 6: Surveillance And Monitoring, approved February 23, 1995:
http://www.epa.gov/ost/standards/wqslibrary/ca/ca 9 los  angeles.pdf

Biological Criteria
Biological criteria are narrative (and sometimes numeric) expressions that describe the biological integrity of
aquatic communities (EPA, 1991). Biological criteria supplement other water quality objectives (physical,
chemical, toxicity) by providing a direct measure of aquatic communities at risk from human activities. These
criteria can also provide evidence of streams with exceptional water quality. Baseline data must be collected
from both reference and impacted streams in the Region. Regular monitoring of these areas can then provide
a continual assessment of instream impacts. Over 30 of the 50 states have developed, or are  developing,
biological criteria  programs. Although there is not a current biological criteria program in the Region, Regional
Board staff are planning to begin conducting baseline surveys in the coming years. Although there is not a
current biological criteria program in the Region, Regional Board staff are  planning to begin conducting
baseline surveys  in the coming years.
Colorado
SOURCE: Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment, Department Regulations, Water Quality
Control Commission, Surface Water Quality Classifications & Standards, Regulation 31- Basic Standards &
Methodologies for Surface Water,  amended effective October 30, 2001:
http://www.cdphe.state.co.us/op/reqs/100231 .pdf and http://www.cdphe.state.co.us/wq/wqhom.html

31.5 DEFINITIONS
    (8) "COLD WATER BIOTA" means aquatic life, including trout, normally found in waters where the
       summer temperature does not often exceed 20° C.

    (32)"WARM WATER BIOTA" means aquatic life normally found in waters where the summertemperature
       frequently exceeds 20° C.

31.11 BASIC STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO SURFACE WATERS OF THE STATE
All surface waters of the state are subject to the following basic standards; however, discharge of substances
regulated by permits which are within those permit limitations shall not be a basis for enforcement proceedings
under these basic standards:

(1)  Except where authorized by permits, BMP's, 401 certifications, or plans of operation approved by the
    Division or other applicable agencies, state surface waters shall be free from substances attributable to
    human-caused point source or nonpoint source discharge in amounts, concentrations or combinations
    which:

    (a) for all surface waters of the state except wetlands;
       (v) are harmful to the beneficial uses or toxic to humans, animals, plants, or aquatic life; or
       (vi) produce a predominance of undesirable aquatic life;

    (b) for surface waters in wetlands;
       (ii) are toxic to humans, animals, plants, or aquatic life of the wetland.

31.13 STATE USE CLASSIFICATIONS
    (c) Aquatic Life
       These surface waters presently support aquatic life uses as described below, or such uses may
       reasonably be expected in the future due to the suitability of present conditions, or the waters are
       intended  to become suitable for such uses as a goal:
       (i)  Class I - Cold Water Aquatic Life
           These are waters that (1) currently are capable of sustaining a wide variety of cold water biota,
           including sensitive species, or (2) could sustain such biota but for correctable water quality
           conditions. Waters shall be considered capable of sustaining such biota where physical habitat,
           water flows or  levels, and water quality  conditions result in no  substantial impairment of the

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                      4-11

-------
           abundance and diversity of species.
        (ii) Class 1 - Warm Water Aquatic Life
           These are waters that (1) currently are capable of sustaining a wide variety of warm water biota,
           including sensitive species, or (2) could sustain such biota  but for correctable water quality
           conditions. Waters shall be considered capable of sustaining such biota where physical habitat,
           water flows or levels, and water quality conditions result in no substantial impairment of the
           abundance and diversity of species.
        (iii) Class 2- Cold and Warm Water Aquatic Life
           These are waters that are not capable of sustaining a wide variety of cold or warm water biota,
           including sensitive species, due to physical habitat, water flows or levels, or uncorrectable water
           quality conditions that result in substantial impairment of the abundance and diversity of species.

    (e)  Wetlands
        (v) The Commission may adopt a "wetlands" classification based on the functions of the wetlands
           in question. Wetland functions that may warrant site-specific  protection include ground water
           recharge or discharge, flood flow alteration, sediment stabilization, sediment or other pollutant
           retention, nutrient removal or transformation, biological diversity or uniqueness, wildlife diversity
           or abundance, aquatic life diversity or abundance, and recreation.
Connecticu
SOURCE: Connecticut Water Quality Standards Sections II and III, effective April 9, 1997:
http://dep.state.ct.us/wtr/wqsinfo.htm and http://dep.state.ct.us/wtr/wqs.pdf

NARRATIVE BIG-CRITERIA
Surface waters and sediments shall be free from chemical constituents in concentrations or combinations
which will or can reasonably be expected to result in acute or chronic toxicity to aquatic organisms or impair
the biological integrity of aquatic or marine ecosystems outside of any allocated zone of influence or which
will or can reasonably be expected to bioconcentrate or bioaccumulate in tissues offish, shellfish and other
aquatic organisms to levels which will impair the health of aquatic organisms  or wildlife  or result in
unacceptable tastes, odors or health risks to human consumers of aquatic life. In determining consistency with
this Standard, the Commissioner shall at a minimum consider the specific number criteria listed in Appendix
D and any other information she or he deems relevant.

Benthic invertebrate criteria may be utilized where appropriate for assessment of biological integrity of surface
waters. The criteria apply to the fauna of erosional or riffle habitats in flowing waters which are not subject to
tidal influences.

III. SURFACE WATER CLASSIFICATIONS
INLAND SURFACE WATERS
CLASS AA
Designated Use  - Existing or proposed drinking water supply; fish and wildlife habitat; recreational use;
agricultural, industrial supply and other purposes, (recreational uses may be restricted).

CRITERIA

Parameter              Standard

13. Benthic Invertebrates A wide variety of macroinvertebrate taxa should normally be present and all
which inhabit lotic waters functional feeding groups should normally be well represented. Presence and
                        productivity  of aquatic species is not limited except by natural  conditions,
                        permitted flow regulation or irreversible cultural impacts.  Water quality shall be
                        sufficient to  sustain a diverse macroinvertebrate  community of indigenous
                        species. Taxa within  the Orders Plecoptera (stoneflies), Ephemeroptera
                        (mayflies), Coleoptera (beetles) and Trichoptera  (caddisflies) should be well
                        represented.
Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                       4-12

-------
INLAND SURFACE WATERS
CLASS A
Designated Uses - Potential drinking water supply; fish and wildlife habitat; recreational use; agricultural,
industrial supply and other legitimate uses, including navigation.
CRITERIA

Parameter

13. Benthic Invertebrates
which inhabit lotic waters
Standard

A wide variety of macroinvertebrate taxa should normally be present and all
functional feeding groups should normally be well represented. Presence and
productivity of aquatic species is not limited except by natural conditions,
permitted flow regulation or irreversible cultural impacts. Water quality shall be
sufficient to sustain a diverse macroinvertebrate community of indigenous
species. Taxa within the Orders Plecoptera (stoneflies), Ephemeroptera
(mayflies), Coleoptera (beetles) and Trichoptera (caddisflies) should be well
represented.
INLAND SURFACE WATERS
CLASS B
Designated Use - Recreational use; fish and wildlife habitat; agricultural and industrial supply and  other
legitimate uses including navigation.
CRITERIA

Parameter

13. Benthic Invertebrates
which inhabit lotic waters
Standard

Water quality shall be sufficient to sustain a diverse macroinvertebrate
community of indigenous species. All functional feeding groups and a wide
variety of macroinvertebrate taxa shall be present, however one or more may
be disproportionate in abundance. Waters which currently support a high
quality aquatic community shall be maintained at that high quality. Presence
and productivity of taxa within the Orders Plecoptera (stoneflies),
Ephemeroptera (mayflies); and pollution intolerant Coleoptera (beetles) and
Trichoptera (caddis-flies) may be limited due to cultural activities.
Macroinvertebrate communities in waters impaired by cultural activities shall be
restored to the extent practical through implementation of the department's
procedures for control of pollutant discharges to surface waters and through
Best Management Practices for non-point sources of pollution.
INLAND SURFACE WATERS
CLASS C
Present water quality conditions preclude the full attainment of one or more designated uses for Class B
waters some or all of the time. One or more  Water Quality Criteria for Class B waters  are not being
consistently achieved. Class C waters may be suitable for certain fish and wildlife habitat, certain recreational
activities, industrial use and other legitimate uses, including navigation.

INLAND SURFACE WATERS
CLASS D
Present water quality conditions persistently preclude the attainment of one or more designated uses for Class
B waters. One or more Water Quality Criteria for Class B waters are not being achieved most or all of the time.
Class D waters  may be suitable for bathing or other recreational purposes, certain fish and wildlife habitat,
industrial or other legitimate uses, including navigation.
Water Quality Standards
                                          December 2002
                                                                                             4-13

-------
Delaware
SOURCE: State of Delaware Surface Water Quality Standards as amended, August 11,  1999, Department
of Natural Resources and Environmental Control: http://www.dnrec.state.de.us/water/wqs1999.pdf

Section 1: Intent
1.1.    It is  the policy of the Department to maintain within its jurisdiction surface waters of the State of
       satisfactory quality consistent with public health and public recreation purposes, the propagation and
       protection offish and aquatic life, and other beneficial uses of the water.

Section 2: Definitions
Cold water fish use: Protection offish species (such as from the family Salmonidae) and other flora and fauna
indigenous to a cold water habitat.

Fish, aquatic life and wildlife: All animal and plant life found in Delaware, either indigenous or migratory,
regardless of life stage or economic importance.

Section 3: Antidegradation Policy
3.1. Existing  instream water uses and the level of water quality necessary to protect the existing uses shall
    be maintained and protected. Degradation of water quality in such  a manner that results in reduced
    number, quality, or river or stream mileage of existing uses shall be prohibited. Degradation shall be
    defined for the purposes of this section as a statistically significant reduction, accounting for natural
    variations, in  biological, chemical, or habitat  quality as  measured or  predicted  using appropriate
    assessment protocols.
3.2. Where the quality of the waters exceeds levels necessary to support propagation offish, shellfish, and
    wildlife and recreation in and on the water, that quality shall be maintained and protected. In the case of
    waters of exceptional recreational or ecological significance, existing quality shall be maintained or
    enhanced...
3.3. Where high quality waters constitute an outstanding National resource, such as waters of National parks
    and wildlife refuges, existing quality shall be maintained and protected.

Section 4: General Stream Criteria
4.1. All surface waters of the State (except as detailed in Sections 8 and 12) shall meet the following minimum
    criteria:
    (a) Waters shall be  free from  substances that  are  attributable  to wastes of industrial,  municipal,
       agricultural or other human-induced origin. Examples include but are not limited to the following:

       (iii) Any pollutants, including those of a thermal, toxic, corrosive, bacteriological, radiological, or other
           nature, that may interfere with attainment and maintenance of designated uses of the water, may
           impart undesirable odors, tastes, or colors to the water or to aquatic life found therein, may
           endanger public health, or may result in dominance of nuisance species.
District of Columbia
This language has not been reviewed for accuracy by state/tribal agency.

SOURCE:  Chapter 11, Water Quality Standards of Title 21 of the District of Columbia Municipal
Regulations (Notice of Final Rulemaking, January 21, 2000):
http://dchealth.dc.qov/services/administration offices/environmental/services2/water division/pdf/WaterQu
alityStandards.shtm

1101.1  For the purposes of water quality standards, the surface waters of the District shall be classified on
        the basis of their (i) current uses, and (ii) future  uses  to which the waters will be  restored. The
        categories of beneficial uses for the surface waters of the District shall be as follows:
Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                        4-14

-------
 Categories of Uses Which Determine Water Quality Standards   Classes of Water

 Protection & propagation offish, shellfish and wildlife            ...C...

1102.3 TIER III: Where High Quality Waters constitute an outstanding National resource, such as waters of
       the National  and District parks and  wildlife refuges and waters of  exceptional recreational or
       ecological significance, those waters shall be designated Outstanding National  Resource Waters
       (ONRW) and the waterquality in the ONRWshall be maintained, protected and designated as below:
       (a) New point and nonpoint  source discharges, treated or otherwise,  shall be prohibited in these
           segments;
       (b) Increases in loadings or new pollutants from existing point and nonpoint source discharges shall
           be prohibited in these segments;
       (c) Short-term  degradation  of the water quality shall  be allowed after opportunity for public
           participation and addressing their comments, if any. However, all practical means of minimizing
           such degradation shall be implemented; and
       (d) Designation of  ONRWs shall  be adopted  after full satisfaction of the  intergovernmental
           coordination of the District's agencies and public participation.

1102.4 SPECIAL WATERS OF THE  DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA (SWDC): Any segment or segments of the
       surface waters of the District which are of water quality better than needed for the current use or have
       scenic or aesthetic importance shall be designated as Special Waters of the District of Columbia
       (SWDC)...

1103   WETLANDS

1103.1 In a wetland, the numerical and the narrative criteria shall be applied to the column of water above
       the wetland in accordance with the designated  use.

1103.2 Wetlands with rooted vascular aquatic vegetation, except those specifically constructed or created
       as waste water treatment devices and except as provided in D. C. Code subsection 6-923(d) and
       subsection 6-926(a)(3), shall be protected from significant  adverse hydrologic modifications,
       excessive sedimentation, deposition of toxic substances in toxic amounts, nutrient imbalances, and
       other adverse anthropogenic impacts.

1104   STANDARDS

1104.1 The surface waters of the District shall be free from substances in amounts or combinations that do
       any of one the following:

       (d) cause injury to, are toxic to, or produce adverse physiological or behavioral changes in humans,
       plants or animals
       (e) Produce undesirable or nuisance aquatic life or result  in the dominance of nuisance species; or
       (f) Impair the  biological community that naturally occurs in the waters or depends on the waters for
       its survival and  propagation

1104.5 Class C streams shall be maintained to support aquatic life and shall not be placed in pipes.
Florida
SOURCE: Florida Administrative Code, Chapter 62-302 Surface Water Quality Standards, effective December
26, 1996: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/surfacewater/rules.htm and
http://www8.mvflorida.com/environment/learn/science/laboratories/index.html

62-302.200 Definitions.
(10)"Exceptional Ecological Significance" shall mean that a water body is a part of an ecosystem of unusual
    value. The  exceptional significance  may  be in  unusual  species, productivity, diversity, ecological

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                       4-15

-------
    relationships, ambient water quality, scientific or educational  interest, or in  other aspects  of the
    ecosystem's setting or processes.

(15)"Nuisance Species" shall mean species of flora or fauna whose noxious characteristics or presence in
    sufficient number, biomass, or areal  extent may reasonably be expected to prevent, or unreasonably
    interfere with, a designated use of those waters.

(16)"Nursery Area of Indigenous Aquatic Life" shall mean any bed of the following aquatic plants, either in
    monoculture or mixed: Halodulewrightii, Halophilaspp., Potamogetonspp. (pondweed), Ruppiamaritima
    (widgeon-grass),  Sagittaria spp.  (arrowhead),  Syringodium  filiforme  (manatee-grass), Thalassia
    testudinum (turtle grass), orVallisneria spp. (eel-grass), or any area used by the early-life stages, larvae
    and post-larvae, of aquatic life during the period of rapid growth and development into the juvenile states.

(17) "Outstanding Florida Waters" shall mean waters designated by the Environmental Regulation Commission
    as worthy of special protection because of their natural attributes.

(18)"Outstanding National Resource Waters" shall mean waters designated by the Environmental Regulation
    Commission that are of such exceptional recreational or ecological significance that water quality should
    be maintained and protected under all circumstances, other than temporary lowering and the lowering
    allowed  under Section 316 of the Federal Clean Water Act.

(22)"Propagation" shall mean reproduction sufficient to maintain the species' role in its respective ecological
    community.

(24)"Shannon-Weaver Diversity Index" shall mean: negative summation (from i=1 to s) of (n i /N) log 2 (n i /N)
    where s  is the number of species in a sample, N is the total number of individuals in a sample, and n i is
    the total  number of individuals in species i.

(25)"Special Waters" shall mean water bodies designated in accordance with Section 62-302.700, F.A.C., by
    the Environmental Regulation Commission for inclusion in the Special Waters Category of Outstanding
    Florida Waters, as contained in Section 62-302.700, F.A.C. A Special Water may include all or part of any
    water body.

62-302.400 Classification of Surface Waters. Usage. Reclassification. Classified Waters.
(1)  All surface waters of the State have been classified according to  designated uses as follows:
    CLASS III   Recreation, Propagation and Maintenance of a Healthy, Well-Balanced Population of Fish
               and Wildlife
(4)  Water quality classifications are arranged in order of the degree of protection required, with Class I water
    having generally the most stringent water quality criteria and Class V the least. However, Class I, II, and
    III surface waters share water quality criteria established to protect recreation and the propagation and
    maintenance of a healthy, well-balanced population offish and wildlife.
Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                       4-16

-------
Excerpt from 62-302.530. Criteria for Surface Water Quality Classifications
Parameter

11) Biological
Integrity








Units

Percent
reduction of
Shannon-
Weaver
Diversity
Index






Class I:
Potable Water
Supply
The Index for
benthic macro-
invertebrates
shall not be
reduced less
than 75% of
background
levels measured
using organisms
retained by a
U. S. Standard
No. 30 sieve
and collected
and composited
from a minimum
of three Hester-
Dendy type
artificial
substrate
samplers of
0.10 to0.15m2
area each,
incubated for a
period of four
weeks.

Class II:
Shellfish
Propagation or
Harvesting
The Index for
benthic macro-
invertebrates
shall not be
reduced to
less than 75%
of established
background
levels as
measured using
organisms
retained by a
U.S. Standard
No. 30 sieve
and collected
and composited
from a minimum
of three natural
substrate
samples, taken
with Ponar type
samplers with
minimum
sampling area
Of225cm2.

Class III: Recreation, Propagation
and Maintenance of a Health, Well-
balanced Population of Fish and
Wildlife
Predominantly
Fresh Waters
The Index for
benthic macro-
invertebrates
shall not be
reduced to
less than 75%
of established
background
levels as
measured using
organisms
retained by a
U. S. Standard
No. 30 sieve
and collected
and composited
from a minimum
of three Hester-
Dendy type
artificial
substrate
samplers of
0.10 to 0.15 m2
area each,
incubated for a
period of four
weeks.
Predominantly
Marine Waters
The Index for
benthic macro-
invertebrates
shall not be
reduced to less
than 75% of
established
background
levels as
measured using
organisms
retained by a
U. S. Standard
No. 30 sieve and
collected
and composited
from a minimum
of three natural
substrate
samples, taken
with Ponar type
samplers with
minimum
sampling area of
225 cm2.

Class IV:
Agricultural
Water
Supplies









Class V:
Navigation,
Utility, and
Industrial
Use









62-302.800 Site Specific Alternative Criteria.
(2)  The affirmative  demonstration  required by this section  shall mean a documented showing that the
    proposed alternative criteria would exist due to natural background conditions or man-induced conditions
    which cannot be controlled or abated. Such demonstration shall be based upon relevant factors which
    include:
    (c) A description of the historical and existing biology, including variations, which may be affected by the
       parameter of concern. Conditions in similar water bodies may be used for comparison.
Georgia
SOURCE: Rules of Georgia Department of Natural Resources, Environmental Protection Division, Chapter
391-3-6, Water Quality Control, revised October 2001:
http://www.dnr.state.ga.us/dnr/environ/rules files/exist files/391-3-6.pdf and
http://www.dnr.state.ga.us/dnr/environ

(2)  Water Quality Enhancement:
    (a) The purposes and intent of the  State in establishing Water  Quality  Standards are to  provide
       enhancement of water quality and prevention of pollution; to protect the public health or welfare in
       accordance with the public interest for drinking water supplies, conservation offish, wildlife and other
       beneficial aquatic life, and agricultural, industrial, recreational, and other reasonable and  necessary
       uses and to maintain and improve the biological integrity of the waters of the State.

391-3-6.03 Water Use Classifications and Water Quality Standards
(3)  Definitions:
    (b) "Biological integrity" is functionally defined as the condition of the aquatic community inhabiting least
       impaired waterbodies of a specified habitat measured by  community structure and function.
Water Quality Standards
                                          December 2002
                                                                                             4-17

-------
(4)  Water Use Classifications. Water use classifications for which the criteria of this Paragraph are applicable
    are as follows:
    (c) Fishing, Propagation of Fish, Shellfish, Game and Other Aquatic Life
    (d) Wild River
    (e) Scenic River
    (f) Coastal Fishing

(6)  Specific Criteria for Classified Water Usage.  In addition to the general criteria, the following criteria are
    deemed necessary and shall be required for the specific water usage as shown:
    (a) Drinking Water Supplies: Those waters approved as a source  for public drinking water systems
       permitted or to be permitted by the Environmental Protection Division. Waters classified for drinking
       water supplies will also support the fishing use and any other use requiring water of a lower quality.
    (c) Fishing: Propagation of Fish, Shellfish, Game and Other Aquatic Life; secondary contact recreation
       in and on the water; or for any other use requiring water of a lower quality.
    (d) Wild River: For all waters designated in 391-3-6-.03(13) as "Wild River," there shall be no alteration
       of natural water quality from any source.
    (e) Scenic River: For all waters designated in 391-3-6-.03(13) as  "Scenic River," there shall be no
       alteration of natural water quality from any source.
    (f) Coastal Fishing: This classification will be applicable to specific sites when so designated by the
       Environmental  Protection Division.  For waters designated as "Coastal Fishing", site specific criteria
       for dissolved oxygen will be assigned and detailed by footnote in Section 391-3-6.03(13),  "Specific
       Water Use Classifications." All other criteria and uses for the fishing use classification will apply for
       coastal fishing.

(15)Trout Streams.  Streams designated as Primary Trout Waters are waters supporting a self-sustaining
    population of Rainbow, Brown or Brook Trout.  Streams designated as Secondary Trout Streams are
    those with no evidence of natural trout reproduction, but are capable of supporting trout throughout the
    year...
Ha wan
SOURCE: Source: Hawaii Administrative Rules Title 11, Department of Health Chapter 54, Water Quality
Standards, April 17, 2000:
http://www.hawaii.qov/health/rules/11-54.pdfand
http://www.epa.qov/waterscience/standards/wqslibrary/hi/hawaii 9  wqs.pdf

§11-54-01 Definitions. As used in this chapter:
    "Amphidromous" means aquatic life that migrate to and from the sea, but not specifically for reproductive
    purposes. Amphidromous aquatic life in Hawaiian streams are confined to fresh waters as adults, but
    their larval stages are partially or entirely spent in the ocean as part of the zooplankton.
    "Anchialine pools" means coastal bodies of standing waters that have no surface connections to the
    ocean but display both tidal fluctuations and salinity ranges characteristic of fresh and brackish waters,
    indicating the presence of subsurface connections to the watertable and ocean. Anchialine pools are
    located in porous substrata (recent lava or limestone) and often contain a distinctive assemblage of native
    aquatic life. Deeper anchialine pools may display salinity stratification, and some shallow pools may
    contain standing water only on the highest tides.
    "Aquatic life"  means "any type or species of mammal, fish, amphibian, reptile, mollusk,  crustacean,
    arthropod, invertebrate, coral, or other animal that inhabits the freshwater or marine environment and
    includes any part, product, egg, or offspring thereof;  or freshwater or marine plants, including, seeds,
    roots,  products, and other parts thereof.
    "Estuaries" means characteristically brackish coastal waters in well-defined basins with a continuous or
    seasonal surface connection to the ocean that allows entry of marine fauna. Estuaries may be either
    natural or developed.
    "Introduced aquatic life" means those species of aquatic organisms that are not native to a given area or
    water  body and whose populations were established (deliberately or accidentally) by human activity.
    "Introduced" organisms are also referred to as "alien" or "exotic".

Water Quality Standards                         December 2002                                       4-18

-------
    "Low wetlands" means freshwater wetlands located below 100 m (330 ft) elevation that may be natural
    or artificial in origin and are usually found near coasts or in valley termini. Low wetlands are maintained
    by either stream, well, or ditch influent water, or by exposure of the natural water table. Low wetlands
    include, but are not limited to, natural lowland marshes, riparian wetlands, littoral zones of standing waters
    (including lakes, reservoirs, ponds and fishponds) and agricultural wetlands such as taro lo'i.
    "Native aquatic life" means those species or higher taxa of aquatic organisms that occur naturally in a
    given area or water body and whose populations were not established as a result of human activity.
    "Natural estuaries" means volumes of brackish coastal waters in well-defined basins of natural origin,
    found mainly at the mouths of streams or rivers. Natural estuaries  can  be  either stream-fed (drowned
    stream mouths fed by perennial stream runoff)     or spring-fed (nearshore basins with subterranean fresh
    water sources). Stream-fed estuaries  serve as  important migratory pathways for larval and juvenile
    amphidromous stream fauna.
    "Natural freshwater lakes" means standing water that is always fresh, in well-defined natural basins, with
    a surface area usually greater than 0.1 ha (0.25 acres), and in which rooted emergent hydrophytes, if
    present, occupy no more than 30% of the surface area. Natural freshwater lakes in Hawaii occur at high,
    intermediate, and low elevations.  Lowland freshwater lakes characteristically lack a natural oceanic
    connection (surface or subsurface) of a magnitude sufficient to cause demonstrable tidal fluctuations.

§11-54-03 Classification of water uses.
(a)  The following use categories classify inland and marine waters for purposes of    applying the standards
    set forth in this chapter, and for the selection or definition of appropriate  quality parameters and uses to
    be protected in these waters. Storm water discharge into State waters shall be allowed provided it meets
    the requirements specified in this section and the basic water quality criteria specified in section 11-54-04.

(b)  Inland waters.
    (1)  Class 1.  It is the objective of class  1 waters that these waters remain in their natural state as nearly
        as possible with an absolute minimum of pollution from any human-caused source. To the extent
        possible, the wilderness character of these areas shall be protected. Waste discharge into these
        waters is prohibited. Any  conduct which results in a demonstrable increase in levels of point or
        nonpoint source contamination in class 1 waters is prohibited.
        (a) Class 1 .a. The uses to be protected in class 1 .a waters are scientific and educational purposes,
           protection of native breeding stock, baseline references from which human-caused changes can
           be measured, compatible recreation, aesthetic enjoyment, and   other nondegrading uses which
           are compatible with the protection of the ecosystems associated with waters of this class;
        (b) Class  1 .b. The uses to be protected in class 1 .b waters  are  domestic water supplies, food
           processing, protection of native breeding stock, the support and propagation of aquatic life...

    (2)  Class 2.  The objective of class 2 waters is to protect their use for recreational purposes, the support
        and propagation of aquatic life, agricultural and industrial water supplies, shipping, and navigation.
        The uses to be protected in this class of waters are all uses compatible with the protection and
        propagation offish, shellfish, and wildlife, and with recreation in  and on these waters. These waters
        shall not act as receiving waters  for any discharge which has not received  the best degree of
        treatment or control compatible with the criteria established for this class...

(c) Marine waters.
    (1)  Class AA.  It is the objective of class AA waters that these waters remain in their natural pristine state
        as nearly as possible with an absolute minimum of pollution or  alteration of water quality from any
        human-caused source or actions. To the extent practicable, the wilderness character of these areas
        shall be protected.  No zones of mixing shall be permitted in this class:
        (a) Within a defined reef area, in waters of a depth less than 18 meters (ten fathoms); or
        (b) In waters up to a distance of 300 meters (one thousand feet) offshore if there is no defined reef
           area and if the depth is greater than 18 meters (ten fathoms). The uses to be protected in this
           class of waters are oceanographic research, the support and propagation of shellfish and other
           marine life, conservation of coral reefs and wilderness areas, compatible recreation, and aesthetic
           enjoyment. The classification of any water area as Class AA shall not preclude other uses of the
           waters compatible with these objectives and in conformance with the criteria applicable to them;

    (2)  Class A. It is the objective of class A waters that their use for recreational purposes and aesthetic

Water Quality Standards                         December 2002                                        4-19

-------
       enjoyment be protected. Any other use shall be permitted as long  as it is compatible with the
       protection and propagation offish, shellfish, and wildlife, and with recreation in and on these waters.
       These waters shall not act as receiving waters for any discharge which has not received the best
       degree of treatment or control compatible with the criteria established  for this class.

(d)  Marine bottom ecosystems.
    (1) Class I. It is the objective of class I marine bottom ecosystems that they remain as nearly as possible
       in their natural pristine state with an absolute minimum of pollution from any human-induced source.
       Uses of marine bottom  ecosystems in this class are  passive human  uses without intervention or
       alteration, allowing the perpetuation and  preservation of the marine bottom in a most natural state,
       such as for nonconsumptive scientific research (demonstration, observation or monitoring only),
       nonconsumptive education, aesthetic enjoyment, passive activities, and preservation;
    (2) Class II. It is the objective of class 11 marine bottom ecosystems that their use for protection including
       propagation offish, shellfish, and wildlife, and for recreational purposes  not be limited in anyway. The
       uses to be protected in  this class of marine  bottom ecosystems are  all  uses compatible with the
       protection and propagation  offish, shellfish, and wildlife, and with recreation.

§11-54-05.2 Inland water criteria.
(b)  Specific criteria for streams.
    (2) Bottom criteria for streams:
       (e) The director shall prescribe the appropriate parameters, measures, and criteria for monitoring
           stream bottom biological communities including their habitat, which  may be affected by proposed
           actions. Permanent benchmark  stations may be required where necessary for monitoring
           purposes. The water quality criteria for this subsection shall be deemed to be met if time series
           surveys  of  benchmark  stations  indicate no relative  changes in  the  relevant  biological
           communities, as noted by biological community indicators or by indicator organisms which may
           be applicable to the  specific site.
Idaho
SOURCE: Source: Rules  of the Department  of Environmental Quality, IDAPA 58.01.02, Water Quality
Standards and Wastewater Treatment Requirements, amended April 5, 2000:
http://www2.state.id.us/adm/adminrules/rules/idapa58/0102.pdfand
http://www2.state.id.us/adm/adminrules/rules/idapa58/58index.htm

3.  Definitions

    04. Beneficial Use. Any of the various uses which may be made of the water of Idaho, including, but not
    limited to, domestic water supplies, industrial water supplies, agricultural water supplies, navigation,
    recreation in and on the water, wildlife habitat, and aesthetics. The beneficial use is dependent upon
    actual use,  the ability  of the water to support a non-existing use either now or in the future, and its
    likelihood of being used in  a given manner.  The use of water for the purpose of wastewater dilution or as
    a receiving water for a  waste treatment facility effluent is not a beneficial use. (8-24-94)

    05. Aquatic Species. Any plant or animal that lives at least part of its life in the water column or benthic
    portion of waters  of the state. (8-24-94)

    11.  Biological Monitoring  or  Biomonitoring. The  use  of a  biological entity  as a detector and its
    response as a  measure to determine environmental conditions. Toxicity tests and biological  surveys,
    including habitat monitoring, are common biomonitoring methods.

    23. Desirable Species. Species indigenous to the area or those introduced by the Idaho Department of
    Fish and Game.

    71. Outstanding  Resource Water (ORW).  A high quality water, such as water of national and state parks
    and wildlife refuges and water of exceptional recreational or ecological significance, which has been

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                       4-20

-------
    designated by the legislature and subsequently listed in this chapter. ORW constitutes an outstanding
    national or state resource that requires protection from point and nonpoint source activities that may lower
    water quality. (3-20-97)

    85. Reference Stream Or Condition. A water body which represents the minimum conditions necessary
    to fully support the applicable designated beneficial uses as further specified in these rules, or natural
    conditions with few impacts from human activities and which are representative of the highest level of
    support attainable in the basin. In highly mineralized areas or in the absence of such reference streams
    or water bodies, the Director,  in consultation with the basin advisory group and the technical advisors to
    it, may define appropriate hypothetical reference conditions or may use monitoring data specific to the site
    in question to determine conditions in which the beneficial uses are fully supported.

    87. Resident Species.  Those species that commonly occur in a site including those that occur only
    seasonally or intermittently. This includes the species, genera, families, orders, classes, and phyla that:
    (8-24-94)
    a.  Are usually present at the site; (8-24-94)
    b.  Are present only seasonally due to migration; (8-24-94)
    c.  Are present intermittently because they periodically return or extend their ranges into the site; (8-24-
       94)
    d.  Were  present at the site in the past but  are not currently due to degraded conditions,  and are
       expected to be present at the site when conditions improve; and (8-24-94)
    e.  Are present in nearby  bodies of water but are not  currently present at the site due to degraded
       conditions, and are expected to be present at the site when conditions improve. (8-24-94)

    111.  Unique Ecological Significance. The attribute of any stream or water body which is inhabited or
    supports an endangered or threatened species of plant or animal or a species of special concern identified
    by the Idaho Department of Fish and Game, which provides anadromous fish passage, or which provides
    spawning or rearing habitat for anadromous or desirable species of lake dwelling fishes.

53. BENEFICIAL USE SUPPORT STATUS.
In determining whether a water body fully supports designated and existing beneficial uses, the Department
shall determine whether all of the applicable water quality standards are being achieved, including any criteria
developed pursuant to these rules, and whether a healthy, balanced  biological community is  present. The
Department shall utilize biological and aquatic habitat parameters listed below and in the current version of
the "Water Body Assessment Guidance", as published by the Idaho Department of Environmental Quality, as
a guide to assist in the assessment of beneficial use status. Revisions to this guidance will made after notice
and an opportunity for public comment. These parameters are not to be considered or treated as individual
water quality criteria or otherwise interpreted or applied as water quality standards. (4-5-00)

    01. Aquatic Habitat Parameters. These parameters may include,  but are not limited to, stream width,
    stream depth, stream shade,  measurements of sediment impacts, bank stability, water flows, and other
    physical characteristics of the stream that affect habitat for fish, macroinvertebrates or other aquatic life;
    and (3-20-97)

    02. Biological Parameters. These parameters may include, but are not limited to, evaluation of aquatic
    macroinvertebrates including Ephemeroptera, Plecoptera and Trichoptera (EPT), Hilsenhoff Biotic Index,
    measures of functional  feeding groups, and the variety and number of fish or other aquatic life to
    determine biologicalcommunity diversity and functionality.

100.   SURFACE WATER USE DESIGNATIONS.

    01. Aquatic Life. (7-1-93)
    a.  Cold water (COLD): water quality appropriate  for the protection and maintenance of a viable aquatic
       life community for cold water species. (4-5-00)
    b.  Salmonid spawning: waters which  provide or could provide a habitat for active  self-propagating
       populations of salmonid fishes. (7-1-93)
    c.  Seasonal cold water (SC): water quality appropriate for the protection and maintenance of a viable
       aquatic life community of cool and cold water species, where  cold water aquatic life may be absent

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                       4-21

-------
       during, or tolerant of, seasonally warm temperatures. (4-5-00)
    d.  Warm water (WARM): water quality appropriate forthe protection and maintenance of a viable aquatic
       life community for warm water species. (4-5-00)
    e.  Modified (MOD): water quality appropriate for an aquatic life community that is limited due to one (1)
       or more conditions set forth in 40 CFR 131.10(g) which preclude attainment of reference streams or
       conditions.

    04. Wildlife Habitats. Water quality appropriate for wildlife habitats. This use applies to all surface waters
    of the state. (4-5-00)
Illinois
SOURCE: Title 35: Environmental Protection, Subtitle C: Water Pollution, Chapter I: Pollution Control Board,
Part 302 and 303 Water Quality Standards, amended August 26, 1999:
http://www.ipcb.state.il.us/Title 35/Subtitles/C/302.pdf and
http://www.ipcb.state.il.us/Title 35/Subtitles/C/303.pdf

Section 302.102 Allowed Mixing. Mixing Zones and ZIDs
(b)  The portion, volume and area of any receiving waters within which mixing is allowed pursuant to
    subsection (a) shall be limited by the following:
    2)   Mixing is not allowed in waters which include a tributary stream entrance if such mixing occludes the
        tributary mouth or otherwise restricts the movement of aquatic life into or out of the tributary.
    3)   Mixing is not allowed in waters containing mussel beds, endangered species habitat, fish spawning
        areas, areas of important aquatic life habitat, or any  other natural features vital to the well being of
        aquatic  life in such a manner that the maintenance of aquatic life in the body of water as a whole
        would be adversely affected.
    6)   Mixing must allow for a zone of passage for aquatic life in which water quality standards are met.

SUBPART E:
Section 302.501 Scope. Applicability, and Definitions
"Resident or indigenous species" means species that currently live a substantial portion of their life cycle, or
reproduce,  in a given body of water, or that are native species whose historical range includes a given body
of water.

"Target species" is a species to be protected by the criterion.

"Target species  value" is the criterion value for the target species.

"Trophic level"  means a functional classification  of taxa within a  community that is based  on feeding
relationships. For example, aquatic green plants and herbivores comprise the first and second trophic levels
in a food chain.

SUBPART B: Nonspecific Water Use Designations:
Section 303.204 Secondary Contact and Indigenous Aquatic Life Waters
Waters which are required to meet the secondary contact and indigenous aquatic life standards of Subpart
D, Part 302, are not required to meet the general use  standards or the  public and  food processing water
supply standards of Subparts B and C, Part 302.
Indiana
SOURCE: Indiana Administrative Code, Title 327 Water Pollution Control Board, Article 2: Water Quality
Standards, Updated April 1, 2002: http://www.ai.orq/leqislative/iac/title327.html
Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                      4-22

-------
Indiana Water Quality Standards for the Non-Great Lakes Basin Portions of Indiana
327 IAC 2-1-3 Surface water use designations; multiple uses
    Sec. 3. (a) The following water uses are designated by the water pollution control board:
    (1)  Surface waters of the state are designated for full-body contact recreation as provided in section 6(d)
        of this rule.
    (2)  All waters, except as described in subdivision (5), will be capable of supporting  a well-balanced, warm
        water aquatic community and, where natural temperatures will permit, will be capable of supporting
        put-and-take trout fishing. All waters capable of supporting the natural reproduction of trout as of
        February 17, 1977, shall be so maintained.
    (3)  All waters which are used for public or industrial water supply must meet the standards for those uses
        at the points where the water is withdrawn. This use designation and its corresponding water quality
        standards are not to be construed as imposing a user restriction on those exercising or desiring to
        exercise the use.
    (4)  All waters which  are used  for agricultural purposes must, as a minimum, meet the standards
        established in section 6(a) of this  rule.
    (5)  All waters in which naturally poor physical characteristics (including lack of sufficient flow), naturally
        poor chemical quality, or  irreversible man-induced conditions, which came  into existence prior to
        January  1, 1983, and having been established by use attainability analysis, public comment period,
        and hearing may qualify to be classified for limited use and must be evaluated for restoration and
        upgrading at teach triennial review of this rule. Specific waters of the state designated for limited use
        are listed in section 11 (a)  of this rule.
    (6)  All waters which  provide  unusual aquatic habitat,  which are an integral feature  of an area  of
        exceptional natural beauty or character, or which support unique assemblages of aquatic organisms
        may be classified for exceptional use. Specific waters of the state designated for exceptional use are
        listed in section 11(b) of this rule.
        (b) Where multiple  uses  have been designated  for a body of water, the  most protective of  all
           simultaneously applicable standards will apply. (Water Pollution  Control Board; 327 IAC 2-1-3;
           filed Sep 24,  1987, 3:00 p.m.: 11IR 580; filed Feb 1, 1990, 4:30 p.m.: 13 IR 1019; filed Jan 14,
            1997, 12:00 p.m.: 20 IR 1348)

327 IAC 2-1-6 Minimum surface water quality standards
    Sec. 6. (a) The following are minimum water quality conditions:
    (1)  All waters at all times and at all places, including the mixing zone, shall meet the  minimum conditions
        of being free  from substances, materials, floating debris, oil,  or scum attributable  to municipal,
        industrial, agricultural, and other land use practices, or other discharges:
        (A) that will settle  to form  putrescent or otherwise objectionable deposits;
        (B) that are in amounts sufficient to be  unsightly or deleterious;
        (C) that  produce color,  visible oil sheen, odor, or other conditions in such degree as to create a
           nuisance;
        (D) which are in amounts sufficient to be acutely toxic to, or to otherwise severely injure or kill aquatic
           life, other animals, plants, or humans:
           (i)  to assure  protection of aquatic life, concentrations of toxic substances shall not exceed the
               final acute value (FAV = 2 (AAC)) in the undiluted discharge or the acute aquatic criterion
               (AAC) outside the zone of initial dilution  or,  if applicable, the zone of discharge-induced
               mixing:
                   (AA)  for certain substances, the AAC are established and set forth in Table 1  (which
                      table4 incorporates Table 2);  and (BB) for substances for which an AAC is not
                      specified  in Table 1, or if a different AAC can be scientifically justified based on new
                      toxicological data or site-specific conditions concerning water quality characteristics
                      or species present,  an AAC can be calculated by the commissioner  using the
                      procedures in section 8.2 of this rule; and
           (ii)  this clause shall not apply to the chemical control of plants and animals when that control is
               performed in compliance  with approval conditions specified  by the Indiana Department of
               Natural Resources as provided by 1C 14-2-1; and
        (E) which are in concentrations or combinations that will cause or contribute to the growth of aquatic
           plants or algae to such degree as to create a nuisance, be unsightly, or otherwise impair the
           designated uses.


Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                        4-23

-------
    (2) At all times, all waters outside of mixing zones shall be free of substances in concentrations which
       on the basis of available scientific data are believed to be sufficient to injure, be chronically toxic to,
       or be carcinogenic, mutagenic, orteratogenicto humans, animals, aquatic life, or plants. To assure
       protection against the adverse effects identified in this subdivision, the following  requirements are
       established:

The Great Lakes Basin is covered by its own regulation which follows:
327 IAC 2-1.5-5: GLI Water Use Designations
327 IAC 2-1.5-5 Surface water use designations; multiple uses
    Sec. 5. (a) The following water uses are designated by the board:
    (1) All surface waters of the state within the Great Lakes system are designated for full-body contact
       recreation.

    (2) All surface waters, except as described in subdivision (7), shall be capable of supporting a well-
       balanced, warm water aquatic community.

    (3) Where natural temperatures will permit, surface waters shall be capable of supporting put-and-take
       trout fishing. All waters capable of supporting the natural reproduction of trout shall be so maintained.
       The following waters are designated as salmonid waters and shall  be  capable of supporting a
       salmonid fishery:
       (A) Trail Creek and its tributaries downstream to Lake Michigan.
       (B) East Branch of the Little Calumet River and its tributaries downstream to Lake Michigan via Burns
           Ditch.
       (C) Salt Creek above its  confluence with the Little Calumet River.
       (D) Kintzele Ditch (Black Ditch) from Beverly Drive downstream to Lake Michigan.
       (E) The Galena River and its tributaries in  LaPorte County.
       (F) The St. Joseph River and its tributaries in St. Joseph County from the Twin Branch Dam in
           Mishawaka downstream to the Indiana/Michigan state line.
       (G) The Indiana portion of the open waters of Lake Michigan.
       (H) Those waters designated by the Indiana department of natural resources for put-and-take trout
           fishing.

    (4) All surface waters used for public water supply are designated as a public water supply. This use
       designation and its corresponding water quality criteria are  not to be construed as imposing a user
       restriction on those exercising or desiring to exercise the use.

    (5) All surface waters used for industrial water supply are designated as an industrial water supply. This
       use designation and its corresponding water quality criteria are not to be  construed as imposing a
       user restriction on those exercising or desiring to exercise the use.

    (6) All surface waters used for agricultural purposes are designated as an agricultural use water.

    (7) Limited use waters are designated under section 19(a) of this rule pursuant to section 18 of this rule.
       All waters that are designated as a limited use water under section 19(a) of this rule must be
       evaluated for restoration  and upgrading at each triennial review of this rule.
    (8) Outstanding state resource waters are designated under section 19(b) of this rule pursuant to section
       18 of this rule.
       (b) Where multiple uses  have  been designated for  a body of water, the most protective of all
       simultaneously applicable standards will apply. (Water Pollution Control Board; 327IAC 2-1.5-5; filed
       Jan  14, 1997, 12:00 p.m.: 20 IR 1369)

327 IAC 2-1.5-8 Minimum surface water quality criteria
    Sec. 8. (a) All surface water quality criteria in this section, except those provided in subsection (b)(1), will
    cease to be applicable when the stream flows are less than  the applicable stream design flow for the
    particular criterion as determined under 327 IAC 5-2-11.4. (b) The following are minimum water quality
    conditions:
    (1) All waters within the  Great Lakes system at all times and at all places, including  waters within the
       mixing zone, shall meet the  minimum conditions of being free from substances, materials, floating

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                        4-24

-------
       debris, oil, or scum attributable to municipal, industrial, agricultural, and other land use practices, or
       other discharges that do any of the following:
       (A) Will settle to form putrescent or otherwise objectionable deposits.
       (B) Are in amounts sufficient to be unsightly or deleterious.
       (C) Produce color, visible oil sheen, odor, or other conditions in such degree as to create a nuisance.
       (D) Are in concentrations or combinations that will cause or contribute to the growth of aquatic plants
           or algae to such degree as to create a nuisance, be unsightly, or otherwise impair the designated
           uses.
       (E) Are in amounts sufficient to be acutely toxic to, or to otherwise severely injure or kill aquatic life,
           other animals, plants, or humans. To assure protection of aquatic life, the waters shall meet the
           following requirements:
           (i)  Concentrations of toxic substances shall not exceed the CMC outside the zone of initial
               dilution or the final acute value (FAV = 2 (CMC)) in the undiluted discharge unless, for a
               discharge to a receiving stream or Lake Michigan, an alternate mixing zone demonstration
               is conducted and approved in accordance with 327 IAC 5-2-11.4(b)(4), in which case, the
               CMC shall be met outside the discharge-induced mixing zone:

    (2) At all times, all waters outside of the applicable mixing zones determined in accordance with 327 IAC
       5-2-11.4(c) through 327 IAC 5-2-11.4(f) shall be free of substances in concentrations, that, on the
       basis of available scientific data, are believed to be sufficient to injure, be chronically toxic to, or be
       carcinogenic, mutagenic...
SOURCE:  Iowa Administrative Code, Environmental  Protection  Rule 567, Chapter 61, Water Quality
Standards, October 18, 2000:
http://www.state.ia.us/qovernment/dnr/orqaniza/epd/prqrmdsc/wtrqual/spqual.htm
http://www.state.ia.us/epd/prqrmdsc/wtrqual/sum.htm and
http://www.state.ia.us/dnr/orqaniza/epd/wtrq/wtrqbor.htm

Class "B" Waters: Waters which are designated as Class "B" are to be protected for wild life, fish, aquatic and
semi-aquatic life and secondary contact water uses. Class "B" waters are divided into the following categories:

       Class "B" (CW) (cold water aquatic life): streams or lakes that support trout and associated aquatic
       communities
       Class "B" (WW) (significant resource warm water): lakes or rivers which support warm water game
       fish and associated aquatic communities, including sensitive species
       Class "B" (LR) (limited resource warm water): streams which support limited aquatic life populations
       primarily composed of minnows and other nongame fish species
       Class  "B"  (LW) (lakes and wetlands): artificial impoundments  and natural lakes with  lake-like
       conditions that support warm water game fish and associated aquatic communities

High Quality (HQ) waters: Waters with  exceptionally  better quality than specified  by Iowa  water quality
criteria and with exceptional recreational and ecological importance.  Special  protection is  warranted to
maintain the unusual,  unique or outstanding physical, chemical, or biological characteristics that these waters
possess.

High Quality Resource (HQR) waters:  Waters of substantial  recreational or ecological significance that
possess unusual, outstanding or unique  physical, chemical or  biological characteristics that enhance the
beneficial uses and warrant special protection.
Kansas
SOURCE: Kansas Register, Notice/Regulations, Administrative Regulations, Kansas Department of Health
and Environment, Water Pollution Control, Chapter 28-1, Volume 20, Number 33, August 16, 2001:

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                       4-25

-------
http://www.kdhe.state.ks.us/water/index.htmltfProposed%20Regulations%20and%20 and
http://www.kdhe.state.ks.us/environment/qmp  2000/SBMP  QAMP.pdf

Article 16. Surface Water Quality Standards

28-16-28b. Definitions.
(h)      "Bioassessment methods and procedures" means the use of biological methods of assessing surface
        water quality including, but not limited to, field investigations of aquatic organisms and laboratory or
        field aquatic toxicity tests.
(k)      "Biota" means the animal and plant life of a given geographical region.
(v)      "Ecological integrity"  means the natural or unimpaired structure and functioning of an aquatic or
        terrestrial ecosystem.
(oo)    "Outstanding natural resource water" means any of the surface waters or surface water segments
        of exceptional recreational or ecological significance identified in the surface water register, as defined
        in K.A.R. 28-16-28b(uu),  and afforded the highest  level of water quality  protection under the
        antidegradation provisions of K.A.R. 28-16-28c(a) and the mixing zone  provisions of K.A.R. 28-16-
        28c(b).
(ddd)   "Surface waters" means all of the following:
        (1) Streams, including rivers, creeks, brooks, sloughs, draws, arroyos, canals, springs, seeps, and
           cavern streams, and any alluvial aquifers associated with these  surface waters;
        (2) lakes, including oxbow lakes and other natural lakes and man-made reservoirs, lakes, and ponds;
           and
        (3) wetlands, including water bodies meeting the technical definition for jurisdictional wetlands given
           in the corps of engineers wetlands delineation manual," as  published in January 1987, which is
           hereby adopted by reference.

28-16-28d. Surface water use designation and classification.
(a)  Designated uses of surface waters are defined as follows.
    (2)  "Aquatic life support use" means the use of surface  water for the maintenance of the ecological
        integrity of streams, lakes and wetlands, including the sustained growth and  propagation of native
        aquatic life, indigenous or migratory semi-aquatic life, or terrestrial wildlife directly or indirectly
        dependent on  surface water for survival.
        (A) "Special aquatic life use waters" means either surface waters that contain combinations of habitat
           types and indigenous biota not found commonly in the state or surface waters that contain
           representative populations of threatened or endangered  species.
        (B) "Expected aquatic life use waters" means surface waters containing habitattypes and indigenous
           biota  commonly found or expected in the state.
        (C) "Restricted aquatic life use waters" means surface waters containing indigenous biota limited in
           abundance diversity by the physical quality or availability of habitat, due to natural deficiencies
           or artificial modifications, compared to more suitable habitats in adjacent waters.

28-16-28e. Surface water quality criteria.
(a)  Criteria development guidance. The development of surface water quality criteria for substances not listed
    in these standards shall be guided by water quality criteria published by the United States environmental
    protection agency. If the department finds that the criteria listed in this regulation are underprotective or
    overprotective for given surface water segment, appropriate site-specific criteria may be developed and
    applied by the department, in accordance with K.A.R. 28-16-28f(f),  using bioassessment methods or other
    related scientific procedures...

(c)  Criteria for designated uses of surface waters. The numeric criteria in tables 1a, 1b, 1c,  1d, and 1e shall
    not  apply if the critical low flow is less than 0.03 cubic meters  per second for waters designated as
    expected aquatic life use waters and restricted aquatic life use waters, unless  studies conducted or
    approved by the department show that water present during periods of no flow, or flow below critical low
    flow, provides important refuges for aquatic life and permits biological  recolonization  of intermittently
    flowing segments. The numeric criteria in tables 1a, 1b, 1c, 1d, and 1e shall not apply if the critical low
    flow is less than 0.003 cubic meters per second for waters designated as  special aquatic life use waters,
    unless studies conducted  or approved by the department show that water present during periods of no
    flow, or flow below critical low flow, provides important refuges  for aquatic life and permits biological

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                       4-26

-------
    recolonization of intermittently flowing segments. The following critieria shall apply to all classified surface
    waters for the indicated designated uses.
Kentuck-
SOURCE: Title 401, Chapter 5, Kentucky Administrative Regulations (KAR), effective December 8, 1999:
http://www.lrc.state.ky.us/kar/401/005/026.htm

401 KAR 5:002. Definitions for 401 KAR Chapter 5.
Section 1. Definitions.
(8)     "Adversely affect" or "adversely change" means, for purposes of 401  KAR 5:026 through 5:031, to
       alter or change the community structure or function, to reduce the number or proportion of sensitive
       species, or to increase the number or proportion of pollution tolerant aquatic species so that aquatic
       life use support or aquatic habitat is impaired.

(54)    "Cold water aquatic habitat" or "CAM" means surface waters and associated substrate that will
       support indigenous aquatic life or self-sustaining or reproducing trout populations on a year-round
       basis.

(124)  "Impairment" means, for the purpose of 401 KAR 5:026 through 5:031,  a detrimental impact to a
       surface water that prevents attainment of a designated use.

(127)  "Indigenous aquatic life" means naturally occurring aquatic organisms including but not limited to
       bacteria, fungi, algae, aquatic insects, other aquatic invertebrates, reptiles, amphibians, and fishes.
       Under some natural conditions one (1) or more of the above groups may be absent from a surface
       water.

(233)  "Productive aquatic community" means an  assemblage of indigenous aquatic life capable of
       reproduction and growth.

(236)  "Propagation"  means the continuance of a species  by successful  spawning, hatching,  and
       development or natural generation in the natural environment, as opposed to the maintenance of the
       species by artificial culture and stocking.

(250)  "Representative important species" means  species  which  are representative, in terms  of their
       biological needs, of a balanced, indigenous community of shellfish, fish, and wildlife in the body of
       water into which a discharge of heat is made.

(317)  "Warm water aquatic habitat" or "WAH" means any surface water and associated substrate capable
       of supporting indigenous warm water aquatic life.

401 KAR 5:026.Designation of uses of surface waters.
Section 1. Scope of Designation.
(2)     Designated uses are:
       (a) Warm water aquatic habitat;
       (b) Cold water aquatic habitat;
       (f)  Outstanding state resource water.

(4)     Outstanding state  resource waters may have  unique water quality characteristics  that shall be
       protected by additional criteria established in 401 KAR 5:031, Section 7.

401 KAR 5:029.General provisions.
Section 3. Documentation  for Redesignations.
(3)     Documentation to support the redesignation of a surface water of the Commonwealth shall be:
       (g) An assessment of the existing  and potential aquatic life habitat in the surface waters under
           consideration and the adjacent upstream surface waters. The existing aquatic life shall be

Water Quality Standards                       December 2002                                       4-27

-------
           documented  and livestock and natural wildlife dependence on the surface water shall  be
           assessed. The occurrence of individuals or populations, indices of diversity and well-being, and
           abundance of species of any unique native biota shall be documented;

401 KAR 5:030. Antidegradation policy implementation methodology.
Section 1. Implementation of Antidegradation Policy..
(1)      Categorization. Surface waters shall be placed into one (1) of three (3) categories:
        (a) Outstanding national resource waters:
        (b) Exceptional waters:
           1.  Surface water designated as  a Kentucky  Wild River, unless it  is categorized as  an
               outstanding national resource water;
           2.  Outstanding state resource water that does not support a federally threatened or endangered
               aquatic species;
           3.  Surface water that fully supports all applicable designated uses and contains:
               a.   A fish community that is rated "excellent" by the use of the Index of Biotic  Integrity
                   included in "Methods for Assessing Biological Integrity of Surface Waters", incorporated
                   by reference in Section 4 of this administration regulation; or
               b.   A macroinvertebrate community that is rated  "excellent" by  the Macroinvertebrate
                   Bioassessment Index included in "A MacroinvertebrateBioassessment Index for Streams
                   of the Interior Plateau Ecoregion in Kentucky", incorporated by reference in Section 4 of
                   this administrative regulation; and
           4.  Water in the cabinet's reference reach network.

401 KAR 5:031 .Surface water standards.
Section 2. Minimum Criteria Applicable to All Surface Waters.
(1)      The following minimum water quality criteria are applicable  to all surface waters including mixing
        zones, with the exception that toxicity to aquatic life in mixing zones shall be subject to the provisions
        of 401 KAR 5:029, Section 4. Surface waters shall  not be aesthetically or otherwise degraded  by
        substances that:
        (d) Injure, are chronically or acutely toxic to  or  produce adverse physiological or  behavioral
           responses in  humans, animals, fish and other aquatic life;
        (e) Produce undesirable aquatic life or result in the dominance of nuisance  species;

Section 4. Aquatic Life.
(1)      Warm water aquatic habitat.  The following  parameters and associated criteria shall apply for the
        protection of productive warm water aquatic communities, fowl, animal wildlife, arboreous growth,
        agricultural, and industrial uses:
        (a) Natural alkalinity as CaCO3 shall not be reduced by more than twenty-five (25) percent. If natural
           alkalinity is below twenty (20) mg/l CaCO3, there shall not be a reduction  below the natural level.
           Alkalinity shall not be reduced or increased to a degree which may adversely affect the aquatic
           community.
        (c) Flow shall not be altered to a degree which will adversely affect the aquatic community.
        (d) Temperature shall not exceed thirty-one and seven-tenths (31.7) degrees Celsius (eighty-nine
           (89) degrees  Fahrenheit).
           2.  The cabinet may determine allowable surface water temperatures on a site-specific basis
               utilizing available data which shall be based on the effects of temperature on the aquatic
               biota which utilize specific surface waters of the Commonwealth and which may be affected
               by person-induced temperature changes. Effects on downstream uses will also be considered
               in determining site-specific temperatures...
           3.  A successful demonstration concerning  thermal discharge limits carried out under Section
               316(a) of the Clean Water Act shall constitute compliance with the temperature requirements
               of this subsection. A successful demonstration assures the protection and propagation of a
               balanced indigenous population of shellfish, fish and wildlife in or on the water into which the
               discharge is made.
        (f)  Solids.
           1.  Total dissolved solids. Total dissolved solids shall not be changed to the extent that the
               indigenous aquatic community is adversely affected.
           2.  Total suspended solids. Total suspended solids shall not be changed to the extent that the

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                       4-28

-------
               indigenous aquatic community is adversely affected.
           3.  Settleable solids. The addition of settleable solids that may alter the stream bottom so as to
               adversely affect productive aquatic communities is prohibited.
Louisiana
SOURCE: Louisiana Administrative Code, Title 33: Environmental Regulatory Code, Part IX, Water Quality,
March 20, 2001:  http://www.deq.state.la.us/planninq/reqs/title33/33v09.pdf

Chapter 11. Surface Water Quality Standards
§1101. Introduction
A.  The purpose of this Chapter is to establish surface water quality standards which will:
    1.   provide forthe protection and preservation of the abundant natural resources of Louisiana's many and
        varied aquatic ecosystems;

§1105. Definitions
Biological and Aquatic Community Integrity—the condition of the aquatic community inhabiting a specified
habitat as measured by community structure and function.

Biological Succession—the gradual and orderly process of ecosystem or community development brought
about by changes  in species populations that culminates in the production of a climax characteristic of a
particular geographic region.

Fresh Warmwater  Biota—those aquatic life species whose populations typically inhabit waters with warm
temperatures (seasonal averages above 20 o C, 68 o F) and low salinities (less
than 2 parts perthousand,%o), including but not limited to, black basses and freshwater sunfish and catfish
and characteristic freshwater aquatic invertebrates and  wildlife.

Marine Water Biota—those aquatic life species whose populations typically inhabitwaterswith salinities equal
to or greater than 2  parts per thousand (%o) including but  not limited to characteristic fishes, invertebrates and
wildlife of coastal waters and the Gulf of Mexico.

S1109.  Policy
B.  Water Use
    1.   It is the policy of the state of Louisiana that all state waters should be protected for recreational uses
        and forthe  preservation and propagation of desirable species of aquatic biota and indigenous species
        of wildlife...
    2.   In applying this policy, the terms "recreational uses" and "desirable species of aquatic biota" will be
        given common sense applications. Recreational uses will be classified as either "primary contact" or
        "secondary contact." "Desirable species of aquatic biota" refers to a diverse and naturally occurring
        range of aquatic biota and not to species that exist in the area in question in disproportionate numbers
        as a result of wastewater discharges. Desirable species offish, shellfish and other invertebrates,
        wildlife, and other aquatic biota will be specified as "fresh warmwater" or "marine water" species. All
        future designations of water uses and their associated criteria must, at a minimum, adhere to these
        classifications, except as provided in LAC 33:IX.1109.B.3 and C. will be viewed as a problem to be
        solved, not as an impediment to categorizing water bodies or assigning designated uses...

§1111. Water Use  Designations
C.  Fish and Wildlife Propagation. Fish and wildlife propagation includes the use of water for aquatic habitat,
    food, resting, reproduction,  cover, and/or travel corridors for any indigenous wildlife  and  aquatic  life
    species associated with the aquatic environment. This use also includes the maintenance of water quality
    at a level that prevents damage to indigenous wildlife and aquatic life species associated with the aquatic
    environment and contamination of aquatic biota consumed by humans. The subcategory of "limited
    aquatic life and  wildlife use" recognizes the natural variability of aquatic habitats, community requirements,
    and local environmental conditions. Limited  aquatic life and wildlife use may be designated for water
    bodies having  habitat that is uniform in structure and morphology with most of the regionally expected

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                      4-29

-------
    aquatic species  absent, low species diversity and  richness, and/or a severely  imbalanced trophic
    structure. Aquatic life able to survive and/or propagate in such water bodies include species tolerant of
    severe or variable environmental conditions. Water bodies that might qualify for the limited aquatic life and
    wildlife use subcategory include intermittent streams and man-made water bodies with characteristics
    including,  but  not limited to, irreversible hydrologic modification, anthropogenically and  irreversibly
    degraded water quality, uniform channel morphology, lack of channel structure, uniform substrate, lack
    of riparian structure, and similar characteristics making the available habitat for aquatic life and wildlife
    suboptimal.  Limited aquatic life and wildlife use will be denoted in Table 3 (LAC 33:IX.1 123) as an "L."

E.  Oyster Propagation. Oyster propagation is the use of water to maintain biological systems that support
    economically important species of oysters, clams, mussels, or other mollusks so that their productivity is
    preserved and the health of human consumers of these species is protected.
    This use shall apply only to those water bodies named in the  Numerical Criteria and Designated Uses
    Table and not to their tributaries or distributaries unless so specified.

G.  Outstanding Natural Resource Waters.  Outstanding natural  resource waters include water bodies
    designated for preservation, protection, reclamation, or enhancement of wilderness, aesthetic qualities,
    and ecological regimes, such as those designated under the Louisiana Natural and Scenic Rivers System
    orthose designated by the department as waters of ecological significance. Characteristics of outstanding
    natural resource waters include, but are not limited to, highly diverse or unique instream and/or riparian
    habitat, high species diversity, balanced trophic structure, unique species, or similar qualities. This use
    designation applies only to the water bodies specifically identified in Table 3 (LAC 33:IX.1 123) and not
    to their tributaries or distributaries unless so specified.

      . Criteria
B.  General Criteria.
    12.  Biological and Aquatic Community Integrity. The biological and community structure and function in
        state waters shall be maintained,  protected, and restored except where not attainable and feasible
        as defined in LAC 33:IX.1 1 09. B. 3. This is the ideal condition of the aquatic community inhabiting the
        unimpaired water bodies of a specified habitat and region as measured by community structure and
        function. The biological integrity will be guided by the fish and wildlife propagation use designated for
        that particular water body. Fish and wildlife propagation uses are defined in LAC 33:IX.1111.C. The
        condition of these aquatic communities shall be determined from the measures of physical, chemical,
        and biological characteristics of each surface water body type, according to its designated use (LAC
        33:IX.1123). Reference site conditions will represent naturally attainable conditions. These sites
        should be the least impacted and  most representative of water body types. Such reference sites or
        segments of water bodies shall be those observed to support the greatest variety and abundance of
        aquatic life in the region as is expected to be or has been recorded during past surveys in natural
        settings essentially undisturbed by human impacts, development, or discharges. This condition shall
        be determined by consistent sampling and reliable measures of selected, indicative communities of
        animals and/or invertebrates as established by the department and may be used in conjunction with
        acceptable chemical, physical, and microbial water quality measurements and records as deemed
        for this purpose.
Maine
SOURCE: Title 38, Section 464, Maine Revised Statutes, 1999:
http://ianus.state.me.us/leqis/statutes/38/title38sec464.html and http://www.state.me.us/dep/blwq

38 MRSA Section 464.  Classification of Maine waters:
1.   Findings; objectives; purpose....The Legislature declares that it is the State's objective to restore and
    maintain the chemical, physical and biological integrity of the State's waters and to  preserve certain
    pristine state waters. The Legislature further declares that in order to achieve this objective the State's
    goals are:
    C.  That water quality be sufficient to provide for the protection and propagation of fish, shellfish and
        wildlife and provide for recreation in and on the water.

Water Quality Standards                         December 2002                                       4-30

-------
4.  General provisions. The classification system for surface waters established by this article shall be
    subject to the following provisions.
    F.   The antidegradation policy of the State is governed by the following provisions.
        (1)     ...Determinations of what constitutes an existing in-stream water use on a particular water
               body must be made on a case-by-case basis by the department. In making its determination
               of uses to be protected and maintained, the department shall consider designated uses for
               that water body and:
               (a)  Aquatic, estuarine and marine life present in the water body;
               (b)  Wildlife that utilize the water body;
               (c)  Habitat,  including  significant  wetlands,  within  a water body  supporting existing
                   populations of wildlife or aquatic, estuarine or marine life, or plant life that is maintained
                   by the water body;
               (d)  Any other evidence that, for divisions (a), (b) and (c),  demonstrates their ecological
                   significance because of their role or importance in the functioning of the ecosystem or
                   their rarity and, for division (d), demonstrates its historical or social significance.
        (1-A)   The department may only issue a waste  discharge license  pursuant to section  414-A, or
               approve a water quality certification pursuant to the United States Clean Water Act, Section
               401, Public Law 92-500, as amended, when the department finds that:
               (a)  The existing in-stream use involves use of the water body by  a population of plant life,
                   wildlife, or aquatic, estuarine or marine life, or as aquatic, estuarine,  marine, wildlife, or
                   plant habitat, and the applicant has demonstrated that the proposed activity would not
                   have a significant impact on the existing use. For purpose of this division, significant
                   impact means:
                   (i)   Impairing the viability of the existing population, including  significant impairment to
                       growth and reproduction or an alteration of the habitat which impairs viability of the
                       existing population; or

               The department shall determine what constitutes a population of a particular species based
               upon the degree of geographic and reproductive isolation from other individuals of the same
               species.

6.  Implementation of biological water quality criteria. The implementation  of water quality criteria
    pertaining to the protection of the resident biological community shall be governed by the provisions of
    this subsection.
    A.   At any time during the term of a valid wastewater discharge license that was issued prior to the
        effective date of this article, the  board may modify that license in  accordance with section 341-D,
        subsection 3 if the discharger is not in compliance with  the water quality criteria pertaining to the
        protection of the resident biological community. When a discharge  license is modified under this
        subsection, the board shall establish a reasonable schedule to bring  the discharge into compliance
        with the water quality criteria pertaining to the protection  of the resident biological community.
    B.   When a discharge license is issued after the effective date of this article and before the effective date
        of the rules adopted pursuant to subsection 5, the department shall establish a reasonable schedule
        to bring the discharge into compliance with the water quality criteria  pertaining to the protection of the
        resident biological community.

38 MRSA § 465. Standards for classification of fresh surface waters
The department shall have 4 standards for the classification of fresh surface waters which are not classified
as great ponds.
1.  Class AA waters. Class AA shall be the highest classification and shall be applied to waters which are
    outstanding natural resources and which should be preserved because of their  ecological, social, scenic
    or recreational importance.
    A.   Class AA waters shall be of such quality that they are suitable... as habitat  for fish and other aquatic
        life. The  habitat shall be characterized as free flowing and natural.
    B.   The aquatic life, dissolved oxygen and bacteria content  of Class AA waters shall be as   naturally
        occurs.

2.  Class A waters. Class A shall be the 2nd highest classification.
    A.   Class A waters shall be of such quality that they are suitable. ..as habitat for fish and other aquatic life.

Water Quality Standards                         December 2002                                        4-31

-------
       The habitat shall be characterized as natural.
    B.  ...The aquatic life and bacteria content of Class A waters shall be as naturally occurs.

3.  Class B waters. Class B shall be the 3rd highest classification.
    A.  Class B waters shall be of such quality that they are suitable... as habitat for fish and other aquatic
       life. The habitat shall be characterized as unimpaired.
    B.  The dissolved oxygen content of Class B waters shall be not less than 7 parts per million or 75% of
       saturation, whichever is higher, except that for the period from October 1st to May 14th, in order to
       ensure spawning and egg incubation of indigenous fish species...
    C.  Discharges to Class B waters shall not cause adverse impact to aquatic life in that the receiving
       waters shall be of sufficient quality to support all aquatic species indigenous to the receiving water
       without detrimental changes in the resident biological community.

4.  Class C waters. Class C shall be the 4th highest classification.
    A.  Class C waters shall be of such quality that they are suitable. ..as a habitat for fish and other aquatic
       life.
    B.  The dissolved oxygen content of Class C water may be not less than 5  parts per million or 60% of
       saturation, whichever is higher, except that in identified salmonid spawning areas where water quality
       is sufficient to ensure spawning, egg incubation and survival of early life stages, that water quality
       sufficient for these purposes must be maintained...
    C.  Discharges to Class C  waters may cause some changes to aquatic life,  provided that the receiving
       waters shall be of sufficient quality to support all species offish indigenous to the receiving waters and
       maintain the structure and function of the resident biological community.

38 MRSA § 466. Definitions: http://ianus.state.me.us/leqis/statutes/38/title38sec466.html
1.  Aquatic life. "Aquatic life" means any  plants or animals which live at least part of their life cycle in fresh
    water.

2.  As naturally occurs. "As naturally occurs" means conditions with essentially the same physical, chemical
    and biological characteristics as found in situations with similar habitats free of measurable effects of
    human  activity.

3.  Community function. "Community function" means mechanisms of uptake, storage and transfer of
    life-sustaining materials available to a  biological community which determines the efficiency of use and
    the amount of export of the materials from the community.

4.  Community structure. "Community structure" means the organization of a biological community based
    on numbers of individuals within different taxonomic groups and the proportion each taxonomic group
    represents of the total community.

10. Resident biological community. "Resident biological community" means aquatic life expected to exist
    in a habitat which is free from the influence of the discharge of any pollutant. This shall be established by
    accepted biomonitoring techniques.

11. Unimpaired. "Unimpaired" means without a diminished capacity to support aquatic  life.

12. Without detrimental changes in the resident biological community. "Without detrimental changes in
    the resident biological community" means no significant loss of species or excessive dominance by any
    species or group  of species attributable to human activity.
Maryland
SOURCE: Code of Maryland Regulations, Title 26, Department  of the Environment, Subtitle  08 Water
Pollution, Subpart26.0.02, November 6, 1995: COMAR26.08.02.01, Surface Water Quality Protection and
26.08.02.02, Designated Uses: https://constmail.qov.state.md.us/comar/26/26.08.02.01.htm and
https://constmail.qov.state.md.us/comar/26/26.08.02.02.htm

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                       4-32

-------
.01 Surface Water Quality Protection
A.  Purpose. To protect surface water quality, this State shall adopt water quality standards to:
    (1)  Protect public health or welfare;
    (2)  Enhance the quality of water;
    (3)  Protect aquatic resources; and
    (4)  Serve the purposes of the Federal Act.

B.  Water Quality Standards.
    (2)  Water quality standards shall, wherever attainable, provide water quality for the designated uses of:
        (b)  Fishing;
        (c)  Propagation offish, other aquatic life, and wildlife...

.02 Designated Uses
A.  General.
    (1)  Waters of this State shall, wherever attainable, be protected for the basic uses of water contact
        recreation, fishing, protection of aquatic life and wildlife, and agricultural and industrial water supply
        as identified in Use I.

B. Specific Designated Uses.
    (1)  Use I: Water Contact Recreation, and Protection of Aquatic Life. This use designation includes waters
        which are suitable for:
        (c)  Fishing;
        (d)  The growth and propagation offish (other than trout), other aquatic life, and wildlife;

    (2)  Use I-P: Water Contact Recreation, Protection of Aquatic Life, and Public Water Supply. This use
        designation includes:
        (a)  All  uses identified for Use I....

    (3)  Use II: Shellfish Harvesting Waters. This use designation includes waters where:
        (a)  Shellfish are propagated, stored, or gathered for marketing purposes; and
        (b)  There are actual or potential areas for the harvesting of oysters, softshell clams, hardshell clams,
            and brackish water clams.

    (4)  Use III: Natural Trout Waters. This  use designation includes waters which have the potential for or
        are:
        (a)  Suitable for the growth and  propagation of trout; and
        (b)  Capable of supporting self-sustaining trout populations and their associated food organisms.

    (5)  Use III-P: Natural Trout Waters  and Public Water Supply. This use designation includes:
        (a)  All  uses identified for Use III waters; and...

    (6)  Use IV: Recreational Trout Waters. This use designation includes cold or warm waters which  have
        the potential for or are:
        (a)  Capable of holding or supporting adult trout for put-and-take fishing; and
        (b)  Managed as a special fishery by  periodic stocking and seasonal catching.

    (7)  Use IV-P: Recreational Trout Waters and Public Water Supply. This use designation includes:
        (a)  All  uses identified for Use IV waters; and...
Massachusetts
SOURCE:  314 CMR 4.00: Massachusetts Surface Water Quality Standards, effective May 12,  2000:
http://www.state.ma.us/dep/bwp/iww/files/314cmr4.htm

4.02: Definitions
Aquatic Life - A native, naturally diverse, community of aquatic flora and fauna.

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                        4-33

-------
Cold Water Fishery - Waters in which the maximum mean monthly temperature generally does not exceed
68°F (20°C) and, when other ecological factors are favorable (such as habitat),  are capable of supporting a
year-round population  of cold water stenothermal aquatic life such as trout (salmonidae).

Vernal Pool - A waterbody that has been certified by the Massachusetts Division of Fisheries and Wildlife as
a vernal pool.

Warm Water Fishery - Waters in which the maximum mean monthly temperature generally exceeds 68°F
(20°C) during the summer months and  are not capable of sustaining a year-round population of cold water
stenothermal aquatic life.

4.05 Classes and Criteria
(3)  Inland Water Classes:
    (a) Class A - These waters are designated as a source of public water supply. To the extent compatible
       with this use they shall be an excellent habitat for fish, other aquatic life  and wildlife, and suitable for
       primary secondary  contact recreation. These waters shall have  excellent aesthetic value. These
       waters are designated for protection as Outstanding Resource Waters  under 314 CMR 4.04(3).
       1.  Dissolved  Oxygen -
           a.   Shall not be less than six mg/l unless background conditions are lower;
           b.   natural seasonal and daily variations above this level shall be maintained; levels shall not be
               lowered below 75% of saturation due to a discharge; and
           c.   site-specific criteria may apply where back-ground levels  are lower than specified levels or
               to the hypolimnion of stratified lakes where the Department determines that designated uses
               are not impaired.
       2. Temperature -
           a.   Shall  not exceed 68°F (20°C) in  cold water fisheries, nor 83°F (28.3°C) in warm water
               fisheries, and the rise in temperature due to a discharge shall not exceed 1.5°F (0.8°C); and
           b.   natural seasonal and daily variations shall be maintained.  There shall be no changes from
               background conditions that would  impair any  use assigned  to this Class, including
               site-specific limits necessary to protect normal  species diversity, successful migration,
               reproductive functions  or growth of aquatic organisms.
       5.  Solids  - These waters shall  be free from  floating, suspended  and  settleable solids in
           concentrations  or combinations that would impair any use assigned to this class,  that would
           cause aesthetically objectionable conditions, or that would impair the benthic biota or degrade
           the chemical composition of the bottom.

    (b) Class B - These waters are designated  as  a habitat for fish, other aquatic life, and wildlife, and for
       primary and secondary contact recreation.  Where designated they shall be suitable as a source of
       public  water supply with appropriate treatment.  They shall be  suitable for irrigation and other
       agricultural uses and for compatible industrial cooling and  process uses. These waters shall have
       consistently good aesthetic value.
       1.  Dissolved  Oxygen
           a.   Shall not be less than 6.0 mg/l in cold water fisheries nor less than 5.0 mg/l in warm water
               fisheries unless background conditions are lower;
           b.   natural seasonal and daily variations above these levels shall be maintained; levels shall not
               be lowered below 75% of saturation in cold water fisheries nor 60% of saturation in warm
               water  fisheries due to a discharge;  and
           c.   site-specific criteria may apply where background levels are lower than specified levels, to
               the hypolimnion of stratified lakes or where the Department determines that designated uses
               are not impaired.
       2.  Temperature -
           a.   Shall not exceed 68°F (20°C) in cold water fisheries nor83°F (28.3°C) in warm water fisheries,
               and the  rise in temperature due to a discharge shall not exceed 3°F (1.7°C) in rivers and
               streams designated as cold water fisheries nor 5°F (2.8°C) in rivers and streams designated
               as warm water fisheries (based  on  the minimum expected flow for the month); in lakes and
               ponds the rise shall not exceed 3°F (1.7°C) in the epilimnion (based on the monthly average
               of maximum daily temperature); and
           b.   natural seasonal and daily variations shall be maintained.  There shall be no changes from

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                       4-34

-------
               background  conditions that  would impair any  use assigned  to  this Class, including
               site-specific  limits necessary to protect  normal  species  diversity,  successful migration,
               reproductive functions or growth of aquatic organisms.
       5.  Solids - These  waters shall  be free from floating,  suspended and settleable solids  in
           concentrations and combinations that would impair any use assigned to this Class, that would
           cause aesthetically objectionable conditions, or that would impair the benthic biota or degrade
           the chemical composition of the bottom.

    (c) Class C - These waters are designated as a habitat for fish, other aquatic life and wildlife, and for
       secondary contact recreation. These waters shall be suitable for the  irrigation of crops  used for
       consumption after cooking and for compatible industrial cooling and process uses. These waters shall
       have good aesthetic value.
       1.  Dissolved Oxygen -
           a.   Shall not be less than 5.0 mg/l at least 16 hours of any 24-hour  period and not less than 3.0
               mg/l at any time unless background conditions are lower;
           b.   natural seasonal and daily variations above these levels shall be maintained; levels shall not
               be lowered below 50% of saturation due  to a discharge; and (c) site-specific criteria  may
               apply  where background levels are lower than specified  levels, or to the hypolimnion  of
               stratified lakes where the Department determines that designated uses are not impaired.
       2.  Temperature -
           a.   Shall not exceed 85T (29.4°C) nor shall the rise due to a discharge exceed 5F (2.8°C); and
           b.   Natural seasonal and daily variations shall be maintained.  There shall be no changes from
               background  conditions that would impair any use assigned to this Class, including the
               site-specific  limits necessary to protect  normal  species  diversity,  successful migration,
               reproductive functions or growth of aquatic organisms.
       5.  Solids - These  waters shall  be free from floating,  suspended and settleable solids  in
           concentrations and combinations that would impair any use  assigned to this Class, that would
           cause aesthetically objectionable conditions, or that would impair the benthic biota or degrade
           the chemical composition of the bottom.
Michigan
This language has not been reviewed for accuracy by state/tribal agency.

SOURCE: Department of Environmental Quality Environmental Response Division General Rules, Part 4.
Water Quality Standards: http://www.deq.state.mi.us/documents/deq-swq-qleas-305b2002Appl.doc

R 323.1043 Definitions: A to L
Rule 43
(b)  "Acceptable wildlife  endpoints" means subchronic and chronic endpoints that affect reproductive or
    developmental success, organismal viability, or growth or any other endpoint that is, or is directly related
    to, a parameter that influences population dynamics.
(d)  "Adverse effect" means any deleterious effect to organisms due to exposure to a substance. The term
    includes effects that are or may become debilitating, harmful, or toxic to the normal functions of the
    organism.   The term does not include nonharmful effects such as tissue discoloration alone  or the
    induction of enzymes involved in the metabolism of the substance.
(f)  "Anadromous salmonids" means trout and salmon that ascend streams to spawn.
(r)  "Coldwater fishery" means waterbodies that contain fish species which thrive in relatively cold  water,
    including any of the following:
    (i)   Trout.
    (ii)  Salmon.
    (iii)  Whitefish.
    (iv)  Cisco.
(x)  "Designated use" means a use of the surface waters of the state as established by these rules, including
    use for any of the following:
    (i)   Industrial, agricultural, and public water supply.
    (ii)  Recreation.

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                       4-35

-------
    (iii)  Warmwater and coldwater fisheries, other aquatic life, and wildlife.
    (iv)  Navigation.
(hh)"Fisheries, other aquatic life, and wildlife use" means the use of the surface waters of the state by fish,
    other aquatic life, and wildlife for any life history stage or activity and the protection of fish for human
    consumption.

R 323.1044 Definitions; M to W.
Rule 44.
(c)  "Natural water temperature" means the temperature of a body of water without an influence from an
    artificial source or a temperature as otherwise determined by the department.
(dd)"Warmwater fishery" means a waterbody that contains fish species which thrive in relatively warm water,
    including any of the following:
    (i)   Bass.
    (ii)  Pike.
    (iii)  Walleye.
    (iv)  Panfish.
Minnesota
SOURCE: Minnesota Rules, Chapter 7050, Minnesota Pollution Control Agency Waters of the State, October
11, 2000: http://www.revisor.leq.state.mn.us/arule/7050/

7050.0150 Determination of Water Quality Condition and Compliance.
The  intent  of the state is to protect  and maintain surface waters in a condition which allows for the
maintenance of all existing beneficial  uses.  The condition  of a surface  water body is determined by its
physical, chemical, and biological qualities.

The  biological quality  of any given surface water body shall be assessed by comparison to the biological
integrity of a reference  condition or conditions which best represents the most natural condition forthat surface
water body type within a geographic region.  The biological quality shall be determined by reliable measures
of indicative communities of fauna and flora.

7050.0200 Water Use Classifications for Waters of the State:
Subpart. 3.  Class 2 waters, aquatic life and recreation. Aquatic life and recreation includes all waters of
the state which do or may support fish, other aquatic life, bathing, boating, or other recreational purposes, and
where quality control is or may be necessary to protect aquatic or terrestrial life or their habitats, or the public
health, safety, or welfare.

Subp. 5. Class 4 waters, agriculture and wildlife. Agriculture and wildlife includes all waters of the state
which are or may be used for any agriculture purposes, including stock watering and irrigation, or by waterfowl
or other wildlife, and for which quality control is or may be necessary to protect terrestrial life and its habitat
or the public health, safety, or welfare.

Subp. 8. Class 7 waters, limited resource value waters.  Limited resource value waters include surface
waters of the state which have been subject to a use attainability analysis and have been found to have limited
value as a water resource...  The agency, in cooperation and agreement with the  Department of Natural
Resources  with  respect to determination of fisheries values and  potential, shall use this information to
determine the extent to which the waters of the state demonstrate:
   A.  the existing and potential faunal and floral communities are severely limited by natural  conditions as
        exhibited by poor water quality characteristics,  lack of habitat, or lack of water; or
    B.  the quality of the resource has been significantly altered by human activity and the effect is essentially
        irreversible; and
    C.  there are limited recreational opportunities (such as fishing, swimming, wading, or boating) in and on
        the water resource...
Water Quality Standards                         December 2002                                       4-36

-------
7050.0222 SPECIFIC STANDARDS OF QUALITY AND PURITY FOR CLASS 2 WATERS OF THE STATE:
AQUATIC LIFE AND RECREATION.
Subp. 2. Class 2A waters; aquatic life and recreation.  The quality of Class 2A surface waters shall be
such as to permit the propagation and maintenance of a healthy community of cold water sport or commercial
fish and associated aquatic life, and their habitats.  These waters shall be suitable for aquatic recreation of
all kinds, including bathing, for which the waters may be usable. This class of surface waters is also protected
as a source of drinking water...

Subp. 3. Class 2Bd waters.  The quality of Class 2Bd  surface waters shall be  such  as to  permit the
propagation and  maintenance of a healthy community of cool or warm water sport or commercial fish and
associated aquatic life and their habitats.  These waters shall be suitable for aquatic recreation of all kinds,
including bathing, for which the waters  may be usable.  This class of surface waters are also  protected as a
source of drinking water...

Subp. 4.  Class 2B  waters.   The quality of Class 2B surface  waters  shall be such as to  permit the
propagation and  maintenance of a healthy community of cool or warm water sport or commercial fish and
associated aquatic life, and their habitats. These waters shall be suitable for aquatic recreation of all kinds,
including bathing, for  which the waters may be  usable. This class of surface water is not protected as a
source of drinking water...

Subp. 5.  Class 2C  waters.   The quality of Class 2C surface  waters  shall be such as to  permit the
propagation and maintenance of a healthy community of indigenous fish and associated aquatic life, and their
habitats. These waters shall be suitable for boating and other forms of aquatic recreation  for which the
waters may be usable...

Subp. 6. Class 2D waters. The quality of Class 2D wetlands shall be such  as to permit the propagation and
maintenance of a healthy community of aquatic and terrestrial  species indigenous  to wetlands, and their
habitats. Wetlands also add to the biological diversity of the landscape.  These waters shall  be suitable for
boating and other forms of aquatic recreation for which the wetland may be usable...
Mississippi
SOURCE: State of Mississippi Water Quality Criteria for Intrastate, Interstate and Coastal Waters, Adopted
November 16,1995:http://www.deq.state.ms.us/newweb/opchome.nsf/paqes/SurfaceWaterfiles/$file/wqc.pdf

SECTION III. SPECIFIC WATER QUALITY CRITERIA

4.  FISH AND WILDLIFE:
Waters in this classification are intended for fishing and for propagation offish, aquatic life, and wildlife. Waters
that meet the Fish and Wildlife Criteria shall also be suitable for secondary contact recreation. Secondary
contact recreation is defined as incidental contact with the water, including wading and occasional swimming.

5.  EPHEMERAL STREAM:
Waters in this classification do not support a fisheries resource and are not usable for human consumption
or aquatic life. Ephemeral streams normally are natural watercourses, including natural watercourses that
have been modified by channelization or manmade drainage ditches, that without the influent of point source
discharges flow only in direct response to precipitation or irrigation return-water discharge in the immediate
vicinity and whose channels are normally above the groundwatertable. These streams may contain a transient
population of aquatic life during the portion of the year when there is suitable habitat for fish survival.  Normally,
aquatic habitat in these streams is not adequate to support a reproductive cycle for fish and other aquatic life.
Wetlands are excluded from this classification.

Waters in this classification shall be protective of wildlife and humans which may come in contact with the
waters. Waters contained in ephemeral streams shall also allow maintenance of the standards applicable to
all downstream waters.
Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                       4-37

-------
Missouri
SOURCE:  Missouri Rules of Department of Natural Resources Division 20—Clean Water Commission
Chapter 7—Water Quality, August 31, 2000:
http://www.epa.gov/waterscience/standards/wqslibrary/mo/mo  7 wqs.pdf:
http://mosl.sos.state.mo.us/csr/1 Ocsr/1 Oc20-7a.pdf and www.dnr.state.mo.us/water

10 CSR 20-7.031 Water Quality Standards:
(1)  Definitions.
    (C)  Beneficial water uses...
        2.  Livestock and wildlife watering—Maintenance of conditions to support health in livestock and
           wildlife.
        3.  Cold-water fishery—Watersinwhich naturally occurring water quality and habitat conditions allow
           the  maintenance of a  naturally  reproducing  or  stocked trout  fishery  and other naturally
           reproducing populations of recreationally important fish species.
        4.  Cool-water fishery—Waters in which naturally occurring water quality and habitat    conditions
           allow the maintenance of a sensitive, high-quality sport fishery (including smallmouth bass and
           rock bass) and other naturally reproducing populations of recreationally important fish species.
        5.  Protection of aquatic life (General warm-water fishery)—Waters in which naturally occurring water
           quality and  habitat conditions allow the maintenance  of a wide variety of warm-water biota,
           including naturally reproducing populations of recreationally important fish species...
        6.  Protection of aquatic life (Limited warm-water fishery)—Waters in which natural water quality
           and/or habitat conditions prevent the  maintenance of naturally reproducing populations of
           recreationally important fish species.
        13. Habitat for  resident  and  migratory  wildlife  species,  including  rare  and  endangered
           species—Waters that provide essential breeding, nesting, feeding and predator escape habitats
           for wildlife including water-fowl, birds, mammals, fish, amphibians and reptiles.

    (D)  Biocriteria—Numeric values or narrative expressions that describe the reference biological integrity
        of aquatic communities inhabiting waters that have been designated for aquatic-life protection.

    (G)  Ecoregion—A major region within the logical, hydrological,  chemical and biological
        characteristics.

    (O)  Outstanding national resource waters—Waters which have outstanding national   recreational and
        ecological significance.

    (R)  Reference stream reaches—Stream reaches determined by the department to be the best available
        representatives  of ecoregion waters in a natural condition, with respect to habitat,  water quality,
        biological integrity and diversity, watershed  land use and riparian conditions.

(4)  Specific Criteria
    (Q)  Biocriteria. The  biological integrity of waters, as measured by lists or numeric diversity indices of
        benthic invertebrates, fish, algae or other appropriate biological indicators, shall not be significantly
        different from reference waters. Waters shall be compared with reference waters of similar size within
        an  ecoregion.
Montana
SOURCE: Administrative Rules of Montana, Rule 17, Chapter 30, Water Quality, Subchapter 6, Surface Water
Quality Standards and Procedures, June 30, 1996:
http://www.deq.state.mt.us/dir/Leqal/Chapters/CH30-06.pdfand www.deq.state.mt.us

17.30.601 POLICY
(1)  The following standards are adopted to conserve water by protecting, maintaining, and improving the
    quality and potability of water for public water supplies, wildlife, fish and aquatic life, agriculture, industry,

Water Quality Standards                         December 2002                                       4-38

-------
    recreation, and other beneficial uses.

17.30.602 DEFINITIONS
(10)"Ephemeral stream" means  a stream or part of a stream  which flows  only in direct response to
    precipitation in the immediate watershed or in response to the melting of a cover of snow and ice and
    whose channel bottom is always above the local water table.
(13)"lntermittent stream" means a stream or reach of a stream that is below the local water table for at least
    some part of the year, and obtains its flow from both surface runoff and groundwater discharge.
(17)"Naturally occurring" means conditions or material present from runoff or percolation over which man has
    no control or from developed land where all reasonable land, soil and water conservation practices have
    been applied. Conditions resulting from the reasonable operation of dams in existence as of July 1,1971
    are natural.

17.30.621 A-CLOSED CLASSIFICATION STANDARDS
(1)  Waters classified A-Closed are suitable for drinking, culinary, and food processing purposes after simple
    disinfection. Water quality is suitable for swimming, recreation,  growth, and propagation  of fishes and
    associated aquatic life...
(3)  No person may violate the following specific water quality standards for waters classified A-Closed:
    (f) No increases are allowed above naturally occurring concentrations of sediment, settleable solids, oils,
       or floating solids,  which will or are  likely to create a nuisance or render the waters harmful,
       detrimental, orinjuriousto public health, recreation, safety, welfare, livestock, wild animals, birds, fish,
       or other wildlife.

17.30.622-17.30.627 CLASSIFICATION STANDARDS
A-1, B-1,  6-2, 6-3, C-1, and C-2 classification standards state that waterqualitymustbe suitable for...growth
and propagation ofsalmonid fishes and associated aquatic life, waterfowl and furbearers....[and other uses
as assigned for each class]. [ The following condition applies to  these classifications:]

(3)  No person may violate the following specific water quality standards for waters classified A-1:
    (f) No increases are allowed above naturally occurring concentrations of sediment, settleable solids, oils,
       or floating solids,  which will or are  likely to create a nuisance or render the waters harmful,
       detrimental, or injurious to public health, recreation, safety, welfare, livestock, wild animals, birds, fish,
       or other wildlife.

17.30.628 I CLASSIFICATION STANDARDS
(1)  The goal of the state of Montana  is to have these waters fully support the following uses: drinking,
    culinary, and food processing purposes after conventional treatment; bathing, swimming, and recreation;
    growth and propagation of fishes and associated aquatic life, waterfowl, and furbearers; and agricultural
    and industrial water supply...

17.30.629 C-3 CLASSIFICATION STANDARDS
(1)  Waters classified C-3 are suitable for bathing, swimming and recreation, growth and propagation of non-
    salmonid fishes and  associated aquatic life, waterfowl and furbearers...
Nebraska
SOURCE: Title 117 - Nebraska Surface Water Quality Standards, Nebraska Department of Environmental
Quality, Chapter 4: Standards for Water Quality, August 22, 2000: http://www.deq.state.ne.us/

001 It is the public policy of the State of Nebraska to protect and improve the quality of surface water for
human consumption, wildlife, fish and other aquatic life, industry, recreation, and other productive, beneficial
uses.

The beneficial uses defined by these standards are:
    Aquatic Life
        Coldwater (Class A and B)

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                       4-39

-------
       Warmwater (Class A and B)

    003.01G Biological Criteria.  Any human activity causing water pollution which would significantly
    degrade the biological integrity of a body of water or significantly impact or displace an identified "key
    species" shall not be allowed except as specified in Chapter 2.
                                                                                            or
003.01 G1  Key Species.   Key species are identified  endangered,  threatened, sensitive,
recreationally-important aquatic species. Key species are designated by stream segment (Chapter
5). The following list defines the aquatic species considered by the Department to be key species.
 COMMON NAME

 Endangered Species:
 Pallid sturgeon
 Topeka shiner

 Threatened Species:
 Lake sturgeon
 Northern redbelly dace
 Pearl dace
 Finescale dace
 Blacknose shiner

 Sensitive Species:
 Lake chub
 Brook stickleback
 Iowa darter
 Johnny darter
 Orangethroat darter
 Blacknose dace
 Grass pickerel
 Pumpkinseed
 Golden shiner
 Common shiner
                                         SCIENTIFIC NAME
                                         Scaphirhynchus albus
                                         Notropis topeka
                                         Acipenser fulvescens
                                         Phoxinus eos
                                         Semotilus margarita
                                         Phoxinus neogaeus
                                         Notropis heterolepis
                                         Couesius plumbeus
                                         Culea inconstans
                                         Etheostoma exile
                                         Etheostoma nigrum
                                         Etheostoma spectabile
                                         Rhinichthys atratulus
                                         Esox americanus
                                         Lepomis gibbosus
                                         Notemigonus crysoleucas
                                         Notropis cornutus
Water Quality Standards
                                         December 2002
                                                                                           4-40

-------
 COMMON NAME
                                                 SCIENTIFIC NAME
 Recreationally-lmportant Species:
 Shovelnose sturgeon
 Paddlefish
 Brook trout
 Brown trout
 Rainbow trout
 Northern pike
 Muskellunge
 Blue catfish
 Channel catfish
 Flathead catfish
 Striped  bass
 White bass
 Rock bass
 Largemouth bass
 Smallmouth bass
 Spotted bass
 Redear sunfish
 Bluegill
 Black crappie
 White crappie
 Yellow perch
 Sauger
 Walleye
 Endangered, threatened, and recreationally
                                                 Scaphirhynchus platorynchus
                                                 Polyodon spathula
                                                 Salvelinus fontinalis
                                                 Salmo trutta
                                                 Oncorhynchus mykiss
                                                 Esox lucius
                                                 Esox masquinongy
                                                 Ictalurus furcatus
                                                 Ictalurus punctatus
                                                 Pylodictis olivaris
                                                 Morone saxatilis
                                                 Morone chrysops
                                                 Ambloplites rupestris
                                                 Micropterus salmoides
                                                 Micropterus dolomieui
                                                 Micropterus punctulatus
                                                 Lepomis microlophus
                                                 Lepomis macrochirus
                                                 Pomoxis nigromaculatus
                                                 Pomoxis annularis
                                                 Perca flavescens
                                                 Stizostedion canadense
                                                 Stizostedion vitreum vitreum
                                 -important aquatic species are not included.

003.02 Site-Specific Criteria for Aquatic Life.
    003.02A1 The following are acceptable conditions for developing site-specific criteria.
       003.02A1a Resident species of a water body are more or less sensitive than those species used to
       develop a water quality criterion.
           003.02A1a(1) Natural adaptive processes have enabled a viable, balanced aquatic community
           to  exist in waters  where natural background levels of a chemical exceed the criterion (e.g.,
           resident species have evolved a genetically-based greater resistance to high concentrations of
           a chemical).

           003.02A1a(2) The composition of aquatic species in a water body is different from those used
           in deriving a criterion (e.g., most of the species considered among the most sensitive, such as
           salmonids or the cladoceran, Daphnia magna, which were used in developing a criterion, are
           absent from a water body).

    003.02A3 Site-specific criteria shall protect all life stages of resident species year-round (or seasonally
    for seasonally dependent criteria) and prevent acute and chronic toxicity in all parts of a water body...
Nevada
SOURCE: Nevada Administrative Code,  Chapter 445A, Standards for Water Quality, September 2000:
http://www.ndep.state.nv.us/nac/445a119.pdf

NAC 445A. 119 Criteria for water quality for designated beneficial uses. The water quality criteria for
designated beneficial uses for the various waters of the state are in the following table.

[NOTE: I n this section of NV's standards, the table titled Water Quality Criteria for Designated Beneficial Uses
includes Aquatic Life with the following levels: Warmwater: propagation and put and take and Coldwater:
Water Quality Standards
                                          December 2002
                                                                                            4-41

-------
propagation and put and take.]

MAC 445A.122 Standards applicable to beneficial uses.
1.   The following standards are intended to protect both existing and designated beneficial uses and must
    not be used to prohibit the use of the water as authorized under Title 48 of MRS:
    (c) Aquatic life. The water must be suitable as a habitat for fish and other aquatic life existing in a body
       of water. This does not preclude the reestablishment of other fish or aquatic life.
    (h) Propagation of wildlife.  The water must be suitable for the propagation of wildlife and     waterfowl
       without treatment.
    (i)  Waters of extraordinary ecological or aesthetic value. The unique ecological or aesthetic value of the
       water must be maintained.

 MAC 445A.124 Class A waters: Description; beneficial uses; quality standards.
1.   Class A waters include waters or portions of waters located in areas of  little human habitation, no
    industrial development or intensive agriculture and where the watershed is relatively undisturbed by man's
    activity.
2.   The beneficial uses of class A waters are... aquatic life, propagation of wildlife, irrigation, watering of
    livestock, recreation including contact with the water and recreation not involving contact with the water.

 MAC 445A.125 Class B waters: Description; beneficial uses; quality standards.
1.   Class B waters include waters or portions of waters which are located in areas of light or moderate human
    habitation,  little industrial development,  light-to-moderate  agricultural  development and where the
    watershed  is only moderately influenced by man's activity.
2.   The beneficial uses of class B water are ...aquatic life and propagation of wildlife, recreation involving
    contact with the water...

MAC 445A.126 Class C waters: Description; beneficial  uses; quality standards.
1.   Class C waters include waters or portions of waters which are located in areas of moderate-to-urban
    human habitation, where industrial development is present in moderate amounts, agricultural practices
    are intensive and where the watershed is considerably altered by man's activity.
2.   The beneficial uses of class C water are ... aquatic life, propagation of wildlife...

MAC 445A.127 Class D waters: Description; beneficial  uses; quality standards.
1.   Class D waters include waters or portions  of waters located in areas of urban development, highly
    industrialized or intensively used for agriculture or a combination of all the above and where effluent
    sources include a multiplicity of waste discharges from the highly altered watershed.
2.   The beneficial uses of class D waters are  ... aquatic life, propagation of wildlife...
New Hampshire
SOURCE: New Hampshire Code of Administrative Rules Chapter Env-Ws 1700 Surface Water Quality
Regulations, December 10, 1999: http://www.des.state.nh.us/wmb/Env-Ws1700.pdf

PART Env-Ws 1702 DEFINITIONS
Env-Ws 1702.04 "Benthic community" mean the community of plants and animals that live on, over, or in the
substrate of the surface water.

Env-Ws 1702.07 "Biological integrity" means the ability of an aquatic ecosystem to support and maintain a
balanced, integrated, adaptive community of organisms having a species composition, diversity, and functional
organization comparable to that of similar natural habitats of a region.

Env-Ws 1702.08 "Biota" means species of plants or animals occurring in surface waters.

PART Env-Ws 1703 WATER QUALITY STANDARDS
Env-Ws 1703.01 Water Use Classifications.
    (b) All surface waters shall be restored to meet the water quality criteria for their designated classification

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                      4-42

-------
       including existing and designated uses, and to maintain the chemical, physical, and biological integrity
       of surface waters.
    (c) All surface waters shall provide, wherever attainable, for the protection and propagation of fish,
       shellfish and wildlife, and for recreation in and on the surface waters.

Env-Ws 1703.19 Biological and Aquatic Community Integrity.
    (a) The surface waters shall support and maintain a balanced, integrated, and adaptive community of
       organisms having a species composition, diversity, and functional organization comparable to that
       of similar natural habitats of a region.
    (b) Differences from naturally occurring conditions shall be limited to  non-detrimental  differences in
       community structure and function.

PART Env-Ws 1707 MIXING ZONES
Env-Ws 1707.02 Minimum Criteria. Mixing zones shall be subject to site specific criteria that, as a minimum:
    (b) Do not interfere with biological communities or populations of indigenous species;
    (f) Do not impinge upon spawning grounds and/or nursery areas of any indigenous aquatic species;
    (g) Do not result in the mortality of any plants, animals, humans, or aquatic life within the     mixing
       zone.
New Jersey
SOURCE:  New Jersey Administrative Code 7:9-B (Chapter 9B.  Surface Water Quality Standards),  as
amended May 18, 1998: http://www.state.ni.us/dep/watershedmqt/swqs/98swqs web.pdf

7:96-1.4 Definitions
"Anadromous fish" means fish that spend most of their life in saline waters and migrate to fresh waters to
spawn.

"Aquatic substrata" means soil material and associated biota underlying the water.

"Biota" means the animal and plant life of an ecosystem; flora and fauna collectively.

"Diadromous fish" means fish that spend most of their life in  one type of water, either fresh or saline, and
migrate to the other type to spawn.

"FW1" means those fresh waters, as designated in N.J.A.C. 7:9B-1.15(h) Table 6, that are to be maintained
in their  natural state  of quality  (set aside for posterity) and  not subjected to any man-made wastewater
discharges  or increases in runoff from anthropogenic activities. These waters are set aside for posterity
because of their clarity, color,  scenic setting, other characteristic of aesthetic value,  unique ecological
significance, exceptional recreational significance, exceptional water supply significance,  or exceptional
fisheries resource(s).

"FW2" means the general surface water classification applied to those fresh waters that are not designated
as FW1 or Pinelands Waters.

"Important species" means species that are commercially valuable (for example, within the top 10 species
landed,  by dollar value); recreationally valuable; threatened or endangered; critical to the organization and/or
maintenance of the ecosystem;  or other species necessary in the food web for the well-being of the species
identified in this definition.

"Measurable changes" means  changes measured or determined by a biological, chemical, physical, or
analytical method, conducted in accordance with  USEPA approved methods  as identified in 40 C.F.R. 136
or other analytical methods (for example,  mathematical  models, ecological indices) approved  by  the
Department, that might adversely impact a water  use (including, but not limited to, aesthetics).

"Natural water quality" means the water quality that would exist in a waterway or a waterbody without the

Water Quality  Standards                         December 2002                                      4-43

-------
addition of water or waterborne substances from artificial origin.

"Outstanding National Resource Waters" means high quality waters that constitute an outstanding national
resource (for example, waters of National/State Parks and  Wildlife Refuges and waters of exceptional
recreational or ecological significance) as designated in N.J.A.C. 7:96-1.15(i).

"SC" means the general surface water classification applied to coastal saline waters.

"SE" means the general surface water classification applied to saline waters of estuaries.

"Trout maintenance waters" means waters designated at N.J.A.C. 7:96-1.15(b) through (g) for the support of
trout throughout the year.

"Trout production waters" means waters designated at N.J.A.C. 7:9B-1.15(b) through (g) for use by trout for
spawning or nursery purposes during their first summer.

7:96-1.5 Statements  of policy
(a)  General policies are as follows:
    2.  Water is vital to life and comprises an invaluable natural resource which is not to be abused by any
        segment of the State's population or economy. It is the policy of the State to restore, maintain and
        enhance the chemical, physical and biological integrity of its waters, to protect the public health, to
        safeguard  the aquatic biota,  protect scenic and ecological values, and to enhance the domestic,
        municipal,  recreational, industrial, agricultural and other reasonable uses  of the State's waters.
    3.  Toxic substances in waters of the State shall not be at levels that are toxic to humans or the aquatic
        biota, or that bioaccumulate in the aquatic biota so as to render them  unfit for human consumption.

(f)  Bioassay and biomonitoring policies are as follows:
    1.  Bioassay test species selection criteria follow:
        i.  The  objective of the Department is to use test species for toxicity testing bioassays that are
           representative of the more sensitive aquatic biota from the different trophic levels of the waters
           in question.
        ii.  Test species need not be indigenous to, nor occur in the waters in question.
        iii.  When  the bioassay  test protocol  being utilized  falls under the scope of N.J.A.C. 7:18 the
           Department shall designate the approved representative species considered to be the most
           sensitive to the discharge.

    2.  Acute definitive bioassay tests, in accordance with  N.J.A.C.  7:18, will normally be utilized  in
        determining the toxicity of a discharge to the aquatic biota.
    3.  The Department, in order to further characterize the toxicity of a discharge, may allow or require the
        use of other procedures including, but not limited to:
        iii.  Measures of the structure and function of the aquatic community in the receiving waters.

7:96-1.12 Designated uses of FW1. PL. FW2. SE1. SE2. SE3. and SC waters
(a)  In all FW1 waters the designated uses are:
    1.  Set aside for posterity to represent the natural aquatic environment and its associated biota;
    3.  Maintenance, migration and propagation of the natural and established aquatic biota...

(b)  In all PL waters the designated uses are:
    2.  Maintenance, migration and propagation of the natural and established biota indigenous to this unique
        ecological  system;...

(c)  In all FW2 waters the designated uses are:
    1.  Maintenance, migration and propagation of the natural and established biota...

(d)  In all SE1 waters the designated uses are:
    2.  Maintenance, migration and propagation of the natural and established biota....

(e)  In all SE2 waters the designated uses are:

Water Quality Standards                         December 2002                                       4-44

-------
    1.  Maintenance, migration and propagation of the natural and established biota;
    2.  Migration of diadromous fish;
    3.  Maintenance of wildlife;...

(f)  In all SE3 waters the designated uses are:
    2.  Maintenance and migration offish populations;
    3.  Migration of diadromous fish;
    4.  Maintenance of wildlife;...

(g)  In all SC waters the designated uses are:
    1.  Maintenance, migration and propagation of the natural and established biota;
New Mexico
SOURCE: State of New Mexico Standards For Interstate And Intrastate
Surface Waters, Title 20 Environmental Protection, Chapter 6 Water Quality, Standards For Interstate And
Intrastate Surface Waters (20.6.4.12 New Mexico Administrative Code), New Mexico Water Quality Control
Commission, December 16,2001: http://www.nmenv.state.nm.us/NMED regs/swqb/20  6 4 nmac.html#12
and http://www.nmenv.state.nm.us

20.6.4.7 DEFINITIONS:
I.       "Coldwater fishery" means a surface water of the State where the water temperature and other
        characteristics are suitable for the support or propagation or both of coldwater fishes.

U.      "High quality coldwater fishery" means a perennial surface water of the State in a minimally disturbed
        condition which has considerable aesthetic value and is a superior coldwater fishery habitat. A surface
       water of the State to be so categorized must have water quality, stream bed characteristics, and other
        attributes of habitat sufficient to protect and maintain  a propagating coldwater fishery.

BB.     "Limited warmwater fishery" means a surface water of the State where intermittent flow may severely
        limit the ability of the  reach to  sustain a natural fish population on a continuous annual basis; or a
       surface water of the State where historical data indicate that water temperature may routinely exceed
        32.2°C (90T).

DD.     "Marginal coldwater fishery" means a surface water of the State known to support a coldwater fish
        population during at least some portion of the year, even though historical data indicate that the
        maximum temperature in the surface water of the State may exceed 20°C (68°F).

XX.     "Warmwater fishery"  means a surface water of the State where the water temperature and other
        characteristics are suitable for the support or propagation or both of warmwater fishes.

CCC.   "Wetlands" means those areas which are inundated or saturated by surface or ground water at a
       frequency and duration sufficient to support, and  under  normal circumstances do support,  a
        prevalence of vegetation typically adapted for life  in saturated soft conditions in New  Mexico.
        Constructed wetlands used for wastewater treatment purposes are not included in this definition.

ODD.   "Wildlife habitat" means a surface water of the State  used by plants and animals not considered as
        pathogens, vectors for pathogens or intermediate hosts for pathogens for humans or domesticated
        livestock and plants.

20.6.4.12. GENERAL STANDARDS.
A.  Bottom Deposits: Surface waters of the State shall be free of water contaminants from other than natural
    causes that will settle and damage or impair the normal growth, function, or reproduction of aquatic life
    or significantly alter the physical or chemical properties of the bottom.
Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                       4-45

-------
20.6.4.14. USE ATTAINABILITY ANALYSIS.
D.  Physical, chemical and biological  evaluations of surface waters of the State other than  lakes and
    reservoirs for purposes of use attainability analyses or equivalent studies shall be conducted according
    to the procedures outlined in the "Technical Support Manual: Waterbody Surveys and Assessments for
    Conducting Use Attainability Analyses,"...
E.  Physical, chemical and biological evaluations of lakes and reservoirs for purposes of use attainability
    analyses or equivalent studies shall be conducted according to the procedures outlined in the "Technical
    Support Manual' Waterbody Surveys and Assessments for Conducting Use Attainability Analyses, Volume
    III: Lake Systems,"...
F.  A use attainability analysis or equivalent study should include any applicable information concerning the
    following:
    5.  A physical and biological evaluation of the surface water of the State to be reviewed to identify any
       factors unrelated to water quality which impair attainment of designated uses and to determine which
       designated uses are feasible to attain in such surface water of the State given existing physical
       limitations,
    7.  An evaluation of the aquatic and terrestrial biota utilizing the surface water of the State to determine
       resident species and which species could potentially exist in such water if physical and chemical
       factors impairing a designated use are corrected.
New York
SOURCE: Official  Compilation of Codes,  Rules, and  Regulations of the State  of New York,  Title 6,
Environmental Conservation Rules and Regulations, Chapter X, Division  of Water Resources, Part 701,
Classifications-Surface Waters and Groundwaters, amended March 1998:
http://www.dec.state.ny.us/website/reqs/701.htm

§ 701.2 Class N fresh surface waters.
(a)  The best usages of Class N waters are the enjoyment  of water in its natural condition and, where
    compatible, as a source of water for drinking or culinary purposes, bathing, fishing, fish propagation, and
    recreation.

§ 701.3 Class AA-Special (AA-S) fresh surface waters.
(a)  The best usages of Class AA-S waters are: a source of water supply for drinking, culinary or food
    processing purposes; primary and secondary contact recreation; and fishing. The waters shall be suitable
    for fish propagation and survival.

§ 701.4 Class A-Special (A-S) fresh surface waters.
(a)  The best usages  of Class A-S waters are:  a  source of water supply for  drinking, culinary or food
    processing purposes; primary and secondary contact recreation; and fishing. The waters shall be suitable
    for fish propagation and survival.

§ 701.5 Class AA fresh surface waters.
(a)  The best usages of Class AA waters are: a source ofwatersupply fordrinking, culinary orfood processing
    purposes; primary and secondary contact recreation; and fishing. The  waters shall be suitable for fish
    propagation and survival.

§ 701.6 Class A fresh surface waters.
(a)  The best usages of Class A waters are: a source of water supply fordrinking, culinary orfood processing
    purposes; primary and secondary contact recreation; and fishing. The  waters shall be suitable for fish
    propagation and survival.

§ 701.7 Class B fresh surface waters.
The best usages of Class B waters are primary and secondary contact recreation and fishing. These waters
shall be suitable for fish propagation and survival.
Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                      4-46

-------
§ 701.8 Class C fresh surface waters.
The best usage  of Class C waters is fishing. These waters shall be suitable for fish propagation and survival.
The water quality shall be suitable for primary and secondary contact recreation, although other factors may
limit the use for  these purposes.

§ 701.9 Class D fresh surface waters.
The best usage of Class D waters is fishing. Due to such natural conditions as intermittency of flow, water
conditions not conducive to propagation of game fishery, or stream bed conditions, the waters will not support
fish propagation. These waters shall be suitable for fish survival. The water quality shall be suitable for primary
and secondary contact recreation, although other factors may limit the use for these purposes.
North Carolina
SOURCE: North Carolina Administrative Code, Title 15A Environment and Natural Resources, Subchapter
2B Surface Water Standards: Monitoring, January 1, 2002:
http://h2o.enr.state.nc.us/admin/rules/rb010102.pdf and www.esb.enr.state.nc.us

15A NCAC 02B .0101 General Procedures
(e) The following are supplemental classifications:
   (1) Trout waters (Tr): freshwaters protected for natural trout propagation and survival of stocked trout.
   (2) Swamp waters (Sw): waters which have low velocities and other natural characteristics which are
       different from adjacent streams.
   (4) Outstanding Resource Waters (ORW): unique and special waters of exceptional state or national
       recreational or ecological significance which require special protection to maintain existing uses.
   (5) High  Quality Waters (HQW): waters which  are  rated  as  excellent based on biological and
       physical/chemical characteristics through Division monitoring or special studies, native and special
       native trout waters (and their tributaries) designated by the Wildlife Resources Commission, primary
       nursery areas (PNA) designated by the Marine Fisheries Commission and other functional nursery
       areas designated by the Marine Fisheries Commission, all water supply watersheds which are either
       classified as WS-I or WS-II or those for which a formal petition for reclassification as WS-I or WS-II
       has been received from the appropriate  local government and accepted  by the Division of Water
       Quality and all Class SA waters.
   (7) Unique wetland (UWL): wetlands of exceptional state or national ecological significance which require
       special protection to maintain  existing uses. These wetlands may include  wetlands that have been
       documented to the satisfaction of the Commission as habitat essential for the conservation of state
       or federally listed threatened or endangered species.

15ANCAC02B.0202  Definitions

   (11)Biological integrity means the ability of an aquatic ecosystem to support and maintain a balanced and
       indigenous community of organisms having  species composition,  diversity, population densities and
       functional organization similar to that of reference conditions.

15A NCAC 02B .0211 Fresh Surface Water Quality Standards for Class C Waters
   (1) Best Usage of  Waters. Aquatic life  propagation and  maintenance of biological integrity (including
       fishing, and fish), wildlife, secondary recreation, agriculture and any other  usage except for primary
       recreation or as a source of water supply for drinking, culinary or food processing  purposes;
   (2) Conditions Related to Best Usage. The  waters shall be suitable for aquatic  life  propagation and
       maintenance of biological integrity, wildlife,  secondary recreation, and agriculture; sources of water
       pollution which preclude any of these  uses  on either a short-term or long-term basis shall be
       considered to be violating a water quality standard;

15A NCAC02B .0212. .0214-.0216. .0218-.0219 Fresh Surface Water Quality Standards for Class WS-I
-WS-V and Class B Waters
...Water quality standards applicable to Class C waters as described in Rule .0211  of this Section also apply
to Class WS-I waters [and other uses as assigned for each class].

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                       4-47

-------
15A NCAC 02B .0220 TIDAL SALT WATER QUALITY STANDARDS FOR CLASS SC WATERS
General. The water quality standards for all tidal salt waters are the basic standards applicable to Class SC
waters. Additional and more stringent standards applicable to other specific tidal salt water classifications are
specified in Rules .0221 and .0222 of this Section.
    (1)  Best Usage of Waters. Aquatic  life  propagation and maintenance of biological integrity (including
        fishing, fish and functioning PNAs [Primary Nursery Areas]), wildlife, secondary recreation, and any
        other usage except primary recreation or shellfishing for market purposes.
    (2)  Conditions Related to Best Usage. The waters shall be suitable for aquatic life propagation and
        maintenance of biological integrity, wildlife, and secondary recreation; Any source of water pollution
        which precludes any of these uses,  including their functioning as PNAs, on either a short-term or a
        long-term basis shall be considered to be violating a water quality standard.

15A NCAC 02B .0221  Tidal Salt Water Quality Standards for Class SA Waters
The following water quality standards apply to surface waters that are used  for shellfishing for market
purposes and are classified SA. Water quality standards applicable to Class SC waters as described in Rule
.0220 of this Section also apply to Class SA waters.
    (1)  Best Usage of Waters. Shellfishing for market purposes and any other usage specified by the "SB"
        or "SC" classification...

15A NCAC 02B .0222 Tidal Salt Water Quality Standards for Class SB Waters
The following water quality standards apply to surface waters that are used for primary recreation, including
frequent or organized swimming, and are classified SB. Water quality standards applicable to Class SC waters
[as] described in  Rule .0220 of this Section also apply to SB waters...

15A NCAC 02B .0225 Outstanding Resource Waters
(a)  General In addition to the existing classifications, the Commission may classify unique and special surface
    waters of the state as outstanding  resource waters (ORW)  upon finding that such waters  are of
    exceptional state or national recreational or ecological significance and that the waters have exceptional
    water quality while meeting the following conditions:
    (1)  that the water quality is rated as excellent based on physical, chemical or biological information...
(b)  Outstanding Resource Values. In order to be classified as ORW, a water body must exhibit one or more
    of the following values or  uses to demonstrate it is  of exceptional state  or national recreational or
    ecological significance:
    (1)  there are outstanding fish (or commercially important aquatic species) habitat and fisheries;
    (5)  the waters are of special ecological  or scientific significance such as habitat for rare or endangered
        species or as areas for research and education.
North Dakota
SOURCE: Standards  of Water Quality for State of North  Dakota,  Rule  33-16-02, North Dakota  State
Department of Health and Consolidated Laboratories, June 1, 2001:
http://www.epa.qov/ost/standards/wqslibrary/

33-16-02-08. General water quality standards.
2.  Narrative Biological Goal
    a. Goal. The  biological condition of surface waters shall be similar to  that of sites or waterbodies
    determined by the department to be regional reference sites.
    b.  Definitions:
       (1) "Assemblage" means an association of aquatic organisms of similar taxonomic classification living
           in  the  same  area. Examples  of  assemblages  include,  but are  not   limited  to, fish,
           macroinvertebrates, algae, and vascular plants.
       (2) "Aquatic organism"means any plant or animal which lives at least part of its life cycle in water.
       (3) "Biological condition" means the taxonomic composition,  richness, and functional organization
           of an assemblage of aquatic organisms at a site  or within a water body.
       (4) "Functional organization" means the number of species or abundance of organisms within an
           assemblage which perform the same or similar ecological functions.

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                       4-48

-------
        (5) "Metric" means an expression of biological community composition, richness, or function which
           displays a predictable, measurable change  in value along a gradient  of pollution or  other
           anthropogenic disturbance.
        (6) "Regional reference sites" are sites or water bodies which are determined by the department to
           be representative of sites or water bodies of similartype (e.g., hydrology and ecoregion) and are
           least impaired with respect to habitat,  water quality, watershed  land use, and riparian and
           biological condition.
        (7) "Richness" means the absolute number of taxa in an assemblage at a site or within a water body.
        (8) "Taxonomic composition" means the identity and abundance of species ortaxonomic groupings
           within an assemblage at a  site or within  a water body.
    c.   Implementation. The intent of the state in adopting a narrative biological goal is solely to provide an
        additional assessment method that can be used to identify impaired surface waters. Regulatory or
        enforcement actions based solely on a narrative biological goal,  such  as the development and
        enforcement of North Dakota pollutant discharge elimination system permit limits, are not authorized.
        However,  adequate and representative biological  assessment  information may be used  in
        combination with other information to assist in determining whether designated uses are attained and
        to assist in determining whether new or revised chemical-specific permit limitations may be needed.
        Implementation will be  based on the comparison of current biological conditions at a particular site
        to the biological conditions deemed attainable based on regional reference sites. In implementing a
        narrative biological goal, biological condition may be expressed through  an  index composed  of
        multiple metrics or through appropriate statistical procedures.

33-20-02-09. Surface water classifications, mixing zones, and numeric  standards.
1. Classifications...
    a.   Class I streams. The quality of the waters in this class shall be suitable for the propagation and/or
        protection of resident fish species and other aquatic biota and for swimming, boating, and other water
        recreation. The quality of the waters shall be for irrigation, stock watering, and wildlife without injurious
        effects. After treatment consisting of coagulation, settling, filtration, and chlorination, or equivalent
        treatment  processes, the water quality shall  meet the bacteriological, physical, and chemical
        requirements of the department for municipal or domestic use.
    b.   Class IA streams. The  quality of the waters  in this class shall be the same as the quality of class I
        streams, except that treatment for municipal use may also require softening to meet the requirements
        of the department.
    c.   Class II streams. The quality of the waters in this class shall be the same  as the quality of class I
        streams, except that additional treatment may be  required to meet the drinking water requirements
        of the department. Streams in this classification  may be intermittent  in nature which would  make
        these waters of limited  value for beneficial uses such as municipal water, fish life, or irrigation.
    d.   Class III streams. The quality of the waters in this class shall be suitable for agricultural and industrial
        uses such as stock watering, irrigation, washing, and cooling. These streams have low average flows
        and, generally, prolonged periods of no flow. They  are of limited seasonal value for immersion
        recreation, fish life, and aquatic biota. The  quality of these waters must be maintained to protect
        recreation, fish, and aquatic biota.
SOURCE: Ohio Administrative Code, Chapter 3745-1-07 Water use designations and statewide criteria,
February 22, 2002: http://www.epa.state.oh.us/dsw/rules/01-07.pdf

(A) Waterquality standards contain two distinct elements: designated uses; and numerical or narrative criteria
    designed to protect and measure attainment of the uses.
    (1)  Each water body in the state  is assigned one or more aquatic life habitat use designations. Each
        water body may be assigned one or more water supply use designations and/or one recreational use
        designation. These use designations are defined in paragraph (B) of this rule. Water bodies are
        assigned use designations  in rules 3745-1-08 to 3745-1-32 of the Administrative Code. In addition,
        a water body may be assigned designations as described in the antidegradation rule (rule 3745-1 -05
        of the Administrative Code).

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                       4-49

-------
    (6)  Biological criteria presented in table 7-14 of this rule provide a direct measure of attainment of the
        warmwater habitat, exceptional warmwater habitat and modified warmwater habitat aquatic life uses.
        Biological criteria and the exceptions to chemical-specific or whole-effluent criteria allowed by this
        paragraph do not apply to any other use designations.
        (a) Demonstrated attainment of the applicable biological criteria in a water body will take precedence
           overthe application of selected chemical-specific aquatic life or whole-effluent criteria associated
           with these uses when the director, upon considering appropriately detailed chemical, physical and
           biological data,  finds  that  one  or  more  chemical-specific  or whole-effluent  criteria are
           inappropriate. In such cases the options which exist include:
           (i)  The  director may  develop, or a  discharger may provide for the director's  approval, a
               justification for a site-specific water quality criterion according to methods described in "Water
               Quality Standards Handbook, 1983, U.S. EPA Office of Water";
           (ii)  The director  may proceed with establishing water quality based effluent limits consistent with
               attainment of the designated use.
        (b) Demonstrated nonattainment of the applicable biological criteria in a water body with concomitant
           evidence that the associated chemical-specific aquatic life criteria and whole-effluent criteria are
           met will cause the director to seek and establish, if possible,  the cause of the nonattainment of
           the designated use. The director shall evaluate the existing designated use and, where not
           attainable, propose to change the designated use. Where the designated  use is attainable and
           the cause of the nonattainment has been established, the director shall, wherever necessary and
           appropriate, implement regulatory controls or make other recommendations regarding water
           resource management  to restore the designated use...

(B) Use designations are defined as follows:
    (1)  Aquatic life habitat
        (a) "Warmwater" - these are waters capable of supporting and maintaining  a balanced, integrated,
           adaptive community of warmwater aquatic organisms having a species composition, diversity,
           and functional organization comparable to the twenty-fifth percentile of the identified  reference
           sites within each  of the following ecoregions: the interior plateau ecoregion, the Erie/Ontario lake
           plains ecoregion, the western  Allegheny plateau ecoregion and the eastern corn belt plains
           ecoregion. For the Huron/Erie lake plains ecoregion, the comparable species  composition,
           diversity and functional  organization are based upon the ninetieth percentile of all sites within the
           ecoregion. For all ecoregions, the attributes of species composition, diversity and functional
           organization will  be measured using the index of biotic integrity, the modified index of well-being
           and the  invertebrate community index as defined in "Biological Criteria  for the  Protection  of
           Aquatic Life: Volume II,  Users Manual for Biological Field Assessment of Ohio Surface Waters,"
           as cited in paragraph (B) of rule 3745-1-03 of the Administrative Code. In addition to those water
           body  segments  designated  in rules 3745-1-08 to 3745-1-32  of the Administrative  Code, all
           upground storage reservoirs  are designated  warmwater  habitats. Attainment  of this use
           designation (except for  upground storage reservoirs) is based on the criteria in table 7-14 of this
           rule. A temporary variance to the criteria associated with this use designation may be granted as
           described in paragraph (F) of rule 3745-1-01  of the Administrative Code.
        (b) "Limited warmwater"-these are waters that were temporarily designated in the 1978 water quality
           standards as not meeting specific warmwater habitat criteria. Criteria for the support of this use
           designation are the same as the criteria for the support of the use designation warmwater habitat.
           However, individual criteria are varied on a case-by-case basis and supersede the criteria for
           warmwater habitat where applicable. Any exceptions from warmwater habitat criteria apply only
           to specific criteria during specified time periods and/or flow conditions. The adjusted criteria and
           conditions for specified stream segments are denoted as comments in rules 3745-1 -08 to 3745-1 -
           30 of the Administrative  Code. Stream segments currently designated limited warmwater habitats
           will undergo use attainability analyses and will  be redesignated other aquatic life habitats.  No
           additional stream segments will be designated limited warmwater habitats.
        (c) "Exceptional warmwater" - these are waters capable of supporting and maintaining an exceptional
           or unusual community of warmwater aquatic organisms having a species composition, diversity,
           and functional organization comparable to the seventy-fifth percentile of the identified reference
           sites  on a statewide basis.  The  attributes of species composition, diversity and functional
           organization will  be measured using the index of biotic integrity, the modified index of well-being
           and the  invertebrate community index as defined in "Biological Criteria  for the  Protection  of

Water Quality Standards                         December 2002                                       4-50

-------
           Aquatic Life: Volume II, Users Manual for Biological Field Assessment of Ohio Surface Waters,"
           as cited in paragraph (B) of rule 3745-1-03 of the Administrative Code. In addition to those water
           body segments designated in rules 3745-1-08 to 3745-1-32 of the Administrative Code, all lakes
           and reservoirs, except upground storage reservoirs,  are  designated  exceptional warmwater
           habitats. Attainment of this  use designation (except for  lakes and reservoirs) is  based on the
           criteria in table 7-14 of this rule. A temporary variance to the criteria associated with this use
           designation may be granted  as described in paragraph (F) of rule 3745-1-01 of the Administrative
           Code.
        (d) "Modified warmwater" - these are waters that have been the subject of a use attainability analysis
           and have been found to be incapable of supporting and maintaining  a balanced, integrated,
           adaptive community of warmwater organisms due to irretrievable modifications of the physical
           habitat. Such modifications  are of a long-lasting duration (i.e., twenty years  or longer) and may
               include the following examples: extensive stream  channel modification activities permitted
           under sections 401 and 404 of the act or Chapter 6131.  of the Revised  Code, extensive
           sedimentation resulting  from abandoned  mine  land runoff,  and   extensive  permanent
           impoundment of free-flowing water bodies. The attributes of species composition, diversity and
           functional organization will be measured using the index  of biotic integrity, the modified index of
           well-being and the  invertebrate community  index  as defined in "Biological  Criteria for the
           Protection of Aquatic Life: Volume II, Users  Manual for Biological  Field Assessment of Ohio
           Surface  Waters," as cited  in paragraph (B) of rule  3745-1-03  of  the Administrative Code.
           Attainment of this use designation is based on the criteria in table 7-14 of this rule. Each water
           body designated modified warmwater habitat will be listed in the appropriate use designation rule
           (rules 3745-1 -08 to 3745-1 -32 of the Administrative Code) and will be identified by ecoregion and
           type of physical habitat modification as listed in table 7-14 of this rule. The modified warmwater
           habitat designation can be applied only to those waters that do not attain the warmwater habitat
           biological criteria in table 7-14 of this  rule because of irretrievable modifications of the physical
           habitat. All water body segments designated modified  warmwater habitat will be reviewed on a
           triennial  basis (or sooner) to determine whether the  use  designation should be changed. A
           temporary variance to the criteria    associated  with this use designation  may be granted as
           described in paragraph (F) of rule 3745-1-01 of the Administrative Code.
        (e) "Seasonal salmonid" - these are rivers, streams and  embayments capable of supporting the
           passage of salmonids  from October to May and are water bodies large  enough to support
           recreational fishing.  This use will be in effect the months of October to May.  Another aquatic life
           habitat  use designation will be enforced the remainder of the year (June to September). A
           temporary variance to  the  criteria associated with  this  use designation may be granted as
           described in paragraph (F) of rule 3745-1-01 of the Administrative Code.
        (f)  "Coldwater" - these are waters that meet one or both  of the  characteristics described in
           paragraphs (B)(1)(f)(i) and (B)(1)(f)(ii)  of this rule.  A temporary variance to the criteria associated
           with this use designation may be granted as described  in paragraph (F) of rule 3745-1-01  of the
           Administrative Code.
           (i)  "Coldwater habitat, inland trout streams" -these are waters which support trout stocking and
               management under the auspices of the Ohio department of natural resources, division of
               wildlife, excluding waters in lake run stocking  programs, lake or reservoir stocking programs,
               experimental or trial stocking programs, and put and take programs on waters without, or
               without the potential restoration of, natural coldwater attributes of temperature and flow. The
               director shall designate these waters in consultation with the director of the Ohio department
               of natural resources.
           (ii)  "Coldwater habitat, native fauna" - these are waters capable of supporting populations of
               native coldwater fish and associated vertebrate and invertebrate organisms and plants on an
               annual basis. The directorshall designate these waters based upon results of use attainability
               analyses.
        (g) "Limited resource water" - these are waters that have been the  subject of a use attainability
           analysis and have been found to lack the potential for any resemblance of any other aquatic life
           habitat as determined by the biological criteria in table  7-14 of this  rule. The use attainability
           analysis must demonstrate that the extant fauna is substantially degraded and that the potential
           for recovery of the fauna to the level characteristic of any other aquatic life habitat is realistically
           precluded due to natural background conditions  or irretrievable human-induced conditions. All
           water body segments designated limited resource water will be reviewed on a triennial basis (or

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                        4-51

-------
           sooner) to determine whether the use designation should be changed. Limited resource waters
           are also termed nuisance prevention for some water bodies designated in rules 3745-1-08 to
           3745-1-30 of the Administrative Code. A temporary variance to the criteria associated with this
           use  designation may be granted  as described in  paragraph (F) of rule 3745-1-01  of the
           Administrative Code. Waters designated limited resource water will be assigned one or more of
           the following causative factors. These causative factors will be listed as comments in rules 3745-
           1-08 to 3745-1-30 of the Administrative Code.
           (i)  "Acid mine drainage" - these are surface waters with sustained pH values below 4.1 s.u. or
               with intermittently acidic conditions combined with severe streambed siltation, and have a
               demonstrated biological performance below that of the modified warmwater habitat biological
               criteria.
           (ii)  "Small drainageway maintenance" - these are highly  modified surface water drainageways
               (usually less than three square miles in  drainage area) that do not possess the stream
               morphology and habitat characteristics  necessary to support any other aquatic life habitat
               use. The potential for habitat improvements must be precluded due to regular stream channel
               maintenance required for drainage purposes.
           (iii) Other specified conditions.

    (2)  Nuisance prevention This use designation is being replaced  by the limited resource water use
        designation described  in paragraph  (A)(1)(g)  of this  rule.  All water body segments  currently
        designated nuisance prevention in rules 3745-1-08 to 3745-1-30 of the Administrative Code must
        meet the limited resource water criteria in this rule. All references to the nuisance prevention use
        designation in rules 3745-1-08 to 3745-1-30 of the Administrative Code will be phased out overtime
        and replaced with  limited resource water.

    (3)  Water supply
        (a) "Public" -these are waters that, with conventional treatment, will be suitable for human intake and
           meet federal regulations for drinking water.  Criteria associated with this use designation apply
           within five hundred yards of  surface water intakes. Although not necessarily included in rules
           3745-1-08 to 3745-1-30 of the Administrative Code, the bodies of water with one or more of the
           following characteristics are designated public water supply: (i) All  publicly owned lakes and
           reservoirs, with the  exception of Piedmont reservoir;
           (ii) All  privately owned lakes and reservoirs used as a source of public drinking water; (iii) All
           surface waters within five hundred yards of an existing public water supply surface water intake;
           (iv) All surface waters used as emergency water supplies.
        (b) "Agricultural" - these are waters suitable for irrigation and livestock watering without treatment.
        (c) "Industrial" - these are  waters suitable for commercial  and industrial uses, with or without
           treatment. Criteria for the support of the industrial water supply use designation will vary with the
           type of industry involved.

    (4)  Recreation. These use  designations are  in effect only during the recreation season, which is the
        period from May first to October fifteenth, for all water bodies  except those designated seasonal
        salmonid habitat. The recreation season for streams designated seasonal salmonid habitat is June
        first to September  thirtieth.
        (a) "Bathing waters" - these are waters that, during the recreation season are suitable for swimming
           where a lifeguard and/or bathhouse facilities are present, and include any additional such areas
           where the water quality is approved by the director. Water bodies assigned the bathing waters
           use  designation  are not  necessarily indicated  in  rules  3745-1-08 to 3745-1-30  of the
           Administrative Code but include local areas of those water bodies meeting this definition.
    (b)  "Primary contact" - these are waters that, during the recreation season, are suitable for full-body
        contact recreation  such as, but not limited to, swimming, canoeing, and scuba diving with minimal
        threat to public health  as a result of water quality. In  addition to  those water body segments
        designated in rules 3745-1-08 to 3745-1-32 of  the Administrative  Code, all lakes and reservoirs,
        except upground storage reservoirs and those lakes and reservoirs meeting the definition of bathing
        waters, are designated primary contact recreation.
    (c)  "Secondary contact" - these are waters that, during the recreation season, are suitable for partial body
        contact recreation  such as, but not limited to, wading with minimal threat to public health as a result
        of water quality.

Water Quality Standards                         December 2002                                       4-52

-------
(C) Protection of aquatic life - whole-effluent approach. Whole-effluent toxicity levels shall be applied in
    accordance with rules 3745-2-09 and 3745-33-07 of the Administrative Code.

Table 7-14
Biological criteria for warmwater, exceptional warmwater and modified warmwater habitats. Description and
derivation of indices and ecoregions are contained in "Biological Criteria for the Protection of Aquatic Life:
Volume II, Users Manual for Biological Field Assessment of Ohio Surface Waters" cited in paragraph (B) of
rule 3745-1-03 of the Administrative Code.  These criteria do not apply to the Ohio river, lakes or Lake Erie
river mouths
Index
Sampling Site
Ecoregion1
Modified Warmwater Habitat
Channel
Modif.
Mine
Affected
Impounded

Warmwater
Habitat
Exceptional
Warmwater
Habitat
(A) Index of biotic integrity (fish)
(1) Wading sites*
HELP
IP
EOLP
WAP
ECBP
22
24
24
24
24
-
-
-
24
-
-
-
-
-
-
32
40
38
44
40
50
50
50
50
50
(2) Boat sites2
HELP
IP
EOLP
WAP
ECBP
20
24
24
24
24
-
-
-
24
-
22
30
30
30
30
34
38
40
40
42
48
48
48
48
48
(3) Headwater sites-
HELP
IP
EOLP
WAP
ECBP
20
24
24
24
24
-
-
-
24
-
-
-
-
-
-
28
40
40
44
40
50
50
50
50
50
     Sampling methods descriptions are found in the "Manual of Ohio EPA Surveillance Methods and Quality
Assurance Practices," cited in paragraph (B) of rule 3745-1-03 of the Administrative Code.

    ** Modification of the IBI that applies to sites with drainage areas less than twenty square miles.

Water Quality Standards                          December 2002
4-53

-------
Index
Sampling Site
Ecoregion1
Modified Warmwater Habitat
Channel
Modif.
Mine
Affected
Impounded

Warmwater
Habitat
Exceptional
Warmwater
Habitat
(B) Modified index of well-being (fish)***
(1) Wading sites2
HELP
IP
EOLP
WAP
ECBP
5.6
6.2
6.2
6.2
6.2
—
—
—
5.5
—
—
—
—
—
—
7.3
8.1
7.9
8.4
8.3
9.4
9.4
9.4
9.4
9.4
(2) Boat sites2
HELP
IP
EOLP
WAP
ECBP
5.7
5.8
5.8
5.8
5.8
—
—
—
5.4
—
5.7
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
8.6
8.7
8.7
8.6
8.5
9.6
9.6
9.6
9.6
9.6
(C) Invertebrate community index (macroinvertebrates)
(1) Artificial substrate samplers2
HELP
IP
EOLP
WAP
ECBP
22
22
22
22
22
-
-
-
30
-
-
-
-
-
-
34
30
34
36
36
46
46
46
46
46
Oklahoma
SOURCE: Oklahoma Administrative Code, Title 785, Oklahoma Water Resources Board Rules, Chapter 45
Oklahoma Water Quality Standards, August 13, 2001:
http://www.oklaosf.state.ok.us/~owrb/rules/Chap45.pdf,
http://www.oklaosf.state.ok.us/~owrb/rules/Chap46.pdfand www.state.ok.us/~owrb

785:45-1-2. Definitions
"Benthic macroinvertebrates" means invertebrate animals that are large enough to be seen by the unaided
eye, can be retained by a U. S. Standard No. 30 sieve, and live at least part of their life cycles within or upon
available substrate in a body of water or water transport system.
    *** Does not apply to sites with drainage areas less than twenty square miles.

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002
4-54

-------
"Intolerant climax fish community" means habitat and water quality adequate to support game fishes or
other sensitive species introduced or native to the biotic province or ecological region, which require specific
or narrow ranges of high quality environmental conditions.

"Sensitive representative species" means Ceriodaphnia dubia, Daphnia magna, Daphnia pulex, Pimphales
promelas (Fathead minnow), Lepomis macrochirus (Bluegill sunfish), or othersensitive organisms indigenous
to a particular waterbody.

"Warm Water Aquatic Community" means a subcategory of the beneficial use  category "Fish and Wildlife
Propagation" where the water quality and habitat are adequate to support intolerant climax fish communities
and includes an environment suitable for the full range of warm water benthos.

"Water quality" means physical, chemical, and biological characteristics of water which
determine diversity, stability, and productivity of the climax biotic community or affect human
health.

785:45-5-12. Fish and wildlife propagation
(b)   Habitat Limited Aquatic Community subcategory.
    (1) Habitat limited aquatic community means a subcategory of the beneficial use "Fish  and Wildlife
       Propagation" where the water chemistry and  habitat are not adequate  to support a "Warm Water
       Aquatic Community" because:
       (A) Naturally occurring water chemistry prevents the attainment of the use; or
       (B) Naturally occurring ephemeral, intermittent or low flow conditions or water levels prevent the
           attainment of the use, unless these conditions may be compensated for by the discharge of a
           sufficient volume of effluent to enable uses to be met; or
       (C) Human caused conditions or sources of pollution prevent the attainment of the  use and cannot
           be remedied or would cause more environmental damage to correct than to leave  in place; or
       (D) Dams, diversions or other types of hydrologic modifications preclude the attainment of the use,
           and it is not feasible to restore the waterbody to its original  condition  or to operate such
           modification in a way that would result in the attainment of the use; or
       (E) Physical conditions related to the natural features of the waterbody, such as the lack of a proper
           substrate, cover, flow, depth, pools, riffles, and the like, unrelated to water quality, preclude
           attainment of the "Warm Water Aquatic Community" beneficial use.
    (2) Habitat Limited Aquatic Community may also be designated where controls more stringentthan those
       required by sections 301 (b) and 306 of the federal Clean Water Act as amended, which would be
       necessary to meet standards or criteria associated with the beneficial  use subcategories of Cool
       Water Aquatic Community  or Warm Water Aquatic Community, would result in substantial and
       widespread economic and social impact.

(c)  Warm Water Aquatic Community subcategory.  Warm Water Aquatic Community means a subcategory
    of the beneficial use category "Fish and Wildlife Propagation" where the water quality and habitat are
    adequate to support climax fish  communities.

(d)  Cool Water Aquatic Community subcategory.  Cool Water  Aquatic Community means a subcategory
    of the beneficial use category "Fish and Wildlife Propagation" where the water quality, water temperature
    and habitat are adequate to support cool water climax fish communities  and includes an environment
    suitable for the full range of cool water benthos. Typical species may include smallmouth bass, certain
    darters and stoneflies.

(e)  Trout Fishery subcategory. Trout Fishery (Put and Take) means a subcategory of the beneficial use
    category "Fish and Wildlife Propagation" where the water quality, water temperature and habitat are
    adequate to support a seasonal put and take trout fishery. Typical species may include trout.

(f)  Criteria used in protection offish and wildlife propagation. The narrative and numerical criteria to maintain
    and protect the use of "Fish and Wildlife Propagation" and its subcategories shall include...
    (5) Biological Criteria.
       (A) Aquatic life in  all waterbodies designated Fish and Wildlife  Propagation (excluding waters
       designated "Trout,  put-and-take") shall not  exhibit degraded  conditions as  indicated  by one or

Water Quality Standards                       December 2002                                       4-55

-------
       both of the following:
           (i)  comparative regional reference data from a station of reasonably similar watershed size or
               flow, habitat type and Fish and Wildlife beneficial use subcategory designation or
           (ii)  by comparison with historical data from the waterbody being evaluated.
       (B) Compliance  with the  requirements  of 785:45-5-12(f)(5) shall  be   based  upon  measures
           including, but not limited to, diversity, similarity, community structure, species tolerance, trophic
           structure, dominant species, indices of biotic integrity (IBI's), indices  of well being (IWB's), or
           other measures.

785:46-15-5. Assessment of Fish and Wildlife Propagation support
(e)  Biological criteria.
    (1) If data demonstrate that an assemblage offish or macro invertebrates from a waterbody is significantly
    degraded, according to 785:45-5-12(f)(5), from that expected for thesubcategory  of Fish  and Wildlife
    Propagation designated in OAC 785:45 for that waterbody, then that subcategory may be deemed by the
    appropriate state environmental agency to be not supported.
    (2) All physical  assessments  and  biological  collections shall be performed in accordance with the
    requirements set forth in OWRB Technical Report No. 99-3 entitled "Standard  Operating Procedures for
    Stream Assessments and Biological Collections Related to Biological Criteria in Oklahoma".
    (3) Evaluation of the  biological  collections shall include identification offish samples to species level.
    (4) The determination of whether the use of  Fish and Wildlife Propagation is supported in wadeable
    streams in Oklahoma ecoregions shall be  made according to all of the requirements of this subsection
    (e), the application of Appendix C of this Chapter, and the special provisions in subsections (g) through
    (i), where applicable, of this Section. Streams with undetermined use support status shall be subject to
    additional investigation that considers stream  order, habitat factors and local  reference streams before
    the use support determination is made.

(f)  Turbidity. The criteria for turbidity stated  in 785:45-5-12(f)(7) shall  constitute the  screening levels for
    turbidity. The tests for use support shall follow the default protocol in 785:46-15-4(b).

(g)  Special provisions for Ouachita Mountains wadeable streams. The determination of whether the use
    of Fish and Wildlife Propagation is supported  for wadeable streams  located in the Ouachita Mountains
    ecoregion shall be made according to the  application of Appendix C of this Chapter, together with this
    subsection, as follows:
    (1) Where designated,  the subcategory of Warm Water Aquatic  Community shall be deemed fully
    supported if the application of Appendix C produces a score of 35 or more. Such subcategory shall be
    deemed not supported if the application of Appendix C produces a score of 24 or less. If a score is 25 to
    34 inclusive, the issue of whether this subcategory is supported shall be deemed undetermined.
    (2)Where designated, the subcategory of Habitat Limited  Aquatic Community shall be deemed fully
    supported if the application of Appendix C produces a score of 27 or more. Such subcategory shall be
    deemed not supported if the application of Appendix C produces a score of 18 or less. If a score is 19 to
    26 inclusive, the issue of whether this subcategory is supported shall be deemed undetermined.

(h)  Special provisions for Arkansas Valley wadeable streams. The determination of whether the use of
    Fish and Wildlife  Propagation is supported for wadeable streams located in the Arkansas Valley ecoregion
    shall be made according to the application of Appendix C of this Chapter, together with this subsection,
    as follows:
    (1) Where designated,  the subcategory of Warm Water Aquatic  Community shall be deemed fully
    supported if the application of Appendix C produces a score of 35 or more. Such subcategory shall be
    deemed not supported if the application of Appendix C produces a score of 24 or less. If a score is 25 to
    34 inclusive, the issue of whether this subcategory is supported shall be deemed undetermined.
    (2) Where designated, the subcategory of Habitat Limited Aquatic  Community shall be deemed fully
    supported if the application of Appendix C produces a score of 27 or more. Such subcategory shall be
    deemed not supported if the application of Appendix C produces a score of 18 or less. If a score is 19 to
    26 inclusive, the issue of whether this subcategory is supported shall be deemed undetermined.

(i)  Special provisions  for  Boston Mountains and  Ozark Highlands wadeable streams. The
    determination of whether the use of Fish and Wildlife Propagation is supported for wadeable streams
    located in  the Boston  Mountains  and Ozark Highlands ecoregions shall be made according  to the

Water Quality Standards                         December 2002                                       4-56

-------
    application of Appendix C of this Chapter, together with this subsection, as follows:
    (1) Where designated, the subcategory of Cool Water Aquatic Community shall be deemed fully supported
    if the application of Appendix C produces a score of 37 or more. Such subcategory shall be deemed not
    supported if the application of Appendix C produces a score of 29 or less. If a score is 30 to 36 inclusive,
    the issue of whether this subcategory is supported shall  be deemed undetermined.
    (2) Where  designated, the subcategory of Warm Water Aquatic Community shall be deemed fully
    supported if the application of Appendix C produces a score of 31 or more. Such subcategory shall be
    deemed not supported if the application of Appendix C produces a score of 22 or less. If a score is 23 to
    30 inclusive, the issue of whether this subcategory is supported shall be deemed undetermined.

(j)  Special provisions for Central Irregular Plains wadeable streams. The determination of whether the
    use of Fish and Wildlife Propagation is supported for wadeable streams located in the Central Irregular
    Plains ecoregion shall be made according to the application of Appendix C of this Chapter, together with
    this subsection, as follows:
    (1) Where designated, the subcategory of Cool Water Aquatic Community shall be deemed fully supported
    if the application of Appendix C produces a score of 35 or more. Such subcategory shall be deemed not
    supported if the application of Appendix C produces a score of 28 or less. If a score is 29 to 34 inclusive,
    the issue of whether this subcategory is supported shall  be deemed undetermined.
    (2) Where  designated, the subcategory of Warm Water Aquatic Community shall be deemed fully
    supported if the application of Appendix C produces a score of 30 or more. Such subcategory shall be
    deemed not supported if the application of Appendix C produces a score of 22 or less. If a score is 23 to
    29 inclusive, the issue of whether this subcategory is supported shall be deemed undetermined.
    3) Where designated, the subcategory of Habitat Limited Aquatic Community shall be deemed fully
    supported if the application of Appendix C produces a score of 25 or more. Such subcategory shall be
    deemed not supported if the application of Appendix C produces a score of 16 or less. If a score is 17 to
    24 inclusive, the issue of whether this subcategory is supported shall be deemed undetermined.

SOURCE: Added at 17 Ok Reg  1775, effective 7/1/2000; Amended at 18 Ok Reg 3379, effective 8/13/2001;
Amended at 19 Ok Reg 2524-2526, eff 7/1/2002
                       APPENDIX C. INDEX OF BIOLOGICAL INTEGRITY
                                                                                  SCORE
Sample
Composition
Fish Condition
Total no. of species
Shannon diversity**
based upon numbers
No. of sunfish species
No. of species
comprising 75% of
sample
No. of intolerant species
<100mi2 area
>100mi2 area
Percentage of tolerant
species
Percentage of lithophils
Percentage of DELT
anomalies***
Fish numbers (total
individuals)
See figure 1*
>2.50
>3
>5
>5
See figure 3*
>36
<0.1
>200
2.49-1.50
2-3
4-3
3-5


18-36
0.1 -1.3
200 - 75
<1.50
<2
<3
<3


<18
>1.3
<75









*Figure 2. Number of Intolerant Species and Figure 3. Percent Tolerant Species, (Unofficial) Oklahoma

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                     4-57

-------
Administrative Code, Title 785, Oklahoma Water Resources Board Rules, Chapter 46. Implementation of
Oklahoma Water Quality Standards, p. 47, 48.

          Zni    ni
          ¥'"¥

***DELT = deformities, eroded fins, lesions, tumors
Oregon
SOURCE: Oregon Administrative Rules: Chapter 340 Department of Environmental Quality, Water Pollution,
Division 41 State-Wide Water Quality Management Plan; Beneficial Uses, Policies, Standards, and Treatment
Criteria for Oregon, amended February 15, 2001:
http://arcweb.sos.state.or.us/rules/OARS  300/OAR 340/340  041 .html and
http://www.deq.state.or.us/lab/biomon/bio-rpt.htm

340-04I-0006 Definitions
(32)    "Aquatic Species" means any plants or animals which live at least part of their life cycle in waters of
       the State.

(33)    "Biological Criteria" means numerical values or narrative expressions that describe the biological
       integrity of aquatic communities inhabiting waters of a given designated aquatic life use.

(35)    "Indigenous" means supported in a reach of water or known to have been supported according to
       historical records compiled by State and Federal agencies or published scientific literature.

(36)    "Resident Biological Community" means aquatic life expected to exist in a particular habitat when
       water quality standards for  a specific ecoregion, basin, or water body are met. This shall be
       established by accepted biomonitoring techniques.

(37)    "Without Detrimental Changes in the Resident Biological Community" means no loss of ecological
       integrity when compared to natural conditions at an appropriate reference site or region.

(38)    "Ecological Integrity" means the summation of chemical, physical and biological integrity capable of
       supporting  and maintaining a balanced, integrated, adaptive community  of organisms having a
       species composition, diversity, and functional organization comparable to that of the natural habitat
       of the region.

(39)    "Appropriate Reference Site or Region"  means a site on the same water body, or within the same
       basin or ecoregion that has similar habitat conditions, and represents the water quality and biological
       community attainable within the areas of concern.

(40)    "Critical Habitat" means those areas which support  rare, threatened or endangered species, or serve
       as sensitive spawning and rearing areas for aquatic life.

(41)    "High Quality Waters" means those waters which meet or exceed those levels that are necessary to
       support the propagation offish, shellfish, and wildlife and recreation in and on the water, and other
       designated beneficial uses.

(42)    "Outstanding Resource  Waters"  means those  waters  designated by  the Environmental Quality
       Commission where existing high quality waters constitute an outstanding state or national resource
       based  on their extraordinary water quality or ecological values, or where special water quality
       protection is needed to maintain critical habitat areas.

(51)    "Cold-Water Aquatic Life" — The aquatic communities that are physiologically restricted to cold water,

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                       4-58

-------
       composed of one or more species sensitive to reduced oxygen levels. Including but not limited to
       Salmonidae and cold-water invertebrates.

(52)    "Cool-Water Aquatic Life"-The aquatic communities that are physiologically restricted to cool waters,
       composed of one or more species having dissolved oxygen requirements  believed similar to the
       cold-water  communities. Including but not limited to Cottidae, Osmeridae, Acipenseridae, and
       sensitive Centrarchidae such as the small-mouth bass.

(53)    "Warm-Water Aquatic Life" — The aquatic communities that are adapted to warm-water conditions and
       do not contain either cold- or cool-water species.

(57)    "Ecologically Significant Cold-Water Refuge" exists when all or a portion of a waterbody supports
       stenotypic cold-water species (flora or fauna) not otherwise widely supported within the subbasin, and
       either:
       (a)  Maintains cold-water temperatures throughout the year  relative to other segments in the
           subbasin, providing summertime cold-water holding or rearing habitat that is limited in supply, or;
       (b)  Supplies cold water to a receiving stream or downstream reach that supports cold-water biota.

340-041-0027 Biological Criteria
Waters of the state shall be of sufficient quality to support aquatic species without detrimental changes in the
resident biological communities.
Pennsylvania
SOURCE: Pennsylvania Code Chapter 93, Title 25, § 93.3,93.4,93.6. General waterquality criteria, amended
November 17, 2000: http://www.pacode.eom/secure/data/025/chapter93/s93.3.html,
http://www.pacode.eom/secure/data/025/chapter93/s93.4.html
http://www.pacode.eom/secure/data/025/chapter93/s93.6.html
www.dep.state.pa.us

§ 93.3. Protected water uses.
Water uses which shall be protected, and upon which the development of water quality criteria shall be based,
are set forth, accompanied by their identifying symbols, in Table 1:

Table 1
 Symbol                                         Protected Use

 Aquatic Life

 CWF                                           Cold Water Fishes—Maintenance or propagation,
                                                 or both, offish species including the family
                                                 Salmonidae and additional flora and fauna which
                                                 are indigenous to  a cold water habitat.

 WWF                                           Warm Water Fishes—Maintenance and
                                                 propagation offish species and additional flora
                                                 and fauna which are indigenous to a warm water
                                                 habitat.

 MF                                             Migratory Fishes—Passage, maintenance and
                                                 propagation of anadromous and catadromous
                                                 fishes and other fishes which ascend to flowing
                                                 waters to complete their life cycle.
Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                      4-59

-------
                                                Protected Use

                                                Trout Stocking—Maintenance of stocked trout
                                                from February 15 to July 31 and maintenance and
                                                propagation offish species and additional flora
                                                and fauna which are indigenous to a warm water
                                                habitat.

 Water Supply

 AWS                                          Wildlife Water Supply—Use for waterfowl habitat
                                                and for drinking and cleansing  by wildlife.

 Special Protection

 HQ                                            High Quality Waters

 EV                                            Exceptional Value Waters

§ 93.4. Statewide water uses.
    (a) Statewide water uses. Except when otherwise specified in law or regulation, the uses set forth in
       Table 2 apply to all surface waters. These uses shall  be protected in accordance with this chapter,
       Chapter 96 (relating to water quality standards  implementation) and other  applicable State and
       Federal laws and regulations.

Table 2
 Symbol                                        Protected Use

 Aquatic Life

 WWF                                          Warm Water Fishes

 AWS                                          Wildlife Water Supply

§ 93.6. General water quality criteria.
    (a) Water may not contain substances attributable to point or nonpoint source discharges in concentration
       or amounts sufficient to be inimical or harmful to the water uses to be protected or to  human, animal,
       plant or aquatic life.
Rhode Island
SOURCE: State of Rhode Island And Providence Plantations Department of Environmental Management
Water Resources, Water Quality  Regulations, Regulation EVM  112-88.97-1, amended June 23, 2000:
http://www.epa.qov/waterscience/standards/wqslibrary/ri/ri  1  wqr.pdf, and
http://www.state.ri.us/dem/pubs/reqs/REGS/WATER/QUALREGS.PDF

Rule 7.-DEFINITIONS
"Outstanding National Resource Waters (ONRW)" means waters of National and State  Parks, Wildlife
Refuges, and other such waters designated as having special recreational or ecological value.

"Special Resource Protection Waters (SRPW)" means surface waters identified by the Director as having
significant recreational  or ecological uses, and may include but  are  not limited to: wildlife refuge or
management areas; public drinking water supplies; State and Federal parks; State and Federal designated
Estuarine Sanctuary Areas; waterbodies containing critical habitats, including but not limited to waterbodies
identified by the RIDEM Natural Heritage Program as critical habitat for rare or endangered species; wetland
types or specific wetlands listed as rare, threatened, endangered, of special interest or of special concern by
the Rhode Island Natural Heritage Program; waterbodies identified by the U.S. Department of the Interior on
the Final List of Rivers for potential inclusion in the National Wild and Scenic Rivers System.
Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                      4-60

-------
"Undesirable or Nuisance Species"  means any plant or animal aquatic species which becomes so
numerous due to pollutants or physical  or hydrological modifications that it interferes with, or indicates an
impairment of, the designated use(s) of a waterbody.

"Use Attainability Analyses" means a structured scientific assessment of the factors affecting the attainment
of a use which may include physical, chemical, biological, and economic factors. The physical, chemical and
biological  factors affecting the attainment of a use shall be evaluated through a waterbody survey and
assessment. Waterbody surveys and assessments shall be sufficiently detailed to evaluate at a minimum:
    a.   current aquatic uses achieved in the waterbody;
    b.   causes of any impairment of the aquatic uses and why the impairment cannot be rectified; and
    c.   aquatic uses(s) that can be attained based on the physical, chemical, and biological characteristics
        of the water body.

Rule 8. - SURFACE WATER QUALITY STANDARDS
B.  Water Use Classification
    (1)  Freshwater: Class A, Class B, Class B1, and Class C waters are designated... for fish and wildlife
        habitat...
    (2)  Seawater:  Class SA, Class SB, Class SB1, and Class SC waters are designated for ... fish and
        wildlife habitat...

D.  Water Quality Criteria -The following  physical, chemical and biological criteria are parameters of minimum
    water  quality necessary to support the surface water use classifications of rule 8.B. and shall be applicable
    to all waters  of the State.
    (1)  General  Criteria - The following minimum criteria are applicable to all waters of the State, unless
        criteria specified for individual classes are more stringent:
        (a) At a  minimum, all waters shall be free of pollutants in concentrations or combinations or from
           anthropogenic activities subject to these regulations that:
           i.  Adversely  affect the composition of fish and wildlife;
           ii. Adversely  affect the physical, chemical, or biological integrity of the habitat;
           iii.  Interfere with the propagation offish and wildlife;
           iv. Adversely  alter the life cycle functions, uses, processes and activities offish and wildlife;...
        (b) Aesthetics - all waters shall  be free from pollutants in concentrations or combinations that:
           iv.  Result in the dominance  of species of fish and  wildlife to such a degree as to create a
               nuisance or interfere with the existing or designated uses.
South  Carolina
SOURCE: South  Carolina Regulation 61-68, Water Classification and Standards, September 28, 2001:
http://www.lpitr.state.sc.us/codereqs/chap61/61-69.htm, and
http://www.scstatehouse.net/codereqs/cQ61c.htmtf61-68

61-68. Water Classifications and Standards
B.  DEFINITIONS.
    1.   Biological assessment means an evaluation of the biological condition of a waterbody using biological
        surveys and other direct measurements of resident biota in surface waters and sediments.

    18.  Biological criteria, also known as biocriteria, mean narrative expressions or numeric values of the
        biological characteristics  of  aquatic communities  based  on appropriate reference  conditions.
        Biological criteria serve as an index of aquatic community health.

F. NARRATIVE BIOLOGICAL CRITERIA.
    1.   Narrative biological criteria are contained in this regulation and are described throughout the sections
        where applicable. The following are general statements regarding these narrative biological criteria.
        a.  Narrative biological criteria in Section A.4. describe the goals of the Department to maintain and
           improve all surface waters to a level that provides for the survival and propagation of a balanced
           indigenous aquatic community of fauna and flora. These narrative criteria are determined by the

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                       4-61

-------
           Department based on the condition of the waters of the State by measurements of physical,
           chemical, and biological characteristics of the waters according to their classified uses.
        b.  Section C.10. describes narrative biological criteria relative to surface water mixing zones and
           specifies requirements necessary for the protection and propagation of a balanced indigenous
           aquatic community.
        c.  Narrative biological criteria shall be consistent with the objective of maintaining and improving all
           surface waters to a level that provides for the survival and propagation of a balanced indigenous
           aquatic community of fauna and flora attainable in waters of the State; and in all cases shall
           protect against degradation of the highest existing or classified uses or biological conditions in
           compliance with the Antidegradation Rules contained in this regulation. Section D.1 .a describes
           narrative biological criteria relative to activities in  Outstanding National  Resource Waters,
           Outstanding Resource Waters and  Shellfish Harvesting Waters.
    d.   In order to determine the biological quality of the waters of the State, it is necessary that the biological
        component be assessed by comparison to a reference condition(s) based upon similar hydrologic and
        watershed characteristics that represent the optimum  natural  condition  for that system. Such
        reference condition(s) or reaches of waterbodies shall be those  observed to support the greatest
        variety and abundance of aquatic life in the region as is expected to be  or would be with a minimal
        amount of disturbance from anthropogenic sources. Impacts from urbanization and agriculture should
        be minimal and natural  vegetation should dominate the land  cover.  There should also be an
        appropriate diversity of substrate. Reference condition(s) shall be determined by consistent sampling
        and reliable measures of selected indicative communities of flora and fauna as established by the
        Department and may be used in conjunction with acceptable physical, chemical, and microbial water
        quality measurements and records judged to  be appropriate for  this  purpose. Narrative biological
        criteria relative to activities in all waters are described in  Section E.
    e.   In the Class Descriptions, Designations, and Specific Standards for Surface Waters Section, all water
        use classifications protect for a balanced indigenous aquatic community of fauna and flora. In
        addition, Trout Natural and Trout Put, Grow, and Take classifications protect for reproducing trout
        populations and stocked trout populations, respectively.

Antidegradation Rules.
    8.   Trout Waters. The State recognizes three types of trout waters: Natural; Put, Grow, and Take; and
        Put and Take.
        a.  Natural (TN) are freshwaters suitable for supporting reproducing trout populations and a cold
           water balanced indigenous aquatic  community of fauna and flora. Also suitable for primary and
           secondary contact recreation and  as a source for drinking water supply after conventional
           treatment in accordance with the requirements of the Department. Suitable for fishing and the
           survival and propagation of a balanced indigenous aquatic community of fauna and  flora. Suitable
           also for industrial and agricultural uses.
        b.  Put, Grow, and Take (TPGT) are  freshwaters suitable for supporting growth of stocked trout
           populations and a balanced indigenous aquatic community of fauna and flora. Also suitable for
           primary and secondary contact recreation and as  a source for drinking  water supply after
           conventional treatment in accordance with the requirements of the Department. Suitable for
           fishing and the survival and propagation of a balanced indigenous aquatic community of fauna
           and flora. Suitable also for industrial and agricultural uses.
        c.  Put and Take (TPT) are freshwaters suitable for primary and  secondary contact recreation and
           as a source for drinking water supply  after conventional treatment in accordance with  the
           requirements of the  Department. Suitable for fishing and the survival and propagation  of a
           balanced indigenous  aquatic  community  of fauna and flora. Suitable also for industrial and
           agricultural uses. The standards of Freshwaters classification protect these uses.
South  Dakota
SOURCE: Administrative Rules of South Dakota, Article 74:51, Surface Water Quality Standards, effective
January 27, 1999:  http://leqis.state.sd.us/rules/rules/7451 .htm#74:51:01 and
http://www.state.sd.us/denr/denr.html
Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                       4-62

-------
74:51:01:01. Definitions.
(4)      "Aquatic life," an organism dependent on the water environment to either propagate or survive, or
        both;

(5)      "Aquatic community," an association of interacting populations and stages of aquatic life in a given
        water body or habitat;
(10)    "Biological integrity," the ability to support and maintain a balanced, integrated, adaptive community
        of organisms having a species composition, diversity, and functional organization comparable to that
        of the natural habitat of the region;

(13)    "Coldwater aquatic life," aquatic life including fish of the family Salmonidae, for example, trout and
        salmon;

(14)    "Coldwater marginal fish life propagation," a beneficial use assigned to surface waters of the state
        which support aquatic life and are suitable for stocked catchable-size coldwaterfish during portions
        of the year,  but which, because of critical natural conditions including low flows, siltation, or warm
        temperatures, are not suitable for a permanent coldwater fish population. Warmwater fish may also
        be present;

(15)    "Coldwater permanent fish life propagation," a beneficial use assigned to surface waters of the state
        which are capable of supporting aquatic life and are suitable for supporting a permanent population
        of coldwater fish from natural reproduction or fingerling  stocking. Warmwater fish may also  be
        present;

(27)    "High-quality fishery waters," surface waters of the state designated for the beneficial use of coldwater
        permanent fish life propagation, coldwater marginal fish life propagation, or warmwater permanent
        fish  life propagation;

(30)    "Impairment," a detrimental  effect on  the aquatic community caused by an impact that prevents
        attainment of the designated use;

(57)    "Warmwater aquatic life," aquatic life including the Ictaluridae, Centrarchidae, and Cyprinidae families
        offish, for example, catfish, sunfish, and minnows, respectively;

(58)    "Warmwater marginal fish  life propagation," a beneficial use assigned to surface waters of the state
        which will support aquatic  life and more tolerant species of warmwater fish naturally or by frequent
        stocking  and intensive management but which suffer frequent fish kills because of critical  natural
        conditions;

(59)    "Warmwater permanent fish life propagation," a beneficial use assigned to surface waters of the state
        which support aquatic life and are suitable for the permanent  propagation or maintenance, or both,
        of warmwater fish;

(60)    "Warmwater semipermanent fish life propagation waters,"a beneficial use assigned to surface waters
        of the state which support  aquatic life and are suitable for the  propagation or maintenance, or both,
        of warmwater fish but which  may suffer occasional fish kills because of critical natural conditions;

62)     "Wetlands," those areas that are inundated or saturated by surface or ground water at a frequency
        and  duration sufficient to support, and that under normal circumstances do support, a prevalence of
        vegetation typically adapted for life in saturated soil conditions including swamps, marshes, bogs, and
        similar areas;

(63)    "Fish and wildlife propagation, recreation, and stock watering," a beneficial use classification assigned
        to all surface waters of the state which may support recreation  in and on the water and fish and
        aquatic life,  when sufficient quantities of water are present for sufficient duration to support those
        uses; provide habitat for aquatic and semi-aquatic wild animals and fowl; provide natural food chain
        maintenance; and  are of suitable quality for watering domestic and wild animals;


Water Quality Standards                         December 2002                                       4-63

-------
74:51:01:12. Biological integrity of waters.
All waters of the state must be free from substances, whether attributable to human-induced point source
discharges or nonpoint source activities, in concentrations or combinations which will adversely impact the
structure and function of indigenous or intentionally introduced aquatic communities.
Tennessee
SOURCE: Rules of the Tennessee Department of Health and Tennessee Department of Environment and
Conservation, Chapter 1200-4-3 General Water Quality Criteria, revised October 1999:
 http://www.state.tn.us/sos/rules/1200/1200-04/1200-04-03.pdfandwww.state.tn.us/environment

1200-4-3-.03 Criteria for Water Uses:
(3)  Fish and Aquatic Life.
    (j)  Biological Integrity - The waters shall not be modified through the addition of pollutants or through
       physical alteration to the extent that the diversity and/or productivity of aquatic biota within the
       receiving waters are substantially decreased or adversely affected, except as allowed under 1200-4-3-
       .06.  The condition of biological communities will be measured by use of metrices suggested in
       guidance such as Rapid Bioassessment Protocols for Use in Streams and Rivers (EPA/444/4-89-001)
       or other scientifically defensible methods.  Effects to biological populations will be measured by
       comparisons to upstream conditions or to appropriately selected  reference sites in the same
       ecoregion.
Texas
SOURCE: Texas Administrative Code, Title 30 Environmental Quality, Part 1, Texas Natural Resource
Conservation Commission, Chapter 307, Texas Surface Water Quality Standards, amended effective August
17,2000: http://info.sos.state.tx.us:80/pub/plsql/readtac$ext.ViewTAC?tac view=4&ti=30&pt=1&ch=307&rl=Y

Rule 307.3 Definitions and Abbreviations
(a) Definitions
    (9)     Biological integrity-The species  composition, diversity,  and  functional  organization  of a
           community of organisms in an environment relatively unaffected by pollution.

    (27)    Incidental fishery-A level of fishery which applies to water bodies that are not considered to have
           a sustainable  fishery  but which  have an aquatic life  use of limited, intermediate,  high, or
           exceptional.

    (45)    Seagrass propagation-A water-quality-related existing use which applies to saltwater with
           significant stands  of submerged seagrass.

    (50)    Significant  aquatic life use-A broad characterization  of aquatic life which  indicates that a
           subcategory of aquatic life use (limited, intermediate, high, or exceptional) is applicable. Some
           aquatic life is expected to be present even in water bodies which are not designated for specific
           categories of aquatic life use. Some provisions to protect aquatic life applies to any water body
           in the state whether an aquatic life use is assigned or not.

Rule 307.7 Site-specific Uses and Criteria
(a) Aquatic life. The establishment of numerical criteria for aquatic life is highly dependent on desired use,
    sensitivities of usual aquatic  communities, and  local physical and chemical  characteristics. Five
    subcategories  of aquatic life  use are established.   They include  limited, intermediate, high, and
    exceptional aquatic life and oyster waters. Aquatic life use subcategories designated for segments listed
    in Appendix A of §307.10 of this title recognize the natural variability of aquatic community requirements
    and local environmental conditions.

(b) Appropriate uses and criteria for site-specific standards are defined as follows.

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                      4-64

-------
    (3) Aquatic life. The establishment of numerical criteria for aquatic life is highly dependent on desired use,
       sensitivities of usual aquatic communities, and local physical and chemical characteristics.  Five
       subcategories  of aquatic life use are established. They include limited,  intermediate,  high, and
       exceptional aquatic life and oyster waters. Aquatic life use subcategories designated for  segments
       listed in Appendix A of §307.10 of this title recognize the natural variability of aquatic community
       requirements and local environmental conditions.
    (5) Additional  uses. Other basic uses, such as navigation, agricultural water supply, industrial water
       supply, seagrass propagation, and wetland water quality functions will be maintained and protected
       for all water in the state in which these uses can be achieved

Table 4: Aquatic Life Subcategories (Figure: 30 TAG §307.7(b)(3)(A)(i))
Aquatic Life
Use Subcate-
gory
Exceptional
High
Intermediate
Limited
Dissolved Oxygen, mg/L
Freshwater
mean/
minimum
6.0/4.0
5.30/3.0
4.0/3.0
3.0/2.0
Freshwater
in Spring
mean/
minimum
6.0/5.0
5.5/4.5
5.0/4.0
4.0/3.0
Saltwater
mean/
minimum
5.0/4.0
4.0/3.0
3.0/2.0

Aquatic Life Attributes
Habitat
Characteristics
Outstanding
natural
variability
Highly diverse
Moderately
diverse
Uniform
Species
Assemblage
Exceptional or
unusual
Usual
association of
regionally
expected
species
Some expected
species
Most regionally
expected
species absent
Sensitive
Species
Abundant
Present
Very low in
abundance
Absent
Diversity
Exceptionally
high
High
Moderate
Low
Species
Richness
Exceptionally
high
High
Moderate
Low
Trophic
Structure
Balanced
Balanced to
slightly
imbalanced
Moderately
imbalanced
Severely
imbalanced
SOURCE: Title R317. Environmental Quality, Water Quality, R317-1. Definitions and General Requirements
and Rule R317.2 Standards of Quality for Waters of the State, as in effect January 1, 2002:
http://www.rules.state.ut.us/publicat/code/r317/r317-001 .htm#T1 , and
http://www.rules.state.ut.us/publicat/code/r317/r317-002.htmtfT7

R317-1-1. Definitions
1.20    "Pollution" means such contamination, or other alteration  of the physical, chemical, or biological
        properties of any waters of the state, or such discharge of any  liquid, gaseous or solid substance into
        any  waters of the state  as will create a nuisance or render such waters harmful or detrimental or
        injurious to public health, safety or welfare,  or to domestic, commercial, industrial,  agricultural,
        recreational, or other legitimate beneficial uses, or to livestock, wild animals, birds, fish or other
        aquatic life.

317-2-6. Use Designations
6.3     Class 3 — Protected for  use by aquatic wildlife.
        (a)  Class 3A — Protected for cold water species of game fish and other cold water aquatic life,
            including the necessary aquatic organisms in their food chain.
        (b)  Class 3B - Protected for warm water species of game fish and other warm water aquatic life,
            including the necessary aquatic organisms in their food chain.
        (c)  Class 3C - Protected for nongame fish and other aquatic life, including the necessary aquatic
            organisms  in their food chain.
        (d)  Class 3D — Protected for waterfowl, shore birds and other water-oriented wildlife not included in
            Classes  3A, 3B, or 3C, including the necessary aquatic organisms in their food chain.
Water Quality Standards
                                           December 2002
                                                                                              4-65

-------
        (e) Class 3E — Severely habitat-limited waters. Narrative standards will be applied to protect these
           waters for aquatic wildlife.
6.5     Class 5 — The Great Salt Lake. Protected for primary and secondary contact recreation, aquatic
        wildlife, and mineral extraction.
Vermon
SOURCE: Vermont Water Quality Standards, effective July 2, 2000:
http://www.state.vt.us/wtrboard/docs/adoptedwqs.pdf

Section 1-01B. Applicability and Definitions
5.  Aquatic biota means all organisms that, as part of their natural life cycle, live in or on waters.

6.  Aquatic habitat means the physical, chemical, and biological components of the water environment.

10. Biological integrity means the ability of an aquatic ecosystem to support and maintain, when consistent
    with reference conditions, a community of organisms that is not dominated by any particular species or
    functions (balanced), is fully functional (integrated), and is resilient to change or impact (adaptive), and
    which has the expected species composition, diversity, and functional organization.

20. Functional component of the aquatic ecosystem means a portion of the aquatic biological community
    identified by its role in the processing of energy within  the aquatic ecosystem (e.g., primary  producers,
    predators, detritivores, etc.).

23. Intolerant aquatic organisms means those organisms which are particularly sensitive to, and likely to
    be adversely affected by, the stress of pollution, flow modification or habitat a Iteration (e.g., mayflies and
    stoneflies).

29. Natural condition means the condition representing chemical, physical, and biological characteristics
    that occur naturally with only minimal effects from  human influences.

39. Reference  condition  means  the range of chemical, physical, and  biological characteristics of waters
    minimally affected by human influences. In the context of an evaluation of biological indices, or where
    necessary to perform other evaluations of water quality, the reference condition establishes attainable
    chemical, physical, and biological conditions for specific water body types against which the condition of
    waters of similar water body type is evaluated.

44. Taxonomic component of the aquatic  ecosystem means  a  portion of the  biological community
    identified by a hierarchical classification system for identifying biological organisms that uses physical and
    biological characteristics (e.g., Insecta: Plecoptera: Perlidae:  Agnetina capitata).

45. Tolerant aquatic organisms means organisms (e.g., midges and annelids) that, although they may be
    affected by the stress of pollution, flow modification or habitat alteration, are less sensitive and less likely
    to be adversely affected than are intolerant aquatic organisms.

Section 3-01C. Numeric Biological Criteria
C.  Numeric Biological Indices
    1.   In addition to other applicable provisions of these rules and other appropriate methods of evaluation,
        the Secretary  may establish and apply numeric biological indices to determine whether there  is full
        support of aquatic biota and aquatic habitat uses. These numeric biological indices shall  be derived
        from measures of the biological integrity of the reference condition for different water body types. In
        establishing numeric biological indices, the Secretary shall establish procedures that employ standard
        sampling and analytical methods to characterize the biological integrity of the appropriate reference
        condition. Characteristic measures of biological integrity include but are not limited to community level
        measurement such as: species  richness, diversity,  relative abundance of tolerant and intolerant
        species, density, and functional composition.
    2.   In addition, the Secretary may determine whether  there is full support of aquatic biota and aquatic

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                        4-66

-------
        habitat uses through other appropriate methods of evaluation, including habitat assessments.

Section 3-02 Class A(1) Ecological Waters
B.  Water Quality Criteria for Class A(1) Ecological Waters
    3.   Aquatic Biota, Wildlife, and Aquatic Habitat - Change from the natural condition limited to minimal
        impacts from human activity. Measures of biological integrity for aquatic macroinvertebrates and fish
        assemblages are within the range of the natural  condition. Uses related to either the physical,
        chemical, or biological integrity of the aquatic  habitat or the composition or life cycle functions of
        aquatic biota or  wildlife are fully supported. All life cycle functions,  including  overwintering and
        reproductive requirements are maintained and  protected.

Section 3-03. Class A(2) Public Water Supplies
A.  Management Objectives. Waters  managed for public water supply purposes to achieve and maintain
    waters with a uniformly excellent character and a level of water quality that is compatible with the following
    designated uses:
    1.   Aquatic Biota, Wildlife, and Aquatic Habitat - high quality aquatic biota and wildlife sustained by high
        quality aquatic habitat necessary to support their life-cycle and reproductive requirements.
B.  Water Quality Criteria for Class A(2) Public Water Supplies.  The following water quality criteria shall be
    achieved in all Class  A(2) public water supplies.
    3.   Aquatic Biota, Wildlife and Aquatic Habitat - Biological integrity is maintained, no change from the
        reference condition that would prevent the full support of aquatic biota, wildlife or aquatic habitat uses.
        Change from the  reference  condition for aquatic macroinvertebrates and fish assemblages shall not
        exceed moderate changes in the relative proportions of taxonomic, functional, tolerant and intolerant
        components. All expected functional groups are present in a high quality habitat and none shall be
        eliminated.  All life  cycle functions,  including  overwintering and reproductive requirements are
        maintained and protected. Changes in the aquatic habitat shall not exceed moderate differences from
        the reference condition consistent with the full support of all aquatic biota and wildlife uses.

Section 3-04. Class B Waters
A.  Management Objectives. Class B waters shall be managed to achieve and maintain a level of quality that
    fully supports the following designated uses:
    1.   Aquatic Biota, Wildlife,  and Aquatic Habitat - aquatic biota and wildlife sustained by high quality
        aquatic habitat with additional protection in those waters where these uses are sustainable at a higher
        level based on Water Management Type designation.
B.  Water Quality Criteria for Class B waters. In addition to the criteria specified in §3-01 of these rules, the
    following criteria shall be met in all Class B waters:
    4.   Aquatic Biota, Wildlife and Aquatic Habitat - No change  from the reference condition that would
        prevent the full support of aquatic biota, wildlife,  or aquatic habitat uses. Biological integrity is
        maintained  and all  expected functional groups are present in a high quality habitat. All life-cycle
        functions, including overwintering and reproductive requirements are maintained and protected. In
        addition, the following criteria shall be achieved:
        a.   In Water Management Type One waters  - change from the reference condition  for  aquatic
            macroinvertebrate and  fish assemblages  shall be limited to minor changes  in the  relative
            proportions of taxonomic and functional components;  relative proportions of tolerant and intolerant
            components are within the range of the reference condition. Changes in the aquatic habitat shall
            be limited to minimal differences from the reference condition consistent with the full support of
            all aquatic biota and wildlife uses.
        b.   In Water Management Type Two waters  - change from the reference condition  for  aquatic
            macroinvertebrate and fish assemblages shall be limited to moderate changes in the  relative
            proportions of tolerant, intolerant, taxonomic, and functional components. Changes in the aquatic
            habitat shall be limited to minor differences from the reference condition consistent with the full
            support of all aquatic biota and wildlife uses.
        c.   In Water Management Type Three waters - change from the reference condition for  aquatic
            macroinvertebrate and fish assemblages shall be limited to moderate changes in the  relative
            proportions of tolerant, intolerant, taxonomic, and functional components. Changes in the aquatic
            habitat shall be limited to moderate differences from the reference condition consistent with the
            full support of all aquatic biota  and wildlife uses. When such habitat changes are a result of
            hydrological modification or water level fluctuation, compliance may be determined on the basis

Water Quality Standards                         December 2002                                       4-67

-------
           of aquatic habitat studies.
       d.  In all other  Class B waters - no change from reference conditions that would have an undue
           adverse effect on the composition of the aquatic biota, the physical or chemical nature of the
           substrate or the species composition or propagation of fishes.

Section 3-05 Fish Habitat Designation
To provide forthe protection and management of fisheries, the waters of the State are designated in Appendix
A as being either a cold or a warm water fish habitat. Where appropriate, such designations may be seasonal.
Virainia
SOURCE: State Water Control Board, Virginia Administrative Code (9 VAC 25-260-5 et seq. Water Quality
Standards). Statutory Authority: § 62.1 -44.15(3a) of the Code of Virginia. Effective Date: December 10,1997:
http://www.deq.state.va.us/wqs/

PARTI
SURFACE WATER STANDARDS WITH GENERAL, STATEWIDE APPLICATION

9 VAC 25-260-10. Designation of uses.
A.  All state waters,  including wetlands, are designated for the following  uses:  recreational uses, e.g.,
    swimming and boating; the propagation and growth of a balanced, indigenous population of aquatic life,
    including game fish, which might reasonably be expected to inhabit them; wildlife; and the production of
    edible and marketable natural resources, e.g., fish and shellfish.

9 VAC 25-260-20. General standard.
A.  All state waters, including wetlands, shall be free from substances attributable to sewage, industrial waste,
    or other waste in concentrations, amounts, or combinations which contravene established standards or
    interfere directly or indirectly with designated uses of such water or which are inimical or harmful to
    human, animal, plant, or aquatic life.

9 VAC 25-260-370. Classification column.
B.  DGIF trout waters. The Department of Game and Inland Fisheries (DGIF) has established a classification
    system for trout waters based on aesthetics, productivity, resident fish population and stream structure.
    Classes i through iv rate wild trout habitat; Classes v  through vii rate cold water habitat not suitable for
    wild trout but adequate for year-round hold-over of  stocked trout. The DGIF  classification system is
    included in this publication with the board's trout water classes (Class V - Stockable trout waters and
    Class VI - Natural trout waters) in the class column of the River Basin Section Tables 9 VAC 25-260-390
    et seq.

    DGIF trout water classifications which are not consistent with board classifications for stockable trout
    waters or natural trout waters are shown with a double asterisk (**) in the class column of the River Basin
    Section Tables 9 VAC 25-260-390 et seq. These trout waters have been identified for reevaluation  by
    the DGIF. Those trout waters which have no DGIF classification are shown with a triple asterisk (***). The
    DGIF classes are described below. Inclusion of these DGIF classes provides additional information about
    specific streams for permit writers and other interested  persons. Trout waters classified as classes i or
    ii  by the DGIF are also recognized in 9 VAC 25-260-110.

DGIF STREAM CLASS DESCRIPTIONS.

Wild natural trout streams.
Class i.     Stream of outstanding natural beauty possessing wilderness or at least remote characteristics,
           an abundance of large deep pools, and excellent fish cover.  Substrate is variable with an
           abundance of coarse gravel and  rubble. Stream contains a good population of wild trout or has
           the potential for such. Would be considered an  exceptional wild trout stream.
Class ii.    Stream contains a good wild trout population or the potential for one but is lacking in aesthetic
           quality, productivity, and/or in some structural characteristic. Stream maintains good waterquality

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                      4-68

-------
           and temperature, maintains at least a fair summer flow, and adjacent land is not extensively
           developed. Stream would be considered a good wild trout stream and would represent a major
           portion of Virginia's wild trout waters.
Class iii.    Stream which contains a fair population of wild trout with carrying capacity depressed by natural
           factors or more commonly man-related land use practices. Land use activities may result in heavy
           siltation of the stream, destruction of banks and  fish cover, water quality degradation, increased
           watertemperature, etc. Most streams would be considered to be in the active state of degradation
           or recovery from degradation. Alteration in land  use  practices would generally improve carrying
           capacity of the stream.
Class iv.    Stream which contains an adequately reproducing wild trout population but has severely reduced
           summer flow characteristics. Fish are trapped in  isolated pools where they are highly susceptible
           to predators and fishermen. Such streams could quickly be over-exploited and, therefore, provide
           difficult management problems.

Stockable trout streams.
Class v.    Stream does not contain an adequately  reproducing wild trout population nor does it have the
           potential  for such.  However,  water quality is adequate, water temperature is  good,  and
           invertebrate productivity is  exceptional. Pools are abundant with good size and depth and fish
           cover is excellent. Stream  would  be good for stocked trout but  may offer more potential for a
           fingerling stocking program.
Class vi.    Stream does not contain a significant number of trout nor a significant population of warmwater
           gamefish. Water quality is adequate and water temperature good for summer carryover of
           stocked trout. Summer flow remains fair and adjacent land is not extensively developed. All
           streams in this class would be considered good trout stocking water.
Class vii.   Stream does not contain a significant number of trout nor a significant population of warmwater
           gamefish. Water quality and temperature are  adequate for trout survival but productivity  is
           marginal  as are structural characteristics. Streams in this class could be included in a stocking
           program but they would be considered marginal and generally would not be recommended for
           stocking.
Class viii.   Stream does not contain a significant number of trout nor a significant population of warmwater
           gamefish. Water quality and temperature are adequate for trout but summer flows are very poor
           (less than 30% of channel).  Streams in this class can provide good trout fishing during spring and
           early summer but would not be recommended for summer or fall stocking.
Other.     Remaining streams would be considered unsuitable for any type  of trout fishery. Streams would
           be considered unsuitable under any of the following conditions:
           (a)  summer temperatures unsuitable for trout survival;
           (b)  stream contains  a significant population of warmwater gamefish;
           (c)  insufficient flow;  or
           (d)  intolerable water quality.
Washington
SOURCE: Chapter 173-201A Washington Administrative Code. Water Quality Standards for Surface Waters
of the State of Washington, November 18, 1997:  http://www.ecy.wa.gov/pubs/wac173201 a.pdf

WAC 173-201A-010 Introduction.
(1)  The purpose of this chapter is to establish water quality standards for surface waters of the state of
    Washington consistent with public  health and  public enjoyment thereof, and the propagation and
    protection offish, shellfish, and wildlife, pursuant to the provisions of chapter 90.48 RCW [Revised Code
    of Washington] and the policies and  purposes thereof.

WAC 173-201A-020 Definitions.
"Biological assessment" is an evaluation  of the biological condition of a water body using surveys of aquatic
community structure and function and other direct measurements of resident biota in surface waters.

"Damage to the ecosystem" means any demonstrated or predicted stress to aquatic or terrestrial organisms

Water Quality Standards                         December 2002                                      4-69

-------
or communities of organisms which the department reasonably concludes may interfere in the health or
survival success or natural structure of such populations. This stress may be due to, but is not limited to,
alteration in habitat or changes in water temperature, chemistry, or turbidity, and shall consider the potential
build up of discharge constituents or temporal increases in habitat alteration which may create such stress
in the long term.

"Ecoregions" are defined using EPA's Ecoregions of the Pacific Northwest Document No. 600/3-86/033 July
1986 by Omernik and Gallant.

"Wildlife habitat" means waters of the state used by, or that directly or indirectly provide food support to, fish,
other aquatic life, and wildlife for any life history stage or activity.

WAC 173-201A-030  General water use and criteria classes.
The following criteria  shall apply to the various classes of surface waters in the state of Washington:

Class AA (extraordinary), Class A (excellent), and Class B (good). Characteristic uses shall include, but not
be limited to, the following:
    (iii)  Fish and shellfish: Salmonid migration, rearing, spawning, and harvesting. Other fish migration,
        rearing, spawning, and harvesting. Clam, oyster, and mussel rearing, spawning, and harvesting.
        Crustaceans and other shellfish (crabs, shrimp, crayfish,  scallops, etc.)  rearing, spawning, and
        harvesting.
    (iv)  Wildlife habitat.

Class C (fair).  Characteristic uses shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
    (ii)  Fish (salmonid and other fish migration).

Lake class.  Characteristic uses shall  include, but not be limited to, the following:
    (iii)  Fish and shellfish: Salmonid migration, rearing, spawning, and harvesting. Other fish migration,
        rearing, spawning, and harvesting. Clam and mussel rearing, spawning, and harvesting. Crayfish
        rearing, spawning, and harvesting.
    (iv)  Wildlife habitat.
West Virginia
SOURCE:  Title  46,  West Virginia Secretary of State,  Code  of State  Rules (CSR), Legislative Rule,
Environmental Quality Board, Series 1, Requirements Governing Water Quality Standards, effective May 17,
2001: http://www.state.wv.us/csr/verify.asp?TitleSeries=46-01

§46-1-3. Conditions Not Allowable In State Waters.
    3.2.i.   Any  other condition, including radiological exposure, which adversely alters the integrity of the
           waters of the State including wetlands; no significant adverse impact to the chemical, physical,
           hydrologic, or biological components of aquatic ecosystems shall be allowed.

§46-1-6. Water  Use Categories.
6.3. Category B  -  Propagation and maintenance of fish and other aquatic life.  - This category includes:
    6.3.a.  Category B1  —  Warm water fishery streams.  — Streams or stream segments which contain
           populations composed of all warm water aquatic life.
    6.3.b.  Category B2  —  Trout Waters.  —   As defined in Section  2.19 (See Appendix A for a
           representative list.)
    6.3.c.  Category B4 - Wetlands. - As defined in section 2.22; certain numeric stream criteria may not
           be appropriate for application to wetlands (see Appendix E).
6.5. Category D.  - Agriculture and wildlife uses.
    6.5.c.  Category D3  - Wildlife. - This category includes all stream segments and wetlands used by
           wildlife.
Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                        4-70

-------
Wisconsin
Source: Wisconsin Administrative Code, Department of Natural Resources, Chapter NR 102, Water Quality
Standards for Wisconsin Surface Waters, February 1998: http://www.legis.state.wi.us/rsb/code/nr/nr102.pdf


NR 102.04 Categories of standards.
(3)  FISH AND OTHER AQUATIC LIFE USES. The department shall classify all surface waters into one of
    the fish and other aquatic life subcategories described in this subsection. Only those use subcategories
    identified in pars, (a) to (c) shall be considered suitable for the protection and propagation of a balanced
    fish and other aquatic life community as provided in the federal water pollution control act amendments
    of 1972, P.L. 92-500; 33 USC 1251 etseq.
    (a) Cold water  communities.  This  subcategory includes surface waters capable of supporting a
       community of cold water fish and other aquatic life, or serving as a spawning area for cold water fish
       species. This subcategory includes, but is not restricted to, surface waters identified as trout water
       by the  department of natural resources (Wisconsin Trout Streams,  publication 6-3600 (80)).
    (b) Warm  water sport fish communities. This subcategory includes surface waters capable of supporting
       a community of warm water sport fish or serving as a spawning area for warm water sport fish.
    (c) Warm water forage fish communities. This subcategory includes surface waters capable of supporting
       an abundant diverse community of forage fish and other aquatic life.
    (d) Limited forage fish communities. (Intermediate surface waters). This subcategory includes surface
       waters of limited capacity and naturally poor water quality or habitat. These surface waters are
       capable of supporting only a limited community of forage fish and other aquatic life.
    (e) Limited aquatic life. (Marginal surface waters). This sub-category includes surface waters of severely
       limited capacity and naturally poor water quality  or habitat. These surface waters are capable of
       supporting only a limited community of aquatic life.

(7)  STANDARDS FOR WILDLIFE. All surface waters shall be classified for wildlife uses and meet the wildlife
    criteria specified in or developed pursuant to  NR 105.07.
Wyoming
SOURCE: Wyoming  Rules and Regulations, Water Quality Rules and Regulations: Chapter 1, Quality
Standards for Wyoming Surface Waters Sections 2, 3, and 4, March 7, 2000:
http://soswy.state.wy.us/RULES/3925.pdf

Section 2. Definitions. The following definitions supplementthose definitions contained in section 35-11 -103
of the Wyoming Environmental Quality Act.

(e)     "Cold Water Game Fish " means Grayling (Thymallus arcticus), Northern Pike (Esox lucius), Salmon
       (Oncorhynchus spp.), Sauger (Stizostedion canadense), Tiger muskie (Esox Masquinongy), Trout
       (Salmo,  Oncorhynchus, and Salvelinus spp.),  Walleye  (Stizostedion  vitreum),  and Whitefish
       (Prospium williamsoni).

(p)     "Game fish" means Bass (Micropterus spp.), Catfish (Ictalurus punctatus), Grapple (Pomoxis spp.),
       Grayling (Thymallus arcticus), Ling (Lota lota), Northern Pike (Esox lucius), Perch (Percaflavescens),
       Salmon (Oncorhynchus spp.), Sauger (Stizostedion canadense), Sunfish (Lepomis spp.), Tiger
       Muskie  (Esox  Masquinongy), Trout (Salmo,  Oncorhynchus,  and Salvelinus  spp.), Walleye
       (Stizostedion  vitreum), White Bass (Morone chrysops), and Whitefish (Prospium williamsoni).

(w)     "Natural" means that condition which would  exist without the measurable effects or measurable
       influence of man's activities.

(x)     "Natural biotic community" means the population structures which were historically or normally present
       under a given set of chemical and  physical conditions or which would potentially exist had not the
       habitat been degraded.

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                      4-71

-------
(y)     "Natural water quality" means that quality of water which would exist without the measurable effects
       or measurable influence of man's activities.

(II)     "Undesirable aquatic  life" means organisms  generally associated  with degraded or eutrophic
       conditions. These may include the following organisms where they have replaced members of the
       natural biotic community: nongame fish, bluegreen algae, certain diatoms, fungi, tubificid worms, and
       certain syrphid flies.

(mm)  "Warm water game fish" means Bass (Micropterus spp.), Catfish (Ictalurus  punctatus),  Grapple
       (Pomoxis spp.), Ling (Lota lota),  Perch (Perca flavescens), Sunfish (Lepomis spp.), and White Bass
       (Morone Chrysops).

Section 3. Water Uses.
(b)  Protection and  propagation offish and wildlife;...and to achieve the goal  of the federal act, which is to
    achieve, wherever attainable, surface water quality  which provides for the  protection and propagation of
    fish, shellfish, wildlife, and recreation in and on the  water.

Section 4. Surface Water Classes and Uses. There are four classes of surface water in Wyoming:
(a)  Class 1 - Those surface waters in which no further water quality degradation by point source discharges
    other than from dams will  be  allowed. Nonpoint sources  of pollution  shall be controlled  through
    implementation  of  appropriate best  management practices. In designating  Class  1 waters,  the
    Environmental  Quality Council shall  consider water quality, aesthetic, scenic, recreational, ecological,
    agricultural, botanical, zoological, municipal, industrial, historical, geological, cultural, archaeological, fish
    and wildlife, the presence of significant quantities of developable water and other values of present and
    future benefit to the people.
(b)  Class 2 - Those surface waters, other than those classified as Class 1, which are determined to:
    (i)  Be presently supporting game fish; or
    (ii) Have the hydrologic and natural  water quality potential to support game fish; or
    (iii) Include nursery areas or food sources for game fish.
(c)  Class 3 - Those surface waters, other than those classified as Class 1, which are determined to:
    (i)  Be presently supporting nongame fish only; or
    (ii) Have the hydrologic and natural  water quality potential to support nongame fish only; or
    (iii) Include nursery areas or food sources for nongame fish only.
(d)  Class 4 - Those surface waters, other than those classified as Class 1, which are determined to not have
    the hydrologic or natural water quality potential to support fish and  include all intermittent and ephemeral
    streams. Class 4 waters shall receive protection for agriculture uses and wildlife watering.



TERRITORIES
American Samoa
SOURCE: American Samoa Water Quality Standards (1999 Revision provided by ASEPA), Sections 24.0205
and 24.0206:

§24.0205 Water Classifications-Protected and Prohibited Uses
(1)  Class 1 Fresh Surface Waters
    (A) Class 1 waters are to remain in as near their natural state as possible with a minimum of pollution
       from any human activity.  Protected uses of these waters are: potable water supplies, support and
       propagation indigenous aquatic and terrestrial life and compatible recreation and aesthetic enjoyment.
    (B) Prohibited uses and activities include, but are not limited to:
       (i)  Point source discharges of pollutants
       (ii)  Dredging and filling activities
       (iii) Bathing, including washing clothes and dishes
       (iv) Animal pens over or within 100 feet of the water body
       (v)  Siting of septic tanks or cesspools within 200 feet of the water body

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                      4-72

-------
       (vi) Land disturbing (e.g., grading, tillage) activities within 100 feet of the water body
       (vii) Wood cutting or clearing within 100 feet of the water body

(2)  Class 2 Fresh Surface Waters
    (A) Class 2 waters  shall be protected for the support and  propagation of indigenous aquatic  life,
       recreation in and on the water, and aesthetic enjoyment.
    (B) Prohibited uses and activities  include, but are not limited to:
       (i)  No zones of mixing will be granted
       (ii)  Dredging or  filling activities, except as approved by EQC
       (iii) Animal pens over or immediately adjacent to the water body

§24.0206 Standards of Water Quality
       (i)  There shall be no changes in basin geometry or freshwater inflow that will alter current patterns
           in such a way as to adversely affect existing biological  populations or sediment distribution. To
           protect estuarine organisms,  no change in channels, basin geometry, or freshwater influx shall
           be made which would cause permanent changes in existing isohaline patterns of more than 10
           percent.
Commonwealth  of  Northern Mariana  Islands
Source:  http://www.epa.gov/ost/standards/wqslibrary/ and http://www.deq.gov.mp/

PART 5 CLASSIFICATION OF WATER USES

5.1  Marine Waters
(a)  CLASS AA-It is the objective of this class that these waters remain in their natural pristine state as nearly
    as possible with an absolute minimum of pollution or alteration of water quality from any human-related
    source or actions.  To the extent practicable, the wilderness character of such areas shall be protected.
    No zones of mixing shall be permitted. The uses to be protected in this class of waters are the support
    and propagation of shellfish and other marine life, conservation of coral reefs and wilderness areas,
    oceanographic research, and aesthetic enjoyment and compatible recreation  inclusive of whole body
    contact and related activities. / The classification of any water area as Class AA shall not preclude other
    uses of such waters compatible with these objectives and in conformance with  the criteria applicable to
    them.
(b)  CLASS A- It is the objective of this class of waters that their use for recreational purposes and aesthetic
    enjoyment be protected. Any other use shall be allowed as long as it is compatible with the protection and
    propagation offish, shellfish, and wildlife, and  with recreation in and on these waters of a limited body
    contact nature. Such  waters shall be kept clean  of solid waste, oil and grease, and shall  not act as
    receiving waters for any effluent which has not received the best degree of treatment of control practicable
    under existing technology and  economic conditions and compatible with standards established for this
    class. A zone of mixing is [approvable] in such waters.

5.2  Fresh Surface Waters
(a)  Class 1 - It is the  objective of this class that these waters remain in their natural state as nearly as
    possible with an absolute minimum Of pollution from any human-caused source. To the extent possible,
    the wilderness character of such areas shall be protected. Wastewater discharges and zone of mixing into
    these waters are prohibited.  The uses to be  protected in this  class of water are for domestic water
    supplies, food processing, the support and propagation of aquatic life, compatible recreation and aesthetic
    enjoyment including water contact recreation.
(b)  Class 2 - It is the objective of this class of waters that their use for recreational purposes, propagation of
    fish and other aquatic life, and agricultural and industrial water supply not be limited in any way. The uses
    to be protected in this  class of waters are all uses compatible with the protection and propagation offish
    and other aquatic life, and with recreation in and on these waters. Compatible recreation may include
    limited body contact activities. Such waters shall not act as receiving waters for any discharge which has
    not received the best degree of treatment or control practical under technological and economic conditions
    and compatible with the standards established for this class. A zone of mixing is permissible in these

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                      4-73

-------
    waters.

5.3 Protection of wetlands
Wetlands are waters of the State and are subject to the provisions of this rule. Point or nonpoint sources of
pollution shall not cause destruction or impairment of wetlands. The general application of the Water Quality
Standards shall apply to all wetlands unless replaced by site specific standards for wetlands based on their
function are adopted by the Commonwealth and approved by EPA.

7.6 Salinity
Marine Waters (applicable to Class A, Class AA): No alterations of the marine environment shall occur that
would: (1) alter the salinity of marine or estuarine waters more than 10% of the  ambient conditions, or (2)
which would otherwise adversely affect the sedimentary patterns and indigenous biota, except when due to
natural causes.

7.10 Oil and Petroleum Products
The concentration of oil or petroleum products shall not:
(b)  Cause tainting offish or other aquatic life, be injurious to the indigenous biota or cause objectionable taste
    in drinking water.

7.12 General Considerations
(d)  The health and life history characteristics of aquatic organisms in waters affected by controllable water
    quality factors  shall not differ substantially from those for the  same waters in areas unaffected  by
    controllable water quality factors.  Also, controllable water quality factors shall not cause a detrimental
    increase in concentrations of toxic substances found in bottom sediments or aquatic life.
Guam*
This language has not been reviewed for accuracy by state/tribal agency.

SOURCE: Section II, Guam STATEMENT OF POLICY, amended 1986:
http://www.epa.qov/ost/standards/wqslibrary/

It shall be the public policy of the Territory of Guam to:
1.   conserve,  protect, maintain,  and improve the quality of the Guam's waters for (drinking and  food
    processing) human consumption, for the growth and propagation of aquatic life, for marine research and
    for the  preservation of coral reefs and wilderness areas, and for domestic,  agricultural, commercial,
    industrial, recreational and other legitimate uses;
4.   maintain and improve the chemical,  physical, and  biological integrity of wetlands water quality  as
    necessary to meet the Clean Water Act Section 101 (a), and to protect wetlands...

SECTION I: CATEGORIES OF WATERS
A.  MARINE WATERS. This category includes all coastal waters off-shore from the mean high water mark,
    including estuarine waters, lagoons and bays, brackish areas, wetlands and other special aquatic sites,
    and other inland Waters that are subject to ebb and flow of the tides. Refer to Water Classification Map.

    CATEGORY M-1 EXCELLENT:  Waters in this category must be of high enough quality to ensure
    preservation  and protection of marine life, including corals and reef dwelling organisms, fish and related
    fisheries resources, and enable the pursuit of marine scientific research as well as aesthetic enjoyment.
    This category of water shall remain substantially free from pollution attributed  to domestic, commercial
    and industrial discharges, shipping and boating, or agriculture, construction and other activities which can
    reduce  the waters' quality. Furthermore, there shall be no zones of mixing within this category water.

    CATEGORY M-2 GOOD: Water in this category must be of sufficient quality to allow for the propagation
    and survival  of marine organisms, particularly shellfish, corals and other reef related resources. Other
    important and intended uses include mariculture activities, aesthetic enjoyment and compatible recreation
    inclusive of whole body contact and related activities.
Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                      4-74

-------
    CATEGORY M-3 FAIR:  Water in this category is intended for general, commercial and industrial use.
    Specific intended uses include the following: shipping, boating and  berthing, industrial cooling water,
    marinas, while allowing for protection of aquatic life, aesthetic enjoyment and compatible recreation with
    limited body contact.


B.  MIXING ZONES IN RECEIVING WATERS. ...The following criteria apply to all mixing zones:
    3.  Biologically important areas, including spawning and nursery areas, shall be protected.

CHAPTER IV DEFINITIONS
BIOTA: The animal, plant and microbial life of a region.

COMMUNITY: An association of living organisms in a given area or region in which the various species are
more or less interdependent upon each other.

HABITAT: The environment occupied by  individuals of a particular species, population or community.

SPECIAL AQUATIC SITES: Sites possessing special ecological characteristics and values including wetlands,
wildlife sanctuaries and refuges, mud flats, vegetated shallows, coral reefs, riffle and pool complexes.

WETLANDS: Means areas of land where the water table is at, near or above the land surface  long enough
each year to result in the formation of characteristically wet (hydric) soil types, and support the growth of water
dependent (hydrophytic) vegetation. Wetlands include, but are not limited to, marshes, swamps, mangroves,
natural ponds, surface springs, estuaries, bogs, and
other such low-lying or similar areas. Inland wetlands will include all wetlands meeting the following conditions.
    1)  Wetlands greater than one hectare in size with less than  0.5% (ocean derived) salinity; and
    2)  Palustrine, Riverine and Lacustrine wetlands with greater than 30% wetland vegetation cover.

WETLAND  FUNCTIONS: The beneficial uses of wetlands which are  protected  by these Water Quality
Standards including but not limited to groundwater  recharge/discharge, flood water retention, sediment
stabilization, nutrient removal/transformation, wildlife diversity/ abundance,
aquatic diversity/abundance, and recreation.
Puerto  Rico
SOURCE: Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Office of the Governor, Environmental Quality Board, Puerto Rico
Water Quality Standards, amended November 1987: http://www.epa.qov/ost/standards/wqslibrary/

Article I. Definitions
Benthic Species. Organisms that inhabit on, over, or  in the bottom of the water body.;live adhered to the
bottom or crawl over the bottom.

Biota. All living organisms.

Desirable Species.  Species indigenous to the area or introduced to the area because of ecological or
commercial value.

Ecological Community. Group of organisms dominated by one species or a specific group of species. The
ecological community derives its name from that of the dominant species, such as coral reefs and mangroves.

Ecological Value. Refers to the existing interrelations between water body, fauna and flora that result in the
continuity, stability and permanence of the ecological community.

Pelagic Species. Organisms that have the ability of self locomotion and can overcome the currents. These
organisms can be found anywhere in the water column, near the surface, the  bottom or at any point between
the surface and the bottom.

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                       4-75

-------
Planktonic Species. Marine organisms that mainly inhabit the surface of the receiving body of water. Their
main characteristic is that they cannot overcome the currents even if they have self locomotion.

Propagation and Preservation of Desirable Species.  This refers to the reproduction and continuance of flora
and fauna associated with water bodies and which have ecologic  importance and/or commercial value,
whether individually or as part of an ecological community.

Wetlands. Areas inundated or saturated by coastal, surface cr ground water at a frequency and duration
sufficient to support, and under normal circumstances do support a prevalence of vegetation typically adapted
for life in saturated soil conditions.

ARTICLE 2.   CLASSIFICATION OF  THE WATERS OF  PUERTO  RICO ACCORDING TO THE
DESIGNATED USES TO BE PROTECTED
3.2  Use Classifications and Water Quality Standards for Specific Classifications:
    3.2.1   Class SA:
           (A) Usages and Description:  Coastal waters and estuarine waters of high quality and/or
              exceptional ecological or  recreational value whose existing characteristics shall not be
              altered, except by natural causes, in order to preserve the existing natural phenomena.
    3.2.2   Class SB:
           (A) Usages and Description.  Coastal  waters and  estuarine waters for use in  primary and
              secondary contact recreation, and for  propagation and preservation of desirable species.
    3.2.3   Class SC:
           (A) Usages and Description: Coastal waters intended ...for use in propagation and preservation
              of desirable species.
    3.2.4   Class SD:
           (A) Usages and Description: Surface waters intended for ... propagation and preservation of
              desirable species as well as primary and secondary contact recreation...
    3.2.5   Class SE:
           (A) Usages and Description: Surface waters and wetlands of exceptional ecological value, whose
              existing characteristics should not  be altered  in order to  preserve the existing natural
              phenomena.
U.S. Virgin Islands
SOURCE: T.12 Subchapter 186. Water Quality Standards for Coastal Waters of the Virgin Islands Ch. 7
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL §186-2 -186.4: http://www.epa.gov/ost/standards/wqslibrarv

S 186-2. Class A
(a)  Best usage of waters: Preservation of natural phenomena requiring special conditions, such as the Natural
    Barrier Reef at Buck Island, St. Croix and the Under Water Trail at Trunk Bay, St. John.
(b)  Quality criteria: Existing natural conditions shall not be changed.

S 186-3. Class B
(a)  Best usage of waters: For propagation of desirable species of marine life...

S 186-4. Class C
(a)  Best usage of waters: For the propagation of desirable species of marine life...
TRIBES
Confederated Tribes  of the Colville Reservation
SOURCE: Source: 40 CFR 131.35, July 1, 2000 edition:
 http://www.epa. qov/ost/standards/wqslibrarv/tribes/131.35.pdf
Water Quality Standards
                                         December 2002
                                                                                         4-76

-------
§131.35
(f)  General water use and criteria classes. The following criteria shall apply to the various classes of surface
    waters on the Colville Indian Reservation:
    (1)  Class I (Extraordinary)—(i) Designated uses. The designated uses include, but are not limited to, the
        following:
        (C) Fish and shellfish: Salmonid migration, rearing, spawning, and harvesting; other fish migration,
           rearing, spawning, and harvesting.
        (D) Wildlife habitat.

    (2)  Class II (Excellent)—(i) Designated uses. The designated uses include but are not limited to, the
        following:
        (C) Fish and shellfish: Salmonid migration, rearing, spawning, and harvesting; other fish migration,
           rearing, spawning, and harvesting; crayfish rearing, spawning, and harvesting.
        (D) Wildlife habitat.

    (3)  Class III (Good)—(i) Designated uses. The designated uses include  but are not limited to, the
        following:
        (C) Fish and shellfish: Salmonid migration, rearing, spawning, and harvesting; other fish migration,
           rearing, spawning, and harvesting; crayfish rearing, spawning, and harvesting.
        (D) Wildlife habitat.

    (4)  Class IV (Fair)—(i) Designated uses. The designated uses include but are not limited to, the following:
        (C) Fish (salmonid and other fish migration).
Nez  Perce Tribe
WQS under development. Currently collecting chemical and physical habitat data to eventually establish WQS
for the  reservation area. No website available.
Oneida  Nation of Wisconsin
(WQS were federally approved in 1996 and then rescinded after a lawsuit.)
SOURCE: Oneida Nation Water Quality Standards, hard copy provided by contact

Article VII. Narrative Criteria
7-1.     Narrative criteria shall be used to guide water management decisions and activities that affect the
        Waters of the Reservation, and to protect and enhance water quality. The following narrative criteria
        shall apply to all Waters of the Reservations provided, however, where more stringent criteria exist,
        the stricter standards shall supersede.

7-2.     All Waters  of the Reservation shall be free from:
        a.  pollutants in quantities that, either alone or as a result of interaction with other pollutants, cause
           any designated use to become impaired.

        b.  pollutants in quantities that produce or contribute to the production of nuisance aquatic life.

        c.  pollutants in quantities that produce objectionable color, odor, taste or turbidity.

        d.  hazardous substances,  toxic corrosive, nonconventional materials concentrations, or other
           deleterious substances, chemicals,  and materials, which alone or in  combination with other
           substances or in combination with other components of discharges, or their breakdown products,
           are  acutely or chronically toxic, carcinogenic, teratogenic,  and injure,  or  bioaccumulate,
           biomagnify, bioconcentrate, or produce adverse physiological responses in human beings and/or
           fish and aquatic life, or which interfere directly or indirectly with designated, existing,  or other
           uses.

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                       4-77

-------
        e.  exotic nuisance species, e.g. purple loosestrife, zebra mussels, etc.

        f.   toxic pollutants in quantities that result bioaccumulation in aquatic organisms leading to toxicity
           to consumers of the aquatic organisms.

        g.  excess  nutrients that may cause a condition harmful to  human health, decrease fish habitat,
           cause nuisance  aquatic growths, or that in any way impair designated  uses.  Nitrogen and
           phosphorous concentrations shall not exceed the levels stated in Article XIII of this document.

        h.  microorganisms  at levels that make recreation in and on Reservation waters unsafe.

        i.   floating  debris, oil, scum and other floating materials as a result of human activity in amounts
           sufficient to be unsightly, cause degradation or impair designated uses.

        j.   materials entering the waters as a result of human activity producing  color, odor, taste or other
           conditions  in amounts sufficient to  be  unsightly, cause degradation or in any way impair
           designated uses.

        k.  substances other than  from  natural causes that may settle to form objectionable deposits or
           adversely impact designated uses.

        I.   contaminants, from other than natural causes, that may settle or remain suspended that have a
           deleterious effect on the aquatic life or that will significantly alter the physical  or chemical
           properties of the water  body or that in any way impairs designated uses.

7-3.     All wetlands shall be protected to maintain and restore their natural physical, biological, and chemical
        characteristics, including substrate, vegetative and  hydrological conditions necessary to support
        natural amounts of native vegetation, maintain natural hydrodynamics and maintain natural water
        temperature variations that are necessary to protect  and support all existing and designated uses.

7-4.     All naturally occuring biological  communities and the habitat needed to support them shall be
        maintained and protected in all waters and wetlands of the Reservation at all times.

7-5.     Concentrations of radioactive materials shall not exceed concentrations  caused by local naturally
        occuring materials.

7-6.     All Waters of the Reservation shall be free from unauthorized discharges at all places at all times.

7-7.     Any activity that allows storm discharges or base flow conditions to  significantly degrade stream
        morphology or  result in a waterway's inability to maintain existing aquatic life shall be prohibited.
        Cumulative  impacts of any  such activity shall be considered.

7-8.     Waters contained in intermittent and ephemeral streams shall meet all water quality criteria applicable
        to any perennial streams to which they are tributaries.

7-9.     All criteria should be  met at all times and all locations, including low flow rates.  However, allowance
        may be made for mixing, on a case by case basis, where compliance with the  chronic criteria is not
        technically feasible.  In such cases mixing zones shall be established consistent with 40 C. F. R. Pt.
        132, Appendix  F, Procedure 3.  In no case will mixing be permitted in biologically or recreationally
        sensitive areas. In no case may the acute criteria be exceeded.

7-10.   Natural native biological/ecological communities associated with Waters of the Reservation and their
        biotic and abiotic components and relationships shall be protected.

7-11.   Waters of the Reservation shall not be degraded below their present water quality nor shall new or
        increased discharges be permitted unless it is determined by the Environmental Department that the
        accompanying  water quality  degradation from such  discharges will provide unique benefits in

Water Quality Standards                         December 2002                                        4-78

-------
        accordance with Section 6-7 and Section 6-8. All existing and designated uses shall be protected at
        all times.

7-12.   Any activities that degrade the aesthetic quality, stability and/or ecological integrity of the Waters of
        the Reservation shall be prohibited unless authorized in a manner consistent with the water quality
        standards contained herein.

7-13.   The discharge of toxicants into the Waters of Reservations that are known or found to be synergistic
        with other pollutants shall be addresses on a case by case basis.

7-14.   For substances where numeric criteria have not yet been adopted by the Oneida Nation, the numeric
        criteria and methodologies in 40 C. F. R. Pt. 132, Appendices A-D shall be used and are incorporated
        into  these standards by reference.

Article IX.  Designated Uses
9-1.     All of the following categories of designated  uses shall apply to all Waters of the reservation except
        where noted.

9-2.     Public Water Supply. Waters specifically  designated as suitable or intended to  become suitable for
        providing an adequate supply of drinking water for the continuation of the health, safety and welfare
        of the Nation's members and residents  of the Oneida Reservation.

9-3.     Wildlife. All surface waters capable of providing a water supply and vegetative habitat for the support
        and propagation of all wildlife located within the exterior boundaries of the Oneida Nation Reservation.

9-4.     Aquatic Life. Waters of the Reservation shall be categorized as one the following:
        1.   Cold Water Ecosystems'. Waters of the Reservation where water temperature, habitat and other
            characteristics are suitable or intended  to  be suitable for the support and  propagation of cold
            water fish and other aquatic life, or serving as a spawning or nursery area for cold water fish
            species. Examples of cold water fish  include brook trout and rainbow trout.  Trout Creek,
            Lancaster Brook and associated tributaries are hereby designated as cold water ecosystems.
        2.   Warm  Water Ecosystems:   Waters of the Reservation where water temperature, habitat and
            other characteristics are suitable or intended to  be suitable for support and propagation of warm
            water fish and other aquatic life, or serving as a spawning or nursery area for warm water fish
            species. Examples of warm water fish species include large mouth bass and bluegills.  All
            Waters of the Reservation are hereby  designated  as warm water ecosystems except those
            mentioned  in Section 9-4(a).

9-5.     Subsistence Fishing. Water of the Reservation where spearing, netting or bow fishing is allowed as
        stated in the Oneida Conservation Hunting and Fishing Law.

9-6.     Cultural.  Waters that are suitable or intended to be suitable for traditional, cultural,  historic and
        modern ceremonial uses which uses which may include, but are not limited to the harvest and use
        of medical  plants and  wildlife associated  with aquatic, wetland and riparian habitats;  cultural
        educational uses including but not limited to ethnohydrological learning experiences that are passed
        from one generation to the next regarding the harvest of plants, fish, and animals; subsistence fishing;
        and activities that may require the protection of sensitive and valuable aquatic plant and wildlife, and
        aquatic, wetland and riparian habitat.

9-7.     Recreation.
        1.   Primary Contact Recreational:  Waters that are  suitable for activities involving prolonged human
            contact where the  risk of ingesting small quantities of water is likely; examples of this type of
            activity include, but are not limited to, swimming, tubing, rafting, skin diving, etc. The Norbert Hill
            Pond is hereby designated  as a primary contact recreational area.
        2.   Secondary Contact Recreational: Waters that are suitable for activities in which human contact
            with the water may, but need not occur and in which the probability of ingesting raw water is
            unlikely. Examples of this type of activity include, but are not limited to, fishing, wading, boating,
            etc.  All Waters of the Reservation are hereby designated as secondary contact recreational

Water Quality Standards                        December 2002                                       4-79

-------
           areas except for those mentioned in Section 9-5(a).

9-8.    Agricultural. Waters that are suitable for crop irrigation and livestock ingestion.

9-9.    Navigational. Waters that are suitable for navigation in and on the water.

9-10.   Industrial. Waters that are suitable for manufacturing and/or production enterprises.
Passamaquoddy Tribe,  Pleasant Point Reservation
[WQS currently awaiting approval by EPA Region 9]
Pyramid Lake Paiute Tribe
[WQS currently awaiting approval by EPA Region 9]
INTERSTATE COMMISSIONS
Delaware River Basin Commission
SOURCE: Delaware River Basin Commission West Trenton, New Jersey. Administrative Manual — Part III,
Water Quality Regulations, Revised to Include Amendments Through October 23, 1996, Article 3 Water
Quality Standards for the Delaware River Basin [Comprehensive Plan, Section X]:
http://www.state.nj.us/drbc/regs/wq-regs.pdf
3.10   BASINWIDE SURFACE WATER QUALITY STANDARDS
3.10.2  Water Uses
    B.  Uses to be Protected. The quality of Basin waters, except intermittent streams, shall be maintained
       in a safe and satisfactory condition of the following uses:
       2.   wildlife, fish and other aquatic life;

3.10.3  Stream Quality Objectives
    A.  Antidegradation of Waters
       2.   Special Protection Waters.  It is the policy of the Commission that there be no measurable
           change in existing water quality except towards  natural conditions in waters considered by the
           Commission to have exceptionally high scenic, recreational, ecological, and/or water supply
           values. Waters with exceptional values could  be classified by the Commission as Outstanding
           Basin Waters or Significant Resource Waters.

           In determining waters suitable for classification as Special Protection Waters, the Commission
           will consider nomination petitions from local, state and federal agencies and governing  bodies,
           and the public for waters potentially meeting the definition of Outstanding Basin Waters and
           Significant Resource Waters as described in 3.10.3A.2.a.

           The following policies shall apply to waters classified by the Commission as Outstanding Basin
           Waters or Significant Resource Waters and their drainage areas:

           a.  Definitions
              1) "Outstanding Basin Waters" are interstate and  contiguous intrastate waters that are
                 contained within the established boundaries of national parks; national wild, scenic and
                 recreational rivers systems; and/or national wildlife refuges that are classified by the
                 Commission under Subsection 2.g.1).  hereof as  having exceptionally  high  scenic,
Water Quality Standards
                                        December 2002
                                                                                        4-80

-------
                   recreational, and ecological values that require special protection.

               2)   "Significant Resource Waters" are interstate waters classified by the Commission under
                   Subsection 2.g.2). hereof as having exceptionally high scenic, recreational, ecological,
                   and/or water supply uses that require special protection.

               3)   "Existing Water Quality" is defined as the actual concentration of a water constituent at
                   an in-stream site or sites, as determined through field measurements and laboratory
                   analysis of data collected over a  time  period  determined  by the Commission to
                   adequately reflect the natural range of the hydraulic and climatologic factors which affect
                   water quality. Existing  water quality shall be described in  terms  of (a) an annual or
                   seasonal mean of the available water quality data, (b) two-tailed  upper and lower 95
                   percent confidence limits around the mean, and (c) the 10th  and 90th percentiles of the
                   data set from which the mean was calculated. Where available data are insufficient to
                   determine  existing water quality, existing water quality may  be estimated from data
                   obtained from sites within the same ecoregion or from best scientific judgment.

               4)   "Measurable Change" is defined as an actual or estimated change in a mean (annual or
                   seasonal) in-stream  pollutant concentration that is outside the range of the two-tailed
                   upper and  lower 95 percent confidence limits that define existing water quality.  In the
                   absence of adequate available data, background concentrations will be assumed to be
                   zero and "measurable change" will be based  on in-stream concentrations greater than
                   the detection limit for each parameter, based on the lowest limit of the most sensitive
                   technique specified in 40 CFR Part 136.

Excerpted from Table 1: Definition of Existing Water Quality in the Delaware River  Between Hancock, NY and
the Delaware Water Gap:
 Part A: Upper Delaware Scenic & Recreational River
Parameter

Biocriteria:
Shannon-Weiner
Biocriteria:
Equitability
Biocriteria:: EPT
Mean

3.6
0.8
15.5
95 Percent
Confidence Limits of
Mean

3.4 to 3.8
0.7 to 0.9
13.8 to 17.2
10th and 90th
Percentiles

2.7 and 4.3
0.5 and 1.1
8.0 and 24.0
Additional

May - Sept;
reachwide
May - Sept;
reachwide
May - Sept;
reachwide
 Part B: Delaware River from Millrift through the Delaware Water Gap Including the Middle Delaware
 Scenic and Recreational River
Parameter

Biocriteria:
Shannon-Weiner
Biocriteria:
Equitability
Mean

3.6
0.8
95 Percent
Confidence Limits of
Mean

3.4 to 3.7
0.7 to 0.9
10th and 90th
Percentiles

3.2and4.1
0.5 and 1.1
Additional

May - Sept;
reachwide
May - Sept;
reachwide
Water Quality Standards
                                          December 2002
                                                                                             4-81

-------
Biocriteria: EPT
13.9
12.8to15.1
8.0 and 20.0
May - Sept;
reachwide
Ohio River Valley Water Sanitation Commission
SOURCE: Ohio River Valley Water Sanitation Commission Pollution Control Standards for discharges to the
Ohio River, 2000 Revision: http://www.orsanco.org/watqual/standards/PollutionControl.pdfand
http://www.orsanco.org/

II. Definitions
    B.  "Biological integrity" means the ability of an aguatic ecosystem to support and maintain a balanced,
       integrated, adaptive community of organisms having a species composition, diversity, and functional
       organization comparable to those best attainable given ecoregional attributes and the modified habitat
       types of the river.

    H.  "Early Life Stages" offish means the pre-hatch embryonic period, the post-hatch free embryo oryolk-
       sac fry, and the larval period, during which the organism feeds. Juvenile fish, which are anatomically
       rather similar to adults, are not considered an early life stage.

    R.  "Representative Aquatic Species" means those species of aquatic life whose protection  and
       propagation will assure the sustained presence of a balanced indigenous community. Such species
       are representative in the sense that maintenance of suitable water quality conditions will assure the
       overall protection and sustain propagation of the balanced, indigenous community.

IV.  Water Quality Criteria
    B.  Aquatic Life Protection. To provide protection of warm water aquatic life habitats, the following criteria
       shall be met outside the mixing zone:
       1.  BIOLOGICAL: The biological integrity of the Ohio River shall be protected and preserved.
Water Quality Standards
                                         December 2002
                                                                                           4-82

-------
5.     LIST OF ACRONYMS AND DEFINITION  OF TERMS
5.1 Acronyms
 AL
 ALU
 ALUS
 ANOVA
 BMP
 CALM
 CERCLA
 CWA
 DO
 DQO
 EDAS
 EMAP
 EPT
 FTE
 CIS
 GPS
 HBI
 IBI
 MACS
 NAWQA
 NCBI
 NHD
 NOAA
 NPDES
 NPS
 PAHs
 PCBs
 POTW
 QA
Aquatic Life
Aquatic Life Use
Aquatic Life Use Support
Analysis of Variance
Best Management Practice
Consolidated Assessment Listing Methodology
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
Clean Water Act
Dissolved Oxygen
Data Quality Objectives
Ecological Data Application System
Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program
Ephemeroptera, Plecoptera, Trichoptera
Full Time Employees
Geographic Information System
Global Positioning System
Hilsenhoff Biotic Index
Index of Biological/Biotic Integrity
Mid-Atlantic Coastal Streams
National Water Quality Assessment Program
North Carolina Biotic Index
National Hydrography Database
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
Nonpoint Source
Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons
Polychlorinated Biphenyls
Publicly Owned Treatment Works
Quality Assurance
List of Acronyms & Definition of Terms
                                      December 2002
                                                                                     5-1

-------
 QAPP
 QC
 QHEI
 QMP
 RBP
 RCRA
 REMAP
 RIVPACS
 RF3
 SOP
 STORE!
 TMDL
 UAA
 USEPA
 USFS
 USFWS
 USGS
 WQ
 WQS
 WWTP
Quality Assurance Project Plan
Quality Control
Qualitative Habitat Evaluation Index
Quality Management Plan
Rapid Bioassessment Protocols
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
Regional Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program
River Invertebrate Prediction and Classification System
River Reach File 3
Standard Operating Procedures
Data Storage and Retrieval System
Total Maximum Daily Load
Use Attainability Analyses
United States Environmental Protection Agency
United States Forest Service
United States Fish and Wildlife Service
United States Geological  Survey
Water Quality
Water Quality Standards
Waste Water Treatment Plant
5.2 Definition of Terms
 Accuracy
 Ambient Monitoring
 Analysis of Variance
 Antidegradation Statement
                the degree of agreement between an observed value and an
                accepted reference value.
                sampling and evaluation of receiving waters not necessarily
                associated with episodic perturbations.
                a general statistical method for comparing the mean
                response to different treatments using the ratio of among-
                group to between-group variance. The method has also
                been applied to estimating precision and quantifying sources
                of variance.
                statement that  protects existing designated  uses and
                prevents high-quality waterbodies from deteriorating below
                the water quality necessary to maintain existing or anticipated
                designated beneficial uses.
List of Acronyms & Definition of Terms
                                         December 2002
                                                                                           5-2

-------
 Aquatic Assemblage



 Aquatic Community


 Aquatic Life Use
 Beneficial Uses
 Benthic Macro-invertebrates
 Benthos

 Best Management Practice



 Bias
 Biological Assessment or
 Bioassessment
 Biological Criteria or Biocriteria
 Biological Diversity or Biodiversity
 Biological Indicator or Bioindicator
an association of interacting populations of organisms in a
given waterbody, for example, fish assemblage or a benthic
macro!nvertebrate assemblage.

an association of interacting assemblages in a given
waterbody, the biotic component of an ecosystem.

a beneficial use designation in which the waterbody provides
suitable habitat for survival and reproduction of desirable fish,
shellfish, and other aquatic organisms; classifications
specified in state water quality standards relating to the level
of protection afforded to the resident biological community by
the state agency.

desirable uses that water quality should support.  Examples
are drinking water supply, primary contact recreation (such as
swimming), and aquatic life support.

animals without backbones, living in or on  the sediments, of a
size  large enough to be seen by the unaided eye and which
can be retained by a U.S. Standard No. 30 sieve (28 meshes
per inch, 0.595 mm openings).  Also  referred to as  benthos,
infauna, or macrobenthos.

see Benthic Macroinvertebrates.

an engineered structure or management activity,  or
combination of these, that eliminates or reduces an adverse
environmental effect of a pollutant.

the systematic or persistent distortion of a  measurement
process which deprives the result of representativeness (i.e.,
the expected sample measurement is different than the
sample's true value).

an evaluation of the biological condition of a waterbody using
surveys of the structure and function of the community of
resident biota.

narrative expressions or numerical values  that describe the
reference biological condition (structure and function) of
aquatic communities inhabiting waters of a given designated
aquatic life use.  Biocriteria are based on the numbers and
kinds of organisms present and are regulatory-based
biological measurements.

refers to the variety and variability among living organisms
and the ecological complexes in which they occur.  Diversity
can be defined as the number of different items and their
relative frequencies. For biological diversity, these items are
organized at many levels, ranging from complete ecosystems
to the biochemical structures that are the molecular basis of
heredity. Thus, the term encompasses different ecosystems,
species, and genes.

an organism, species, assemblage, or community
characteristic of a particular habitat, or indicative  of a
particular set of environmental conditions.
List of Acronyms & Definition of Terms
                                          December 2002
                                                                                              5-3

-------
 Biological Integrity




 Biological Monitoring or Biomonitoring




 Biological Survey or Biosurvey



 Bioregion


 Clean Water Act




 Clean Water Act 303(d)
 Clean Water Act 305(b)
 Criteria
 Data Quality Objectives
 Data Storage and Retrieval System
 (STORE!)
 Designated Use
the ability of an aquatic ecosystem to support and maintain a
balanced, adaptive community of organisms having a species
composition, diversity, and functional organization
comparable to that of natural habitats within a region.

use of a biological entity as a detector and its response as a
measure to determine environmental conditions. Ambient
biological surveys and toxicity tests are common biological
monitoring methods.

collecting, processing, and analyzing a representative portion
of the resident aquatic community to determine its structural
and/or functional characteristics.

any geographical region characterized by a distinctive flora
and/or fauna.

an act passed by the U.S. Congress to control water pollution
(formerly referred to as the Federal Water Pollution Control
Act of 1972). Public Law 92-500, as amended. 33 U.S.C.
1251  etseq.

This section of the Act requires States, territories, and
authorized tribes to develop lists of impaired waters for which
water quality standards are not being met, even after point
sources of pollution  have installed the minimum required
levels of pollution control technology. The law requires that
these jurisdictions establish priority rankings for waters on the
lists and  develop TMDLs for these waters. States, territories,
and authorized tribes are to submit their list of waters on April
1 in every even-numbered year.

biennial reporting requires description of the quality of the
Nation's surface waters, evaluation of progress made in
maintaining and restoring water quality, and description of the
extent of remaining problems.

limits  on  a particular pollutant or condition of a waterbody
presumed to support or protect the designated use or uses of
a waterbody. Criteria may be narrative or numeric.

qualitative and quantitative statements developed by data
users to specify the  quality of data needed to support specific
decisions; statements about the level of uncertainty that a
decision  maker is willing to accept in data used to support a
particular decision.

EPA's largest computerized environmental data system;
repository for biological, chemical, and physical data used by
state  environmental agencies,  EPA and other federal
agencies, universities, private citizens, and many others.

classification specified in water quality standards for  each
waterbody or segment describing the level of protection from
perturbation afforded by the regulatory programs. The
designated aquatic life uses established by the state or
authorized tribes set forth the goals for the restoration and/or
baseline conditions for maintenance and prevention from
further degradation of the aquatic life in specific waterbodies.
List of Acronyms & Definition of Terms
                                           December 2002
                                                                                               5-4

-------
 Ecological Data Application System
 (EDAS)
 Ecological Integrity
 Ecoregion
 Environmental Monitoring and
 Assessment Program
 Eutrophication
 Habitat
 Historical Data
 Index of Biological/Biotic Integrity
 Least Disturbed/Impaired
 Macroinvertebrates

 Macrophytes




 Metric
relational database system that allows the user to input,
compile, and analyze complex ecological data to make
assessments of ecosystem condition.

the condition of an unimpaired ecosystem as measured by
combined chemical, physical (including habitat), and
biological attributes.

a relatively homogeneous ecological area defined by
similarity of climate,  landform, soil, potential natural
vegetation, hydrology, or other ecologically relevant
variables.

a US EPA research  program to develop the tools necessary
to monitor and assess the status and trends of national
ecological resources.  EMAP's goal is to develop the
scientific understanding for translating environmental
monitoring data from multiple spatial and  temporal scales into
assessments of ecological condition and  forecasts of the
future risks to the sustainability of our natural resources.

enrichment of a waterbody with nutrients, resulting in high
levels of primary  production,  often leading to depletion of
dissolved oxygen.

a place where the physical and biological elements of
ecosystems provide a suitable environment including the
food, cover, and  space resources needed for plant and
animal livelihood.

data sets from previous studies, which can range from
handwritten field  notes to published journal articles.

an integrative expression of site condition across multiple
metrics. An index of biological integrity is often composed of
at least seven metrics.

the physical, chemical and biological conditions of a site,
reach,  segment,  or water body that  has the least amount of
human disturbance in comparison to others within the water
body, class, region, or basin. Least  disturbed conditions
change over time as land use and management practices
change and, therefore, are not a "target" or upper bound of
water quality potential (Best available current condition).

see Benthic Macroinvertebrates.

large aquatic plants that may be rooted, unrooted, vascular,
or algiform (such as kelp); includes  submerged aquatic
vegetation, emergent aquatic vegetation,  and floating aquatic
vegetation.

a calculated term or enumeration representing some aspect
of biological assemblage, function, or other measurable
aspect and is a characteristic of the biota that changes in
some predictable way with increased human influence.
List of Acronyms & Definition of Terms
                                          December 2002
                                                                                              5-5

-------
 Minimally Disturbed/Impaired
 Multimetric Index
 Multivariate Analysis



 Narrative Biocriteria



 Nonpoint Source Pollution




 Numeric Biocriteria


 Perennial Streams


 Periphyton



 Point Source


 Precision


 Quality Assurance
the physical, chemical and biological conditions of a site,
reach, segment, or water body in the absence of significant,
or with minimal, human disturbance. Historical information or
models may be used to help describe the minimally disturbed
condition. Minimally disturbed conditions change little over
time mostly due to natural processes and, therefore,  provide
a "target" or upper bound of water quality potential (Best
potential condition).

an index that combines indicators, or metrics, into a single
index value. Each metric is tested and calibrated to a scale
and transformed into a unitless score prior to being
aggregated into a multimetric index. Both the index, and
metrics, are useful in assessing and diagnosing ecological
condition. See Index of Biotic Integrity.

statistical methods (e.g.  ordination or discriminant analysis)
for analyzing physical and biological community data using
multiple variables.

general statements of attainable or attained conditions of
biological integrity and water quality for a given designated
aquatic life use.

pollution  that occurs when rainfall, snowmelt, or irrigation
water runs over land or through the ground, picks up
pollutants, and deposits them into rivers, lakes, and coastal
waters or introduces them into ground  water.

specific quantitative measures (metrics) of desired level of
biological condition.

permanently inundated surface stream courses.  Surface
water flows throughout the year except in years of drought.

a broad organismal assemblage composed  of attached
algae, bacteria, their secretions, associated detritus,  and
various species of microinvertebrates.

an origin of pollutant discharge that is known and specific,
usually thought of as effluent from the  end of a pipe.

the degree of variation among individual  measurements of
the same property, usually obtained under similar conditions.

includes  quality control functions and involves a totally
integrated program for ensuring the reliability of monitoring
and measurement data; the process of management review
and oversight at the planning, implementation, and
completion stages of environmental data collection activities.
Its goal is to assure that the data provided are of the  quality
needed and claimed.
List of Acronyms & Definition of Terms
                                           December 2002
                                                                                               5-6

-------
 Quality Assurance Plan
 Quality Control
 Quality Management Plan
 Rapid Bioassessment Protocols
 Reference Condition
 Reference Site
 Regional Environmental Monitoring
 and Assessment Program
 Regional Reference Condition
 River Invertebrate Prediction and
 Classification System
a written document that describes the quality assurance
procedures, quality control requirements, and other technical
activities that must be implemented to ensure that the results
of the project or task to be performed will meet project
requirements; contains several important guidelines for a
program to follow such as objectives and milestones for
achieving those objectives, lines of responsibility,
accountability of staff for meeting data quality objectives, and
accountability for ensuring precision, accuracy, completeness
of the data collection activities, and documentation of the
sample custody process.

refers to the routine  application of procedures for obtaining
prescribed standards of performance in the monitoring and
measurements process; focuses on the detailed technical
activities needed to achieve data of the quality specified by
data quality objectives.  Quality control is implemented at the
bench or field level.

a document that describes an organization's quality system.
It identifies the organizational structure, policy and
procedures, functional responsibilities of management and
staff, lines of authority, and its processes for planning,
implementing, documenting,  and assessing all activities
conducted under the organization's quality system.

cost-effective techniques used to survey and evaluate the
aquatic community to detect aquatic life impairments and
their relative severity.

the set of selected measurements  or conditions of unimpaired
or minimally impaired waterbodies  characteristic of a
waterbody type in a  region.

a specific locality on a waterbody which is unimpaired or
minimally impaired and is representative of the expected
ecological integrity of other localities on the same waterbody
or nearby waterbodies.

a US EPA program initiated to assess the applicability of the
EMAP approach to answer questions about ecological
conditions at regional and local scales. REMAP conducts
projects at smaller geographic scales and in shorter time
frames than the national EMAP program.

a description of the chemical, physical, or biological condition
based on an aggregation of data from minimally impaired
sites that are representative of a waterbody type in an
ecoregion, subecoregion, watershed, or political unit.

a predictive method  developed for  use in  the United Kingdom
to assess water quality using a comparison of observed
biological species distributions to those expected to occur
based on a model derived from reference data.
List of Acronyms & Definition of Terms
                                          December 2002
                                                                                              5-7

-------
 River Reach File 3
 Sensitivity
 Standard Operating Procedures
 Stressors


 Tax a


 Total Maximum Daily Load



 Use Attainability Analysis



 Water Quality Standards
 Water Resource Management
 (Non-Regulatory)
 Zooplankton
a national database of 1:100,000 scale Digital Line Graph
(DLG) hydrography data in a processed, edgematched,
hydrologically networked format. RF3 data are a "directed
network" dataset meaning that all stream segments, or
reaches, are ordered in a uniform direction.

capability of a method or instrument to discriminate between
measurement responses of a variable of interest.

a set of written instructions that document a routine or
repetitive activity.  SOPs describe both technical and
administrative operational elements of an organization that
would be managed under a Quality Assurance Project Plan
and under an organization's Quality Management Plan.

physical, chemical, and biological factors that adversely affect
aquatic organisms.

a grouping of organisms given a formal taxonomic name such
as species, genus, family, etc.

calculation of the maximum amount of a pollutant a
waterbody can receive and still meet water quality standards
and an allocation of that amount to the  pollutant's source.

structured scientific assessment of the  physical, chemical,
biological and economic factors affecting attainment of the
uses of waterbodies.

a law or regulation that consists of the beneficial designated
use or uses of a waterbody, the narrative or numerical water
quality criteria (including biocriteria) that are necessary to
protect the use or uses of that particular waterbody, and an
antidegradation statement.

decisions on management  activities relevant to a water
resource such as problem identification, need for and
placement of best management practices,  pollution
abatement actions, and effectiveness of program activity.

refers to animals which are unable to maintain their position
or distribution independent of the movement of water or air.
List of Acronyms & Definition of Terms
                                          December 2002
                                                                                             5-8

-------
6.     LITERATURE CITED AND ADDITIONAL RESOURCES
6.1 Literature Cited

Davis, W.S. and T.P. Simon (editors). 1995. Biological assessment and criteria: Tools for water resource
planning and decision making. Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida.

Frey, D.G. 1977. Biological integrity of water-an historical approach. Pages 127-140 in R.K. Ballentine
and L.J. Guarraia (editors). The Integrity of Water. Proceedings of a Symposium, March 10-12, 1975. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC.

Karr, J.R. and D.R. Dudley. 1981. Ecological perspectives on water quality goals. Environmental
Management 5: 55-68.

Karr, J.R., K.D. Fausch, P.L. Angermeier, P.R. Yant, and I.J. Schlosser. 1986. Assessing biological
integrity in running waters: A method and its rationale. Illinois Natural History Survey. Special Publication
5, Champaign, Illinois.

Leopold, Aldo. 1949. A Sand County Almanac and sketches here and there. Oxford University Press, New
York (many editions).

USEPA. 1989. Rapid bioassessment protocols for use in streams and rivers: Benthic macroinvertebrates
and fish. EPA 440-4-89-001. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water Regulations and
Standards, Washington,  DC.

USEPA. 1990. Biological criteria: National program guidance for surface waters. EPA-440/5-90-004. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC.

USEPA. 1992. Procedures for initiating narrative biological criteria. EPA 822-B-92-002. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Science and Technology, Washington, DC.

USEPA. 1996a. Biological criteria: technical guidance for streams and small rivers. EPA 822-B-96-001.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Science and Technology, Washington, DC.

USEPA. 1996b. Summary of state biological assessment programs for streams and rivers. EPA230-R-96-
007. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Policy, Planning, and Evaluation, Washington, DC.

USEPA. 1998a. Lake and reservoir bioassessment and biocriteria technical guidance document. EPA
841-B-98-007. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC.

USEPA. 1998b. Water quality criteria and standards plan - Priorities for the future. EPA 822-R-98-003.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC.

USEPA. 1999. Rapid bioassessment protocols for use in streams and wadeable rivers: Periphyton,
benthic macroinvertebrates and fish, Second edition.  EPA 841-B-99-002. U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC.

USEPA. 2000. Estuarine and coastal marine waters: Bioassessment and biocriteria technical guidance.
EPA 822-B-00-024. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC.

USEPA. 2002. Methods for evaluating wetland condition: Introduction to wetland biological
assessment. EPA-822-R-02-014. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington,
DC.
Literature Cited                             December 2002                                      6-1

-------
USEPA. 2002. Methods for evaluating wetland condition: Developing metrics and indexes
of biological integrity. EPA-822-R-02-016. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water,
Washington, DC.

USEPA. 2002. Methods for evaluating wetland condition: Wetlands classification. EPA 822-R-02-017. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC.

USEPA. 2002. Methods for evaluating wetland condition: Developing an invertebrate index of biological
integrity for wetlands. EPA 822-R-02-019. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water,
Washington, DC.

USEPA. 2002. Methods for evaluating wetland condition: Using amphibians in bioassesments of wetlands.
EPA 822-R-02-022. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC.

USEPA. 2002. Methods for evaluating wetland condition: Biological assessment methods for birds. EPA
822-R-02-023. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC.

U.S. House of Representatives. 1972. House Report 92-911. Washington, Government Printing Office.

Yoder, C.O. and E.T. Rankin. 1995. Biological criteria program development and implementation in Ohio.
In Biological Assessment and Criteria: Tools for Water Resource Planning and Decision Making, W.S.
Davis and T.P. Simon (editors), pp. 109-144. Lewis Publishers,  Boca Raton, Florida.


6.2 Additional Resources

More information and guidance on biological assessments and criteria can be found in the documents and
websites listed below.

Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977: [Commonly Referred to
as Clean Water Act] [Enacted by Public Law 92-500, October 18, 1972, 86 Stat. 816; 33 U.S.C.  1251 et
seq.; Amended by PL 93-207, December 28, 1973, and PL 93-243, January 2, 1974; PL 93-592, January
2, 1975; PL 94-238, March 23, 1976; PL 94-273, April 21, 1976; PL 94-558, October 19, 1976; PL 95-217,
December 28, 1977; PL 95-576, November 2,  1978; PL 96-148, December 16, 1979; PL 96-478, PL 96-
483, October 21, 1980; PL 96-510, December 11,1980; PL 96-561,  December 22,  1980; PL 97-35,
August 13, 1981; PL 97-117, December 29, 1981; PL 97-164, April 2, 1982;  PL 97-440, January 8, 1983;
Amended by PL 100-4, February 4, 1987]

Intergovernmental Task Force on Monitoring Water Quality [ITFM]. 1995. The strategy for improving
water-quality monitoring in the United States: Final report of the Intergovernmental  Task Force on
Monitoring Water Quality. Technical Appendixes. U.S. Geological Survey, Reston, VA.

USEPA 1983. Technical support manual: Waterbody surveys and assessments for conducting use
attainability analyses. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water Regulations and Standards,
Criteria and Standards Division, Washington, DC.

USEPA. 1989. Regionalization as a tool for managing environmental resources. EPA/600/3-89/060. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Research Laboratory, Corvallis, OR.

USEPA. 1989. Standard operating procedures for the collection of and laboratory identification of
freshwater benthic macroinvertebrates. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 5, Chicago, IL.

USEPA. 1990. Macroinvertebrate field and laboratory methods for evaluating the biological integrity of
surface waters. EPA/600/4-90/030. U.S. Environmental Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC.

USEPA. 1991. Biological criteria:  Guide to technical literature. EPA/5-91-004. U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC.


Literature Cited                              December 2002                                      6-2

-------
USEPA. 1991. Biological criteria: Research and regulation-Proceedings of a symposium.  EPA-440/5-
91-005. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC.

USEPA. 1991. Biological criteria: State development and implementation efforts. EPA-440/5-91-003. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC.

USEPA. 1991. Transmittal of Final Policy on Biological Assessments and Criteria (Memorandum). From
Tudor T. Davies, Director, Office of Science and Technology to Waste Management Division Directors,
Regions I-X. June 19, 1991. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC.

USEPA. 1994. Water Quality Standards Handbook, Second Edition. EPA 823-B-94-005. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC.

USEPA. 1995. Generic quality assurance project plan guidance for programs using community level
biological assessment in wadeable streams and rivers. EPA 841-B-95-004.  U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC.

USEPA. 1996. Bioindicators for assessing ecological integrity of prairie wetlands. EPA/600/R-96/082.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Research Laboratory, Corvallis, OR.

USEPA. 1996. Biological assessment methods, biocriteria, and biological indicators. Bibliography of
selected technical, policy, and regulatory literature. EPA 230-B-96-001. U.S. Environmental  Protection
Agency, Office of Policy, Planning and Evaluation, Washington, DC.

USEPA. 1996. The volunteer monitor's guide to quality assurance project plans. EPA 841-B-96-003. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC.

USEPA. 1997. Volunteer stream monitoring: A methods manual. EPA 841-B-97-003. U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC.

USEPA. 1998. Development of biological criteria for coral reef ecosystem assessment. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Science and Technology, Health and Ecological Criteria
Division, Washington, DC.

USEPA. 1998. Wetland bioassessment fact sheets. EPA 843-F-98-001. U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC.

USEPA. 2000. Stressor identification guidance document. EPA 822-B-00-025. U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Offices of Water and Research and Development, Washington, DC.

USEPA. 2002. Biological assessment and criteria: Crucial components of water quality programs. EPA
822-F-02-006. U.S. Environmental Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC.

USEPA Office of Environmental Information, Biological Indicators of Watershed Health website:
http://www.epa.gov/bioindicators/index.html

USEPA Office of Science and Technology, Bioassessment and Biocriteria website:
http://www.epa.gov/ost/biocriteria/index.html

USEPA Office of Water, Monitoring and Assessing Water Quality, Biological Assessment website:
http://www.epa.gov/owow/monitoring/bioassess.html
Literature Cited                              December 2002                                       6-3

-------
                            THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Literature Cited                              December 2002                                      6-4

-------
              APPENDIX A.

BIOASSESSMENT PROGRAMS FOR STREAMS AND
         WADEABLE RIVERS (2001)

-------
Appendix A.  Bioassessment programs for streams and wadeable rivers (2001)
Entity























Name
Stream/river miles






















Total
miles


















Perennial
miles
Number of miles assessed
using biology




















Total
miles
assessed










Q
o


,0
O)
C
t
O
Q.
Q.
W
I






^^
e
m
o
ro
O)
c
t
0
Q_
?
c
o
c
~co
'•£-
i.















S
o
£
•o
CD

Assemblages
assessed




















8
.n
"c
0)
CO


















^
.2!
U_
















c
J,
Q.
0)
CL


















0)
5
Habitat
assessment






a
_o
.> °-
S o

"E o
CO 0)
13 ra
o- o
si
O

•->-
^ ~r
0) -1-
SS »"
.a c
— 0)
ro E i_
| 0) jg
n w "o
> EO
Reference
site
determina-
tion




w"
-o
CD i-r
.n c
0 E
"co -S3
5 ^
•a l^1
0) CO
."- C
S •-
a. w
ii «
5 'o


g" II
Q)

^3 .0 0
'(/) D) £
n 2 °
tnaLO
Characteri-
zation of
regional
reference
sites
w"
3
'w
ID 
o a: -a
I O .2,
Data
analysis
tools &
methods



1
§ 0

•c "53 — -H- O
ra co c
oQ '"- CO
».1|
o ±± 3
^2 = W
n E =5
	
^!Q
Impairment
thresholds





CD
II
O
a,-.!
n "
~ c
0! iH
~ C

1 1
> ^
s ^

.9 >
^ 03
11
1 "
" u.
5 8
Bioassessment
uses












^
CD
CD
03
C
03
E
CD
|

0
1
D)
.C
I
0)
S"

8
—
C/?
D
ft
s.
•c
0
Q.


CD
M
D
ii
.9
15
^
5.







Biocriteria
inWQS








CD
E
o!
Z







o
CD
Z
Other
waterbody
types with
biological
programs





^ w
w -a
'^ 03
0! 3=
w-l 5
^CD CD ||
JC II i
II i£ >
^ MI CD"

(/)" W '^
CD '5 E
•^ § B
O W "en
E>2 ™
03 „ O
— no
5o: 1
STATES
Alabama
Alaska


Arizona

Arkansas

California

Colorado

77,274
>3 million


127,505

87,617

211,513

107,403

47,077
unknown


4,980

28,408

64,438

31,415

7,103.5
1 50 water-
sheds

0

245 stream
segments
unknown

n/a

5,124.4
140 water-
sheds

n/a

n/a

unknown

n/a

1,979.1
1 0 water-
sheds

n/a

n/a

unknown

n/a

1,979.1
1 0 water-
sheds

n/a

n/a

unknown

85.1

Y
Y


Y

Y

Y

Y

Y
N


N

Y

N

Y

N
UD


Y

N

N

UD

Y
N


N

N

N

N

VB
VB, HY


VB, QM, HY

VB, QM, HY,
O
VB

VB, HY, O

R
SS, PJ


R

SS, PW, R,
PJ, O
PJ, O

SS, PJ

LD
MD


LD, PJ, MD

HC, LD, PJ

LD

HC, LD, PJ,
O
TG, BM
TG, BM


BM

TG, MV, BM,
DG
PA, MV, BM

TG, BM

MM-O
MM - 1st quartile
from the 95th
%tile
MM - 25th %tile
of ref. pop.
MM-O

MV-UD

MM-UD

Y
Y


Y

Y

Y

Y

Y
UD


N

N

UD

N

N
N


UD

Y

Y

UD

N
N


N

N

N

N

LR, WL
LR, LK, ENC,
WL

RES (UD)

LR, LK, RES,
WL
LR, LK, ENC
(limited)
LR, LK, RES

n/a = not applicable; pop. = population; ref. = reference; UD = under development; WQS = water quality standards; - = none or information not reported




Appendix A                                                 December 2002
A-2

-------
Entity
Name
Connecticut
Delaware
District of
Columbia
Florida
Georgia
Hawai'i
Idaho
Illinois
Indiana
Stream/river miles
Total
miles
5,830
2,506
39
51,858
70,150
249
96,200
86,021
35,673
Perennial
miles
5,484
1,778
-
22,993
44,056
249
49,500
30,246
21,094
Number of miles assessed
using biology
Total
miles
assessed
961
2,506
39
4,795
1,416
15
16,742
15,304
35,430
fully supporting for 305(b)
764
741
0
4,365
477
5
8,434
9,498
23,000
partially/non-supporting for 305(b)
195
1,765
39
430
939
10
8,312
5,806
12,430
listed for 303(d)
n/a
1,173
unknown
430
-
10
8,312
unknown
unknown
Assemblages
assessed
Benthos
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
UD
Y
Y
Y
b_
Y
N
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Periphyton
Y
N
N
Y
N
N
Y
N
Y
0)
5
Y
N
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
Y
Habitat
assessment
VB = visual based; QM = quantitative
measurements; HY = hydrogeomorphology;
O = other
VB
VB
HY
VB
VB,O
VB, O
VB, O
VB.QM
VB
Reference
site
determina-
tion
ired watersheds;
nal judgment;
SS = site specific; PW= pa
R =regional; PJ = professio
O = other
SS,O
R, PJ
PJ
R, PJ
R
R
R, PJ
SS,O
R, PJ
Characteri-
zation of
regional
reference
sites
HC = historical conditions; LD = least disturbed sites;
GR = gradient response; PJ = professional
judgment; MD = minimally disturbed; O = other
LD
LD
-
LD, GR
LD
LD
LD, PJ, MD
HC, LD, PJ
HC, LD, GR,
O
Data
analysis
tools &
methods
TG = tables & graphs; PA = parametric ANOVAs;
MV = multivariate; BM = biological metrics;
DG = disturbance gradients; O = other
TG, BM
BM
BM
TG, BM, DG
TG, BM
TG, BM
TG, PA, MV,
BM, DG
TG, PA, MV,
BM, DG, O
TG, PA, MV,
BM, DG
Impairment
thresholds
MM = multimetric; MV = multivariate;
CDF = cumulative distribution function; O = other
MM-O
MM - 67th %tile
of ref. pop.
-
MM - quadra-
section of best
score
MM-UD,
MV-UD
MM-UD
MM - 25th %tile
of ref. pop.
MM-O
MM - CDF, O,
MV-O
Bioassessment
uses
Water resource management
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Aquatic Life Use Support (ALUS) in 305(b) reporting
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
UD
Y
Y
Y
Biocriteria
inWQS
Narrative
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
UD
Y
UD
UD
O
N
UD
N
Y
N
UD
N
N
N
Other
waterbody
types with
biological
programs
LR = large rivers; LK = lakes;
RES = reservoirs; ENC = estuaries/
near coastal marine; WL = wetlands
ENC
WL
LR, WL
LR, LK, RES,
ENC, WL
LR
-
LK, RES
LR
LR, LK, RES,
WL
n/a = not applicable; pop. = population; ref. = reference; UD = under development; WQS = water quality standards; - = none or information not reported




Appendix A                                                                               December 2002
A-3

-------
Entity





















Name
Iowa

Kansas
Kentucky

Louisiana

Maine

Maryland

Massachusetts

Michigan
Minnesota

Stream/river miles




















Total
miles
71 ,665

134,338
89,431

66,294

31 ,672

17,000

8,229

49,141
91 ,944

















Perennial
miles
26,630

23,731
34,334

_

23,879

12,343

7,133

27,873
32,985

Number of miles assessed
using biology


















Total
miles
assessed
2,018

23,731
-30,000

_

1,000

6,142

1,344

21,469
2,047










£•
O

£
O)
C
t
o
Q_
3

a
1,418

n/a
-20,000

n/a

858.5

3,429

649

15,469
1,575








S
o
£
C

CL
CL
c


_03
03
CL
600

n/a
-10,000

n/a

141.5

2,713.4

695

6,000
472













^^
CO
CO

-o

n/a

n/a
7,500

n/a

141.5

178 actual
listings
695

2,600
785

Assemblages
assessed


















w
o

0)
m
Y

Y
Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y
Y

















_^
iZ
Y

Y
Y

Y

N

Y

Y

Y
Y















c

CL
&
N

Y
Y

N

Y

N

Y

N
N

















0)
5
N

Y
N

N

N

Y

Y

N
Y

Habitat
assessment






>*
8"
O
•3 B-
•1 I
03 0)
13 0)
II "O
O ll

•§"£
"> in"
5^
03 £
W 2> 0)
,, w o
03 „
?lo
VB.QM

VB, QM
VB

VB

VB

VB, QM, O

VB

VB
QM

Reference
site
determina-
tion




w
 " -b"
•2 'e -2
Q " .^
«Q:^
O tfl C
!*- c .^
•a o c
§ 8-E
0 2 II
•111
o -a •-
w E c
^ O) 

<&
o i= i_
is 1 1
2 o ii
i.§>0
<• -Q c
S ii ">
. . _ -a
W ^ 03
-^ CD ™
a. .. ra
03 Q) Q)
D) 'ro c
03 ^
0) = 3
-S I-22
B E -a
ll ll ll
£la
TG, PA, MV,
BM, DG
TG, BM, O
MV, BM

TG, MV, BM,
O
TG, MV, BM,
DG
TG, PA, MV,
BM, DG, O
TG, BM

TG, BM
TG, BM, DG

Impairment
thresholds




0)
"o

O

of -2
l|
1 o
E^
> To
5 ^
ll
£ ^

1 3
" Q_
5 8
MM - 25th %tile
of ref. pop.
MM-UD
MM - 25th %tile
of ref. pop.
MM - CDF, O

MV

MM-10th%tile

MM - 83rd %tile
of ref. pop.
MM-O
MM-O

Bioassessment
uses











"c

D)
03

«
3

2
S
1
Y

Y
Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y
Y

D)
C
•c
o
Q.
0)

£,
o
CO

D
_l
•c
Q.

w
0)
w
D

o
03
<
Y

Y
Y

N

Y

Y

Y

Y
Y








Biocriteria
inWQS






0)
E
03
UD

Y
Y

Y

Y

UD

N

N
Y







o
E
Z
N

N
N

N

UD

N

N

N
N

Other
waterbody
types with
biological
programs






^ w
0) c
'^ 03
03 *-
. - ^ 0)
.S ° II
0! II i
ll 0$

efe'i

0) w In
E>2 «
0! || §
" w 
-------
Entity



















Name
Mississippi

Missouri



Montana

Nebraska

Nevada

New Hampshire
New Jersey

New Mexico

Stream/river miles


















Total
miles
84,003

52,194



176,750

81,573

143,578

10,881
6,500

110,741















Perennial
miles
26,454

22,194



53,221

16,090

14,988

8,636
_

8,682

Number of miles assessed
using biology
















Total
miles
assessed
1,365

21,996



9,076

16,314

602

400
330

-5,875










in
o

£
O)
C
o
Q.
3

a
505

11,519



1,340

13,867

0

389
121

-3,200







S
0

£
O)
C

Q.
Q.
W
c
0
s-
_co
03
Q.
860

10,477



7,736

2,447

0

11
209

-2,675













CO
CO

-a

860

n/a



7,736

0

0

0
_

UD

Assemblages
assessed
















w
o

0
m
Y

Y



Y

Y

Y

Y
Y

Y















_^
iZ
N

Y



Y

Y

N

Y
Y

Y













c

CL
4
N

N



Y

N

UD

N
N

Y















0
5
N

N



Y

N

N

Y
N

Y

Habitat
assessment





>*
8"
o
•5 &•
•1 E
03 0)
?r t?
II ~O
O ii

Q)
ll
W 2> 0)
,, w o
03 „
?lo
VB, O

VB, QM, O



VB, QM, HY,
O
VB.QM

VB, QM, O

VB
VB

VB, HY, O

Reference
site
determina-
tion



w
CD i-T


l"f
•a —
 w -b"
^ *e -e
Q II "55

Q) "cC
•^ C .^
•a o c
§ 8-E
O Q)
0 ^ .-
w 2 c
^ ra o
,", i »
o a: -a
I O .2,
LD

LD, MD



HC, LD, PJ,
MD
LD, O

HC, LD, PJ
(all UD)
n/a
LD

n/a

Data
analysis
tools &
methods


w"
%

<&
o i= i_
is 1 1
2 o ii
§.c?0

<• -Q c
£ ii .2
. . *- ~O
W ^ 03
-C CD ™
Q-.. CT
03 Q) Q)
c^j J= 03
M >-S
 13

.0 §
•0 03
£ ^
1 3
" Q_
5 8
MM-UD

MM-
cumulative
score = 81% of
ref. condition
MM - 75% of
ref. condition
MM - 25th %tile
of ref. pop.
_

-
MM - USEPA
RBPs
MM - 95th %tile
of ref. pop.
Bioassessment
uses












CD
D)
03

E
>ource
CD
S
1
Y

Y



Y

Y

Y

Y
Y

Y

D)
C
•c
o
Q.
CD

£,
o
CO

D

•c
o
Q.

w
w
D
i
-------
Entity






















Name
New York

North Carolina

North Dakota
Ohio

Oklahoma
Oregon

Pennsylvania

Rhode Island

South Carolina
South Dakota

Stream/river miles






















Total
miles
52,337

37,662

54,427
29,113

78, 778
114,823

83,000

1,498

35,461
9,937



















Perennial
miles
46,266

_

unknown
29,113

22,386
51,695

_

979

25,729
1,932

Number of miles assessed
using biology




















Total
miles
assessed
16,000

32,072

14,426
9,535

13,313
40,188

45,000

272.8

678.6
3.73










^^
•B
U)
o

o

O)
C
t
0
Q.
=
.>-
^
15,430

29,929

9,923
5,204

UD
12,056

36,900

188.1

563.98
n/a







Q
o

0
O)

O


^
w
c

-^
03
t
03
Q.
570

2,143

4,503
4,331

UD
28,132

8,100

84.7

114.6
n/a
















^
CO

£
-o
0)
.1i2
484

2,143

-
2,052

UD
unknown

8,100

78.5

114.6
n/a

Assemblages
assessed




















w
o
i
Y

Y

Y
Y

Y
Y

Y

Y

Y
Y



















b_
Y

Y

Y
Y

Y
Y

Y

N

N
N

















c
_o
CL
1
Y

Y

Y
N

N
Y

N

N

N
Y



















0)
5
N

Y

N
N

N
Y

Y

Y

N
N

Habitat
assessment






8"
O
.> B-
11
^ O
03 0)


5^
O ii
•-^
^ I

$£
J3 C
03 £
W 2> CD
'> ^ £
11 « ?
CQ 0) "
> EO
QM

VB

VB, HY
VB

QM
QM

VB

VB

VB
VB, QM, HY

Reference
site
determina-
tion




w
•o
 " "
v> a: O
SS

R

R
R

R, O
R, PJ, O

PW, R

SS, PJ

R
PJ (UD)

Characteri-
zation of
regional
reference
sites
w"
s.
w
"O *—
0) 0)
^2 -C
= B °
W = II
^•§0
'S w -ff
|||
II Q- ^
Q II "55

«°-^
o % 1
:— ^ >
•a o c
c o.-£
o w E

Hi

Ta S c
^ O) 
03 0)  1/5
5 =0
o S>

"5) 03
£ ^

u
^
5 O
MM - 75th %tile
of all sites
MM-O

MM-O
MM - 25th & 75th
%tile of ref. pop.
MM - CDF
MM - CDF,
MV
MM-UD

MM - 75th %tile
of ref. pop.
MM - CDF
MM - 25th %tile
of ref. pop.
Bioassessment
uses










.^

E
0)
D)




^

£
_0)
Y

Y

Y
Y

Y
Y

Y

Y

Y
Y

O)
c
•c
o
CL
0)
£^
o
ro
oT



o

^


w
D

_i
o
03
^
^
Y

Y

Y
Y

UD
Y

Y

Y

Y
N







Biocriteria
inWQS









0)
.>
E
03
Z
N

Y

Y
Y

Y
Y

N

Y

Y
Y









o
•z.
N

N

N
Y

Y
UD

N

N

N
N

Other
waterbody
types with
biological
programs






W "O
0) C
'^ 03
. - ^ 0)
"1/55
.3 » ii
ii O §

^UJ ffi


0) O £

E> 2 os
0! || §
II W J=
fcjy o
_i a: c
_

WL, RES

-
LR, LK, RES,
WL
UD
LR, ENC

LR, LK, ENC,
WL
_

LR
LR, LK, RES

n/a = not applicable; pop. = population; ref. = reference; UD = under development; WQS = water quality standards; - = none or information not reported




Appendix A                                                                               December 2002
A-6

-------
Entity



















Name
Tennessee


Texas

Utah
Vermont

Virginia
Washington

West Virginia

Wisconsin

Wyoming
Stream/river miles



















Total
miles
60,187


191,228

85,916
7,099

50,329
73,886

32,278

55,000

113,422















Perennial
miles
_


40,194

14,000+
7,099

50,329
39,483

21,114

32,000

32,520
Number of miles assessed
using biology

















Total
miles
assessed
24,233


266.9

705
-800

15,540.4
3,275

5,745

24,422

2,639








&

O

£
c
o
Q.
3

16,693


196.1

75
-650

13,321.9
982.5

3,706

7,989

2,124






S
o
£



Q.
Q.
W
c
0
S-
03
t
03
Q.
7,540


70.8

630
-150

2,218.5
2,292.5

2,039

12,028

177













CO
CO

-o
3
14,333


_

300
-150

2,218.5
0

1,315

_

177
Assemblages
assessed

















w
o
c
0
m
Y


Y

Y
Y

Y
Y

Y

Y

Y















b_
N


Y

N
Y

N
Y

Y

Y

N













c

CL
1
N


N

UD
Y

N
Y

N

Y

UD















o
5
N


N

N
N

N
Y

N

N

N
Habitat
assessment





>*
8"
o
.£ e-
ii
03 0)
£• c?
ii ~a
•5 ^

O ii

1^-
ll
W 2> 0)
II % °
CQ 0 II
> EO
VB


QM

QM, O
VB, HY, O

VB
VB, QM, HY

VB, QM, O

QM

VB, QM, HY,
Reference
site
determina-
tion



w
0 i-T


If
•a —
 or o
R


SS, PW, R,
PJ
n/a
SS, R, PJ

SS, PW, PJ
R, PJ

R, PJ

SS, R

R, PJ
Characteri-
zation of
regional
reference
sites
w"
s
w
"0 0
£1 -C

"S5 c ii
"^ "75 Q
1" w -b"
•22-e
Q " .^
E CD" "CD

:— c .c
•a o c
§ 8-E
0 2 n
0 ^ •-
w !5 c
^ O) 0
11 " I)
o a: -a
I O .2,
LD


LD

n/a
HC, PJ, MD

-
HC, LD, MD

MD

LD, PJ, O

LD, PJ
Data
analysis
tools &
methods


w"
%

<&
o i= i_
is E -^
2 o n
§.jfO
<• -Q c
S: ii .«

W ^ 03
-C CD ™
Q-.. ra
03 Q) Q)
M Si
0 = 3
-Q i .2!
3 E -a
£i§
TG.PA, MV,
BM

TG, PA, BM

TG, BM, O
TG, PA, MV,
BM
TG
TG, MV, BM

TG, BM

TG, PA, MV,
BM, DG
MV (UD), TG,
Impairment
thresholds




0
"o

O

0 °
l|
1 °


> 1/5

.y.i
0 03
£ ^
1 3
5 8
MM - 25% of
90th %tile of ref.
pop.
MM - 50th %tile
of ref. pop.
-
MM - CDF

-
MM - 25th %tile
of ref. pop.
MM - 5th %tile of
ref. pop.
MM - 25th %tile
of ref. pop.
MM - 25th %tile
Bioassessment
uses










"c
0



E
O
£
1
Y


Y

Y
Y

Y
Y

Y

Y

Y
O)
c
•e
o
CL
0)

£,
O
CO
^
D
_l
•c



w
0)
D
^
o
03
Y


Y

N
Y

Y
Y

Y

Y

Y






Biocriteria
inWQS






0
E
03
-z.
Y


Y

N
Y

N
UD

N

N

Y






o
Z
UD


N

N
N

N
N

N

N

UD
Other
waterbody
types with
biological
programs





^ w
0 c
03 *-
.3 » if
jo ll i



ef.e'i
0 O £
^- 0 03
0 w ITi
E>2 |
" OT to
_


LR, ENC, WL

LK, RES
_

LK
_

_

LR, LK, RES,
WL
LR, LK,
n/a = not applicable; pop. = population; ref. = reference; UD = under development; WQS = water quality standards; - = none or information not reported




Appendix A                                                                               December 2002
A-7

-------
Entity



















Name
Stream/river miles



















Total
miles















Perennial
miles
Number of miles assessed
using biology

















Total
miles
assessed








^^
If)
o
ro
O)
c
o
Q.
=







2-
o
o
D)

•c
O
Q.
Q.
C
0

03
t
03
Q.












^ 	 ^
ro
o
CO

-a
S
Assemblages
assessed

















w
o
c
0)
m















b_













c

CL
1















0)
5
Habitat
assessment






>*
8"
O
._£ £-
03 0)
13 0)


O ii

*£
W (0
~03 £
W 2> 0)
,, w o
03 „
?lo
Reference
site
determina-
tion




w
 " "
v> a: O
Characteri-
zation of
regional
reference
sites
w"
'w
ID a)

"55 c ii
TD •— O
1/5 " -b"
Q " 1J2
•
o 81

-DOC
§ 8-1
0 2 ii
111
0 -0 .-
w E c
.n O) 
o or -a
I O .2,
Data
analysis
tools &
methods


w"
>

<&
o i= i_
2 o ii
i.§>0
<• -Q c
£ ii .2


Q. U*
03 Q) Q)
o) "CD c
03 ^
W > i-
0^3
•% I'52
B c -a
£i§
Impairment
thresholds




0)
B

O

of -2
l|
1 o
E =
ii €
> 1/5
S ^
•II
1 1
1 3
5 8
Bioassessment
uses










•£
E
0)
D)


E
O
£
1
D)
'•E
o
Q.
0)

£,
o
CO
c
D
_l

o


0)
W
D
^
o
03






Biocriteria
inWQS






0)
E
03






o
z
Other
waterbody
types with
biological
programs






^ w
w -a
a) c
'^ 03
03 *-
. - ^ 0)
.* ° II
ii O 5


fe\ei
*- a) 03
0) W 15
E>2 «
0! || §
iES 1
_l CC c
TERRITORIES
American Samoa
Commonwealth of
Northern Mariana
Islands (CNMI)
Puerto Rico
U.S. Virgin Islands
-
_


5,394.2
-
-
_


-
-
-
n/a


0
n/a
n/a
n/a


n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a


n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a


n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a


n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a


n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a


n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a


n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a


n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a


n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a


n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a


n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a


n/a
n/a
N
N


UD
N
N
N


N
N
N
N


N
N
N
N


N
N
-
ENC


-
-
TRIBES
Confederated
Tribes of the
Colville Res.
Nez Perce Tribe
Oneida Nation of
Wisconsin
_


-
233

_


-
_

_


-
_

n/a


n/a
n/a

n/a


n/a
n/a

n/a


n/a
n/a

n/a


n/a
Y

n/a


n/a
Y

n/a


n/a
N

n/a


n/a
N

n/a


n/a
VB, QM

n/a


n/a
PJ

n/a


n/a
LD

n/a


n/a
TG, PA, BM

n/a


n/a
MM

N


UD
Y

N


n/a
n/a

N


n/a
n/a

N


n/a
n/a

_


-
LR, LK, WL

n/a = not applicable; pop. = population; ref. = reference; UD = under development; WQS = water quality standards; - = none or information not reported




Appendix A                                                                               December 2002
A-8

-------
Entity





















Name
Passamaquoddy
Tribe, Pleasant
Point Res.
Pyramid Lake
Paiute Tribe
Seminole Tribe of
Florida
Stream/river miles





















Total
miles
_


_




















Perennial
miles
_


_



Number of miles assessed
using biology



















Total
miles
assessed
_


31 +











ff^
^,
if)
o
ro


o
Q.
=

n/a


_

n/a







2-
o
o
1


•c
o
Q.
Q.
W
c
0

03
t
03
Q.
n/a


_

n/a















^,
CO
o
CO

-o
S
n/a


_

n/a

Assemblages
assessed



















w
o
c
0)
m
n/a


Y

n/a


















b_
n/a


Y

n/a
















C

CL
1
n/a


Y

n/a


















0)
5
n/a


N

n/a

Habitat
assessment






>*
8"
O
._£ £-
03 0)
13 0)



O ii

*£

"03 £
^ 0) 0)
,, w o
03 „
?lo
n/a


VB, QM

n/a

Reference
site
determina-
tion




w
CD i-T

|f
•a —
 " -b"
Q " ^
'a>°~ >•
^ CD "ffi
O (/) c


§ 8-1
0 2 ii
03 •£ Q
•E.ll
o -a •-
w !5 c
.n D) 

<&
o i= i_
2 o ii
§.jfO
<• -Q c
QL II °



Q. ^J
03 Q) Q)
o« ~= oi
03 ^
W > i-
0^3
111
^i§
n/a


UD

n/a

Impairment
thresholds




CD
"a

O

of -2
l|
1 o
E =
ii =°

> 1/5
S ^
•8.1
03 03
1 1
1 3
5 8
n/a


UD

n/a

Bioassessment
uses










^
E
CD
D)


E
o
o
£
1
N


Y

N

D)
C
•c
o
Q.
CD

£,
o
CO
c
D
_l





CD

i2 B
0! || §
" OT (5
_l CC c
ENC


LK



INTERSTATE COMMISSIONS
DRBC
ICPRB

ORSANCO

SRBC
200
383

981

31,193
-
_

_

-
200
n/a

981

3,520
n/a
n/a

974

2,525
n/a
n/a

7

995
n/a
n/a

55

n/a
Y
Y

Y

Y
Y
Y

Y

N
N
N

N

N
Y
Y

N

N
VB, HY, O
VB

O

VB
R, O
R

SS, R, PJ

R, PJ
HC, LD
LD, GR

LD

LD
TG, BM
TG, PA, MV,
BM
TG, PA, MV,
BM, DG
TG, BM
-
MM-UD

MM - 25th %tile
of ref. pop.
MM-O
Y
Y

Y

Y
n/a
n/a

Y

Y
Y
n/a

Y

n/a
Y
n/a

UD

n/a
LR
_

LR

LR
n/a = not applicable; pop. = population; ref. = reference; UD = under development; WQS = water quality standards; - = none or information not reported




Appendix A                                                                               December 2002
A-9

-------
 APPENDIX B.




EPA CONTACTS

-------
Appendix  B.  EPA CONTACTS
Regional Biocriteria Coordinators

REGION 1
(CT, ME, MA, NH, Passamaquoddy Tribe - Pleasant
Point Reservation, Rl, VT)

Peter Nolan, Regional Biocriteria Coordinator
USEPA New England Regional Laboratory
Office of Environmental Measurement and Evaluation
11 Technology Drive
North Chelmsford, MA 01863-2431
Phone 617/918-8343, Fax 617/918-8397
email: nolan.peter@epa.gov

REGION 2
(DRBC, NJ, NY, Puerto Rico and the US Virgin Islands)

James Kurtenbach, Regional Biocriteria Coordinator
USEPA-Region 2
Facilities - Mail Code MS220
Raritan Depot, 2890 Woodbridge Avenue
Edison, NJ 08837-3679
Phone 732/321-6695, Fax 732/321-6616
email: kurtenbach.iames@epa.gov

REGION 3
(DE, DC, ICPRB, MD, PA, SRBC, VA, WV)

Margaret Passmore, Regional Biocriteria Coordinator
USEPA- Region 3
Wheeling Operations Office - Mail Code 3ES31
303 Methodist Building
11th and Chapline Streets
Wheeling, WV 26003
Phone 304/234-0245, Fax 304/234-0259
email: passmore.margaret@epa.gov

REGION 4
(AL, FL, GA, KY, MS, NC, Seminole Tribe, SC, TN)

Jim Harrison,  Regional Biocriteria Coordinator
USEPA- Region 4
61 Forsyth Street, S.W.
Atlanta, GA 30303-8960
Phone 404/562-9271
email: harrison.iim@epa.gov

REGION 5
(IL, IN, Ml, MN, OH, ORSANCO, Oneida Nation of
Wsconsin, Wl)

Ed Hammer, Regional Biocriteria Coordinator
USEPA- Region 5
Mail Code WT-15J
77 West Jackson Boulevard
Chicago, IL 60604-3507
Phone 312/886-3019
email: hammer.edward@epa.gov
REGION 6
(AR, LA, NM, OK, TX)

Philip Crocker,  Regional Biocriteria Coordinator
USEPA- Region 6
Mail Code 6WQ-EW
1445 Ross Avenue, Suite  1200
Dallas, TX 75202-2733
Phone 214/665-6644, Fax 214/665-7373
email: crocker.philip@epa.gov

Charlie  Howell, Regional Biocriteria Coordinator
USEPA- Region 6
Mail Code 6WQ-EW
1445 Ross Avenue, Suite  1200
Dallas, TX 75202-2733
Phone 214/665-8354, Fax 214/665-7373
email: howell.charlie@epa.gov

REGION 7
(IA, KS, MO, NE)

Gary Welker, Regional Biocriteria Coordinator
USEPA- Region 7
Mail Code ENSVEMWC
901 North Fifth Street
Kansas City, KS66101
Phone 913/551-7177, Fax 913/551-9177
email: welker.garv@epa.gov

REGION 8
(CO, MT, ND, SD,  UT, WY)

Tina Laidlaw, Regional Biocriteria Coordinator
USEPA- Region 8
Phone 303/312-6880, Fax 303/312-6071
email: laidlaw.tina@epa.gov

Jill Minter, Regional Biocriteria Coordinator
USEPA- Region 8
Phone 303/312-6084, Fax 303/312-6071
email: minter.iill@epa.gov

REGION 9
(American Samoa, AZ, CA, CNMI, HI, NV, Pyramid
Lake Paiute Tribe)

Gary Wolinsky, Regional Biocriteria Coordinator
USEPA- Region 9
Mail Code WTR-5
75 Hawthorne Street
San Francisco, CA 94105
Phone 415/972-3498, Fax 415/947-3545
email: wolinskv.garv@epa.gov
Appendix B
                                          December 2002
                                                                                              B-2

-------
REGION 10
(AK, Confederated Tribes of the Colville Reservation,
ID, Nez Perce Tribe, OR, WA)

Gretchen Hayslip, Regional Biocriteria Coordinator
USEPA-Region 10
1200 Sixth Avenue
Seattle, WA 98101
Phone 206/553-1685
email: hayslip.gretchen@epa.gov


EPA Headquarters

Bill Swietlik, Program Manager
USEPA Office of Water
Office of Science and Technology
Health and Ecological Criteria Division (4304T)
1200 Pennsylvania  Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20460
Phone 202/566-1129, Fax 202/566-1140 or 1139
email: swietlik.william@epa.gov


Questions regarding a specific entity's program should be directed to the contact(s) listed at the
top of each entity's program summary in Chapter 3.  Questions regarding other sections of this
document may be directed to any of the following USEPA Headquarters contacts:

Wayne Davis
USEPA Office of Environmental Information
Environmental Science Center
701 Mapes Road
Ft. Meade, Maryland 20755-5350
410-305-3030    410-305-3096 (fax)
email: davis.wavne@epa.gov

Beth Jackson
USEPA Office of Environmental Information
Environmental Analysis Division
1200 Pennsylvania  Avenue (2842T)
Washington, D.C. 20460
Phone 202/566-0626, Fax 202/566-0706
email: iackson.elizabeth@epa.gov

Treda Smith
USEPA Office of Water
Office of Science and Technology
1200 Pennsylvania  Ave NW (4304T)
Washington, D.C. 20460-0001
Phone 202/566-1128, Fax 202/566-1139
email: smith.treda@epa.gov
Appendix B                                   December 2002                                        B-3

-------
        APPENDIX C.




ORIGINAL CHECKLIST TEMPLATE

-------
Appendix C.  ORIGINAL CHECKLIST TEMPLATE
Survey of State/Tribal Water Quality Programs for Protecting Aquatic Life Through the Use of
Bioassessments and Biocriteria

Contact Information:
                                                                                    Form Approved
                                                                           OMB Control No. 2040-0049
                                                                           Approval Expiration: 7/31/02
                      state
                      name
                    position
         agency/organization
              mailing address
                     phone
                        fax
                      email
                    website
Briefly describe your professional responsibilities as they relate to water quality standards, conducting
bioassessments, and establishing biocriteria.
For each waterbody type below with biological programs, please provide a contact (if different than
yourself)
                                                        phone
                                                                          email
           non-wadeable rivers
                      lakes
                   reservoirs
    estuaries/near-coastal marine
                    wetlands
 Please attach any ancillary materials that will provide further in insight or background about
 your program and/or agency. Examples might include an organizational chart, promotional
 materials, etc.  THANK YOU!
Appendix C
                                         December 2002
                                                                                           C-2

-------
Appendix C                                    December 2002                                          C-3

-------
                              State/Tribal WaterQuality Supporting Aquatic Life Use
                              Designations and Biocriteria Development
    1 With respect to your program, which waterbody type
      categories apply ("X"), and which is being described
      using this checklist ("XX)"?
        	wadeable streams, creeks, rivers
        	non-wadeable rivers
              lakes
        	reservoirs
              estuaries and near-coastal marine
              wetlands
  2 For lotic systems, how are they defined?
            stream order
            drainage area
            other (please describe)
    3 With respect to the resource type for this checklist, what is
      the percentage of information in your state, tribal land, or
      basin, coming from the following entities?
              state/tribal water quality agency
              state fish & game agency
              USEPA
              other federal agency
              consultants
              volunteer monitoring programs
              local college or university
              regulated entities
              other (please describe)	
  4 Do you contract out any or all or your bioassessment
    work?
          ~Yes
            No

4a  If you answered yes to #4,  please specify the percentage contracted
    out to each type of entity for field and lab work.
      field
               lab
    5 What is the lead agency USING the bioassessment
      information?













consultants
other state agency
volunteer monitoring groups
federal agency
college or university
other (please describe)

    6 In which ways are bioassessments used within the water quality program in your state, tribe, or basin?  Please check Yes (Y), No (N), or Unsure
      (?) for all that apply.
         Y       N       ?
                        	problem identification (screening)
                        	nonpoint source assessments
                        	monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
                              aquatic life use determinations/ambient monitoring
                        	promulgated into state  WQ standards as biocriteria
                              support of antidegradation
                        	evaluation of discharge permit conditions
                        	TMDL assessment & monitoring
                        	other (please describe)	
    7 Which of the following monitoring designs are used (please
      check all that apply)?
7a  For each monitoring design checked in #7, please indicate how it is
    implemented (check all that apply for each design).
     special projects   specific river basins or      comprehensive use
          only	watersheds	throughout jurisdiction
                targeted (i.e., sites selected for a specific purpose)
                    fixed station (i.e., WQ monitoring stations)
                   probabalistic by stream order/catchment area
                       probalistic by ecoregion, or statewide
                                  rotating basin
                             other (please describe)
Appendix C
                                                             December 2002
                                                                                                                                        C-4

-------
    8 Indicate the extent of resources assessed using biology (e.g.,        8a
      miles, acres, etc.)
        	extent of resource assessed for biology (total)
        	extent of resource fully supporting for 305b
        	extent of resource partially supporting/non supporting for 305b
        	extent of resource listed for 303d
        	number of sites sampled
        	extent of resource per site (if predetermined)
Please indicate which of the following units of measure you used to
answer #8
                watersheds
                acreage
                miles
                other (please describe)
    9 What is the basis for determining the extent of the
      resource?
             |RF3
        	National Hydrography Database
        	state based
        	other (please describe)	
  10 Please use this space to add any additional information you'd like about programmatic elements.
Appendix C
                                                             December 2002
                                                                                                                                       C-5

-------
  11 What are your Aquatic Life Use Support (ALUS) designations
      based on?
              Single Aquatic Life Use
              Class System (A,B,C)
              Fishery Based Uses
              Warm Water vs. Cold Water
lla How many different aquatic life use designations are
     contained in your water quality standards (WQS)? Please
     describe.
 lib  Does your state plan to further refine its AL designated uses
      in the next triennial WQS review?
  12 If you have narrative biocriteria in your WQS. Is the
      attached description accurate?
  13 For your narrative biocriteria. do you have formal/informal
      numeric procedures to support your decisions?
12a If you answered no to #12, please correct below
13a If you answered no to #13, do you use a qualitative
     and/or narrative scale of condition?
                                                                      *Where are the scale(s) located?
      *If you answered yes to #13, where are these procedures
      located (e.g., in the WQS)?	
  14 Do you have numeric biocriteria?
              Yes
              No
      *If you answered yes to #14, where are they located?
14a If you have numeric biocriteria, please describe or
     attach separate description.
  15 Are bioassessment data used in an integrated assessment
      with other environmental data (e.g., toxicity testing and
      chemical specific criteria)?  Please check Yes (Y), No (N), or
      Unsure (?) for all that apply.
15a For each box you answered yes to in #15, do you use
                              for assessment of aquatic resources
                              for cause and effect determinations
                              for permitted discharges
                              for monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)
                              for watershed based management
             independent application (IA)
             weight-of-evidence
             combination
             other (explain)	
Appendix C
                                                       December 2002
                                                                                                                          C-6

-------
      Do you know where bioassessments/biocriteria have been
      used in making management decisions regarding restoration
      of the aquatic resources to its designated ALUS?
16a  If you answered yes to #16, please elaborate.
  17 How many full time employees were devoted to
              developing the bioassessment/biocriteria program
              maintaining the bioassessment/biocriteria program
  18 Please use this space to add any additional information you'd like about your ALUS descision making process
Appendix C
                                                      December 2002
                                                                                                                        C-7

-------
                              Field & Lab Methods for Determining Existing Uses, Designated
                              Uses & Collecting Data for Biocriteria Development
  19 How are your reference sites determined?
19a How do you define a reference site?
              site-specific
              paired watersheds
              regional (aggregate of sites)
              professional judgement
              other (please describe)	
  20 If you use regional reference conditions, how do you
     characterize those sites?
 19b  Do you have reference site criteria?
        	No
        	Yes (If so, please describe in space below.)
             historical conditions
             least-disturbed sites
             gradient response
             judgement prescription
             other (please describe)
  21 If you use regional reference sites, how do you characterize
      (stratify) your streams?
              ecoregions (or some aggregate)
              elevation
              stream type
              multivariate grouping
              jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)
              other (please describe)	
  22 Please indicate how many reference sites you have

             by strata
             total

  23 What are your criteria for defining reference sites and, if
     applicable, disturbed sites (e.g., D.O., sulfates, habitat)?
 23a  Are your reference sites linked to your aquatic life
      designated uses?
             _Yes
              No
      Do any of your reference sites represent acceptable man-
23b Are your reference sites/conditions identified or
     referenced in your WQS?
             Yes (provide citation	)
             No
  24 Which of the following assemblages are assessed by your
      program?  Please check Yes (Y), No (N), or Unsure (?) for
      all that apply.
                 N
24a For each assemblaged assessed in #24, please indicate the
     range of samples processesed per year

     < 100   100-500   > 500
                                           phytoplankton
                                             periphyton
                                            macrophytes
                                            zooplankton
                                              benthos
                                                fish
                                         amphibians/reptiles
                                             waterfowl
Appendix C
                                                        December 2002
                                                                                                                           C-8

-------
 24b  For each assemblaged assessed in #24, please indicate the level of rigor by choosing A, B, C, D, or E
              phytoplankton
              periphyton
              macrophytes
              zooplankton
              benthos
              fish
              amphibians/reptiles
              waterfowl
  25 Do you perform habitat assessments at your sites?
A   single observation (no discrete season), limited sampling (e.g.,  1-2 sites)
B   single season, multiple sites (not at watershed level)
C   single season, multiple sites (watershed level)
D   single season, multiple sites (broad coverage)
E   multiple seasons, multiple sites (broad coverage for watershed level)
               25a  If you answered yes to #25, how are they conducted?
                            with bioassessments
                            independent of bioassessments
 25b  If you answered yes to #25, what type of habitat assessment is used?

             visual based (e.g., QHEI, RBP, etc.)
             quantitative measurements (e.g., EMAP)
             hydrogeomorphology (e.g., Rosgen)
 25c  Are these habitat reference conditions cited or mentioned in
      your WOS?
              Yes (provide citation	)
              No

  26 Do you use biological information to facilitate
             oarticipation in setting WQS?
              Yes  (please describe in space below)
              No
                   Jother quantitative parameters (e.g., pebble counts, sediment
                    index, etc.) (please describe)
Appendix C
                                                       December 2002
                                                                                                                         C-9

-------
  27 Which of the following are part of your quality
      assurance (QA) program?  Please check Yes (Y), No
      (N), or Unsure (?) for all that apply.
         Y       N        ?
                        	standard operating procedures (SOPs)
                        	quality assurance plan (QAP)
                        	periodic meetings, training for biologists
                        	sorting proficiency checks
                        	taxonomic proficiency checks
                        	specimen archival
                        	other (please describe)
  28 Do you have a certification program for bioassessment?
                       If yes, briefly describe:
 Questions 29 -33 deal with field issues specific to BENTHOS.  Please describe your program by checking all that apply.
 your program does not assess this assemblage, please skip these questions.
  29 Sampling gear-- please check  all that apply to your              29a  Indicate the mesh  size used by your program (in microns)
      program
                                                                             200 - 400
              Surber
              Hess
              Slack (0.5 m)
              D-frame
              dipnet
              kick net (1 m)
              multiplate
              rock baskets
              collect by hand
              other (please describe)
                                                                                                                         If
             500 - 600
             > 800
             other (please describe)
29b Indicate the area sampled
             < 1 m
             1 - 3 m2
             3 - 6 m
             other (please describe)
  30 Reach length
                                                                 31 Habitat selection
              selected habitat
              habitat sequences or cycles
              fixed distance
              stream width formula
              time
              other (please describe)	
             richest habitat
             riffle/run (cobble)
             multihabitat
             artificial substrate
             woody debris
             other (please describe)
  32 Where are samples processed?
              field
              lab

      What level of taxonomy do you use?
              order
              family
              genus
              species
              combination
              other (please describe)
32a  What is the target subsample size?








100 count
200 count
300 count
500 count
proportional/volume
entire sample
other (please describe)

Appendix C
                                                       December 2002
                                                                                                                         C-10

-------
Appendix C                                    December 2002                                          C-11

-------
 Questions 34 - 38 deal with field issues specific to FISH/AMPHIBIANS.  Please describe your program by checking all that
 apply.  If your program does not assess these assemblages, please skip these questions.
  34 Sampling gear— please check all that apply to your
      program
  35 Reach length
             selected habitat
             habitat sequences or cycles
             fixed distance
             stream width formula
             time
             other (please describe)
34a  Seine and/or dipnet mesh size (in inches)







seine
backpack electrofisher
boat electrofisher
pram unit (tote barge)
other (please describe)






1/8"
3/16"
1/4"
3/8"
1/2"
1
                                                               36  Habitat selection
            pool/glide
            riffle/run (cobble)
            multihabitat
            other (please describe)
  37 Where are the samples processed?
 37b  How are samples subsampled?
             selected species
             batch
             selected size
             none
             other (please describe)
37a  How are the samples processed?
                                                                          length measurement
                                                                          biomass-individual
                                                                          biomass-batch
                                                                          anomalies
                                                               38 What level of taxonomy do you use
            species
            subspecies
            life stage
            other (please describe)
 Questions 39 -43 deal with field issues specific to PERIPHYTON. Please describe your program by checking all that apply.
 If your program does not assess this assemblage, please skip these questions.
  39 Sampling gear— natural substrate
39a  Sampling gear- artificial substrate
             suction device
             bar clamp sample
             brushing/scraping device (razor, toothbrush, etc.)
             collect by hand
             other (please describe)	
            periphytometer
            microslides or other suitable substratum
            collect by hand
            other (please describe)	
Appendix C
                                                     December 2002
                                                                                                                     C-12

-------
  40 Reach length
                                                                   41  Habitat selection
              selected habitat
              habitat sequences or cycles
              fixed distance
              stream width formula
              time
              other (please describe)
            richest habitat
            riffle/run (cobble)
            multihabitat
            artificial substrate
            other (please describe)
  42 How are samples processed?
43 What level of taxonomy do you use?
              chlorophyll a/ phaeophytin
              biomass
              taxonomic identification
              other (please describe)
            diatoms only
            all algae
            division level
            genus level
            species level
            other (please describe)
  44 Please use this space to add any additional information you'd like about your field and lab methods.
Appendix C
                                                        December 2002
                                                                                                                            C-13

-------
      Data Analysis and Interpretation for Determining Biological Condition of Aquatic Life
      Uses and Deriving Biocriteria
  45 Which data analysis tools and methods do you use (check
      all that apply)?
              summary tables, illustrative graphs
              parametric ANOVAs
              multivariate analysis
              biological metrics
              disturbance gradients
              other (please describe)	
  46 If you use biological gradients, how are the metrics selected
     and tested?
              selected by consensus
              tested for sensitivity, ecological value
              calibrated for natural gradients (and covariates)
46a Please describe your response to #46
  47 If you use biological metrics, how is the threshold
      determined for transforming metrics into unitless scores?
              25th  %tile of reference population
              50th %tile of reference population
              75th %tile of reference population
              95th %tile of reference population
              95th %tile of all sites
              cumulative distribution function
              other (please describe)	
  48 If you use biological metrics do you
              aggregate metrics into an index
              return single metrics (use endpoint for each single
              metric)

  49 If you use a multimetric index, how do you define the
     impairment threshold?
              25th  %tile of reference population
              50th %tile of reference population
              75th %tile of reference population
              95th %tile of reference population
              95th %tile of all sites
              cumulative distribution function
              other (please describe)	
  50 If you use a multivariate technique, how do you define the
      impairment threshold?
              5th %tile of reference population
              10th %tile of reference population
              Significant departure from mean of reference population
              other (please describe)	
  51 Have you evaluated the performance characteristics of your bioassessment results?
              Yes
              No
 51a  If you answered yes to #51, please describe.  Please check Yes (Y), No (N), or Unsure (?) for all that apply.
         Y       N        ?
                        	repeat sampling (please describe)
                        	precision (please describe)
                        	sensitivity (please describe)
                        	bias (please describe)
                        	accuracy (please describe)
  52 Please use this space to add any additional information you'd like about your data analysis and interpretation methods.
Appendix C
                                                        December 2002
                                                                                                                            C-14

-------
  53 Identify where your biological data are stored.  Please check Yes (Y), No (N), or Unsure (?) for all that apply.

         Y       N       ?
















STORE!
other database (what program/application)
spreadsheets (what program/application)
paper files only
other (please describe)

  54 Please describe how data are retrieved and analyzed. Please check Yes (Y), No (N), or Unsure (?) for all that apply.

         Y       N       ?
















SAS
Systat
Statist! ca
EDAS
other (please describe)

  55 Please list any website URLs for all relevant data.
  56 Please list all documents and references used to provide this information (e.g., SOPs, 305(b) reports, etc.)any
      website URLs for all relevant data.
  57 Please use this space to add any additional information you'd like about your information management.
Appendix C
                                                       December 2002
                                                                                                                         C-15

-------
       APPENDIX D.




PROGRAM SUMMARY TEMPLATE

-------
Appendix D.  PROGRAM SUMMARY TEMPLATE

The numbers of relevant checklist questions (see Appendix C) are colored black and found within each
corresponding program summary section.



 ENTITY NAME


 Contact Information

 Contact name, title
 Agency
 Street • city/state/zip
 Phone • Fax
 email:
 Program Description
 Documentation and Further Information
 #55, 56
Appendix D                          December 2002                                D-2

-------
 ENTITY  NAME
 Contact Information
 Contact name, title
 Agency
 Street • city/state/zip
 Phone  • Fax
 email:
  Programmatic Elements
 Uses of bioassessment
 within overall water quality
 program
problem identification (screening)
nonpoint source assessments
monitoring the effectiveness of BMPs
ALU determinations/ambient monitoring
promulgated into state water quality standards as biocriteria
support of antidegradation
evaluation of discharge permit conditions
TMDL assessment and monitoring
other:
 Applicable monitoring
 designs
  #7,  (7a)
targeted (i.e., sites selected for specific purpose)
fixed station (i.e., water quality monitoring stations)
probabilistic by stream order/catchment area
probabilistic by ecoregion, or statewide
rotating basin
other:
 Stream Miles
 Total miles   ^^^
 (determined using...[^•jj)
 Total perennial miles
 Total miles assessed for biology
     fully supporting for 305(b)
     partially/non-supporting for 305(b)
     listed for 303(d)
     number of sites sampled
     number of miles assessed per site
                                    Miles Assessed for Biology
                                        "fully supporting" for 305(b)
                                        "partially/non-supporting" for 305(b)
Appendix D
                                                December 2002
                                                                                                          D-3

-------
 Aquatic Life Use (ALU) Designations and Decision-Making

 ALU designation basis

 ALU designations in state
 water quality standards
 Narrative Biocriteria in WQS
 Numeric Biocriteria in WQS
                             #12 to 13a
                             #14, 14a
 Uses of bioassessment data
 in integrated assessments
 with other environmental
 data (e.g., toxicity testing and
 chemical specific criteria)
    assessment of aquatic resources

    cause and effect determinations

    permitted discharges

    monitoring (e.g., improvements after mitigation)

    watershed based management
 Uses of bioassessment/
 biocriteria in making
 management decisions
 regarding restoration of
 aquatic resources to a
 designated ALU
#16,  16a
  Reference Site/Condition Development
 Number of reference sites
 Reference site
 determinations
 Reference site criteria
    site-specific

    paired watershed

    regional (aggregate of sites)

    professional judgment

    other:
                             #19b,  23
 Characterization of
 reference sites within a
 regional context
    historical conditions

    least disturbed sites

    gradient response

    professional judgment

    other:
 Stream stratification within
 regional reference
 conditions
 Additional information
    ecoregions (or some aggregate)

    elevation

    stream type

    multivariate grouping

    jurisdictional (i.e., statewide)

    other:
                                 reference sites linked to ALU

                                 reference sites/condition referenced in water quality standards

                                 some reference sites represent acceptable human-induced conditions
Appendix D
                                               December 2002
                                                                                                        D-4

-------
  Field and Lab Methods
  Assemblages assessed
  #24, (24a, 24b)
                                 benthos (# samples/year; level of rigor)
                                 fish
                                 periphyton
                                 other:
  Benthos
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      subsample size
      taxonomy
                             #29,  29a
  Fish
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      subsample
      taxonomy
                             #34,  34a
  Periphyton
      sampling gear
      habitat selection
      sample processing
      taxonomy
                             natural substrate F;'£P1: artificial substrate
  Habitat assessments
                              #25 to 25c
 Quality assurance program
 elements
  Data analysis tools and
  methods
Data Analysis and Interpretation
                                 summary tables, illustrative graphs
                                 parametric ANOVAs
                                 multivariate analysis
                                 biological metrics ftili^J
                                 disturbance gradients
                                  other:
  Multimetric thresholds
      transforming metrics
      into unitless scores
      defining impairment in
      a multimetric index
Multivariate thresholds
defining impairment in ^^9
a multivariate index JIB^J
Evaluation of performance
characteristics
l#57, 51 a ^^^^^^H






repeat sampling
precision
sensitivity
bias
accuracy
  Biological data
      Storage
      Retrieval and analysis
Appendix D
                                                 December 2002
                                                                                                            D-5

-------
                           THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Appendix D                              December 2002                                    D-7

-------

-------
xvEPA
      Agencf

      Office of Environmental Information
      and Office of Water
      Washington, DC

      Official Business
      Penalty for Private Use
      $300
Please make all necessary changes on the below label,
detach or copy, and return to the address in the upper
left-hand corner.

If you do not wish to receive these reports CHECK HERE
detach, or copy the cover, and return to the address in
the upper left-hand corner.
PRESORTED STANDARD
         &     PAID
        EPA
   PERMIT No. G-35
      EPA-822-R-02-048
      December 2002

-------